Exhibit
10.1


  


THIS
RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT IS NOT AN OFFER, SOLICITATION, OR ACCEPTANCE WITH RESPECT TO ANY SECURITIES OR A SOLICITATION
OF ACCEPTANCES OF A CHAPTER 11 PLAN WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1125 OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. ANY SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION
WILL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND/OR PROVISIONS OF THE BANKRUPTCY CODE. Nothing
contained in thIS RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT shall be an admission of fact or liability OR, UNTIL THE OCCURRENCE OF THE AGREEMENT
EFFECTIVE DATE ON THE TERMS DESCRIBED HEREIN, DEEMED BINDING ON ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO.


 


RESTRUCTURING
SUPPORT AGREEMENT


 


This
RESTRUCTURING SUPPORT AGREEMENT (including all exhibits, annexes, and schedules hereto in accordance with Section 15.02
and as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 13, this “Agreement”)
is made and entered into as of November 13, 2020 (the “Execution Date”), by and among the following
parties (each of the following described in sub-clauses (i) through (iii) of this preamble, collectively, the “Parties”
and each, a “Party”):1


 


		i.	Gulfport
                                         Energy Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under the Laws of Delaware
                                         (the “Company”), and each of its Affiliates listed on Exhibit A
                                         (the Entities in this clause (i), collectively, the “Company Parties”);



 


		ii.	the
                                         undersigned beneficial holders of, or investment advisors, sub-advisors, or managers
                                         of discretionary accounts that beneficially hold, Notes Claims that have executed and
                                         delivered counterpart signature pages to this Agreement, a Joinder, or a Transfer Agreement
                                         to counsel to the Company Parties (the Entities in this clause (ii), collectively,
                                         the “Consenting Noteholders”); and



 


		iii.	the
                                         undersigned holders of RBL Claims that have executed and delivered counterpart signature
                                         pages to this Agreement, a Joinder, or a Transfer Agreement to counsel to the Company
                                         Parties (the Entities in this clause (iii), collectively, the “Consenting
                                         RBL Lenders” and, together with the Consenting Noteholders, the “Consenting
                                         Stakeholders”).



 


RECITALS


 


WHEREAS,
the Company Parties and the Consenting Stakeholders have in good faith and at arm’s length negotiated or been apprised of
certain restructuring and recapitalization transactions with respect to the Company Parties’ capital structure on the terms
(a) set forth in this Agreement and (b) as specified in the plan of reorganization attached as Exhibit B hereto
(the “Plan” and, such transactions as described and implemented in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement and the Plan, the “Restructuring Transactions”);


 





 






		1	Capitalized terms used but not defined in the preamble
and recitals to this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1.


 






     


     


    

 


WHEREAS,
the Company Parties will implement the Restructuring Transactions, including through the commencement by the Debtors of voluntary
cases under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court (the cases commenced, the “Chapter 11 Cases”);
and


 


WHEREAS,
the Parties have agreed to take certain actions in support of the Restructuring Transactions on the terms and conditions set forth
in this Agreement and the Plan.


 


NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Party, intending to be legally bound hereby, agrees as follows:


 


AGREEMENT


 


Section
1.Definitions and Interpretation.


 


1.01 Definitions.
The following terms shall have the following definitions:


 


“2023
Notes” means the 6.625% senior notes, due 2023, issued by the Company pursuant to the 2023 Notes Indenture.


 


“2023
Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of April 21, 2015, by and among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time to time.


 


“2024
Notes” means the 6.000% senior notes, due 2024, issued by the Company pursuant to the 2024 Notes Indenture.


 


“2024
Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of October 14, 2016, by and among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time
to time.


 


“2025
Notes” means the 6.375% senior notes, due 2025, issued by the Company pursuant to the 2025 Notes Indenture.


 


“2025
Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2016, by and among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time
to time.


 


“2026
Notes” means the 6.375% senior notes, due 2026, issued by the Company pursuant to the 2026 Notes Indenture.


 


“2026
Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2017, by and among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time
to time.


 


“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or
is controlled by, such Person. As used in this definition, controlled by and under common control means either (x) the possession,
directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities
or partnership, limited liability company or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of such Person or (y) solely
with respect to Affiliates of Consenting Stakeholders, the investment or voting discretion or control with respect to discretionary
accounts of such Person.


 






    2


     


    

 


“Agents”
means the RBL Agent, the DIP Agent, and the Trustee.


 


“Agreement”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement and, for the avoidance of doubt, includes all the exhibits, annexes,
and schedules hereto in accordance with Section 15.02 (including the Plan).


 


“Agreement
Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 2 have been satisfied or
waived by the appropriate Party or Parties in accordance with this Agreement.


 


“Agreement
Effective Period” means, with respect to a Party, the period from the Agreement Effective Date to the Termination
Date applicable to that Party.


 


“Alternative
Restructuring Proposal” means any plan, inquiry, proposal, offer, bid, term sheet, discussion, or agreement with
respect to a sale, disposition, new-money investment, restructuring, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, acquisition, consolidation,
dissolution, debt investment, equity investment, liquidation, asset sale, share issuance, tender offer, exchange offer, rights
offering, consent solicitation, recapitalization, plan of reorganization, share exchange, business combination, joint venture,
or similar transaction involving any one or more Company Parties or the debt, equity, or other interests in any one or more Company
Parties that is an alternative to, in whole or in part, or is inconsistent with the terms of, one or more of the Restructuring
Transactions.


 


“Amended
ISDA” means the amended and restated Schedule to an existing ISDA 2002 Master Agreement, substantively in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit C.


 


“Backstop
Approval Motion” means the motion filed by the Debtors seeking entry of the Backstop Approval Order.


 


“Backstop
Approval Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court setting forth the terms of the commitment to backstop the
Rights Offering, which shall be consistent with the Backstop Commitment Documents.


 


“Backstop
Commitment Agreement” means that certain backstop commitment agreement, entered into and dated as of November 13,
2020 (as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time), pursuant to which the Backstop Commitment Parties
will agree to backstop the Rights Offering, attached as Exhibit D hereto.


 


“Backstop
Commitment Documents” means the Backstop Commitment Agreement and any other related documents or agreements, which
documents shall be consistent in all material respects with this Agreement and the Backstop Approval Order and otherwise in form
and substance satisfactory to the Required Consenting Stakeholders and the Backstop Commitment Parties.


 






    3


     


    

 


“Backstop
Commitment Parties” means at any time and from time to time, the parties that have committed to backstop the Rights
Offering.


 


“Bankruptcy
Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended.


 


“Bankruptcy
Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division, presiding
over the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


“Bankruptcy
Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under section
2075 of title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. § 2075, as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, and the
general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court.


 


“Business
Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)),
or other day on which commercial banks in the State of New York are closed for business as a result of federal, state, or local
holiday. When a period of days under this Agreement ends on a day that is not a Business Day, then such period shall be extended
to the specified hour of the next Business Day.


 


“Chapter
11 Cases” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.


 


“Claim”
has the meaning ascribed to it in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


“Company”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.


 


“Company
Claims” means any Claim against a Company Party, including the RBL Claims, the DIP Claims, and the Notes Claims.
Company Claims shall expressly exclude any Interest in a Company Party.


 


“Company
Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.


 


“Confidentiality
Agreement” means an executed confidentiality agreement or nondisclosure agreement.


 


“Confirmation
Order” means the order confirming the Plan.


 


“Consent”
means any consent, novation, approval, authorization, qualification, waiver, registration or notification to be obtained from,
filed with or delivered to a Governmental Entity or any other Person.


 


“Consenting
Noteholder Professionals” means (a) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, (b) Houlihan Lokey,
Inc., (c) one local counsel, and (d) any other advisor, consultant, or professional retained by the Consenting Noteholders
in connection with the Restructuring Transactions.


 






    4


     


    

 


“Consenting
Noteholders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.


 


“Consenting
RBL Lender Professionals” means (a) Latham & Watkins LLP; (b) Opportune LLC; (c) Hunton Andrews Kurth LLP;
(d) one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction; and (e) any other advisor, consultant, or professional retained by the
DIP Agent and/or RBL Agent in connection with the Restructuring Transactions.


 


“Consenting
RBL Lenders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.


 


“Consenting
Stakeholder Professionals” means the Consenting Noteholder Professionals and the Consenting RBL Lender Professionals.


 


“Consenting
Stakeholders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.


 


“De
Minimis Asset Sale Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing the Debtors to sell certain de minimis
assets pursuant to the procedures set forth in such order and subject to an aggregate gross proceeds cap not to exceed $10 million.


 


“Debtors”
means the Company Parties that commence Chapter 11 Cases.


 


“Definitive
Documents” means the documents set forth in Section 3.01.


 


“DIP
Agent” means The Bank of Nova Scotia, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the DIP
Credit Agreement, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


“DIP
Commitment Party” means the parties that commit severally, and not jointly, to fund the DIP Facility.


 


“DIP
Credit Agreement” means the certain senior secured superpriority debtor-in-possession credit agreement that governs
the DIP Facility (as may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time) among, the Company, as borrower, the
Debtor guarantors that are party thereto, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders
party thereto, attached as Exhibit E hereto.


 


“DIP
Credit Agreement Documents” means the DIP Credit Agreement and any related documents or agreements governing the
DIP Facility (including the DIP Orders), which documents shall be consistent in all material respects with this Agreement and
the DIP Orders and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Consenting Stakeholders.


 


“DIP
Facility” means the $262.5 million debtor-in-possession credit facility to be provided to the Company on the terms
and conditions of the DIP Credit Agreement and the DIP Order and consistent in all material respects with this Agreement and otherwise
in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Consenting Stakeholders.


 


“DIP
Lenders” means the lenders party to the DIP Credit Agreement.


 






    5


     


    

 


“DIP
Order” means the interim or final, as applicable, order of the Bankruptcy Court setting forth the terms of debtor-in-possession
financing and use of cash collateral, which shall be consistent with the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


“Disclosure
Statement” means the related disclosure statement with respect to the Plan.


 


“Disclosure
Statement Order” means the order approving the Disclosure Statement.


 


“Entity”
has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


“Equity
Interests” means, collectively, the shares (or any class thereof), common stock, preferred stock, limited liability
company interests, and any other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any Company Party, and options, warrants, rights,
or other securities or agreements to acquire or subscribe for, or which are convertible into the shares (or any class thereof)
of, common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, or other equity, ownership, or profits interests of any
Company Party (in each case whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement).


 


“Execution
Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.


 


“Exit
Facility” means the post-petition financing facility to be entered into on the Plan Effective Date on the terms
and conditions set forth in the Exit Facility Term Sheet.


 


“Exit
Facility Documents” means the agreements and related documents governing the Exit Facility, which shall be on the
terms set forth in the Exit Facility Term Sheet.


 


“Exit
Facility Term Sheet” means the term sheet setting forth the terms and conditions of the Exit Facility, attached
to this Agreement as Exhibit F.


 


“First
Day Orders” means the orders of the Bankruptcy Court granting the First Day Pleadings.


 


“First
Day Pleadings” means the first-day pleadings that the Company Parties file with the Bankruptcy Court upon the commencement
of the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


“Governmental
Entity” means any U.S. or non-U.S. international, regional, federal, state, municipal or local governmental, judicial,
administrative, legislative or regulatory authority, Entity, instrumentality, agency, department, commission, court, tribunal
of competent jurisdiction or tribal authority (including any branch, department or official thereof); excluding, however, any
Person engaged in the oil and gas extraction or services business that is owned in whole or in part by any such U.S. or non-U.S.
international, regional, federal, state, municipal or local governmental, judicial, administrative, legislative or regulatory
authority, Entity, instrumentality, agency, department, commission, court, or tribunal of competent jurisdiction (including any
branch, department or official thereof).


 


“Hedge
Contract” means any forward, swap, option, swaption, or other over-the-counter derivatives contract or other like
instrument, entered into by a Company Party for hedging or risk management purposes.


 






    6


     


    

 


“Hedge
Counterparty” means any Consenting RBL Lender or affiliate thereof that (a) has a Hedge Contract as of the Execution
Date or (b) will enter into a Hedge Contract following the Petition Date.


 


“Hedging
Order” means any order authorizing the Debtors to enter into Amended ISDAs and new Hedge Contracts, as applicable,
with any Consenting RBL Lender that is a DIP Lender or its affiliate.


 


“Joinder”
means a joinder to this Agreement substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit G.


 


“Law”
means any federal, state, local, or foreign law (including common law), statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, ruling,
or judgment, in each case, that is validly adopted, promulgated, issued, or entered by a governmental authority of competent jurisdiction
(including the Bankruptcy Court).


 


“Management
Incentive Plan” means any incentive program for the members of the management team of the Reorganized Debtors to
be established as contemplated in the Plan, and in accordance with this Agreement and the Definitive Documents.


 


“Milestones”
has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01.


 


“New
Corporate Governance Documents” means the form of certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, limited liability
company agreement, partnership agreement, shareholders’ agreement, and such other applicable formation, organizational and
governance documents (if any) of Reorganized Gulfport Topco, the material terms of each of which shall be included in the Plan
Supplement.


 


“New
Preferred Stock” means the new preferred stock of Reorganized Gulfport Topco to be issued on the Plan Effective
Date subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan consistent with the terms of the New Preferred Stock Term Sheet,
attached as Exhibit H hereto.


 


“New
Unsecured Notes Term Sheet” means that certain term sheet attached as Exhibit I hereto, which includes
the principal economic terms and conditions of the new unsecured notes to be issued pursuant to the terms of the Plan.


 


“No
Recourse Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.21.


 


“Notes”
means the 2023 Notes, 2024 Notes, 2025 Notes, and 2026 Notes.


 


“Notes
Claims” means, collectively, the 2023 Notes, 2024 Notes, 2025 Notes and 2026 Notes.


 


“Organizational
Documents” means, with respect to any Person other than a natural person, the documents by which such Person was
organized or formed (such as a certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership, or
articles of organization, and including, without limitation, any certificates of designation for preferred stock or other forms
of preferred equity) or which relate to the internal governance of such Person (such as by-laws, a partnership agreement or an
operating, limited liability company, or members agreement).


 






    7


     


    

 


“Parties”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.


 


“Permits”
means any license, permit, registration, authorization, approval, certificate of authority, accreditation, qualification or similar
document or authority that has been issued or granted by any Governmental Entity.


 


“Permitted
Transferee” means each transferee of any Company Claims that meets the requirements of Section 9.01 and delivers
a duly executed Transfer Agreement to the Company Parties.


 


“Person”
means an individual, firm, corporation (including any non-profit corporation), partnership, limited liability company, limited
partnership, joint venture, association, trust, estate, executor, administrator, Governmental Entity, or other Entity or organization.


 


“Petition
Date” means the date on which the Debtors commence the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


“Plan”
has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.


 


“Plan
Effective Date” means the occurrence of the effective date of the Plan according to its terms.


 


“Plan
Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms and/or term sheets of documents, schedules, and exhibits
to the Plan that will be filed by the Debtors with the Bankruptcy Court, each of which shall be consistent in all material respects
with this Agreement (to the extent applicable) and subject to the consent rights set forth in Section 3.02.


 


“Qualified
Marketmaker” means an Entity that (a) holds itself out to the public or the applicable private markets as standing
ready in the ordinary course of business to purchase from customers and sell to customers Company Claims (or enter with customers
into long and short positions in Company Claims), in its capacity as a dealer or market maker in Company Claims and (b) is,
in fact, regularly in the business of making a market in claims against issuers or borrowers (including debt securities or other
debt).


 


“RBL
Agent” means The Bank of Nova Scotia, in its capacity as administrative agent under the RBL Credit Agreement.


 


“RBL
Claims” means any Claim against any Debtor arising under, in connection with, or related to the RBL Credit Agreement.


 






    8


     


    

 


“RBL
Credit Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013, by and among the
Company, as borrower, the Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent and issuing bank, the Bank of Nova Scotia, KeyBank National
Association, and PNC Bank, National Association, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, KeyBank National Association and
PNC Bank, National Association, as co-syndication agents, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and
Barclays Bank PLC, as co-documentation agents, and each of the lenders party thereto, as amended by that certain First Amendment,
dated as of April 23, 2014, that certain Second Amendment, dated as of November 26, 2014, that certain Third Amendment, dated
as of April 10, 2015, that certain Fourth Amendment and Limited Consent and Waiver dated as of May 29, 2015, that certain Fifth
Amendment dated as of September 18, 2015, that certain Sixth Amendment dated as of February 19, 2016, that certain Seventh Amendment
dated as of December 13, 2016, that certain Eighth Amendment dated as of March 29, 2017, that certain Ninth Amendment dated as
of May 4, 2017, that certain Tenth Amendment dated as of October 4, 2017, that certain Eleventh Amendment dated as of November
21, 2017, that certain Twelfth Amendment dated as of May 21, 2018, that certain Thirteenth Amendment dated as of November 28,
2018, that certain Fourteenth Amendment dated as of June 3, 2019, that certain Fifteenth Amendment, dated as of May 1, 2020, and
that certain Sixteenth Amendment, dated as of July 27, 2020, and as further amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise
modified from time to time.


 


“RBL
Lenders” means holders of RBL Loans.


 


“RBL
Loans” means loans outstanding under the RBL Credit Agreement.


 


“Reorganized
Debtors” means the Debtors, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, on and after the Plan Effective Date,
or any successors or assigns thereto.


 


“Reorganized
Gulfport Topco” means Gulfport Topco, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, on and after the Plan Effective
Date, or any successor or assign thereto.


 


“Required
Consenting Noteholders” means, as of the relevant date, the Consenting Noteholders holding at least 50.01 percent
of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Notes that are held by all Consenting Noteholders.


 


“Required
Consenting RBL Lenders” means, as of the relevant date, the Consenting RBL Lenders holding at least 50.01 percent
of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of RBL Loans that are held by all Consenting RBL Lenders.


 


“Required
Consenting Stakeholders” means, collectively, the Required Consenting RBL Lenders and the Required Consenting Noteholders.


 


“Required
Parties” means the Company Parties and the Required Consenting Stakeholders.


 


“Required
Supermajority Consenting Noteholders” means, as of the relevant date, the Consenting Noteholders holding at least
75.01 percent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Notes that are held by all Consenting Noteholders.


 


“Restructuring
Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.


 


“Rights
Offering” means the at least $50 million rights offering for shares of New Preferred Stock to be conducted pursuant
to the Backstop Commitment Agreement and the applicable Rights Offering Procedures, as further detailed in Article IV.D.3 of the
Plan.


 






    9


     


    

 


“Rights
Offering Documents” means, collectively, any and all agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered
into in connection with the Rights Offering, including the Rights Offering Procedures.


 


“Rights
Offering Procedures” means those certain rights offering procedures, which shall be set forth in the Rights Offering
Documents.


 


“Rules”
means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), and (7) of the Securities Act.


 


“Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


 


“Solicitation
Materials” means all documents, forms and other materials provided in connection with the solicitation of votes
on the Plan.


 


“Termination
Date” means the date on which termination of this Agreement as to a Party is effective in accordance with Sections
12.01, 12.02, 12.03, or 12.04.


 


“Transaction
Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.


 


“Transfer”
means to sell, resell, reallocate, use, pledge, assign, transfer, hypothecate, participate, donate or otherwise encumber or dispose
of, directly or indirectly (including through Hedge Contracts or other transactions).


 


“Transfer
Agreement” means an executed form of the transfer agreement providing, among other things, that a transferee is
bound by the terms of this Agreement and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J.


 


“Trustee”
means any indenture trustee, collateral trustee, or other trustee or similar entity under the Notes, in its capacity as such.


 


1.02 Interpretation.
For purposes of this Agreement:


 


(a) in
the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include both the singular and the plural,
and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine, feminine, and the neuter gender;


 


(b) capitalized
terms defined only in the plural or singular form shall nonetheless have their defined meanings when used in the opposite form;


 


(c) unless
otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule, or exhibit shall mean such document, schedule, or
exhibit, as it may have been or may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance
with this Agreement; provided, however, that any capitalized terms herein that are defined with reference to another
agreement, are defined with reference to such other agreement as of the date of this Agreement, without giving effect to any termination
of such other agreement or amendments to such capitalized terms in any such other agreement following the date hereof;


 






    10


     


    

 


(d) unless
otherwise specified, all references herein to “Sections” are references to Sections of this Agreement;


 


(e) the
words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to this Agreement in its entirety rather than
to any particular portion of this Agreement;


 


(f) captions
and headings to Sections are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the
interpretation of this Agreement;


 


(g) references
to “shareholders,” “directors,” and/or “officers” shall also include “members”
and/or “managers,” as applicable, as such terms are defined under the applicable limited liability company Laws;


 


(h) the
use of “include” or “including” is without limitation, whether stated or not; and


 


(i) the
phrase “counsel to the Consenting Stakeholders” refers in this Agreement to each counsel specified in Section 15.10
other than counsel to the Company Parties.


 


Section
2.Effectiveness of this Agreement.


 


2.01 This
Agreement shall become effective and binding upon each of the Parties at 12:00 a.m., prevailing Eastern Time, on the Agreement
Effective Date, which is the date on which all of the following conditions have been satisfied or waived in accordance with this
Agreement:


 


(a) each
of the Company Parties shall have executed and delivered counterpart signature pages of this Agreement to counsel to each of the
Parties specified in Section 15.10;


 


(b) the
following shall have executed and delivered counterpart signature pages of this Agreement to counsel to each of the Company Parties:


 


		i.	holders
                                         of at least two-thirds of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Notes; and



 


		ii.	holders
                                         of at least two-thirds of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of RBL Loans.



 


(c) the
Company Parties shall have paid in full the Transaction Expenses of the Consenting Stakeholder Professionals that are accrued
but unpaid as of the Agreement Effective Date, whether or not such Transaction Expenses are then due, outstanding, or otherwise
payable;


 


(d) the
Company Parties shall have funded a stay-ahead retainer for Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP that, as of the Agreement
Effective Date, is in the aggregate amount of $5 million (the “Noteholder Counsel Retainer”);


 






    11


     


    

 


(e) the
Company Parties shall have pre-funded the monthly fees of Houlihan Lokey, Inc. for seven (7) months at a rate of $150,000 per
month for a total pre-fund amount of $1,050,000 (the “Noteholder Advisor Pre-Fund”); and


 


(f) counsel
to the Company Parties shall have given notice to counsel to the Consenting Stakeholders in the manner set forth in Section
15.10 hereof (by email or otherwise) that the other conditions to the Agreement Effective Date set forth in this Section
2 have occurred.


 


Section
3.Definitive Documents.


 


3.01 The
Definitive Documents governing the Restructuring shall consist of the following:


 


(a) the
DIP Orders;


 


(b) the
DIP Credit Agreement Documents;


 


(c) the
Disclosure Statement, its exhibits, and any pleadings filed in support of the Disclosure Statement;


 


(d) the
Backstop Approval Order;


 


(e) the
Rights Offering Documents;


 


(f) the
Backstop Commitment Documents;


 


(g) the
Solicitation Materials, and the order approving the Solicitation Materials;


 


(h) the
Disclosure Statement Order;


 


(i) the
Plan, Plan Supplement, and all material documents, annexes, schedules, exhibits, amendments, modifications, or supplements thereto,
or other documents contained therein, including any schedules of assumed or rejected contracts;


 


(j) the
First Day Pleadings, and orders granting requested relief;


 


(k) the
Confirmation Order, and any pleadings filed in support of Confirmation;


 


(l) the
Exit Facility Documents;


 


(m) the
Amended ISDA;


 


(n) the
Hedging Orders;


 


(o) any
Management Incentive Plan or employment agreement entered into after the date hereof and all additional documents or agreements
related thereto;


 






    12


     


    

 


(p) the
New Corporate Governance Documents;


 


(q) this
Agreement;


 


(r) the
De Minimis Asset Sale Order;


 


(s) the
New Unsecured Notes Term Sheet;


 


(t) the
motions seeking approval of each of the above (and, to the extent applicable and not otherwise noted, the orders approving each
of the above); and


 


(u) any
other document necessary or desirable to implement or achieve the Restructuring Transactions not otherwise listed above; provided,
however, that the following are not Definitive Documents: ministerial notices and similar ministerial documents; retention
applications; fee applications; fee statements; any similar pleadings or motions relating to the retention or fees of any professional;
or statements of financial affairs and schedules of assets and liabilities (the “Non-Substantive Documents”).


 


3.02 The
Definitive Documents and related motions and orders shall be consistent with this Agreement, the Plan, and otherwise reasonably
acceptable to the Required Consenting Stakeholders; provided that the Definitive Documents in Sections 3.01(a)-3.01(i),
3.01(k), 3.01(l), 3.01(n)-3.01(p), and 3.01(r)-3.01(s) and the related motions and orders
shall be consistent with this Agreement, the Plan, and otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Required Consenting Noteholders;
provided, further, that the Definitive Documents in Sections 3.01(a)-3.01(i), 3.01(k)-3.01(n),
and 3.01(r)-3.01(s) and the related motions and orders shall be consistent with this Agreement, the Plan, and otherwise
in form and substance acceptable to the RBL Agent and DIP Agent. The Definitive Documents not executed or not in a form attached
to this Agreement as of the Execution Date remain subject to negotiation and completion and, except as expressly contemplated
in this Agreement (including as set forth in the exhibits and annexes hereto), shall be subject to the consent rights in the preceding
sentence and shall be consistent with this Agreement. Upon completion, the Definitive Documents and every other document, deed,
agreement, filing, notification, letter, or instrument related to the Restructuring Transactions shall reflect and contain terms,
conditions, representations, warranties, and covenants consistent with the terms of this Agreement (including the exhibits and
annexes hereto), as they may be modified, amended, or supplemented in accordance with Section 13.


 


3.03 The
Company Parties acknowledge and agree that they will provide advance initial draft copies of the Definitive Documents in Sections
3.01(c), 3.01(e)-3.01(f), 3.01(h)-3.01(i), 3.01(k)-3.01(l), 3.01(n)-3.01(p),
and 3.01(s) to counsel for the Consenting Stakeholders as soon as reasonably practicable, and will provide such documents
no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the date when any Company Parties intend to file the applicable Definitive Documents
with the Bankruptcy Court; provided, however, that for other Definitive Documents, if five (5) calendar days
in advance is not reasonably practicable, in no event shall such document be provided later than forty-eight (48) hours in advance
of any filing hereof. The Company Parties acknowledge and agree that they will provide advance initial draft copies of any substantive
pleadings (which do not include the Non-Substantive Documents) other than the Definitive Documents to counsel for the Consenting
Stakeholders no later than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the date when any Company Parties intend to file the applicable
substantive pleadings with the Bankruptcy Court.


 






    13


     


    

 


Section
4.Milestones. 


 


4.01 During
the Agreement Effective Period, the Company Parties shall implement the Restructuring Transactions in accordance with the following
milestones (the “Milestones”), as applicable, unless extended or waived in writing (which may be by
electronic mail between applicable counsel) by the Company Parties and the Required Consenting Stakeholders. For the avoidance
of doubt, nothing in these Milestones shall prevent the Debtors from exercising their respective fiduciary duties under applicable
Law; provided that the exercise by the Debtors of a fiduciary out shall not impede the Consenting Stakeholders’ rights
to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 12:


 


(a) no
later than 11:59 p.m. (prevailing Central time) on November 13, 2020, the Company Parties shall have commenced the Chapter 11
Cases in the Bankruptcy Court and shall have filed the First Day Pleadings;


 


(b) no
later than three (3) Business Days after the Petition Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the DIP Order on an interim
basis;


 


(c) no
later than thirty (30) days after the Petition Date, the Company Parties shall have filed with the Bankruptcy Court the Plan and
the Disclosure Statement;


 


(d) on
the date that the Company Parties file the Plan and the Disclosure Statement with the Bankruptcy Court, the Company Parties shall
have filed with the Bankruptcy Court the Backstop Approval Motion;


 


(e) no
later than thirty-five (35) days after the Petition Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the DIP Order on a final basis;


 


(f) no
later than one hundred (100) days after the Petition Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Disclosure Statement Order;


 


(g) no
later than one hundred and forty (140) days after the Petition Date, the Company Parties shall have filed with the Bankruptcy
Court the Plan Supplement;


 


(h) no
later than one hundred and sixty-five (165) days after the Petition Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation
Order;


 


(i) no
later than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Petition Date, the Plan Effective Date shall have occurred; and


 


(j) no
later than one hundred and eighty (180) after the Petition Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall have entered one or more final orders
permanently reducing the future demand reservation fees owed by the Company Parties over the life of all firm transportation agreements
of the Company Parties, taken as whole, by at least 50% of the amount of all such fees owed on October 31, 2020, as calculated
on a PV-10 basis and reducing the future firm transportation average daily demand reservation volumes over the life of all of
the firm transportation agreements of the Company Parties as of October 31, 2020, taken as a whole, by at least 35%.


 






    14


     


    

 


Section
5.Commitments of the Consenting Stakeholders.


 


5.01 General
Commitments, Forbearances, and Waivers.


 


(a) Affirmative
Commitments. During the Agreement Effective Period, each Consenting Stakeholder agrees, severally, and not jointly, in respect
of all of its Company Claims, to:


 


(i) vote
and exercise any powers or rights available to it (including in any board, shareholders’, or creditors’ meeting or
in any process requiring voting or approval to which they are legally entitled to participate) in each case, in favor of any matter
requiring approval to the extent consistent with and necessary to implement the Restructuring Transactions;


 


(ii) refrain
from changing, revoking, amending, or withdrawing (or causing such change, revocation, amendment, or withdrawal of) any vote or
election referred to in clause (i) above except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement (including upon the occurrence
of a Consenting Stakeholder Termination Event);


 


(iii) negotiate
in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver any appropriate additional or alternative provisions
or agreements to address any legal, financial, or structural impediment that may arise that would prevent, hinder, impede, delay,
or are necessary to effectuate the consummation of, the Restructuring Transactions;


 


(iv) use
commercially reasonable efforts to give any required notice, order, instruction, or direction to the applicable Agents that, in
the view of the Consenting Stakeholders, is necessary to give effect to the Restructuring Transactions, provided that in
no event shall the Consenting Stakeholders be required to provide an indemnity or bear responsibility for any out-of-pocket costs
related to any such notice, order, instruction, or direction;


 


(v) use
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any Permits and Consents that are necessary for the Consenting RBL Lenders or Consenting Noteholders
to obtain, as applicable, to implement or consummate any part of the Restructuring Transactions; and


 


(vi) negotiate
in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and implement the Definitive Documents that are consistent with
this Agreement (to the extent applicable) and to coordinate its activities with the other Parties (to the extent practicable and
subject to the terms hereof) in respect of all matters concerning the implementation and consummation of the Restructuring Transactions.


 






    15


     


    

 


(b) Negative
Commitments. During the Agreement Effective Period (other than with respect to clause (vi) as specifically set forth therein),
and subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Consenting Stakeholder agrees, severally, and not jointly, in respect of all
of its Company Claims, that it shall not, other than to enforce this Agreement or any Definitive Document or as otherwise permitted
under this Agreement, directly or indirectly:


 


(i) object
to, delay, impede, or take any other action to materially interfere with acceptance, implementation, or consummation of the Restructuring
Transactions;


 


(ii) propose,
file, support, or vote for any Alternative Restructuring Proposal;


 


(iii) take
any other actions in direct contravention of this Agreement, the Plan, or the Definitive Documents, or to the material detriment
of the Restructuring Transactions;


 


(iv) modify
the Definitive Documents, in whole or in part, in a manner that is not consistent with this Agreement in all material respects;


 


(v) file
any motion, pleading, or other document with the Bankruptcy Court or any other court (including any modifications or amendments
thereof) that, in whole or in part, is not materially consistent with this Agreement or the Plan;


 


(vi) exercise,
or direct any other Person to exercise, any right or remedy (including, solely for five (5) Business Days following the Execution
Date, and prior to a Hedge Counterparty entering into an Amended ISDA, the designation of any Early Termination Date, howsoever
described or defined, in relation to any Hedge Contract) for the enforcement, collection, or recovery of any of Company Claims
in or against the Company Parties other than pursuant to the Plan, the DIP Credit Agreement Documents, and other Definitive Documents;


 


(vii) object
to any First Day Pleadings and “second day” pleadings consistent with this Agreement filed by the Debtors in furtherance
of the Restructuring, including any motion seeking approval of the DIP Facility on the terms set forth herein and the DIP Credit
Agreement;


 


(viii) object
to or commence any legal proceeding challenging the liens or claims (including the priority thereof) granted or proposed to be
granted to the DIP Commitment Parties under the DIP Order; or


 


(ix) object
to, delay, impede, or take any other action to interfere with the Company Parties’ ownership and possession of their assets,
wherever located, or interfere with the automatic stay arising under section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, unless otherwise permitted
under the Definitive Documents.


 






    16


     


    

 


(c) During
the Agreement Effective Period, each Consenting Stakeholder, in respect of each of its Company Claims, severally, and not jointly,
will support, and will not object to any motion or other pleading or document filed by a Company Party in the Chapter 11 Cases
in furtherance of the Restructuring Transactions that is consistent with this Agreement.


 


(d) Financing
Commitments.


 


(i) During
the Agreement Effective Period, and subject in each case to the terms and conditions of the DIP Credit Agreement Documents, each
Consenting RBL Lender agrees to enter into the DIP Credit Agreement and shall make available for funding its ratable share of
the Commitments (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement);


 


(ii) During
the Agreement Effective Period, and subject in each case to the terms and conditions of the Exit Facility Term Sheet and to the
Exit Facility Documents being reasonably acceptable to the Required Consenting RBL Lenders, each Consenting RBL Lender agrees
to enter into the Exit Facility and shall make available for funding its ratable share of the Aggregate Commitments (as defined
in the Exit Facility Term Sheet) and of the First-Out Term Loans (as defined in the Exit Facility Term Sheet); and


 


(iii) Each
existing Hedge Counterparty shall enter into an Amended ISDA concurrent herewith, but in any event within five (5) Business Days
after the Execution Date.


 


5.02 Backstop
Commitment. The Backstop Commitment Parties hereby commit to backstop the Rights Offering on the terms set forth in the Backstop
Commitment Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit D.


 


5.03 Commitments
with Respect to Chapter 11 Cases.


 


(a) During
the Agreement Effective Period, each Consenting Stakeholder that is entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan pursuant to
its terms agrees that it shall, subject to receipt by such Consenting Stakeholder of the Solicitation Materials:


 


(i) vote
each of its Company Claims to accept the Plan by delivering its duly executed and completed ballot accepting the Plan on a timely
basis following the commencement of the solicitation of the Plan and its actual receipt of the Solicitation Materials and the
ballot;


 


(ii) support
the mutual release and exculpation provisions to be provided in the Plan;


 


(iii) to
the extent it is permitted to elect whether to opt out of the releases set forth in the Plan, elect not to opt out of the releases
set forth in the Plan by timely delivering its duly executed and completed ballot(s) indicating such election; and


 






    17


     


    

 


(iv) not
change, withdraw, amend, or revoke (or cause to be changed, withdrawn, amended, or revoked) any vote or election referred to in
clauses (i)-(iii) above; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Party from withholding, amending,
or revoking (or causing the same) its timely consent or vote with respect to the Plan if this Agreement has been terminated in
accordance with its terms with respect to such Party.


 


(b) During
the Agreement Effective Period, each Consenting Stakeholder, in respect of each of its Company Claims, will support, and will
not directly or indirectly object to, delay, impede, or take any other action to interfere with any motion or other pleading or
document filed by a Company Party in the Bankruptcy Court that is consistent with this Agreement, including Section 3.02
of this Agreement.


 


Section
6.Additional Provisions Regarding the Consenting Stakeholders’ Commitments.


 


6.01 The
Parties understand that the Consenting RBL Lenders and Consenting Noteholders are engaged in a wide range of financial services
and businesses. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, to the extent a Consenting RBL Lender
or Consenting Noteholder expressly indicates on its signature page hereto that it is executing this Agreement on behalf of specific
trading desk(s) and/or business group(s) of the Consenting RBL Lender or Consenting Noteholder, the obligations set forth in this
Agreement shall only apply to such trading desk(s) and/or business group(s) and shall not apply to any other trading desk or business
group of the Consenting RBL Lender or Consenting Noteholder, so long as they are not acting at the direction or for the benefit
of the Consenting RBL Lender or Consenting Noteholder, or such entities’ investment in the Company; provided that
the foregoing shall not diminish or otherwise affect the obligations and liability therefor of any legal entity that (i) executes
this Agreement or (ii) on whose behalf this Agreement is executed by a Consenting RBL Lender or Consenting Noteholder.


 


6.02 Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall:


 


(a) be
construed to prohibit any Consenting Stakeholder from appearing as a party in interest and filing papers in any matter to be adjudicated
in the Chapter 11 Cases, so long as such appearance and the positions advocated in connection therewith are not inconsistent with
this Agreement;


 


(b) affect
the ability of any Consenting Stakeholder to consult with any other Consenting Stakeholder, the Company Parties, or any other
party in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases (including any official committee and the United States Trustee);


 


(c) impair
or waive the rights of any Consenting Stakeholder to assert or raise any objection permitted under this Agreement in connection
with the Restructuring Transactions;


 


(d) prevent
any Consenting Stakeholder from enforcing this Agreement or any other Definitive Document, or from contesting whether any matter,
fact, or thing is a breach of or is inconsistent with, such document(s);


 






    18


     


    

 


(e) limit
the ability of a Consenting Stakeholder to purchase, sell, or enter into any transaction regarding the Company Claims, subject
to the terms hereof;


 


(f) (i) prevent
any Consenting Stakeholder from taking any action which is required by applicable Law, (ii) require any Consenting Stakeholder
to take any action which is prohibited by applicable Law or to waive or forego the benefit of any applicable legal professional
privilege, or (iii) require any Consenting Stakeholder to incur any expenses, liabilities, or other obligations, or agree
to any commitments, undertakings, concessions, indemnities, or other arrangements that could result in expenses, liabilities,
or other obligations;


 


(g) prevent
any Consenting Stakeholder by reason of this Agreement or the Restructuring Transactions from making, seeking, or receiving any
regulatory filings, notifications, consents, determinations, authorizations, permits, approvals, licenses, or the like;


 


(h) prevent
any Consenting Stakeholder from taking any action that is necessary to preserve or defend the validity, existence, or priority
of its Company Claims, including, without limitation, the filing of a proof of claim against any Company Party;


 


(i) require
any Consenting Stakeholders to incur, assume, become liable for any liabilities or other obligations, or to commence litigation
or agree to any commitments, undertakings, concessions, indemnities, or other arrangements to such Consenting Stakeholders, in
each case, that could result in liabilities or other obligations to such Consenting Stakeholders, other than as reasonably necessary
to comply with the obligations under this Agreement; or


 


(j) obligate
a Consenting Stakeholder to deliver a vote to support the Plan or prohibit a Consenting Stakeholder from withdrawing such vote,
in each case from and after the Termination Date (other than a Termination Date as a result of the occurrence of the Effective
Date); provided that upon the withdrawal of any such vote after the Termination Date (other than a Termination Date as
a result of the occurrence of the Effective Date), such vote shall be deemed void ab initio and such Consenting Stakeholder
shall have the opportunity to change its vote.


 


6.03 DIP
Facility. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Section 6.03 shall have the meaning set forth in the DIP Credit Agreement
Documents and the DIP Orders.


 


(a) Notwithstanding
anything contained in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall affect the rights of the DIP Agent and the DIP Lenders under
the DIP Orders or the DIP Credit Agreement Documents and to the extent of any conflict between this Agreement and the DIP Orders
or the DIP Credit Agreement Documents or the Hedging Order, the DIP Orders or the DIP Credit Agreement Documents or the Hedging
Order, as applicable, shall govern.


 


(b) Each
of the Consenting Stakeholders irrevocably consents to (i) the DIP Facility and the use of Cash Collateral (each as defined in
the DIP Orders), (ii) the priming of the Prepetition First Liens by the DIP Liens (each as defined in the DIP Orders), as set
forth in the DIP Orders, and (iii) the entry of the DIP Orders.


 






    19


     


    

 


Section
7.Commitments of the Company Parties.


 


7.01 Affirmative
Commitments. Except as set forth in Section 8, during the Agreement Effective Period, the Company Parties agree to:


 


(a) support
and take all reasonable and necessary and desirable steps to (i) consummate the Restructuring Transactions in accordance
with this Agreement, (ii) prosecute and defend any appeals relating to the Confirmation Order, and (iii) comply with
each Milestone set forth in this Agreement;


 


(b) to
the extent any legal or structural impediment arises that would prevent, hinder, or delay the consummation of the Restructuring
Transactions contemplated herein, support and take all steps reasonably necessary and desirable to address any such impediment;


 


(c) use
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any and all required governmental, regulatory, environmental, and/or third-party approvals
for the Restructuring Transactions;


 


(d) use
commercially reasonable efforts to seek additional support for the Restructuring Transactions from their other material stakeholders
to the extent reasonably prudent, and to the extent the Company Parties receive any Joinders or Transfer Agreements, notify the
Consenting Stakeholders of such Joinders and Transfer Agreements;


 


(e) negotiate
in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver the Definitive Documents and any other required agreements
to effectuate and consummate the Restructuring Transactions as contemplated by this Agreement;


 


(f) actively
oppose and object to the efforts of any person seeking to object to, delay, impede, or take any other action to interfere with
the acceptance, implementation, or consummation of the Restructuring (including, if applicable, the filing of timely objections
or written responses) to the extent such opposition or objection is reasonably necessary or desirable to facilitate implementation
of the Restructuring;


 


(g) consult
with the Consenting Stakeholders and their advisors as to:


 


(i) the
status and progress of the contract rejection process, the negotiations of the Definitive Documents, and discussions with shareholders;


 


(ii) any
potential rejection, termination, breach, assumption, renegotiation, or other modification with respect to any of the Company
Parties’ midstream contracts or entry into any new midstream contracts by the Company Parties;


 






    20


     


    

 


(iii) the
payment of any prepetition claims in excess of $1 million to the extent the payment of such claims is not authorized by this Agreement,
the Plan, or any First Day Order other than the DIP Orders;


 


(iv) the
business and financial (including liquidity and budget) performance of the Company Parties;


 


(v) hedging
strategies (it being understood that so long as the required consultation or consent, as the case may be, is obtained regarding
hedging strategies, then no consultation or consent is required to enter into individual hedge contracts);


 


(vi) strategy
concerning the maximization of tax efficiencies;


 


(vii) the
Claims reconciliation process;


 


(viii) changes
to the compensation of management team members; and


 


(ix) the
status of obtaining any necessary or desirable authorizations (including consents) from any competent judicial body, governmental
authority, banking, taxation, supervisory, regulatory body, or any stock exchange;


 


(h) without
limiting any consent rights otherwise provided in this Agreement, obtain the consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders prior
to effecting any action, series of actions, payment, or strategy, as applicable, contemplated by Sections 7.01(g)(ii),
7.01(g)(iii), or 7.01(g)(v) above if the amount is at least $1 million;


 


(i) provide
the Consenting Stakeholders reasonable access to the books and records of the Company Parties upon reasonable advance notice to
the Company Parties and without disruption to the operation of the Company Parties’ business;


 


(j) provide
the Consenting Stakeholders reasonable access to the management of the Company Parties upon reasonable advance notice to the Company
Parties and without disruption to the operation of the Company Parties’ business;


 


(k) inform
counsel to the Consenting Stakeholders as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming aware of:


 


(i) any
event or circumstance that has occurred, or that is reasonably likely to occur (and if it did so occur), that would permit any
Party to terminate, or would result in the termination of, this Agreement with respect to such Party;


 


(ii) any
matter or circumstance which they know, or suspect is likely, to be a material impediment to the implementation or consummation
of the Restructuring Transactions;


 


(iii) any
notice of any commencement of any material involuntary insolvency proceeding, legal suit for payment of material debt, or enforcement
of a security interest by any person in respect of material property owned by any Company Party;


 






    21


     


    

 


(iv) any
breach of this Agreement (including any breach by any Company Party);


 


(v) the
status and progress of the Restructuring Transactions, including progress in relation to the negotiations of the Definitive Documents;


 


(vi) the
status of obtaining any necessary or desirable authorizations (including any consents) from any competent judicial body, governmental
authority, banking, taxation, supervisory, or regulatory body or any stock exchange;


 


(vii) any
representation or statement made or deemed to be made by them under this Agreement which is or proves to have been materially
incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed to be made; and


 


(viii) any
material operations or financial developments of the Company Parties.


 


(l) use
commercially reasonable efforts to maintain their good standing under the Laws of the state or other jurisdiction in which they
are incorporated or organized;


 


(m) (A)
provide counsel for the Consenting Stakeholders all Definitive Documents and substantive pleadings (including, without limitation,
all First Day Pleadings and “second day” pleadings) and any other substantive documents that the Company Parties intend
to file in the Chapter 11 Cases no later than the time specified in Section 3.03 hereof, and (B) be available to consult
in good faith with counsel to the Consenting Stakeholders regarding the form and substance of any document referred to in the
immediately preceding clause (A) before filing such document in the Chapter 11 Cases;


 


(n) use
commercially reasonable efforts to seek additional support for the Restructuring Transactions from their other material stakeholders
to the extent reasonably prudent;


 


(o) comply
with the terms, conditions, and obligations of the DIP Credit Agreement Documents, including the DIP Orders, once approved or
entered, as applicable, by the Bankruptcy Court;


 


(p) operate
their businesses in the ordinary course, taking into account the Restructuring Transactions and the Chapter 11 Cases;


 


(q) on
or after the date hereof, not engage in any material merger, consolidation, disposition, acquisition, investment, dividend, incurrence
of indebtedness or other similar transaction outside of the ordinary course of business other than the Restructuring Transactions;
provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any actions taken pursuant to the De Minimis Asset Sale Order or any First
Day Order other than the DIP Orders; provided that the foregoing does not prevent any incurrence of indebtedness pursuant
to the DIP Orders.


 






    22


     


    

 


(r) timely
file a formal objection, after consultation in good faith with the Consenting Stakeholders, to any motion filed with the Bankruptcy
Court by a third party seeking the entry of an order (i) directing the appointment of a trustee or examiner (with expanded
powers beyond those set forth in sections 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code), (ii) converting the Chapter 11 Cases
to cases under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (iii) dismissing the Chapter 11 Cases, or (iv) directing the appointment
of an equity committee, whether pursuant to section 1102(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, in the Chapter 11 Cases;


 


(s) support
the mutual release and exculpatory provisions to be provided in the Plan;


 


(t) timely
file a formal objection, after consultation in good faith with the Consenting Stakeholders, to any motion filed with the Bankruptcy
Court by a third party seeking the entry of an order modifying or terminating the Company Parties’ exclusive right to file
and/or solicit acceptances of a plan of reorganization, as applicable;


 


(u) engage
Alvarez & Marsal, Inc., or another person acceptable to the Required Consenting Stakeholders, as Chief Restructuring Officer,
who shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company;


 


(v) not
establish, effectuate, or seek approval of any additional incentive or retention plans, including a key employee incentive plan
or a key employee retention plan, during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases;


 


(w) fund
the Noteholder Counsel Retainer and the Noteholder Advisor Pre-Fund in accordance with Sections 2.01(d) and 2.01(e)
hereof; and


 


(x) pay
the Transaction Expenses of the Consenting Stakeholder Professionals in accordance with Section 14 hereof.


 


7.02 Negative
Commitments. Except as set forth in Section 8, during the Agreement Effective Period, each of the Company Parties shall
not directly or indirectly:


 


(a) object
to, delay, impede, or take any other action to interfere with acceptance, implementation, or consummation of the Restructuring
Transactions;


 


(b) take
any action that is inconsistent in any material respect with, or is intended to frustrate or impede approval, implementation and
consummation of the Restructuring Transactions described in, this Agreement or the Plan;


 


(c) except
as contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, or pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, transfer any asset or right of the
Company Parties or any asset or right used in the business of the Company Parties to any person or entity outside the ordinary
course of business without the consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit
any actions taken pursuant to any First Day Order (other than the DIP Orders) or the De Minimis Asset Sale Order.


 






    23


     


    

 


(d) take
or fail to take any action outside the ordinary course of business (except to the extent expressly contemplated by the Plan) if
such action or failure to act would cause a change to the tax status of any Company Party or be expected to cause, individually
or in the aggregate, a material adverse tax consequence to the Company Parties pursuant to the Plan, without the consent of the
Required Consenting Stakeholders;


 


(e) except
as contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, or pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, engage in any merger, consolidation,
disposition, acquisition, investment, dividend, incurrence of indebtedness or other similar transaction outside the ordinary course
of business, other than the transactions contemplated herein and on the terms contemplated hereby without the consent of the Required
Consenting Stakeholders; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any actions taken pursuant to any First Day Order
(other than the DIP Orders) or the De Minimis Asset Sale Order.


 


(f) enter
into any commitment or agreement with respect to debtor-in-possession financing, cash collateral, and/or exit financing other
than the facilities contemplated under the DIP Facility and Exit Facility;


 


(g) incur
any liens or security interest, other than those existing immediately prior to the date hereof, those permitted under the DIP
Facility, or those granted under the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility, or the Hedging Order;


 


(h) modify
the Plan, in whole or in part, in a manner that does not comply with this Agreement;


 


(i) withdraw
or revoke the Plan or publicly announce its intention not to pursue the Plan;


 


(j) file
any motion, pleading, or Definitive Documents with the Bankruptcy Court or any other court (including any modifications or amendments
thereof) that, in whole or in part, is not materially consistent with this Agreement, the Plan, or the Definitive Documents;


 


(k) commence
an avoidance action or other legal proceeding that challenges the validity, enforceability, avoidability, perfection, or priority
of the obligations under or liens securing the RBL Credit Agreement;


 


(l) commence,
support, or join any litigation or adversary proceedings against the Consenting Stakeholders;


 


(m) except
as contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, or pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or
encumber any additional shares of, or any options, warrants, conversion privileges or rights of any kind to acquire any shares
of, any of its Equity Interests, including capital stock or limited liability company interests;


 






    24


     


    

 


(n) amend
or propose to amend its respective certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or comparable organizational documents in
a manner inconsistent with this Agreement or the Plan;


 


(o) except
as contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, or pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, split, combine or reclassify any outstanding
shares of its capital stock or other Equity Interests, or declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution payable
in cash, stock, property or otherwise with respect to any of its Equity Interests;


 


(p) except
as contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, or pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, redeem, purchase, or acquire or offer
to acquire any of its Equity Interests, including capital stock or limited liability company interests;


 


(q) except
as contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, or pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, incur or suffer to exist any indebtedness
or debt, or guarantee any indebtedness or enter into any “keep well” or other agreement to maintain any financial
condition of another person, except indebtedness existing and outstanding immediately before the Petition Date, trade payables,
liabilities arising and incurred in the ordinary course of business, and indebtedness arising under the DIP Facility; provided
that the foregoing shall not prohibit any actions taken pursuant to any First Day Order or the De Minimis Asset Sale Order;
or


 


(r) except
as contemplated by this Agreement, the Plan, or pursuant to the Restructuring Transactions, change materially its financial or
tax accounting methods, except insofar as may have been required by a change in GAAP or applicable law, or revalue any of its
material assets.


 


Section
8.Additional Provisions Regarding Company Parties’ Commitments.


 


8.01 Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall require a Company Party or the board of directors,
board of managers, or similar governing body of a Company Party (including any special committee of such governing body, as applicable),
after consulting with counsel, to take any action or to refrain from taking any action to the extent taking or failing to take
such action would be inconsistent with applicable Law or its fiduciary obligations under applicable Law, and any such action or
inaction pursuant to this Section 8.01 shall not be deemed to constitute a breach of this Agreement; provided,
however, that this Section 8.01 shall not impede any Party’s right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.
The Company Parties shall give prompt written notice to counsel to the Consenting Stakeholders of any determination in accordance
with this Section 8.01 to take or refrain from taking any action.


 






    25


     


    

 


8.02 Notwithstanding
anything contrary to this Agreement (but subject to Section 8.01), each Company Party and its respective directors, officers,
employees, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors or representatives shall not solicit an
Alternative Restructuring Proposal, offer, indication of interest, or inquiry for one or more Alternative Restructuring Proposals,
but shall have the right to consider, respond to, and facilitate Alternative Restructuring Proposals and in furtherance thereof,
may: (a) provide access to non-public information concerning any Company Party to any Entity or enter into Confidentiality Agreements
or nondisclosure agreements with any Entity regarding Alternative Restructuring Proposals; (b) maintain or continue discussions
or negotiations with respect to Alternative Restructuring Proposals; (c) otherwise cooperate with, assist, participate in, or
facilitate any inquiries, proposals, discussions, or negotiation of Alternative Restructuring Proposals; and/or (d) enter
into or continue discussions or negotiations with holders of Claims against or Equity Interests in a Company Party (including
any Consenting Stakeholder), any other party in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases (including any official committee and the United
States Trustee), or any other Entity regarding Alternative Restructuring Proposals; provided that the applicable Company
Party or its respective directors, officers, employees, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants, consultants, or other advisors
or representatives shall (y) provide notice and a copy of any Alternative Restructuring Proposal to counsel to the Consenting
Stakeholders within one (1) Business Day of receipt, and (z) inform counsel to the Consenting Stakeholders of any decision
to exercise a Fiduciary Out within 24 hours of such decision being made.


 


8.03 Nothing
in this Agreement shall: (a) impair or waive the rights of any Company Party to assert or raise any objection permitted under
this Agreement in connection with the Restructuring Transactions; or (b) prevent any Company Party from enforcing this Agreement
or contesting whether any matter, fact, or thing is a breach of, or is inconsistent with, this Agreement.


 


Section
9.Transfer of Equity Interests and Securities.


 


9.01 During
the Agreement Effective Period, no Consenting Stakeholder shall Transfer any ownership (including any beneficial ownership as
defined in the Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) in any Company Claims to any affiliated or unaffiliated
party, including any party in which it may hold a direct or indirect beneficial interest, unless:


 


(a) in
the case of any Company Claims, the authorized transferee is either (i) a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule
144A of the Securities Act, (ii) a non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction as defined under Regulation S under the Securities
Act, (iii) an institutional accredited investor (as defined in the Rules), (iv) with respect to RBL Claims, any assignee that
satisfies the conditions to assignment in Section 12.04(b) of the RBL Credit Agreement, or (v) a Consenting Stakeholder;
and


 


(b) either
(i) the transferee executes and delivers to counsel to the Company Parties, within five (5) Business Days of the proposed Transfer,
a Transfer Agreement or (ii) the transferee is a Consenting Stakeholder and the transferee provides notice of such Transfer (including
the amount and type of Company Claim Transferred) to counsel to the Company Parties within five (5) Business Days of such
acquisition.


 


9.02 Upon
compliance with the requirements of Section 9.01 and delivery of a duly executed Transfer Agreement to the Company Parties,
the transferor shall be deemed to relinquish its rights (and be released from its obligations) under this Agreement to the extent
of the rights and obligations in respect of such transferred Company Claims. Any Transfer in violation of Section 9.01
shall be void ab initio.


 






    26


     


    

 


9.03 This
Agreement shall in no way be construed to preclude the Consenting Stakeholders (in their capacities as Consenting Stakeholders)
from acquiring additional Company Claims; provided, however, that (a) such additional Company Claims shall
automatically and immediately upon acquisition by a Consenting Stakeholder be deemed subject to the terms of this Agreement (regardless
of when or whether notice of such acquisition is given to counsel to the Company Parties or counsel to the Consenting Stakeholders)
and (b) such Consenting Stakeholder must provide notice of such acquisition (including the amount and type of Company Claim acquired)
to counsel to the Company Parties within five (5) Business Days of such acquisition.


 


9.04 This
Section 9 shall not impose any obligation on any Company Party to issue any “cleansing letter” or otherwise
publicly disclose information for the purpose of enabling a Consenting Stakeholder to Transfer any of its Company Claims. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein, to the extent a Company Party and another Party have entered into a Confidentiality Agreement,
the terms of such Confidentiality Agreement shall continue to apply and remain in full force and effect according to its terms,
and this Agreement does not supersede any rights or obligations otherwise arising under such Confidentiality Agreements.


 


9.05 Notwithstanding
Section 9.01, a Qualified Marketmaker that acquires any Company Claims from a Consenting Stakeholder with the purpose and
intent of acting as a Qualified Marketmaker for such Company Claims shall not be required to execute and deliver a Transfer Agreement
in respect of such Company Claims if (a) such Qualified Marketmaker subsequently transfers such Company Claims (by purchase, sale
assignment, participation, or otherwise) within ten (10) Business Days of its acquisition to a transferee that is an Entity that
is not an Affiliate, affiliated fund, or affiliated Entity with a common investment advisor; (b) the transferee otherwise is a
Permitted Transferee under Section 9.01; and (c) the Transfer otherwise is a permitted Transfer under Section 9.01.
To the extent that a Consenting Stakeholder is acting in its capacity as a Qualified Marketmaker, it may Transfer (by purchase,
sale, assignment, participation, or otherwise) any right, title or interests in Company Claims that the Qualified Marketmaker
acquires from a holder of the Company Claims who is not a Consenting Stakeholder without the requirement that the transferee be
a Permitted Transferee.


 


9.06 Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 9, the restrictions on Transfer set forth in this Section 9 shall not apply
to the grant of any liens or encumbrances on any claims and interests in favor of a bank or broker-dealer holding custody of such
Claims and interests in the ordinary course of business and which lien or encumbrance is released upon the Transfer of such claims
and interests.


 


Section
10.Representations and Warranties of Consenting Stakeholders.


 


Each
Consenting Stakeholder severally, and not jointly, represents and warrants that, as of the date such Consenting Stakeholder executes
and delivers this Agreement and as of the Plan Effective Date:


 


(a) it
is the beneficial or record owner of the face amount of the Company Claims or is the nominee, investment manager, or advisor for
beneficial holders of the Company Claims reflected in such Consenting Stakeholder’s signature page to this Agreement, a
Joinder, or a Transfer Agreement, as applicable (as may be updated pursuant to Section 9);


 






    27


     


    

 


(b) it
has the full power and authority to act on behalf of, vote and consent to matters concerning, such Company Claims;


 


(c) such
Company Claims are free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity, option, proxy, voting restriction,
right of first refusal, or other limitation on disposition, Transfer, or encumbrances of any kind, that would adversely affect
in any way such Consenting Stakeholder’s ability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement at the time such
obligations are required to be performed;


 


(d) it
has the full power to vote, approve changes to, and Transfer all of its Company Claims referable to it as contemplated by this
Agreement subject to applicable Law; and


 


(e) (i)
it is either (A) a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act, (B) not a U.S. Person (as defined
in Regulation S of the Securities Act), or (C) an institutional accredited investor (as defined in the Rules), and (ii) any
securities acquired by the Consenting Stakeholder in connection with the Restructuring Transactions will have been acquired for
investment and not with a view to distribution or resale in violation of the Securities Act.


 


Section
11.Mutual Representations, Warranties, and Covenants.


 


Each
of the Parties severally and not jointly, represents, warrants, and covenants to each other Party, as of the date such Party executed
and delivers this Agreement and as of the Plan Effective Date (for the avoidance of doubt, a Consenting Noteholder that is an
investment advisor, sub-advisor, or manager of discretionary accounts that beneficially hold Notes Claims only represents, warrants,
or covenants under this Section 11 with respect to such discretionary accounts):


 


(a) it
shall not, directly or indirectly, initiate, or have initiated on its behalf, any litigation or proceeding of any kind with respect
to the Chapter 11 Cases, this Agreement, or the other Restructuring Transactions contemplated herein against the other Parties
other than to enforce this Agreement or any Definitive Document or as otherwise permitted under this Agreement or any Definitive
Document;


 


(b) it
is validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of its organization, and this Agreement is a legal, valid,
and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited
by applicable Laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability;


 


(c) except
as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Plan, and the Bankruptcy Code, no consent or approval is required by any other Person
or Entity in order for it to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by, and perform its respective obligations
under, this Agreement;


 






    28


     


    

 


(d) the
entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement do not, and will not, conflict in any
material respect with any Law or regulation applicable to it or with any of its Organizational Documents;


 


(e) except
as expressly provided in this Agreement, it has (or will have, at the relevant time) all requisite corporate or other power and
authority to enter into, execute, and deliver this Agreement and to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by,
and perform its respective obligations under, this Agreement; and


 


(f) except
as expressly provided by this Agreement, it is not party to any restructuring or similar agreements or arrangements with the other
Parties to this Agreement that have not been disclosed to all Parties to this Agreement.


 


Section
12.Termination Events


 


12.01 Consenting
Stakeholder Termination Events. This Agreement may be terminated (a) with respect to any Consenting RBL Lender, by such
Consenting RBL Lender, (b) with respect to any Consenting Noteholder, by such Consenting Noteholder, in each case by the
delivery to the Parties of a written notice in accordance with Section 15.10 hereof upon the occurrence of any of the following
events:


 


(a) the
breach by a Company Party of any of the representations, warranties, or covenants of the Company Parties set forth in this Agreement
that remains uncured for five (5) Business Days after such terminating Consenting Stakeholder transmits a written notice in accordance
with Section  15.10 hereof detailing any such breach;


 


(b) any
of the Milestones set forth in Section 4.01 (as may be extended or waived in accordance with this Agreement) has not been
achieved by the date specified for such Milestone;2


 


(c) the
issuance by any governmental authority, including any regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction, of any final, non-appealable
ruling or order that (i) enjoins the consummation of a material portion of the Restructuring Transactions and (ii) remains in
effect for ten (10) Business Days after such terminating Consenting Stakeholder transmits a written notice in accordance with
Section 15.10 hereof detailing any such issuance; provided, however, that this termination right may not
be exercised by any Party that sought or requested such ruling or order in contravention of any obligation set out in this Agreement;


 


(d) the
board of directors, board of managers, or such similar governing body of any Company Party determines (including any special committee
of such governing body, as applicable), after consulting with its advisors (i) that proceeding with any of the Restructuring
Transactions would be inconsistent with the exercise of its fiduciary duties or applicable Law or (ii) in the exercise of its
fiduciary duties, to pursue an Alternative Restructuring Proposal;


 





 






		2	For the avoidance of doubt, no Party may terminate this
Agreement on account of failure to satisfy a Milestone to the extent that such failure is primarily caused by or primarily resulting
from such Party’s own action (or failure to act) in breach of this Agreement; provided that an individual Consenting
Stakeholders’ action (or failure to act) shall not be imputed to the Consenting Stakeholders as a group or any other individual
Consenting Stakeholder.


 






    29


     


    

 


(e) the
Bankruptcy Court enters an order denying confirmation of the Plan or any material provision thereof, including any provisions
in the Plan relating to releases by the Company Parties of the Consenting Stakeholders, or any material provisions relating to
third party releases of the Consenting Stakeholders and such order remains in effect for five (5) Business Days following the
entry thereof;


 


(f) the
Bankruptcy Court enters an order, or any Company Party files a motion or application seeking an order (i) converting one or more
of the Chapter 11 Cases of a Company Party to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) appointing an examiner with
expanded powers beyond those set forth in sections 1106(a)(3) and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code or a chapter 11 trustee in one or
more of the Chapter 11 Cases of a Company Party, or (iii) rejecting this Agreement;


 


(g) any
order approving the Plan or the Disclosure Statement is reversed, stayed, dismissed, vacated, or reconsidered without the prior
written consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders or is modified or amended (i) in a manner that is inconsistent with this
Agreement and (ii) remains uncured for five (5) Business Days after such terminating Consenting Stakeholder transmits a written
notice in accordance with Section 15.10 hereof describing any such breach;


 


(h) the
making public, modification, amendment or filing of any of the Definitive Documents by any Company Party that contains terms or
conditions that have not received the consent of the applicable Consenting Stakeholders as provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement
(i) in a manner that is adverse to the Consenting Stakeholders seeking termination pursuant to this provision and (ii) remains
uncured for five (5) Business Days after such terminating Consenting Stakeholders transmits a written notice in accordance
with Section 15.10 hereof describing any such breach;


 


(i) (i)
the occurrence of the DIP Maturity Date, (ii) the termination or modification of the Interim DIP Order or the Final DIP Order
in a manner that is inconsistent with the DIP Credit Agreement; (iii) the termination of any order or agreement permitting the
use of cash collateral in the Chapter 11 Cases; or (iv) the occurrence of an Event of Default under the DIP Credit Agreement that
shall not have been cured within any applicable grace periods or waived pursuant to the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement;


 


(j) the
Company amends the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, the Definitive Documents, or any amendments, modifications, exhibits or supplements
thereto in a manner that is not permitted by this Agreement; or


 


(k) the
Company Parties (i) withdraw the Plan, (ii) publicly announce their intention not to support the Restructuring Transactions, or
(iii) file, publicly announce, execute a definitive written agreement with respect to an Alternative Restructuring Proposal or
determine not to grant releases to any Consenting Stakeholder.


 






    30


     


    

 


If,
after termination of this Agreement by any Consenting Stakeholder, holders of less than two-thirds of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of Notes or holders of less than two-thirds of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of RBL Loans are party
to this Agreement, the Required Consenting Stakeholders may, in their sole discretion, terminate this Agreement upon three (3)
Business Days’ written notice to all Parties, which shall be delivered in accordance with Section 15.10.


 


12.02 Company
Party Termination Events. Any Company Party may terminate this Agreement as to all Parties upon prior written notice to all
Parties in accordance with Section 15.10 hereof upon the occurrence of any of the following events:


 


(a) with
respect to the Consenting RBL Lenders, the breach in any material respect by the Consenting RBL Lenders holding an amount of the
RBL Claims that would result in non-breaching Consenting RBL Lenders holding less than two-thirds of the aggregate principal amount
outstanding of the RBL Claims, of any provision set forth in this Agreement that remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business
Days after the receipt by counsel to the RBL Agent of notice of such breach;


 


(b) with
respect to the Consenting Noteholders, the breach in any material respect by the Consenting Stakeholders holding an amount of
the Notes that would result in non-breaching Consenting Noteholders holding less than two-thirds of the aggregate principal amount
outstanding of the Notes, of any provision set forth in this Agreement that remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business
Days after the receipt by counsel to the Consenting Noteholders of notice of such breach;


 


(c) the
board of directors, board of managers, or such similar governing body of any Company Party determines (including any special committee
of such governing body, as applicable), after consulting with its advisors, (i) that proceeding with any of the Restructuring
Transactions would be inconsistent with the exercise of its fiduciary duties or applicable Law or (ii) in the exercise of its
fiduciary duties, to pursue an Alternative Restructuring Proposal (such determination, a “Fiduciary Out”);


 


(d) the
issuance by any governmental authority, including any regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction, of any final, non-appealable
ruling or order that (i) enjoins the consummation of a material portion of the Restructuring Transactions and (ii) remains in
effect for ten (10) Business Days after such terminating Company Party transmits a written notice in accordance with Section
15.10 hereof detailing any such issuance; provided, however, that this termination right shall not apply to
or be exercised by any Company Party that sought or requested such ruling or order in contravention of any obligation or restriction
set out in this Agreement; or


 


(e) the
Bankruptcy Court enters an order denying confirmation of the Plan and such order remains in effect for five (5) Business Days
after entry of such order.


 


12.03 Mutual
Termination. This Agreement, and the obligations of all Parties hereunder, may be terminated by mutual written agreement among
all of the following: (a) the Required Consenting Stakeholders; and (b) each Company Party.


 






    31


     


    

 


12.04 Automatic
Termination. This Agreement shall terminate automatically without any further required action or notice immediately upon the
Plan Effective Date.


 


12.05 Effect
of Termination. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Date as to a Party, this Agreement shall be of no further force and effect
as to such Party and each Party subject to such termination shall be released from its commitments, undertakings, and agreements
under or related to this Agreement and shall have the rights and remedies that it would have had, had it not entered into this
Agreement, and shall be entitled to take all actions, whether with respect to the Restructuring Transactions or otherwise, that
it would have been entitled to take had it not entered into this Agreement, including with respect to any and all Claims or causes
of action. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Date, any and all consents or ballots tendered by the Parties subject to such
termination before a Termination Date shall be deemed, for all purposes, to be null and void from the first instance, without
regard to any impact of the automatic stay under section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code, which the Company agrees to waive pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement, and shall not be considered or otherwise used in any manner by the Parties in connection with
the Restructuring Transactions and this Agreement or otherwise and such consents or ballots may be changed or resubmitted regardless
of whether the applicable voting deadline has passed (without the need to seek a court order or consent from the Company allowing
such change or resubmission); provided, however, any Consenting Stakeholder withdrawing or changing its vote pursuant
to this Section 12.05 shall promptly provide written notice of such withdrawal or change to counsel to the Company Parties
and, if such withdrawal or change occurs on or after the Petition Date, file notice of such withdrawal or change with the Bankruptcy
Court. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as prohibiting a Company Party or any of the Consenting Stakeholders from
contesting whether any such termination is in accordance with its terms or to seek enforcement of any rights under this Agreement
that arose or existed before a Termination Date. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing herein is intended to,
or does, in any manner waive, limit, impair, or restrict (a) any right of any Company Party or the ability of any Company Party
to protect and reserve its rights (including rights under this Agreement), remedies, and interests, including its claims against
any Consenting Stakeholder, and (b) any right of any Consenting Stakeholder, or the ability of any Consenting Stakeholder, to
protect and preserve its rights (including rights under this Agreement), remedies, and interests, including its claims against
any Company Party or Consenting Stakeholder. No purported termination of this Agreement shall be effective under this Section 12.05
or otherwise if the Party seeking to terminate this Agreement is in material breach of this Agreement, except a termination
pursuant to Section 12.02(d). Nothing in this Section 12.05 shall restrict any Company Party’s right
to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.02(c).


 


12.06 Limitations.
No Party may terminate this Agreement on account of a Termination Event if the occurrence of such Termination Event was primarily
caused by, or primarily resulted from, such Party’s own actions (or failure to act) in breach of the terms of this Agreement;
provided that an individual Consenting Stakeholders’ action (or failure to act) shall not be imputed to the Consenting
Stakeholders as a group or any other individual Consenting Stakeholder.


 






    32


     


    

 


Section
13.Amendments and Waivers


 


(a) This
Agreement (or any exhibit, annex, or schedule hereto) may be modified, amended, or supplemented, or a condition or requirement
of this Agreement (or any exhibit, annex, or schedule hereto) may be waived, in a writing signed by: (a) each Company
Party, and (b) solely with respect to any modification, amendment, waiver, or supplement that alters the rights of such Parties
(which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes any change to this Section 13 affecting such Parties), the Required Consenting
Stakeholders, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of each such affected Consenting Stakeholder shall also
be required to effectuate any modification, amendment, waiver, or supplement if the proposed modification, amendment, waiver,
or supplement (x) has a material, disproportionate (as compared to other Consenting Stakeholders holding Claims within the same
class as provided for in the Plan) adverse effect on any of the Company Claims held by a Consenting Stakeholder, or (y) changes
the economic treatment otherwise provided to any Consenting Stakeholders; provided, however, that if the modification,
amendment, waiver, or supplement described in clause (y) above solely affects a Consenting Noteholder in a manner that is
proportionate with respect to each of the Consenting Noteholders, only the consent of the Required Supermajority Consenting Noteholders
shall be required to effectuate such modification, amendment, waiver, or supplement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
for the avoidance of doubt, no amendment, modification, waiver, or supplement of this Section 13 shall be effective
without the consent of each Party hereto.


 


(b) Any
proposed modification, amendment, waiver, or supplement that does not comply with this Section 13 shall be ineffective
and void ab initio as to any non-consenting Party affected thereby.


 


(c) The
waiver by any Party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing
waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no
delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any such right, power or remedy
or any provision of this Agreement, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by a Party preclude
any other or further exercise of such right, power or remedy or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy by such Party.
All remedies under this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other remedies provided by Law.


 


(d) Any
consent or waiver contemplated in this Agreement may be provided by electronic mail from counsel to the relevant Parties.


 


(e) Notwithstanding
Section 13(a) of this Agreement, any modification, amendment, or change to the definition of “Required Consenting Noteholders”
shall require the consent of each Consenting Noteholder holding Notes Claims that is a Consenting Noteholder as of the date of
such modification, amendment, or change.


 


(f) Notwithstanding
Section 13(a) of this Agreement, any modification, amendment, or change to the definition of “Required Consenting RBL Lenders”
shall require the consent of each Consenting RBL Lender holding RBL Claims that is a Consenting RBL Lender as of the date of such
modification, amendment, or change.


 






    33


     


    

 


Section
14.Transaction Expenses.


 


14.01 The
Company Parties shall pay and reimburse all prepetition and postpetition fees and expenses of the Consenting Stakeholder Professionals
(the “Transaction Expenses”) and, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the applicable firm,
the Company shall (i) pay, as a precondition to effectiveness of this Agreement, the Transaction Expenses accrued by the
Consenting Noteholder Professionals as of the Agreement Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.01(c); (ii) fund
or replenish, as the case may be, any retainers requested by any of the Consenting Noteholder Professionals, including pursuant
to Section 2.01(d) of this Agreement; (iii) after the Agreement Effective Date has occurred, pay all accrued and unpaid
Transaction Expenses on a monthly basis and within seven (7) Business Days of receipt of invoices in respect thereof; and
(iv) on the Plan Effective Date, pay all accrued and unpaid Transaction Expenses incurred up to (and including) the
Plan Effective Date by the Consenting Stakeholder Professionals without any requirement for Bankruptcy Court review or further
Bankruptcy Court order; provided, however, that the Interim DIP Order shall provide for the payment of all Transaction
Expenses pursuant to this Section 14.01; provided, further, that once the Company Parties have obtained a final
order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the payment of the Transaction Expenses of the Consenting Noteholder Professionals in
the ordinary course, Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP shall deduct its Transaction Expenses from the Noteholder
Counsel Retainer (and not require the Company Parties to pay such amounts in cash) until such time as the Noteholder Counsel Retainer
is reduced to an amount that is at or below $2 million.


 


Section
15.Miscellaneous.


 


15.01 Acknowledgement.
Notwithstanding any other provision herein, this Agreement is not and shall not be deemed to be an offer with respect to any securities
or solicitation of votes for the acceptance of a plan of reorganization for purposes of sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy
Code or otherwise. Any such offer or solicitation will be made only in compliance with all applicable securities Laws, provisions
of the Bankruptcy Code, and/or other applicable Law.


 


15.02 Exhibits
Incorporated by Reference; Conflicts. Each of the exhibits, annexes, signatures pages, and schedules attached hereto is expressly
incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement, and all references to this Agreement shall include such exhibits, annexes,
and schedules. In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement (without reference to the exhibits, annexes, and schedules
hereto) and the exhibits, annexes, and schedules hereto, this Agreement (without reference to the exhibits, annexes, and schedules
thereto) shall govern.


 


15.03 Further
Assurances. Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, during the Agreement Effective Period, the Parties agree to execute
and deliver such other instruments and perform such acts, in addition to the matters herein specified, as may be reasonably appropriate
or necessary, or as may be required by order of the Bankruptcy Court, from time to time, to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions
in accordance with the Definitive Documents, as applicable.


 


15.04 Complete
Agreement. Except as otherwise explicitly provided herein, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties
with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, oral or written, among the Parties with respect
thereto, other than any Confidentiality Agreement.


 






    34


     


    

 


15.05 GOVERNING
LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SELECTION OF FORUM. THIS AGREEMENT IS TO BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SUCH STATE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE
CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF. Each Party hereto agrees that it shall bring any action or proceeding in respect of any claim
arising out of or related to this Agreement, to the extent possible, in the Bankruptcy Court, and solely in connection with claims
arising under this Agreement: (a) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court; (b) waives any
objection to laying venue in any such action or proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court; and (c) waives any objection that the Bankruptcy
Court is an inconvenient forum or does not have jurisdiction over any Party hereto.


 


15.06 Trial
by Jury Waiver. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.


 


15.07 Execution
of Agreement. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts and by way of electronic signature
and delivery, each such counterpart, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall
constitute the same agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, each individual executing this Agreement on behalf
of a Party has been duly authorized and empowered to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of said Party.


 


15.08 Rules
of Construction. This Agreement is the product of negotiations among the Company Parties and the Consenting Stakeholders,
and in the enforcement or interpretation hereof, is to be interpreted in a neutral manner, and any presumption with regard to
interpretation for or against any Party by reason of that Party having drafted or caused to be drafted this Agreement, or any
portion hereof, shall not be effective in regard to the interpretation hereof. The Company Parties and the Consenting Stakeholders
were each represented by counsel during the negotiations and drafting of this Agreement and continue to be represented by counsel.


 


15.09 Successors
and Assigns; Third Parties. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective
successors and permitted assigns, as applicable. There are no third party beneficiaries under this Agreement, and the rights or
obligations of any Party under this Agreement may not be assigned, delegated, or transferred to any other Person or Entity.


 






    35


     


    

 


15.10 Notices.
All notices hereunder shall be deemed given if in writing and delivered, by electronic mail, courier, or registered or certified
mail (return receipt requested), to the following Parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified
by like notice):


 


(a) if
to a Company Party, to:


 


Gulfport
Energy Corporation

14313 N. May Avenue, Suite 100

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73134

Attention: Patrick Craine

E-mail address: pcraine@gulfportenergy.com


 


with
copies to:


 


Kirkland
& Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Facsimile: (212) 446-4900

Attention: Edward O. Sassower, P.C. and Steven N. Serajeddini, P.C.

E-mail address: edward.sassower@kirkland.com and


steven.serajeddini@kirkland.com


 


and


 


Kirkland
& Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

Attention: Christopher S. Koenig

E-mail address: chris.koenig@kirkland.com


 


(b) if
to the RBL Agent or DIP Agent, to:


 


The
Bank of Nova Scotia


711
Louisiana, Suite 1400


Houston,
Texas 77002


Attention:
Mr. Marc Graham


Telephone:
713-759-3448


Electronic
Mail: marc.graham@scotiabank.com


 


with
copies to:


 


Latham
& Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 1002

Attention: Trevor Wommack, Adam Goldberg, and Hugh Murtagh


E-mail
address: trevor.wommack@lw.com and adam.goldberg@lw.com and


hugh.murtagh@lw.com


 






    36


     


    

 


(c) if
to a Consenting RBL Lender or a transferee thereof, to the addresses, facsimile numbers, or e-mail addresses set forth below such
Consenting RBL Lender’s signature hereto (or as directed by any transferee thereof), as the case may be, with a copy (which
shall not constitute notice) to:


 


Latham
& Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Trevor Wommack, Adam Goldberg, and Hugh Murtagh

E-mail address: trevor.wommack@lw.com and adam.goldberg@lw.com and hugh.murtagh@lw.com


 


(d) if
to a Consenting Noteholder or a transferee thereof, to the addresses, facsimile numbers, or e-mail addresses set forth below such
Consenting Noteholder’s signature hereto (or as directed by any transferee thereof), as the case may be, with a copy (which
shall not constitute notice) to:


 


Paul,
Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Facsimile: (212) 757-3990

Attention: Alan W. Kornberg and Robert Britton

E-mail address: akornberg@paulweiss.com and rbritton@paulweiss.com


 


Any
notice given by delivery, mail, or courier shall be effective when received.


 


15.11 Independent
Due Diligence and Decision Making. Each Consenting Stakeholder hereby confirms that its decision to execute this Agreement
has been based upon its independent investigation of the operations, businesses, financial and other conditions, and prospects
of the Company Parties.


 


15.12 Enforceability
of Agreement. Each of the Parties hereby acknowledges and agrees: (i) that the provisions of any notice or exercise of
termination rights under this Agreement is not prohibited by the automatic stay provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, (ii) each
Party waives any right to assert that the exercise of notice or termination rights under this Agreement is subject to the automatic
stay provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, and expressly stipulates and consents hereunder to the prospective modification of the
automatic stay provisions of the Bankruptcy Code for purposes of exercising notice and termination rights under this Agreement,
to the extent the Bankruptcy Court determines that such relief is required, and (iii) that they shall not take a position
to the contrary of this Section 15.12 in the Bankruptcy Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction and (iv) they
will not initiate, or assert in, any litigation or other legal proceeding that this Section 15.12 is illegal, invalid,
or unenforceable, in whole or in part. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, following the commencement of the Chapter
11 Cases and unless and until there is an unstayed order of the Bankruptcy Court providing that the giving of notice under and/or
termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms is not prohibited by the automatic stay imposed by section 362 of the
Bankruptcy Code, the occurrence of any of the termination events in Sections 12.01, 12.03, and 12.04 shall
result in automatic termination of this Agreement, to the extent any terminating Consenting Stakeholder would otherwise have the
ability to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Sections 12.01, 12.03, and 12.04, five (5) calendar
days following such occurrence unless waived in writing by all of the terminating Consenting Stakeholders.


 






    37


     


    

 


15.13 Waiver.
If the Restructuring Transactions are not consummated, or if this Agreement is terminated for any reason, the Parties fully reserve
any and all of their rights. Pursuant to Federal Rule of Evidence 408 and any other applicable rules of evidence, this Agreement
and all negotiations relating hereto shall not be admissible into evidence in any proceeding other than a proceeding to enforce
its terms or the payment of damages to which a Party may be entitled under this Agreement.


 


15.14 Specific
Performance. It is understood and agreed by the Parties that money damages would be an insufficient remedy for any breach
of this Agreement by any Party, and each non-breaching Party shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive or other
equitable relief (without the posting of any bond and without proof of actual damages) as a remedy of any such breach, including
an order of the Bankruptcy Court or other court of competent jurisdiction requiring any Party to comply promptly with any of its
obligations hereunder.


 


15.15 Relationship
Among Parties. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the agreements, representations, warranties, and obligations
of the Consenting Stakeholders under this Agreement are, in all respects, several and not joint. No Party shall have any responsibility
by virtue of this Agreement for any trading by any other Entity or person. No prior history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences
among or between the Parties shall in any way affect or negate this Agreement. The Parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement
does not constitute an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with respect to acting together for the purpose of acquiring,
holding, voting, or disposing of any equity securities of the Company Parties and the Consenting Stakeholders do not constitute
a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. No action taken
by any Consenting Stakeholder pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute or to create a presumption by any of the
Parties that any of the Consenting Stakeholders are in any way acting in concert or as such a “group.”


 


15.16 Severability
and Construction. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid,
or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect if essential terms and conditions of this Agreement
for each Party remain valid, binding, and enforceable.


 


15.17 Remedies
Cumulative. All rights, powers, and remedies provided under this Agreement or otherwise available in respect hereof at Law
or in equity shall be cumulative and not alternative, and the exercise of any right, power, or remedy thereof by any Party shall
not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise of any other such right, power, or remedy by such Party.


 


15.18 Capacities
of Consenting Stakeholders. Each Consenting Stakeholder has entered into this Agreement on account of all Company Claims that
it holds (directly or through discretionary accounts that it manages or advises) and, except where otherwise specified in this
Agreement, shall take or refrain from taking all actions that it is obligated to take or refrain from taking under this Agreement
with respect to all such Company Claims.


 






    38


     


    

 


15.19 
Email Consents. Where a written consent, acceptance, approval, or waiver is required pursuant to or contemplated by this
Agreement, pursuant to Section 3.02, Section 13, or otherwise, including a written approval by the Required Parties,
such written consent, acceptance, approval, or waiver shall be deemed to have occurred if, by agreement between counsel to the
Parties submitting and receiving such consent, acceptance, approval, or waiver, it is conveyed in writing (including electronic
mail) between each such counsel without representations or warranties of any kind on behalf of such counsel.


 


15.20 Survival.
Notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12 hereof, the terms, provisions, agreements
and obligations of the Parties in Section 1.02, Section 6, Section 12, Section 13, and Section
14 (other than Section 15.03), and any defined terms used in any of the forgoing Sections (solely to the extent used
therein), shall survive such termination and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms hereof.


 


15.21 No
Recourse. This Agreement may only be enforced against the named parties hereto (and then only to the extent of the specific
obligations undertaken by such parties in this Agreement). All claims or causes of action (whether in contract, tort, equity,
or any other theory) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution, or performance
of this Agreement, may be made only against the Persons that are expressly identified as parties hereto (and then only to the
extent of the specific obligations undertaken by such parties herein). No past, present or future direct or indirect director,
manager, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, equity holder, trustee, affiliate, controlling person,
agent, attorney, or other representative of any party hereto (including any person negotiating or executing this Agreement on
behalf of a party hereto), nor any past, present, or future direct or indirect director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator,
member, partner, stockholder, equity holder, trustee, affiliate, controlling person, agent, attorney or other representative of
any of the foregoing (other than any of the foregoing that is a party hereto) (any such Person, a “No Recourse Party”),
shall have any liability with respect to this Agreement or with respect to any proceeding (whether in contract, tort, equity or
any other theory that seeks to “pierce the corporate veil” or impose liability of an entity against its owners or
affiliates or otherwise) that may arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this
Agreement.


 


15.22 Holdings
Information. Except as required by applicable law, no Party or its advisors shall disclose to any person or entity (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, any other Consenting Stakeholder), other than advisors to the Company Parties, the principal amount
or percentage of Notes held by the applicable Consenting Stakeholder without such Consenting Stakeholder’s prior written
consent; provided that (a) if such disclosure is required by law, subpoena or other legal process or regulation, the disclosing
Party shall afford the relevant Consenting Noteholder a reasonable opportunity to review and comment before such disclosure and
shall take all reasonable measures to limit such disclosure, (b) the foregoing shall not prohibit the disclosure of the aggregate
percentage or aggregate principal amount of Notes and RBL Claims held by all Consenting Stakeholders collectively and (c) any
Party may disclose information requested by a U.S. federal or state regulatory authority with jurisdiction over its operations
to such authority without limitation or notice to any Party or other person or entity. Any public filing or other disclosure of
this Agreement which includes executed signature pages to this Agreement shall include such signature pages only in redacted form
with respect to the holdings of each Consenting Stakeholder.


 


15.23 Disclosure;
Publicity. The Company shall not issue any press releases, public documents, or filings with the SEC, the Bankruptcy Court,
or otherwise that constitute disclosure of the existence or terms of this Agreement or any amendment to the terms of this Agreement
unless pre-approved by the Required Consenting Stakeholders.


 


[Signature
Pages Follow.]


 






    39


     


    

 





IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Signature Page to Restructuring Support
Agreement

 






    


     


    

 


Company
Parties’ Signature Page to

the Restructuring Support Agreement


 


GULFPORT
ENERGY CORPORATION


 


GATOR
MARINE, INC.


 


GATOR
MARINE IVANHOE, INC.


 


GRIZZLY
HOLDINGS, INC.


 


GULFPORT
APPALACHIA, LLC


 


GULFPORT
MIDCON, LLC


 


GULFPORT
MIDSTREAM HOLDINGS, LLC


 


JAGUAR
RESOURCES LLC


 


MULE
SKY LLC


 


PUMA
RESOURCES, INC.


 


WESTHAWK
MINERALS LLC


 





	By:	 	 
	 	 	 
	Name: 	 	 
	 	 	 
	Title:	 	 


 






    


     


    

 





Consenting
Stakeholder Signature Page to

the Restructuring Support Agreement


 


CONSENTING
STAKEHOLDER


 


Name:

Title:


Address:


E-mail
address(es):


 


	Aggregate Amounts Beneficially Owned or Managed on Account of:
	2023 Notes	 
	2024 Notes	 
	2025 Notes	 
	2026 Notes	 
	RBL Loans	 
	Interests	 



 


Signature Page to Restructuring Support
Agreement

 



    


     


    

 


 


 


 


 


[SIGNATURE
PAGES OMITTED]


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 






     


     


    

 





EXHIBIT
A


 


Company
Parties




 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Exhibit A to Restructuring Support Agreement


 






     


     


    

 


Company
Parties


 


Gulfport
Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation


 


Gator
Marine, Inc., a Delaware corporation


 


Gator
Marine Ivanhoe, Inc., a Delaware corporation


 


Grizzly
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation


 


Gulfport
Appalachia, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Gulfport
Midcon, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Gulfport
Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Jaguar
Resources LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Mule
Sky LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Puma
Resources, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company


 


Westhawk
Minerals LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 





Exhibit A to Restructuring Support Agreement

 






     


     


    

 





EXHIBIT
B


 


Chapter
11 Plan of Reorganization


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Exhibit B to Restructuring Support Agreement

 






     


     


    

 





	THIS PLAN IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BUT HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THIS IS NOT A SOLICITATION OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PLAN. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION MAY NOT BE SOLICITED UNTIL A DISCLOSURE STATEMENT HAS BEEN APPROVED BY THE BANKRUPTCY COURT. THE INFORMATION IN THE PLAN IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THIS PLAN IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL ANY SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES.








 


IN
THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT


FOR
THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS


HOUSTON
DIVISION


 





	
	)	 
	In
    re:	)	Chapter
    11
	 	)	 
	Gulfport
    Energy Corporation, et al.,1	)	Case
    No. 20-[____] ([●])
	 	)	 
	Debtors.	)	(Joint
    Administration Requested)
	 	)	 


 


JOINT
CHAPTER 11 PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

OF GULFPORT ENERGY CORPORATION AND ITS DEBTOR SUBSIDIARIES


 





 











 


	JACKSON WALKER L.L.P.	 	KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP
	 	 	 
	Matthew D. Cavenaugh (TX Bar No. 24062656)	 	KIRKLAND & ELLIS INTERNATIONAL LLP
	Veronica A. Polnick (TX Bar No. 24079148)	 	Edward O. Sassower, P.C.
	Cameron A. Secord (TX Bar No. 24093659)	 	Steven N. Serajeddini, P.C. (pro hac vice pending)
	1401 McKinney Street, Suite 1900	 	601 Lexington Avenue
	Houston, Texas 77010	 	New York, New York 10022
	Telephone: 	(713) 752-4200	 	Telephone:	(212) 446-4800
	Facsimile: 	(713) 752-4221	 	Facsimile: 	(212) 446-4900
	Email:	 mcavenaugh@jw.com	 	Email: 	edward.sassower@kirkland.com
	 	vpolnick@jw.com	 	 	steven.serajeddini@kirkland.com
	 	csecord@jw.com	 	 
	 	 	-and-
	 	 	 
	 	 	Christopher S. Koenig (pro hac vice pending) 
	 	 	300 North LaSalle Street
	 	 	Chicago, Illinois 60654
	 	 	Telephone 	(312) 862-2000
	 	 	Facsimile: 	(312) 862-2200
	 	 	Email:	chris.koenig@kirkland.com
	Dated:  [_____], 2020	 	 
	 	 	Proposed Co-Counsel to the Debtors
	 	 	and Debtors in Possession



 





 






		1	The Debtors in these chapter 11 cases, along with the
last four digits of each Debtor’s federal tax identification number, are: Gulfport Energy Corporation (1290); Gator Marine,
Inc. (1710); Gator Marine Ivanhoe, Inc. (4897); Grizzly Holdings, Inc. (9108); Gulfport Appalachia, LLC (1290); Gulfport MidCon,
LLC (1290); Gulfport Midstream Holdings, LLC (1290); Jaguar Resources LLC (1290); Mule Sky LLC (6808); Puma Resources, Inc. (6507);
and Westhawk Minerals LLC (1290). The location of the Debtors’ service address is: 3001 Quail Springs Parkway, Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma 73134.



 



     


     


    

 


TABLE
OF CONTENTS


 




	Article
    I. DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION, COMPUTATION OF TIME, and governing law	1
	A.	Defined Terms.	1
	B.	Rules of Interpretation.	17
	C.	Computation of Time.	17
	D.	Governing Law.	17
	E.	Reference to Monetary Figures.	17
	F.	Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.	17
	G.	Controlling Document.	18
	H.	Consultation, Information, Notice, and Consent Rights.	18
	Article
    II. ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, DIP CLAIMS,  PRIORITY CLAIMS, and Restructuring Expenses	18
	A.	Administrative Claims.	18
	B.	DIP Claims.	19
	C.	Professional Fee Claims.	19
	D.	Priority Tax Claims.	20
	E.	Payment of Statutory Fees.	20
	F.	Transaction Expenses.	21
	Article
    III. CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENt oF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS	21
	A.	Classification of Claims and Interests.	21
	B.	Treatment of Claims and Interests.	22
	C.	Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.	26
	D.	Elimination of Vacant Classes.	26
	E.	Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting Classes.	26
	F.	Intercompany Interests.	26
	G.	Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10) and 1129(b)
of the Bankruptcy Code.	26
	H.	Controversy Concerning Impairment.	26
	I.	Subordinated Claims and Interests.	27
	Article
    IV. MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN	27
	A.	General Settlement of Claims and Interests.	27
	B.	Restructuring Transactions.	27
	C.	Reorganized Debtors.	28
	D.	Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.	28
	E.	Exemption from Registration Requirements.	30
	F.	Corporate Existence.	31
	G.	Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.	32
	H.	Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.	32
	I.	Corporate Action.	33
	J.	New Organizational Documents.	33
	K.	Indemnification Obligations.	34
	L.	Managers and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.	34
	M.	Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.	34
	N.	Section 1146 Exemption.	34
	O.	Director and Officer Liability Insurance.	35
	P.	Management Incentive Plan.	35
	Q.	Employee and Retiree Benefits.	36
	R.	Preservation of Causes of Action.	36



 






    i


     


    




 


	Article
    V. TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES	37
	A.	Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts and
Unexpired Leases.	37
	B.	Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts or
Unexpired Leases.	38
	C.	Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts and
Unexpired Leases.	38
	D.	Preexisting Obligations to the Debtors under Executory
Contracts and Unexpired Leases.	39
	E.	Insurance Policies.	39
	F.	Reservation of Rights.	40
	G.	Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.	40
	H.	Employee Compensation and Benefits.	40
	I.	Contracts and Leases Entered into after the Petition
Date.	41
	J.	Royalty and Working Interests.	41
	Article
    VI. PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS	41
	A.	Distributions on Account of Claims Allowed as of the
Effective Date.	41
	B.	Disbursing Agent.	41
	C.	Rights and Powers of Disbursing Agent.	42
	D.	Delivery of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed
Distributions.	42
	E.	Manner of Payment.	44
	F.	Indefeasible Distributions.	44
	G.	Section 1145 Exemption.	44
	H.	Compliance with Tax Requirements.	44
	I.	Allocations.	45
	J.	No Postpetition Interest on Claims.	45
	K.	Foreign Currency Exchange Rate.	45
	L.	Setoffs and Recoupment.	45
	M.	Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.	45
	Article
    VII. PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,  UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS	46
	A.	Allowance of Claims.	46
	B.	Claims Administration Responsibilities.	46
	C.	Estimation of Claims.	47
	D.	Disputed Claims Reserve.	47
	E.	Adjustment to Claims or Interests without Objection.	47
	F.	Time to File Objections to Claims.	48
	G.	Disallowance of Claims or Interests.	48
	H.	Amendments to Claims.	48
	I.	No Distributions Pending Allowance.	48
	J.	Distributions After Allowance.	48
	K.	Single Satisfaction of Claims.	48
	Article
    VIII. SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS	49
	A.	Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.	49
	B.	Release of Liens.	49
	C.	Releases by the Debtors.	50
	D.	Releases by the Releasing Parties.	51
	E.	Exculpation.	52
	F.	Injunction.	53
	G.	Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment.	53
	H.	Document Retention.	53
	I.	Reimbursement or Contribution.	53
	Article
    IX. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THIS PLAN	54
	A.	Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.	54
	B.	Waiver of Conditions.	55
	C.	Effect of Failure of Conditions.	55
	D.	Substantial Consummation	55



 






    ii


     


    




 


	Article
    X. EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN	56
	A.	Jurisdiction and Venue.	56
	B.	Order Approving the Disclosure Statement	56
	C.	Voting Report.	56
	D.	Judicial Notice.	56
	E.	Transmittal and Mailing of Materials; Notice.	57
	F.	Solicitation.	57
	G.	Burden of Proof.	57
	H.	Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a) Compliance.	57
	I.	Compliance with the Requirements of Section 1129 of
the Bankruptcy Code.	57
	J.	Securities Under the Plan.	62
	K.	Releases and Discharges.	62
	L.	Release and Retention of Causes of Action.	63
	M.	Approval of Restructuring Support Agreement, Backstop
Commitment Agreement, and Other Restructuring Documents and Agreements.	63
	N.	Confirmation Hearing Exhibits.	63
	O.	Objections to Confirmation of the Plan.	63
	P.	Retention of Jurisdiction.	63
	Q.	Plan Supplement.	63
	Article
    XI. MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THIS PLAN	64
	A.	Modification and Amendments.	64
	B.	Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.	64
	C.	Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.	64
	Article
    XII. RETENTION OF JURISDICTION	64
	Article
    XIII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	66
	A.	Immediate Binding Effect.	66
	B.	Additional Documents.	66
	C.	Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and Expense
Payment.	67
	D.	Reservation of Rights.	67
	E.	Successors and Assigns.	67
	F.	Notices.	68
	G.	Term of Injunctions or Stays.	69
	H.	Entire Agreement.	69
	I.	Plan Supplement.	69
	J.	Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.	70
	K.	Votes Solicited in Good Faith.	70
	L.	Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.	70
	M.	Waiver or Estoppel.	70



 






    iii


     


    




 


INTRODUCTION


 


Gulfport
Energy Corporation and the other above-captioned debtors and debtors in possession (collectively, the “Debtors”)
propose this joint chapter 11 plan of reorganization (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, this
“Plan”) for the resolution of the outstanding Claims against, and Interests in, the Debtors. Although proposed
jointly for administrative purposes, the Plan constitutes a separate Plan for each Debtor. Holders of Claims or Interests may
refer to the Disclosure Statement for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, businesses, assets, results of operations, historical
financial information, risk factors, a summary and analysis of the Plan, the Restructuring Transactions, and certain related matters.
The Debtors are the proponents of the Plan within the meaning of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


Reference
is made to the accompanying Disclosure Statement for the Joint Chapter 11 Plan of Reorganization of Gulfport Energy Corporation
and its Debtor Affiliates for a discussion on the Debtors’ history, business, properties and operations, valuation,
projections, risk factors, a summary and analysis of the Plan and the transactions contemplated thereby, and certain related matters.


 


ALL
HOLDERS OF CLAIMS AGAINST AND INTERESTS IN THE DEBTORS, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, ARE ENCOURAGED TO READ THIS PLAN AND THE DISCLOSURE
STATEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY BEFORE VOTING TO ACCEPT OR REJECT THIS PLAN.


 


Article
I.

DEFINED TERMS, RULES OF INTERPRETATION,

COMPUTATION OF TIME, and governing law


 


A.
Defined Terms.


 


As
used in the Plan, capitalized terms have the meanings set forth below.


 


1. “2023
Notes” means the 6.625% senior notes due 2023, issued by Gulfport Parent pursuant to the 2023 Notes Indenture.


 


2. “2023
Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of April 21, 2015, by and among Gulfport Parent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.,
as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time to time.


 


3. “2024
Notes” means the 6.000% senior notes due 2024, issued by Gulfport Parent pursuant to the 2024 Notes Indenture.


 


4. “2024
Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of October 14, 2016, by and among Gulfport Parent, Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time
to time.


 


5. “2025
Notes” means the 6.375% senior notes due 2025, issued by Gulfport Parent pursuant to the 2025 Notes Indenture.


 


6. “2025
Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2016, by and among Gulfport Parent, Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time
to time.


 


7. “2026
Notes” means the 6.375% senior notes due 2026, issued by Gulfport Parent pursuant to the 2026 Notes Indenture.


 






    1


     


    




 


8. “2026
Notes Indenture” means the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2017, by and among Gulfport Parent, Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee, and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time
to time.


 


9. “Ad
Hoc Noteholder Group” means that certain ad hoc group of unaffiliated Holders of Notes Claims represented by
Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP and Houlihan Lokey, Inc.


 


10. “Administrative
Claim” means a Claim against any of the Debtors arising on or after the Petition Date and before the Effective Date
for a cost or expense of administration of the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to sections 503(b), 507(a)(2), 507(b), or 1114(e)(2)
of the Bankruptcy Code, including: (a) the actual and necessary costs and expenses of preserving the Estates and operating
the businesses of the Debtors incurred on or after the Petition Date and through the Effective Date; (b) the Allowed Professional
Fee Claims; (c) all fees and charges assessed against the Estates under chapter 123 of the Judicial Code; (d) the Transaction
Expenses; and (e) the Backstop Commitment Premium.


 


11. “Administrative
Claims Bar Date” means the deadline for Filing requests for payment of Administrative Claims, which shall be (a) 30
days after the Effective Date for Administrative Claims other than Professional Fee Claims and (b) 45 days after the Effective
Date for Professional Fee Claims.


 


12. “Affiliate”
has the meaning set forth in section 101(2) of the Bankruptcy Code. With respect to any Entity that is not a Debtor, the term
“Affiliate” shall apply to such Entity as if the Entity were a Debtor.


 


13. “Agents”
means, collectively, the DIP Agent, the RBL Agent, and the Exit Facility Agents.


 


14. “Allowed”
means, with respect to a Claim or Interest, any Claim or Interest (or portion thereof) against any Debtor that (a) is not
Disputed within the applicable period of time, if any, fixed by the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, or the Bankruptcy Court,
(b) is allowed, compromised, settled, or otherwise resolved pursuant to the terms of the Plan, in any stipulation that is
approved by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or pursuant to any contract, instrument, indenture, or other agreement entered
into or assumed in connection herewith, or (c) has been allowed by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance
of doubt, any Claim or Interest (or portion thereof), that has been disallowed pursuant to a Final Order shall not be an “Allowed”
Claim.


 


15. “Avoidance
Actions” means any and all actual or potential avoidance, recovery, subordination, or other Claims and Causes of Action,
or remedies that may be brought by or on behalf of the Debtors or their Estates or other authorized parties in interest under
the Bankruptcy Code or applicable non-bankruptcy law, including Claims, Causes of Action, or remedies arising under chapter 5
of the Bankruptcy Code or under similar or related local, state, federal, or foreign statutes or common law, including fraudulent
transfer laws.


 


16. “Backstop
Approval Motion” means the motion Filed by the Debtors seeking entry of the Backstop Approval Order.


 


17. “Backstop
Approval Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court setting forth the terms of the commitment by the Backstop Commitment
Parties to backstop the Rights Offering.


 


18. “Backstop
Commitment Agreement” means that certain backstop commitment agreement, entered into and dated as of [●] (as may
be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time), which is attached to the Restructuring Support Agreement as
Exhibit D, pursuant to which the Backstop Commitment Parties have agreed to backstop the Rights Offering.


 






    2


     


    




 


19. “Backstop
Commitment Parties” means at any time and from time to time, the parties that have committed to backstop the Rights
Offering and are signatories to the Backstop Commitment Agreement.


 


20. “Backstop
Commitment Premium” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.


 


21. “Bankruptcy
Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101–1532, as amended from time to
time.


 


22. “Bankruptcy
Court” means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division presiding over
the Chapter 11 Cases, or any other court having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, including, to the extent of the withdrawal
of reference under 28 U.S.C. § 157 and/or the General Order of the District Court pursuant to section 151 of the Judicial
Code, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas.


 


23. “Bankruptcy
Rules” means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure promulgated under section 2075 of the Judicial Code and
the general, local, and chambers rules of the Bankruptcy Court, each, as amended from time to time.


 


24. “Bar
Date Order” means the Order (I) Setting Bar Dates for Filing Proofs of Claim, Including Requests for Payment Under
Section 503(b)(9), (II) Establishing Amended Schedules Bar Date and Rejection Damages Bar Date, (III) Approving the Form of and
Manner for Filing Proofs of Claim, Including Section 503(b)(9) Requests, (IV) Approving Notice of Bar Dates, and (V) Granting
Related Relief [Docket No. [●]] (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
thereof).


 


25. “Business
Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or “legal holiday” (as defined in Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a)),
or other day on which commercial banks in the State of Texas or the State of New York are closed for business as a result of federal,
state, or local holiday.


 


26. “Cash”
means cash in legal tender of the United States of America and cash equivalents, including bank deposits, checks, and other similar
items.


 


27. “Cause
of Action” means any and all claims, interests, controversies, actions, proceedings, reimbursement claims, contribution
claims, recoupment rights, debts, third-party claims, indemnity claims, damages, remedies, causes of action, demands, rights,
suits, obligations, liabilities, accounts, judgments, defenses, offsets, powers, privileges, licenses, franchises, Avoidance Actions,
counterclaims and cross-claims, of any kind or character whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing
or hereinafter arising, contingent or non-contingent, matured or unmatured, suspected or unsuspected, liquidated or unliquidated,
disputed or undisputed, asserted or unasserted, direct or indirect, assertable directly or derivatively, choate or inchoate, reduced
to judgment or otherwise, secured or unsecured, whether arising before, on, or after the Petition Date, in tort, law, equity,
or otherwise pursuant to any theory of law. Causes of Action also include: (a) all rights of setoff, counterclaim, or recoupment
and claims under contracts or for breaches of duties imposed by law or in equity; (b) the right to object to or otherwise
contest Claims or Interests; and (c) such claims and defenses as fraud, mistake, duress, and usury and any other defenses
set forth in section 558 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 






    3


     


    




 


28. “Chapter
11 Cases” means (a) when used with reference to a particular Debtor, the case pending for that Debtor under chapter
11 of the Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court and (b) when used with reference to all the Debtors, the procedurally consolidated
and jointly administered chapter 11 cases pending for the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court.


 


29. “Claim”
means any claim, as defined in section 101(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, against any of the Debtors.


 


30. “Claims
Bar Date” means the applicable deadline by which Proofs of Claim must be Filed, as established by (a) the Bar Date Order,
(b) a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, or (c) the Plan.


 


31. “Claims
Register” means the official register of Claims maintained by the Solicitation Agent or the clerk of the Bankruptcy
Court.


 


32. “Class”
means a class of Claims or Interests as set forth in Article III of the Plan pursuant to section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy
Code.


 


33. “CM/ECF”
means the Bankruptcy Court’s Case Management and Electronic Case Filing system.


 


34. “Compensation
and Benefits Programs” means all employment and severance agreements and policies, and all employment, wages, compensation,
and benefit plans and policies, workers’ compensation programs, savings plans, retirement plans, deferred compensation plans,
supplemental executive retirement plans, healthcare plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, incentive and retention
plans, programs, and payments, life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans and programs of the Debtors, and all
amendments and modifications thereto, applicable to the Debtors’ employees, former employees, retirees, and non-employee
directors and managers, in each case existing with the Debtors as of immediately prior to the Effective Date.


 


35. “Confirmation”
means the Bankruptcy Court’s entry of the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


36. “Confirmation
Date” means the date upon which the Bankruptcy Court enters the Confirmation Order on the docket of the Chapter
11 Cases within the meaning of Bankruptcy Rules 5003 and 9021.


 


37. “Confirmation
Hearing” means the hearing to be held by the Bankruptcy Court to consider Confirmation of the Plan, pursuant to Bankruptcy
Rule 3020(b)(2) and sections 1128 and 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, as such hearing may be continued from time to time.


 


38. “Confirmation
Order” means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code,
consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 


39. “Consenting
Noteholders” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


40. “Consenting
RBL Lenders” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


41. “Consenting
Stakeholder Consent Rights” means, with respect to each Definitive Document, the applicable consent, approval, and/or
consultation right with respect to such Definitive Document as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 






    4


     


    




 


42. “Consenting
Stakeholders” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


43. “Consummation”
means the occurrence of the Effective Date.


 


44. “Cure”
means all amounts, including an amount of $0.00, required to cure any monetary defaults under any Executory Contract or Unexpired
Lease (or such lesser amount as may be agreed upon by the parties under an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease) that is to be
assumed by the Debtors pursuant to sections 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


45. “D&O
Liability Insurance Policies” means all insurance policies (including any “tail policy”) covering any of
the Debtors’ current or former directors’, managers’, officers’, and/or employees’ liability and
all agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto.


 


46. “Debtors”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble.


 


47. “Definitive
Documents” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement. Each Definitive Document shall be consistent
with the Restructuring Support Agreement and otherwise subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 


48. “DIP
Agent” means the Bank of Nova Scotia, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the DIP Credit
Agreement, its successors, assigns, or any replacement agent appointed pursuant to the terms of the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


49. “DIP
Claim” means a Claim held by the DIP Lenders or the DIP Agent arising under or relating to the DIP Credit Agreement
or the DIP Order, including any and all fees, interests paid in kind, and accrued but unpaid interest and fees arising under the
DIP Credit Agreement, but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the First Lien Adequate Protection Claims.


 


50. “DIP
Credit Agreement” means that certain debtor-in-possession credit agreement that governs the DIP Facility (as may be
amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time), dated as of November [__], 2020, by and among Gulfport Parent,
as borrower, certain Debtor guarantors, the DIP Lenders, and the DIP Agent.


 


51. “DIP
Facility” means the $262.5 million debtor-in-possession credit facility to be provided to the Debtors on the terms and
conditions of the DIP Credit Agreement and the DIP Orders and that shall be consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement
and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 


52. “DIP
Lenders” means the lenders party to the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


53. “DIP
Loan Documents” means the DIP Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement).


 


54. “DIP
Orders” means the interim order approving the DIP Facility [Docket No. [__]] and the final order approving the DIP Facility
[Docket No [__]], to be Filed and approved by the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the DIP Credit Agreement
and the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


55. “Disbursing
Agent” means, as applicable, the Entity or Entities selected by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, with the consent
of the Required Consenting Stakeholders, to make or facilitate distributions pursuant to the Plan.


 






    5


     


    




 


56. “Disclosure
Statement” means the disclosure statement for the Plan, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, in each case,
as may be amended, supplemented, or modified from time to time, that is prepared and distributed in accordance with the Bankruptcy
Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and any other applicable law, to be approved pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order.


 


57. “Disclosure
Statement Order” means the order (and all exhibits thereto), entered by the Bankruptcy Court approving the Disclosure
Statement and the Solicitation Materials, and allowing solicitation of the Plan to commence, entered on [●], 2020 [Docket
No. [●]] (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof).


 


58. “Disputed”
means, as to a Claim or an Interest, any Claim or Interest (or portion thereof): (a) that is not Allowed; (b) that is
not disallowed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, or a Final Order, as applicable; and (c) with respect to which a party in
interest has Filed a Proof of Claim or otherwise made a written request to a Debtor for payment, without any further notice to
or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.


 


59. “Distribution
Date” means, except as otherwise set forth herein and except as to distributions to Holders of public Securities (including
Notes deposited with DTC and Existing Common Stock) the date or dates determined by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, on
or after the Effective Date, with the first such date occurring on or as soon as is reasonably practicable after the Effective
Date, upon which the Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims entitled to receive distributions
under the Plan.


 


60. “Distribution
Record Date” means, other than with respect to Holders of public Securities (including Notes deposited with DTC and
Existing Common Stock) the record date for purposes of determining which Holders of Allowed Claims against or Allowed Interests
in the Debtors are eligible to receive distributions under the Plan, which date shall be the Confirmation Date, or such other
date as is announced by the Debtors or designated in a Final Order. The Distribution Record Date shall not apply to any public
Securities (including Notes deposited with DTC and Existing Common Stock) the Holders of which shall receive a distribution in
accordance with the customary procedures of DTC. 


 


61. “DTC”
means The Depository Trust Company.


 


62. “Effective
Date” means the date on which (a) all conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date set forth in
Article IX.A of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with Article IX.B of the Plan and (b) the
Plan is declared effective by the Debtors.


 


63. “Entity”
has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


64. “Estate”
means as to each Debtor, the estate created for such Debtor in its Chapter 11 Case pursuant to section 541 of the Bankruptcy
Code upon the commencement of such Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case.


 


65. “Exculpated
Parties” means collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors;
(c) any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases and each of their respective members; (d) the Ad Hoc Noteholder
Group and each of its members; (e) the Consenting Stakeholders; (f) the Agents; (g) the Notes Trustee; (h) the DIP
Lenders; (i) the Lender Swap Counterparties; (j) the Backstop Commitment Parties; (k) the Exit Facility Secured Parties;
and (l) each Related Party of each Entity in clauses (a) through (k); provided that no current or former Holder of
Existing Interests in Gulfport Parent, each in their capacity as such, is an Exculpated Party unless such Holder is also a (y) current
director, officer, or employee of a Debtor or an Affiliate of a Debtor; or (z) a Consenting Stakeholder.


 






    6


     


    




 


66. “Executory
Contract” means a contract to which one or more of the Debtors is a party and that is subject to assumption or rejection
under section 365 or 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


67. “Existing
Common Stock” means existing common stock of Gulfport Parent.


 


68. “Existing
Interests” means any Interest in Gulfport Parent.


 


69. “Exit
Collateral Agent” means The Bank of Nova Scotia (or its designee), in its capacity as a collateral agent under and pursuant
to the terms of the Exit Facility Documentation.


 


70. “Exit
Facility” means, collectively, the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility and the Exit Term Loan B Facility.


 


71. “Exit
Facility Agent” means, collectively, the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility Agent, the Exit Term Loan B Facility Agent,
and the Exit Collateral Agent.


 


72. “Exit
Facility Collateral” shall have the meaning ascribed to the term “Collateral” and any similar term in the
Exit Facility Documentation, as applicable, which shall, from and after the Effective Date secure the Exit Facility pursuant to
the Exit Facility Documentation on a first-priority basis.


 


73. “Exit
Facility Documentation” means the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility Documentation, the Exit Term Loan B Facility Documentation,
and the applicable collateral agency agreements, collateral documents, mortgages, deeds of trust, Uniform Commercial Code statements,
and other loan documents governing the Exit Facility, the material documents of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement,
and which shall be consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent
Rights.


 


74. “Exit
Facility Loan Agreements” means those certain loan agreements memorializing the Exit Facility, which shall be entered
into among one or more of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors (as applicable), certain affiliates thereof that are obligors
under the Exit Facility, certain Exit Facility Agents, and the lenders thereunder.


 


75. “Exit
Facility Secured Parties” means the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility Secured Parties and the Exit Term Loan B Facility
Secured Parties.


 


76. “Exit
Facility Term Sheet” means the term sheet attached as Exhibit F to the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


77. “Exit
RBL/Term Loan A Facility” means the first lien reserve-based revolving credit facility with an initial borrowing base
of $580 million, and the term loan facility in the aggregate amount determined in accordance with the Plan and Restructuring Support
Agreement, each of which shall be on such terms as set forth in the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility Documentation, consistent
with the Restructuring Support Agreement and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 


78. “Exit
RBL/Term Loan A Facility Agent” means The Bank of Nova Scotia (or any successor thereto), as administrative agent under
the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility, solely in its capacity as such.


 


79. “Exit
RBL/Term Loan A Facility Documentation” means, in connection with the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility, the applicable
credit agreements, collateral documents, mortgages, deeds of trust Uniform Commercial Code statements, and other loan documents
governing the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility, the material documents of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement, consistent
with the Restructuring Support Agreement and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 






    7


     


    




 


80. “Exit
RBL/Term Loan A Facility Secured Parties” means the lenders under the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility (including banks,
financial institutions, institutional lenders, or other entities serving as agents, arrangers, book-runners, and/or letter of
credit issuers thereto, each solely in their capacity as such). 


 


81. “Exit
Term Loan B Facility” means the new last-out term loan lending facility in the aggregate amount determined in accordance
with the Plan and Restructuring Support Agreement, which shall be on such terms as set forth in the Exit Term Loan B Facility
Documentation.


 


82. “Exit
Term Loan B Facility Agent” means The Bank of Nova Scotia (or any successor thereto), as administrative agent under
the Exit Term Loan B Facility, solely in its capacity as such.


 


83. “Exit
Term Loan B Facility Documentation” means, in connection with the Exit Term Loan B Facility, the applicable credit agreements,
collateral documents, mortgages, deeds of trust, Uniform Commercial Code statements, and other loan documents governing the Exit
Term Loan B Facility, the material documents of which shall be included in the Plan Supplement, and which shall be consistent
with the Restructuring Support Agreement and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 


84. “Exit
Term Loan B Facility Secured Parties” means the lenders under the Exit Term Loan B Facility, including banks, financial
institutions, institutional lenders, or other entities serving as agents, arrangers, bookrunners, and/or letter of credit issuers
thereto, each solely in their capacity as such.


 


85. “Federal
Judgment Rate” means the federal judgment rate in effect as of the Petition Date.


 


86. “File,”
“Filed,” or “Filing” means file, filed, or filing with the Bankruptcy Court or its authorized
designee in the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


87. “Final
Order” means, as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court, or other court of competent jurisdiction
with respect to the relevant subject matter, that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time
to appeal, seek certiorari, or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition
for certiorari, or other proceeding for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been timely taken; or as to which, any appeal
that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be filed has been withdrawn with prejudice, resolved by
the highest court to which the order or judgment could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought, or the new trial,
reargument, or rehearing has been denied, resulted in no stay pending appeal or modification of such order, or has otherwise been
dismissed with prejudice; provided that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure,
or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed with respect to such order will not preclude such order from being
a Final Order.


 


88. “First
Lien Adequate Protection Claims” means the adequate protection Claims granted to the RBL Agent for the benefits of the
RBL Lenders pursuant to the DIP Orders.


 


89. “General
Unsecured Claim” means any Unsecured Claim against any of the Debtors, other than: (a) an Administrative Claim;
(b) a Priority Tax Claim; (c) an Other Priority Claim; or (d) an Intercompany Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, General
Unsecured Claims include (x) Notes Claims, (y) Claims resulting from the rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases,
and (z) Unsecured Claims resulting from litigation against one or more of the Debtors.


 






    8


     


    




 


90. “Governmental
Unit” has the meaning set forth in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


91. “Gulfport
Subsidiaries” means collectively, all Debtors other than Gulfport Parent.


 


92. “Gulfport
Subsidiaries Equity Pool” means New Common Stock in an amount equal to 94% of all New Common Stock, subject to dilution
by the Management Incentive Plan and any conversion of New Preferred Stock into New Common Stock.


 


93. “Gulfport
Parent” means Debtor Gulfport Energy Corporation, a Delaware limited liability company.


 


94. “Gulfport
Parent Equity Pool” means New Common Stock in an amount equal to 6% of all New Common Stock, subject to dilution by
the Management Incentive Plan and any conversion of New Preferred Stock into New Common Stock.


 


95. “Hedging
Order” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


96. “Holder”
means an Entity holding a Claim against or an Interest in any Debtor, as applicable.


 


97. “Impaired”
means with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is impaired within the meaning of section
1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


98. “Initial
MIP Allocation” means, with respect to (a) David Wood, 28%, (b) Patrick Craine, 20%, (c) Quentin Hicks, 20%, (d) Donnie
Moore, 20%, (e) R.J. Moses, 4%, (f) Michael Sluiter, 4% and (g) Lester Zitkus, 4%.



 


99. “Intercompany
Claim” means any Claim held by a Debtor or Affiliate of a Debtor against another Debtor or Affiliate of a Debtor.


 


100. “Intercompany
Interest” means other than an Interest in Gulfport Parent, any Interest in one Debtor held by another Debtor.


 


101. “Interest”
means any equity security (as defined in section 101(16) of the Bankruptcy Code) in any Debtor and any other rights, options,
warrants, rights, restricted stock awards, performance share awards, performance share units, stock appreciation rights, phantom
stock rights, stock-settled restricted stock units, cash-settled restricted stock units, or other securities or agreements to
acquire the common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests, or other equity, ownership, or profits interests
of any Debtor (whether or not arising under or in connection with any employment agreement, separation agreement, or employee
incentive plan or program of a Debtor as of the Petition Date and whether or not certificated, transferable, preferred, common,
voting, or denominated “stock” or similar security).


 


102. “Interim
Compensation Order” means the Order Establishing Procedures for Interim Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses
for Professionals [Docket No. [●]] (as amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms
thereof).


 


103. “Judicial
Code” means title 28 of the United States Code, 28 U.S.C. §§ 1–4001, as amended from time to time.


 


104. “Law”
means any federal, state, local, or foreign law (including common law), statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, ruling,
or judgment, in each case, that is validly adopted, promulgated, issued, or entered by a governmental authority of competent jurisdiction
(including the Bankruptcy Court).


 






    9


     


    




 


105. “L/C
Issuing Bank” means any issuer of letters of credit under the RBL Credit Agreement or the DIP Credit Agreement, or any
successor issuer of letters of credit thereunder.


 


106. “Lender
Swap Counterparty” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Hedging Order.


 


107. “Lien”
has the meaning set forth in section 101(37) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


108. “Management
Incentive Plan” means an incentive plan for certain participating employees of the Reorganized Debtors, to be established
and implemented in accordance with Article IV.P of the Plan and consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and
subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights. The Management Incentive Plan will reserve for issuance a number of shares
of New Common Stock equal to the Management Incentive Plan Pool, which will dilute all of the New Common Stock equally.


 


109. “Management
Incentive Plan Participants” means David Wood, Patrick Craine, Quentin Hicks, Donnie Moore, R.J. Moses, Michael Sluiter,
and Lester Zitkus. 


 


110. “Management
Incentive Plan Pool” means the pool of shares of New Common Stock representing
(on a fully diluted and fully distributed basis) 10 percent of the total New Common Stock of the Reorganized Debtors, which is
reserved for distribution to participants in the Management Incentive Plan. 


 


111. “Midship”
means Midship Pipeline Company, LLC, Cheniere Energy, LLC, and their direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates.


 


112. 
“MIP Employment Agreements” means the (1) Employment Agreement by and between Gulfport Energy Corporation and
David M. Wood, effective August 1, 2019, (2) Employment Agreement by and between Gulfport Energy Corporation and Donnie Moore,
effective July 31, 2019, (3) Employment Agreement by and between Gulfport Energy Corporation and Quentin Hicks, effective August
26, 2019, and (4) Employment Agreement by and between Gulfport Energy Corporation and Patrick K. Craine, effective August 1, 2019,
and (5) the employment agreements to be entered into on or prior to the Effective Date by Gulfport Energy Corporation and R.J.
Moses, Michael Sluiter, and Lester Zitkus, which shall be on substantially the same terms as the other MIP Employment Agreements,
making adjustments for such employee’s compensation as applicable; provided that with respect to any MIP Employment
Agreement in (5), the applicable severance to be paid upon a change of control or termination without cause or for good reason
shall be equivalent to one year of base compensation plus target bonus.


 


113. “New
Board” means the board of directors or the board of managers, as applicable, of Reorganized Gulfport Parent.


 


114. “New
Common Stock” means the common stock of Reorganized Gulfport Parent.


 


115. “New
Organizational Documents” means the form of the certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or such other applicable
formation documents, of each of the Reorganized Debtors.


 


116. “New
Preferred Stock” means the preferred stock of Reorganized Gulfport Parent, which shall be consistent with the New Preferred
Stock Term Sheet.


 


117. “New
Preferred Stock Term Sheet” means that certain term sheet attached as Exhibit H to the Restructuring Support
Agreement.


 


118. “New
Unsecured Notes” means those certain unsecured notes in a principal amount of $550 million, which shall be issued pursuant
to the New Unsecured Notes Indenture, and which shall be consistent with the Unsecured Notes Term Sheet and the Restructuring
Support Agreement and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 






    10


     


    




 


119. “New
Unsecured Notes Documents” means, collectively, all agreements, indentures, documents (including security, collateral
or pledge agreements or documents), letters of credit, mortgages or instruments to be executed or delivered in connection with
the New Unsecured Notes, including the New Unsecured Notes Indenture.


 


120. “New
Unsecured Notes Indenture” means the new indenture for the New Unsecured Notes.


 


121. “New
Unsecured Notes Term Sheet” means that certain term sheet attached as Exhibit I to the Restructuring Support
Agreement.


 


122. “Notes”
means, collectively, the 2023 Notes, the 2024 Notes, the 2025 Notes, and the 2026 Notes.


 


123. “Notes
Claim” means any Claim against any Debtor derived from, based upon, arising under, or relating to any of the Notes Indentures
and any costs that are reimbursable by any Debtor pursuant to any of the Notes Indentures.


 


124. “Notes
Indentures” means collectively, the 2023 Notes Indenture, the 2024 Notes Indenture, the 2025 Notes Indenture, and the
2026 Notes Indenture.


 


125. “Notes
Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., solely in its capacity as trustee under the Notes Indentures, or any successor
trustee under the Notes Indentures.


 


126. “Notes
Trustee Charging Lien” means any Lien or priority of payment to which the Notes Trustee is entitled under the Notes
Indentures against distributions to be made to Holders of Notes Claims for payment of any Notes Trustee Fees.


 


127. “Notes
Trustee Fees” means all reasonable and documented compensation, fees, expenses, disbursements, and indemnity claims,
including, without limitation, attorneys’ and agents’ fees, expenses and disbursements incurred by the Notes Trustee
to the extent provided for under the Notes Indentures, whether arising before or after the Petition Date or before or after the
Effective Date.


 


128. “Other
Priority Claim” means any Claim, other than an Administrative Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in
right of payment under section 507(a) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


129. “Other
Secured Claim” means any Secured Claim other than an RBL Claim or a DIP Claim.


 


130. “Person”
has the meaning set forth in section 101(41) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


131. “Petition
Date” means [●], 2020, the date on which the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


132. “Plan
Distribution” means a payment or distribution to Holders of Allowed Claims, Allowed Interests, or other eligible Entities
in accordance with the Plan.


 


133. “Plan
Supplement” means the compilation of documents and forms of documents, agreements, schedules, and exhibits to the Plan
(in each case, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, and
consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights and in accordance
with the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules) to be Filed by the Debtors no later than seven days before the deadline set by
the Disclosure Statement Order to object to the Plan or such later date as may be approved by the Bankruptcy Court on notice to
parties in interest, including the following, as applicable: (a) the New Organizational Documents; (b) to the extent known,
the identities of the members of the New Board; (c) the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (d) the
Schedule of Proposed Cure Amounts; (e) the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action; (f) the material form Exit Facility
Loan Agreements; (g) the Restructuring Steps Memorandum; and (h) the New Unsecured Notes Indenture. The Debtors shall have
the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the documents contained in the Plan Supplement up to the Effective Date as set
forth in the Plan and in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent
Rights. The Plan Supplement shall be deemed incorporated into and part of the Plan as if set forth herein in full, provided
that in the event of a conflict between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the Plan Supplement shall control in accordance
with Article I.G.


 






    11


     


    




 


134. “Plan
Value” means the per share price of the New Common Stock as determined by the Debtors in good faith in accordance with
general valuation principles, in a manner and amount acceptable to the Required Consenting Noteholders.


 


135. “Priority
Tax Claim” means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind specified in section 507(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy
Code.


 


136. “Pro
Rata” means the proportion that an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in a particular Class bears to the aggregate
amount of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in that Class or the proportion of the Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests in a
particular Class and other Classes entitled to share in the same recovery as such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interests under the
Plan, unless otherwise indicated.


 


137. “Professional”
means an Entity: (a) employed in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to a Bankruptcy Court order in accordance with sections 327,
328, 363, or 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code and to be compensated for services rendered prior to or as of the Confirmation Date,
pursuant to sections 327, 328, 329, 330, or 331 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) awarded compensation and reimbursement by
the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to section 503(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


138. “Professional
Escrow Account” means an account funded by the Debtors with Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the total
estimated Professional Fee Amount.


 


139. “Professional
Fee Amount” means the aggregate amount of Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses that Professionals
estimate they have incurred or will incur in rendering services to the Debtors prior to and as of the Confirmation Date, which
estimates Professionals shall deliver to the Debtors as set forth in Article II.C.3 of the Plan.


 


140. “Professional
Fee Claim” means any Claim by a Professional for compensation for services rendered or reimbursement of expenses incurred
by such Professionals through and including the Confirmation Date to the extent such fees and expenses have not been paid pursuant
to an order of the Bankruptcy Court. To the extent the Bankruptcy Court denies or reduces by a Final Order any amount of a Professional’s
requested fees and expenses, then the amount by which such fees or expenses are reduced or denied shall reduce the applicable
Professional Fee Claim. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transaction Expenses shall not be considered Professional Fee Claims,
and any such amounts shall be paid in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the DIP Orders, and the Plan, as applicable.











 


141. “Proof
of Claim” means a proof of Claim Filed against any of the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.


 






    12


     


    




 


142. “RBL
Agent” means The Bank of Nova Scotia, solely in its capacity as administrative agent for the RBL Facility.


 


143. “RBL
Claims” means any Claim against any Debtor derived from, based upon, or arising under the RBL Credit Agreement except
Roll-Up DIP Claims.


 


144. “RBL
Credit Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013, by and among Gulfport
Parent, as borrower, the Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent and issuing bank, the Bank of Nova Scotia, KeyBank National
Association, and PNC Bank, National Association, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, KeyBank National Association and
PNC Bank, National Association, as co-syndication agents, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and
Barclays Bank PLC, as co-documentation agents, and each of the lenders party thereto, as amended by that certain First Amendment,
dated as of April 23, 2014, that certain Second Amendment, dated as of November 26, 2014, that certain Third Amendment, dated
as of April 10, 2015, that certain Fourth Amendment and Limited Consent and Waiver dated as of May 29, 2015, that certain Fifth
Amendment dated as of September 18, 2015, that certain Sixth Amendment dated as of February 19, 2016, that certain Seventh Amendment
dated as of December 13, 2016, that certain Eighth Amendment dated as of March 29, 2017, that certain Ninth Amendment dated as
of May 4, 2017, that certain Tenth Amendment dated as of October 4, 2017, that certain Eleventh Amendment dated as of November
21, 2017, that certain Twelfth Amendment dated as of May 21, 2018, that certain Thirteenth Amendment dated as of November 28,
2018, and that certain Fourteenth Amendment dated as of June 3, 2019, that certain Fifteenth Amendment, dated as of May 1, 2020,
and that certain Sixteenth Amendment, dated as of July 27, 2020, and as further amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or
otherwise modified from time to time.


 


145. “RBL/DIP
Preserved Rights” means the rights contemplated by Sections 2.03(c), 11.04(a), 11.04(b) and 11.04(c) of the RBL Credit
Agreement and of the DIP Credit Agreement for indemnity in favor of the RBL Agent and the DIP Agent, respectively, and reimbursement
in favor of L/C Issuing Banks, as applicable.


 


146. “RBL
Facility” means the senior secured credit facility established under the RBL Credit Agreement.


 


147. “RBL
Lenders” means the lenders party to the RBL Facility from time to time.


 


148. “Reinstate,”
“Reinstated,” or “Reinstatement” means with respect to a Claim or Interest, that the Claim
or Interest shall be rendered Unimpaired in accordance with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


149. “Related
Party” means, collectively, with respect to an Entity, (a) such Entity’s current and former Affiliates and (b)
such Entity’s and such Entity’s current and former Affiliates’ directors, managers, officers, shareholders,
equity holders (regardless of whether such interests are held directly or indirectly), affiliated investment funds or investment
vehicles, predecessors, participants, successors, assigns (whether by operation of law or otherwise), subsidiaries, current, former,
and future associated entities, managed or advised entities, accounts or funds, partners, limited partners, general partners,
principals, members, management companies, fund advisors, fiduciaries, trustees, employees, agents (including any Disbursing Agent),
advisory board members, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, consultants, other representatives, and
other professionals, representatives, advisors, predecessors, successors, and assigns, each solely in their capacities as such,
and the respective heirs, executors, estates, servants and nominees of the foregoing.


 






    13


     


    




 


150. “Released
Claims” means any claim or interest that have been released, satisfied, stayed, terminated, discharged, or are subject
to compromise and settlement pursuant to the Plan.


 


151. “Released
Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors;
(c) any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases and each of their members; (d) the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group
and each of its members; (e) the Consenting Stakeholders; (f) the Agents; (g) the Notes Trustee; (h) the RBL Lenders; (i)
the DIP Lenders; (j) the Exit Facility Secured Parties; (k) the L/C Issuing Banks; (l) the Lender Swap Counterparties;
(m) the Backstop Commitment Parties; (n) all Releasing Parties; (o) each Related Party of each Entity in clauses (a) through
(n); provided, that any Holder of a Claim or Interest that opts out of the releases contained in the Plan shall not be
a “Released Party;” provided, further, that notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the Plan Supplement
to the contrary, neither Midship nor any of its Related Parties shall be a “Released Party.”


 


152. “Releasing
Parties” means, collectively, and in each case in its capacity as such: (a) the Debtors; (b) the Reorganized Debtors;
(c) any official committees appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases and each of their members; (d) the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group
and each of its members; (e) the Consenting Stakeholders; (f) the Agents; (g) the Notes Trustee; (h) the RBL Lenders; (i) the
DIP Lenders; (j) the Exit Facility Secured Parties; (k) the L/C Issuing Banks; (l) the Lender Swap Counterparties; (m)
the Backstop Commitment Parties; (n) all Holders of Claims or Interests who vote to accept the Plan; (o)  all Holders
of Claims or Interests that are deemed to accept the Plan and who do not opt out of the releases in the Plan; (p) all Holders
of Claims or Interests that are deemed to reject the Plan and who do not opt out of the releases in the Plan; (q) all Holders
of Claims or Interests who abstain from voting on the Plan and who do not opt out of the releases in the Plan; (r) all Holders
of Claims or Interests who vote to reject the Plan and who do not opt out of the releases in the Plan; (s) each Related Party
of each Entity in clause (a) through (r); provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, no Holder of a Claim that is party
to or has otherwise signed the Restructuring Support Agreement may opt out of the releases.


 


153. “Reorganized
Debtors” means the Debtors, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, or any successors
or assigns thereto.


 


154. “Reorganized
Gulfport Parent” means Gulfport Parent, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, on and after the Effective Date,
or any successor or assign thereto.


 


155. “Required
Consenting Noteholders” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


156. “Required
Consenting RBL Lenders” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


157. “Required
Consenting Stakeholders” has the meaning set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


158. “Restructuring
Steps Memorandum” means the summary of transaction steps to complete the restructuring contemplated by the Plan, which
shall be included in the Plan Supplement.


 


159. “Restructuring
Support Agreement” means that certain Restructuring Support Agreement, entered into and dated as of [●], by and
among the Debtors and the Consenting Stakeholders, including all exhibits, schedules, and other attachments thereto, as such agreement
may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time, solely in accordance with its terms thereof.


 


160. “Restructuring
Transactions” means the mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, arrangements, continuances, restructurings, transfers,
conversions, dispositions, liquidations, dissolutions, or other corporate transactions described in, approved by, contemplated
by, or undertaken to implement the Plan subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 






    14


     


    




 


161. “Rights
Offering” means the rights offering of at least $50 million in net proceeds to purchase of New Preferred Stock
at a per share purchase price of $[●], to be conducted pursuant to the Backstop Commitment Agreement and the Rights Offering
Procedures, as further detailed in Article IV.D.3 of the Plan


 


162. “Rights
Offering Documents” means, collectively, any and all agreements, documents, and instruments delivered or entered into
in connection with the Rights Offering, including the Rights Offering Procedures.


 


163. “Rights
Offering Procedures” means those certain rights offering procedures that are attached to the Disclosure Statement as
Exhibit [●].


 


164. “Rights
Offering Stock” means New Preferred Stock to be issued pursuant to the Rights Offering.


 


165. “Rights
Offering Subscription Rights” means the rights to purchase the Rights Offering Stock pursuant to the Rights Offering.


 


166. “Roll-Up
DIP Claims” means RBL Claims rolled-up pursuant to the terms of the DIP Loan Documents in an aggregate amount of $157.5
million.


 


167. “Royalty
and Working Interests” means the working interests granting the Holder thereof the right to exploit oil and gas and
associated hydrocarbons, and the royalties and mineral interests in the production of hydrocarbons; but, in each case, only to
the extent that the applicable interest is considered an interest in real property under applicable law.


 


168. “Schedule
of Proposed Cure Amounts” means any schedule (including any amendments, supplements, or modifications thereto) of the
Debtors’ proposed Cure amounts (if any) with respect to each of the Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be assumed
by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan.


 


169. “Schedule
of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases” means the schedule (including any amendments, supplements, or
modifications thereto) of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be rejected by the Debtors pursuant to the Plan, which schedule
shall be included in the Plan Supplement.


 


170. “Schedule
of Retained Causes of Action” means the schedule of Causes of Action that shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors on the
Effective Date, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any of the Causes of Action that are settled, released, or
exculpated under the Plan.


 


171. “SEC”
means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.


 


172. “Section
510(b) Claim” means any Claim subject to subordination under section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


173. “Secured
Claim” means a Claim that is: (a) secured by a Lien on property in which any of the Debtors has an interest, which Lien
is valid, perfected, and enforceable pursuant to applicable law or by reason of a Bankruptcy Court order, or that is subject to
a valid right of setoff pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent of the value of the creditor’s interest
in the Debtors’ interest in such property or to the extent of the amount subject to setoff, as applicable, as determined
pursuant to section 506(a) of the Bankruptcy Code; or (b) Allowed pursuant to the Plan, or separate order of the Bankruptcy
Court, as a secured claim.


 






    15


     


    




 


174. “Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 15 U.S.C. §§ 77a–77aa, together with the rules
and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time, or any similar federal, state, or local law.


 


175. “Security”
means any security, as defined in section 2(a)(1) of the Securities Act.


 


176. “Solicitation
Agent” means Epiq Corporate Restructuring, LLC, the notice, claims, and solicitation agent proposed to be retained by
the Debtors in the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


177. “Solicitation
Materials” means, collectively, the solicitation materials with respect to the Plan.


 


178. “Transaction
Expenses” means, collectively, the Notes Trustee Fees and all reasonable and documented fees, expenses, and disbursements
of the advisors to the Consenting Stakeholders with respect to the efforts to implement the Restructuring Transactions and not
previously paid by, or on behalf of, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, including: (a) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison
LLP; (b) Houlihan Lokey, Inc.; (c) Opportune LLP; (d) Latham & Watkins, LLP; (e) local counsel in each applicable
jurisdiction; and (f) other professionals, advisors, and experts engaged from time to time by or on behalf of the Consenting Stakeholders.


 


179. “U.S.
Trustee” means the United States Trustee for the Southern District of Texas.


 


180. “Unclaimed
Distribution” means any distribution under the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest to a Holder that
has not: (a) accepted a particular distribution or, in the case of distributions made by check, negotiated such check within 180
calendar days of receipt; (b) given notice to the Reorganized Debtors of an intent to accept a particular distribution within
180 calendar days of receipt; (c) responded to the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ requests for information
necessary to facilitate a particular distribution prior to the deadline included in such request for information; or (d) timely
taken any other action necessary to facilitate such distribution.


 


181. “Unexpired
Lease” means a lease of nonresidential real property to which one or more of the Debtors is a party that is subject
to assumption or rejection under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


182. “Unimpaired”
means with respect to a Class of Claims or Interests, a Class of Claims or Interests that is unimpaired within the meaning of
section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


183. “Unsecured
Claim” means any Claim that is not a Secured Claim.


 


184. “Voting
Report” means the report certifying the methodology for the tabulation of votes and result of voting under the Plan.


 






    16


     


    




 


B.
Rules of Interpretation.


 


For
purposes of the Plan: (1) in the appropriate context, each term, whether stated in the singular or the plural, shall include
both the singular and the plural, and pronouns stated in the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender shall include the masculine,
feminine, and the neuter gender; (2) unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an existing document, schedule,
or exhibit, whether or not Filed, having been Filed or to be Filed shall mean that document, schedule, or exhibit, as it may thereafter
be amended, modified, or supplemented in accordance with the Restructuring Support Agreement, Plan, or Confirmation Order, as
applicable; (3) any reference to an Entity as a Holder of a Claim or Interest includes that Entity’s successors and
assigns; (4) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles” are references to Articles hereof;
(5) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to exhibits are references to exhibits in the Plan Supplement; (6) unless
otherwise specified, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereto” refer to the Plan in its entirety
rather than to a particular portion of the Plan; (7) subject to the provisions of any contract, charters, bylaws, partnership
agreements, limited liability company agreements, operating agreements, or other organizational documents or shareholders’
agreements, as applicable, instrument, release, or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights
and obligations arising pursuant to the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the applicable
Law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules; (8) any immaterial effectuating provisions may be interpreted by
the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors in such a manner that is consistent with the overall purpose and intent of the Plan all
without further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity; (9) unless otherwise
specified herein, the rules of construction set forth in section 102 of the Bankruptcy Code shall apply; (10) any term used
in capitalized form herein that is not otherwise defined but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules shall
have the meaning assigned to that term in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as the case may be; (11) all references
to docket numbers of documents Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases are references to the docket numbers under the Bankruptcy Court’s
CM/ECF system; (12) all references to statutes, regulations, orders, rules of courts, and the like shall mean as amended
from time to time, and as applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, unless otherwise stated; (13) references to “Proofs
of Claim,” “Holders of Claims,” “Disputed Claims,” and the like shall include “Proofs of Interest,”
“Holders of Interests,” “Disputed Interests,” and the like, as applicable; (14) captions and headings
are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the interpretation of the Plan;
(15) references to “shareholders,” “directors,” and/or “officers” shall also include “members”
and/or “managers,” as applicable, as such terms are defined under the applicable state limited liability company laws;
and (16) all references herein to consent, acceptance, or approval may be conveyed by counsel for the respective Person or Entity
that have such consent, acceptance, or approval rights, including by electronic mail.


 


C.
Computation of Time.


 


Unless
otherwise specifically stated herein, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply in computing any period of time prescribed
or allowed herein. If the date on which a transaction may occur pursuant to the Plan shall occur on a day that is not a Business
Day, then such transaction shall instead occur on the next succeeding Business Day. Any action to be taken on the Effective Date
may be taken on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Date.


 


D.
Governing Law.


 


Except
to the extent a rule of law or procedure is supplied by federal law (including the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules), and subject
to the provisions of any contract, lease, instrument, release, indenture, or other agreement or document entered into expressly
in connection herewith, the rights and obligations arising hereunder shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance
with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles.


 


E.
Reference to Monetary Figures.


 


All
references in the Plan to monetary figures shall refer to currency of the United States of America, unless otherwise expressly
provided herein.











 


F.
Reference to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.


 


Except
as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan to the contrary, references in the Plan to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors
shall mean the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to the extent the context requires.


 






    17


     


    




 


G.
Controlling Document.


 


In
the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Disclosure Statement, the terms of the Plan shall control in all respects.
In the event of an inconsistency between the Plan and the Plan Supplement, the terms of the relevant provision in the Plan Supplement
shall control (unless stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or in the Confirmation Order). In the event of an inconsistency
between the Confirmation Order and the Plan, including the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order
shall control.


 


H.
Consultation, Information, Notice, and Consent
Rights.


 


Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, any and all consultation, information, notice, and consent rights of the parties to the Restructuring
Support Agreement set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement (including the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights), with
respect to the form and substance of the Plan, all exhibits to the Plan, the Plan Supplement, and all other Definitive Documents,
including any amendments, restatements, supplements, or other modifications to such agreements and documents, and any consents,
waivers, or other deviations under or from any such documents, shall be incorporated herein by this reference (including to the
applicable definitions in Article I.A hereof) and fully enforceable as if stated in full herein.


 


Failure
to reference the rights referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph as such rights relate to any document referenced in
the Restructuring Support Agreement shall not impair such rights or obligations.


 


Article
II.

ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIMS, DIP CLAIMS,

PRIORITY CLAIMS, and Restructuring Expenses


 


In
accordance with section 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Claims, and
Priority Tax Claims have not been classified and, thus, are excluded from the Classes of Claims and Interests set forth in Article
III hereof.


 


A.
Administrative Claims.


 


Except
with respect to the Professional Fee Claims and Claims for fees and expenses pursuant to section 1930 of chapter 123 of title
28 of the United States Code, and except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Administrative Claim and the Debtors against
which such Allowed Administrative Claim is asserted agree to less favorable treatment for such Holder, or such Holder has been
paid by any Debtor on account of such Allowed Administrative Claim prior to the Effective Date, each Holder of such an Allowed
Administrative Claim will receive in full and final satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Claim an amount of Cash equal to
the amount of such Allowed Administrative Claim in accordance with the following: (1) if an Administrative Claim is Allowed on
or prior to the Effective Date, on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (or, if not then due, when
such Allowed Administrative Claim is due or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter); (2) if such Administrative Claim is
not Allowed as of the Effective Date, no later than thirty days after the date on which an order allowing such Administrative
Claim becomes a Final Order, or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter; (3) if such Allowed Administrative Claim is based
on liabilities incurred by the Debtors in the ordinary course of their business after the Petition Date, in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the particular transaction giving rise to such Allowed Administrative Claim without any further action
by the Holder of such Allowed Administrative Claim; (4) at such time and upon such terms as may be agreed upon by such Holder
and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable; or (5) at such time and upon such terms as set forth in an order
of the Bankruptcy Court.


 






    18


     


    




 


Holders
of Administrative Claims that are required to File and serve a request for payment of such Administrative Claims by the Administrative
Claims Bar Date that do not File and serve such a request by the Administrative Claims Bar Date shall be forever barred, estopped,
and enjoined from asserting such Administrative Claims against the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and such Administrative
Claims shall be deemed compromised, settled, and released as of the Effective Date.


 


B.
DIP Claims.


 


On
the Effective Date, the DIP Facility shall be indefeasibly converted into the Exit Facility, and all commitments under the DIP
Credit Agreement shall terminate. Except to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed DIP Claim agrees to less favorable treatment,
in full and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed DIP Claim (subject to
the last sentence of this Article II.B), each Holder of an Allowed DIP Claim shall receive its Pro Rata share of participation
in the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility in accordance with the Exit Facility Credit Documentation; provided, however,
that to the extent the aggregate principal amount of the Exit Facilities on the Effective Date is more than $580 million, each
Holder of an Allowed DIP Claim on account of the New Money Facility (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement), and following the
indefeasible payment in full of such Claims, on account of the Roll Up Facility (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement), shall
receive a Pro Rata share of a distribution in Cash in an amount sufficient to reduce the aggregate principal amount of the Exit
Facilities on the Effective Date to $580 million; provided, further, that in the event the Debtors elect not to
consummate the Exit Facility, the Debtors shall indefeasibly pay the DIP Facility in full in cash or provide such other treatment,
solely with respect to the Roll Up Facility, as is agreed by the Majority Lenders (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement) in
their sole direction; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Allowed DIP Claims on account of the New Money Facility
shall be paid in full in cash unless the Holder of such Claims consents otherwise in writing. Upon the indefeasible satisfaction
in full of the DIP Claims and termination of all commitments under the DIP Credit Agreement in accordance with the terms of this
Article II.B, on the Effective Date all Liens and security interests granted to secure such DIP Claims shall be automatically
terminated and of no further force and effect, without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court
or any other Entity.


 


C.
Professional Fee Claims.


 


1. Final
Fee Applications and Payment of Professional Fee Claims.


 


All
final requests for payment of Professional Fee Claims for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses incurred prior to the
Effective Date must be Filed no later than forty-five days after the Effective Date. The Bankruptcy Court shall determine the
Allowed amounts of such Professional Fee Claims after notice and a hearing in accordance with the procedures established by the
Bankruptcy Court, including the Interim Compensation Order. The Reorganized Debtors shall pay Professional Fee Claims in
Cash in the amount the Bankruptcy Court Allows, including from the Professional Escrow Account, as soon as reasonably practicable
after such Professional Fee Claims are Allowed, and which Allowed amount shall not be subject to disallowance, setoff, recoupment,
subordination, recharacterization, or reduction of any kind, including pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code. To the
extent that funds held in the Professional Escrow Account are insufficient to satisfy the amount of Professional Fee Claims owing
to the Professionals, such Professionals shall have an Allowed Administrative Claim for any such deficiency, which shall be satisfied
in accordance with Article II.A of the Plan.


 






    19


     


    




 


2. Professional
Escrow Account.


 


No
later than the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish and fund the Professional Escrow Account with Cash equal to the Professional
Fee Amount. The Professional Escrow Account shall be maintained in trust solely for the Professionals until all Professional Fee
Claims Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court have been irrevocably paid in full pursuant to one or more Final Orders. Such funds shall
not be considered property of the Debtors’ Estates. The amount of Allowed Professional Fee Claims shall be paid in Cash
to the Professionals by the Reorganized Debtors from the Professional Escrow Account as soon as reasonably practicable after such
Professional Fee Claims are Allowed. When all such Allowed Professional Fee Claims have been paid in full, any remaining amount
in the Professional Escrow Account shall promptly be transferred to the Reorganized Debtors without any further notice to or action,
order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.


 


3. Professional
Fee Amount.


 


Professionals
shall reasonably estimate their unpaid Professional Fee Claims and other unpaid fees and expenses incurred in rendering services
to the Debtors before and as of the Effective Date, and shall deliver such estimate to the Debtors no later than five days before
the Effective Date; provided that such estimate shall not be deemed to limit the amount of the fees and expenses that are
the subject of each Professional’s final request for payment in the Chapter 11 Cases. If a Professional does not provide
an estimate, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors may estimate the unpaid and unbilled fees and expenses of such Professional.


 


4. Post-Confirmation
Fees and Expenses.


 


Except
as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, from and after the Confirmation Date, the Debtors shall, in the ordinary course
of business and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, pay in Cash the reasonable
and documented legal, professional, or other fees and expenses incurred by the Debtors. Upon the Confirmation Date, any requirement
that Professionals comply with sections 327 through 331, 363, and 1103 of the Bankruptcy Code or the Interim Compensation Order
in seeking retention or compensation for services rendered after such date shall terminate, and the Debtors may employ and pay
any Professional in the ordinary course of business without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy
Court.


 


D.
Priority Tax Claims.


 


Except
to the extent that a Holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim agrees to less favorable treatment, in full and final satisfaction,
settlement, release, and discharge of, and in exchange for, each Allowed Priority Tax Claim, each Holder of such Allowed Priority
Tax Claim shall be treated in accordance with the terms set forth in section 1129(a)(9)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


E.
Payment of Statutory Fees.


 


All
fees payable pursuant to section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at a hearing pursuant to
section 1128 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be paid by each of the Reorganized Debtors (or the Disbursing Agent on behalf of each
of the Reorganized Debtors) for each quarter (including any fraction thereof) until the earlier of entry of a final decree closing
such Chapter 11 Cases or an order of dismissal or conversion, whichever comes first.


 






    20


     


    




 


F.
Transaction Expenses.


 


The
Transaction Expenses incurred, or estimated to be incurred, up to and including the Effective Date shall be paid in full in Cash
on the Effective Date (to the extent not previously paid prior to or during the course of the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with
the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement or any Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court) without any requirement: (1) to
file a fee application with the Bankruptcy Court; (2) for review or approval by the Bankruptcy Court or any other party;
or (3) to provide itemized time detail. All Transaction Expenses to be paid on the Effective Date shall be estimated as of
the Effective Date and such estimates shall be delivered to the Debtors at least two Business Days before the anticipated Effective
Date; provided that such estimates shall not be considered an admission or limitation with respect to such Transaction
Expenses. In addition, the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors (as applicable) shall continue to pay Transaction Expenses related
to implementation, consummation, and defense of the Plan after the Effective Date when due and payable in the ordinary course,
whether incurred before, on, or after the Effective Date without any requirement: (1) to file a fee application with the
Bankruptcy Court; (2) for review or approval by the Bankruptcy Court or any other party; or (3) to provide itemized
time detail.


 


Article
III.

CLASSIFICATION AND TREATMENt oF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS


 


A.
Classification of Claims and Interests.


 


Except
for the Claims addressed in Article II hereof, all Claims and Interests are classified in the Classes set forth below in
accordance with sections 1122 and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. A Claim or an Interest, or any portion thereof,
is classified in a particular Class only to the extent that any portion of such Claim or Interest fits within the description
of that Class and is classified in other Classes to the extent that any portion of the Claim or Interest fits within the description
of such other Classes. A Claim or an Interest also is classified in a particular Class for the purpose of receiving distributions
under the Plan only to the extent that such Claim or Interest is an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in that Class and has not
been paid, released, or otherwise satisfied prior to the Effective Date.


 


The
Plan constitutes a separate Plan for each of the Debtors, and the classification of Claims and Interests set forth herein shall
apply separately to each of the Debtors (except for Class 4A General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Parent, and Class
7 Existing Interests in Gulfport Parent, which shall only apply to Debtor Gulfport Parent, and Class 4B General Unsecured
Claims against Gulfport Subsidiaries, which shall only apply to the Gulfport Subsidiary Debtors). All of the potential Classes
for the Debtors are set forth herein. Voting tabulations for recording acceptances or rejections of the Plan shall be conducted
on a Debtor-by-Debtor basis as set forth above.


 


	

        Class
	 	Claims
    and Interests	 	Status	 	Voting
    Rights
	Class
    1	 	Other
    Secured Claims	 	Unimpaired	 	Not
    Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
	Class
    2	 	Other
    Priority Claims	 	Unimpaired	 	Not
    Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept)
	Class
    3	 	RBL
    Claims	 	Impaired	 	Entitled
    to Vote
	Class
    4A	 	General
    Unsecured Claims Against Gulfport Parent (including Notes Claims against Gulfport Parent)	 	Impaired	 	Entitled
    to Vote
	Class
    4B	 	General
    Unsecured Claims Against Gulfport Subsidiaries	 	Impaired	 	Entitled
    to Vote
	Class
    5	 	Intercompany
    Claims	 	Unimpaired
    / Impaired	 	Not
                                         Entitled to Vote

        (Presumed
        to Accept or Deemed to Reject)

	Class
    6	 	Intercompany
    Interests	 	Unimpaired
    / Impaired	 	Not
    Entitled to Vote (Presumed to Accept or Deemed to Reject)
	Class
    7	 	Existing
    Interests in Gulfport Parent	 	Impaired	 	Not
    Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject)
	Class
    8	 	Section
    510(b) Claims	 	Impaired	 	Not
    Entitled to Vote (Deemed to Reject)


 






    21


     


    




 


B.
Treatment of Claims and Interests.


 


Each
Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive under the Plan the treatment described below in full
and final satisfaction, settlement, release, and discharge of and in exchange for such Holder’s Allowed Claim or Allowed
Interest, as applicable, except to the extent different treatment is agreed to in writing by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors,
as applicable, and the Holder of such Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable. Unless otherwise indicated, the Holder
of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest, as applicable, shall receive such treatment on the Effective Date (or, if payment is
not then due, in accordance with such Claim’s or Interest’s terms in the ordinary course of business) or as soon as
reasonably practicable thereafter.


 


1.
Class 1 – Other Secured Claims


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 1 consists of all Allowed Other Secured Claims.



 


		(b)	Treatment:
                                         Each Holder of an Allowed Other Secured Claim shall receive, at the option of the applicable
                                         Debtor, with the consent of the Required Consenting Stakeholders (such consent not to
                                         be unreasonably withheld):



 


		(i)	payment
                                         in full in Cash of its Allowed Other Secured Claim;



 


		(ii)	the
                                         collateral securing its Allowed Other Secured Claim;



 


		(iii)	Reinstatement
                                         of its Allowed Other Secured Claim; or



 


		(iv)	such
                                         other treatment that renders its Allowed Other Secured Claim Unimpaired in accordance
                                         with section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code.



 


		(c)	Voting:
                                         Class 1 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Secured Claims are conclusively
                                         presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.
                                         Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.



 






    22


     


    




 


2.
Class 2 – Other Priority Claims


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 2 consists of all Allowed Other Priority Claims.



 


		(b)	Treatment:
                                         Each Holder of an Allowed Other Priority Claim shall receive treatment in a manner consistent
                                         with section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.



 


		(c)	Voting:
                                         Class 2 is Unimpaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Other Priority Claims are conclusively
                                         presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.
                                         Therefore, such Holders are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.



 


3.
Class 3 – RBL Claims


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 3 consists of all Allowed RBL Claims.



 


		(b)	Allowance:
                                         Solely with respect to the RBL Claims, on the Effective Date, the RBL Claims shall be
                                         Allowed in the aggregate amount of not less than $[●], plus any accrued and unpaid
                                         interest on such principal amount as of the Petition Date at the applicable contractual
                                         interest rate and any unpaid fees and expenses payable in accordance with the RBL Credit
                                         Agreement, and shall not be subject to disallowance, setoff, recoupment, subordination,
                                         recharacterization, or reduction of any kind, including pursuant to section 502(d) of
                                         the Bankruptcy Code.



 


		(c)	Treatment:
                                         Each Holder of an Allowed RBL Claim shall receive, at the option of each such Holder,
                                         either:



 


		(i)	if
                                         such Holder elects to participate in the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility, its Pro Rata
                                         share of the Exit RBL/Term Loan A; or



 


		(ii)	if
                                         such Holder does not elect to participate in the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility (including
                                         by not making any election with respect to the Exit Facility on the ballot), its Pro
                                         Rata share of the Exit Term Loan B Facility.



 


		(d)	Voting:
                                         Class 3 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed RBL Claims are entitled to vote
                                         to accept or reject the Plan.



 


4A.
Class 4A – General Unsecured Claims Against Gulfport Parent


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 4A consists of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Parent.



 


		(b)	Allowance:
                                         Solely with respect to the Notes Claims, on the Effective Date, the Notes Claims shall
                                         be Allowed in the aggregate amount of not less than $[●], plus any accrued and
                                         unpaid interest on such principal amount as of the Petition Date at the applicable contractual
                                         interest rate and any unpaid fees and expenses payable in accordance with the Notes Indentures,
                                         and shall not be subject to disallowance, setoff, recoupment, subordination, recharacterization,
                                         or reduction of any kind, including pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.



 






    23


     


    




 


		(c)	Treatment:
                                         Each
                                         Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against Gulfport Parent shall receive, in
                                         full and final satisfaction of such Claim, its Pro Rata2 share
                                         of the Gulfport Parent Equity Pool; provided, however, that once the
                                         Holders of Notes Claims receive distributions of 94% of the New Common Stock (prior to
                                         and not including any dilution by the Management Incentive Plan or any conversion of
                                         New Preferred Stock into New Common Stock) in the aggregate on account of their Notes
                                         Claims against all Debtors, the Holders of Notes Claims shall waive any excess recovery
                                         on account of their Pro Rata share of the Gulfport Parent Equity Pool until Holders
                                         of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Parent have received New Common
                                         Stock with a value sufficient to satisfy their Allowed General Unsecured Claims against
                                         Gulfport Parent in full (based on Plan Value).  



 


Voting:
Class 4A is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Parent are entitled to vote
to accept or reject the Plan.


 


4B.
Class 4B – General Unsecured Claims Against Gulfport Subsidiaries


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 4B consists of all Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Subsidiaries.



 


		(b)	Allowance:
                                         Solely with respect to the Notes Claims, on the Effective Date, the Notes Claims shall
                                         be Allowed in the aggregate amount of not less than $[●], plus any accrued and
                                         unpaid interest on such principal amount as of the Petition Date at the applicable contractual
                                         interest rate and any unpaid fees and expenses payable in accordance with the Notes Indentures,
                                         against each of the Debtors that are obligors under the Notes Indentures and shall not
                                         be subject to disallowance, setoff, recoupment, subordination, recharacterization, or
                                         reduction of any kind, including pursuant to section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.



 


		(c)	Treatment:
                                         Each Holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against Gulfport Subsidiaries shall
                                         receive, in full and final satisfaction of such Claim, its Pro Rata3
                                         share of the: (i) Gulfport Subsidiaries Equity Pool, (ii) Rights Offering Subscription
                                         Rights, and (iii) New Unsecured Notes.



 


		(d)	Voting:
                                         Class 4B is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims
                                         against Gulfport Subsidiaries are entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.



 


5.
Class 5 – Intercompany Claims


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 5 consists of all Intercompany Claims.



 


		(b)	Treatment:
                                         The Plan and the distributions contemplated thereby constitute a global settlement of
                                         any and all Intercompany Claims and causes of action by and between any of the Debtors
                                         that may exist as of the Effective Date, and any and all Intercompany Claims will be
                                         cancelled on the Effective Date in exchange for the distributions contemplated by the
                                         Plan to Holders of Claims against and Interests in the respective Debtor entities. The
                                         Plan shall be considered a settlement of the Intercompany Claims pursuant to Bankruptcy
                                         Rule 9019.






 





 









		2	For the treatment set forth in this Article III.B.4A.b, the Pro Rata amounts shall be calculated
as the Pro Rata share of all General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Parent.



 


		3	For the treatment set forth in this Article III.B.4B.b,
the Pro Rata amounts shall be calculated as the Pro Rata share of all General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Subsidiaries.


 


 






    24


     


    




 





		(c)	Voting:
                                         Class 5 is Unimpaired under the Plan if Intercompany Claims are Reinstated or Impaired
                                         under the Plan if Intercompany Claims are cancelled. Holders of Intercompany Claims are
                                         conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) or rejected
                                         the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders
                                         are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.





 


6.
Class 6 – Intercompany Interests


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 6 consists of all Intercompany Interests.



 


		(b)	Treatment:
                                         Holders of Intercompany Interests shall receive no recovery or distribution and shall
                                         be Reinstated solely to the extent necessary to maintain the Debtors’ prepetition
                                         corporate structure for the ultimate benefit of the Holders of New Common Stock and New
                                         Preferred Stock.



 


		(c)	Voting:
                                         Class 6 is Unimpaired under the Plan if Intercompany Interests are Reinstated or Impaired
                                         under the Plan if Intercompany Interests are cancelled. Holders of Intercompany Interests
                                         are conclusively presumed to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f) or rejected
                                         the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, such Holders
                                         are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.



 


7.
Class 7 – Existing Interests in Gulfport Parent


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 7 consists of all Existing Interests in Gulfport Parent.



 


		(b)	Treatment:
                                         On the Effective Date, all Existing Interests
                                         in Gulfport Parent shall be cancelled, released, and extinguished, and will be of no
                                         further force or effect.












 


		(c)	Voting: Class 8 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Existing Interests in Gulfport Parent
are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Existing
Interests in Gulfport Parent are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.









 


9.
Class 8 – Section 510(b) Claims


 


		(a)	Classification:
                                         Class 8 consists of all Section 510(b) Claims.



 


		(b)	Allowance:
                                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Section 510(b) Claim, if any such
                                         Claim exists, may only become Allowed by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court.



 


		(c)	Treatment:
                                         On the Effective Date, all Allowed Section 510(b) Claims, if any, shall be cancelled,
                                         released, and extinguished, and will be of no further force or effect.



 






    25


     


    




 


		(d)	Voting:
                                         Class 8 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders (if any) of Allowed Section 510(b) Claims
                                         are conclusively presumed to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the
                                         Bankruptcy Code. Therefore, Holders of Allowed Section 510(b) Claims (if any) are not
                                         entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.



 


C.
Special Provision Governing Unimpaired Claims.


 


Except
as otherwise provided in the Plan, nothing under the Plan shall affect the Debtors’ or the Reorganized Debtors’ rights
regarding any Unimpaired Claim, including, all rights regarding legal and equitable defenses to or setoffs or recoupments against
any such Unimpaired Claim.


 


D.
Elimination of Vacant Classes.


 


Any
Class of Claims or Interests that does not have a Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest or a Claim or Interest temporarily
Allowed by the Bankruptcy Court as of the date of the Confirmation Hearing shall be deemed eliminated from the Plan for purposes
of voting to accept or reject the Plan and for purposes of determining acceptance or rejection of the Plan by such Class pursuant
to section 1129(a)(8) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


E.
Voting Classes, Presumed Acceptance by Non-Voting
Classes.


 


If
a Class contains Claims or Interests eligible to vote on the Plan and no Holder of Claims or Interests eligible to vote in such
Class votes to accept or reject the Plan, the Holders of such Claims or Interests in such Class shall be deemed to have accepted
the Plan.


 


F.
Intercompany Interests.


 


To
the extent Reinstated under the Plan, distributions on account of Intercompany Interests are not being received by Holders of
such Intercompany Interests on account of their Intercompany Interests but for the purposes of administrative convenience and
due to the importance of maintaining the prepetition corporate structure for the ultimate benefit of the Holders of New Common
Stock and New Preferred Stock, and in exchange for the Debtors’ and Reorganized Debtors’ agreement under the Plan
to make certain distributions to the Holders of Allowed Claims. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Reinstated pursuant
to the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, all Intercompany Interests shall be owned by the same Reorganized Debtor that corresponds
with the Debtor that owned such Intercompany Interests immediately prior to the Effective Date.


 


G.
Confirmation Pursuant to Sections 1129(a)(10)
and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


Section
1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be satisfied for purposes of Confirmation by acceptance of the Plan by at least one Impaired
Class of Claims. The Debtors shall seek Confirmation of the Plan pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with
respect to any rejecting Class(es) of Claims or Interests. The Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan in accordance with
Article XII hereof to the extent, if any, that Confirmation pursuant to section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code requires
modification, including by modifying the treatment applicable to a Class of Claims or Interests or reclassifying Claims to the
extent permitted by the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.


 


H.
Controversy Concerning Impairment.


 


If
a controversy arises as to whether any Claims or Interests, or any Class of Claims or Interests, are Impaired, the Bankruptcy
Court shall, after notice and a hearing, determine such controversy on or before the Confirmation Date.


 


 



    26


     


    

 


I.
Subordinated Claims and Interests.


 


The
allowance, classification, and treatment of all Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests and the respective distributions and treatments
under the Plan take into account and conform to the relative priority and rights of the Claims and Interests in each Class in
connection with any contractual, legal, and equitable subordination rights relating thereto, whether arising under general principles
of equitable subordination, section 510(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, or otherwise. Pursuant to section 510 of the Bankruptcy
Code, and subject to the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right
to re-classify any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in accordance with any contractual, legal, or equitable subordination rights
relating thereto.


 


Article
IV.

MEANS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN


 


A.
General Settlement of Claims and Interests.


 


Pursuant
to section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distributions,
releases, and other benefits provided under the Plan, upon the Effective Date, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good
faith compromise and settlement of all Claims, Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies released, settled, compromised,
discharged, satisfied, or otherwise resolved pursuant to the Plan, including (1) any challenge to the amount, validity, enforceability,
priority, or extent of the Notes Claims, (2) any Claim to avoid, subordinate, or disallow any Notes Claim whether under any
provision of chapter 5 of the Bankruptcy Code, on any equitable theory (including equitable subordination, equitable disallowance,
or unjust enrichment) or otherwise, and (3) any disputes concerning in any way the validity, effectiveness, or priority of the
Intercompany Claims. The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the good faith compromise and settlement of all such Claims,
Interests, Causes of Action, and controversies pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and the entry of the Confirmation Order shall
constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of such compromise and settlement under section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code and
Bankruptcy Rule 9019, as well as a finding by the Bankruptcy Court that such settlement and compromise is fair, equitable, reasonable
and in the best interests of the Debtors, their Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests. Subject to Article VI hereof,
all distributions made to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests (as applicable) in any Class are intended to be and
shall be final.


 


Certain
Claims and Causes of Action may exist between one or more of the Debtors and one or more of its Affiliates, which Claims and Causes
of Action have been settled, and such settlement is reflected in the treatment of the Intercompany Claims and the Claims against
and Interests in each Debtor entity. The Plan shall be deemed a motion to approve the good faith compromise and settlement of
such Claims and Causes of Action pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019.


 


B.
Restructuring Transactions.


 


On
or before the Effective Date, the applicable Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into and shall take any actions as
may be necessary or appropriate to effect the Restructuring Transactions. The actions to implement the Restructuring Transactions
may include, in accordance with the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights: (1) the execution and delivery of appropriate
agreements or other documents of merger, amalgamation, consolidation, restructuring, conversion, disposition, transfer, arrangement,
continuance, dissolution, sale, purchase, or liquidation containing terms that are consistent with the terms of the Plan and that
satisfy the requirements of applicable Law and any other terms to which the applicable Entities may agree; (2) the execution
and delivery of appropriate instruments of transfer, assignment, assumption, or delegation of any asset, property, right, liability,
debt, or obligation on terms consistent with the terms of the Plan and having other terms for which the applicable Entities may
agree; (3) the execution, delivery, and filing, if applicable, of appropriate certificates or articles of incorporation,
formation, reincorporation, merger, consolidation, conversion, amalgamation, arrangement, continuance, or dissolution pursuant
to applicable state or provincial law; and (4) all other actions that the applicable Entities determine to be necessary or
appropriate, including making filings or recordings that may be required by applicable law in connection with the Plan. The Confirmation
Order shall, and shall be deemed to, pursuant to sections 363 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, authorize, among other things,
all actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effect any transaction described in, contemplated by, or necessary to effectuate
the Plan. On the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall
issue all Securities, notes, instruments, certificates, and other documents required to be issued pursuant to the Restructuring
Transactions.


 






    27


     


    




 


C.
Reorganized Debtors.


 


On
the Effective Date, the New Board shall be established, and the Reorganized Debtors shall adopt their New Organizational Documents.
The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to adopt any other agreements, documents, and instruments and to take any other actions
contemplated under the Plan as necessary to consummate the Plan. Cash payments to be made pursuant to the Plan will be made by
the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors will be entitled to transfer funds between and among
themselves as they determine to be necessary or appropriate to enable the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, to
satisfy their obligations under the Plan. Except as set forth herein, any changes in intercompany account balances resulting from
such transfers will be accounted for and settled in accordance with the Debtors’ historical intercompany account settlement
practices and will not violate the terms of the Plan.


 


From
and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, in consultation with the Consenting Stakeholders and subject to any applicable
limitations set forth in any post-Effective Date agreement, shall have the right and authority without further order of the Bankruptcy
Court to raise additional capital and obtain additional financing, subject to the New Organizational Documents and the Exit Facility
Documentation, as the boards of directors or boards of managers of the applicable Reorganized Debtors deem appropriate.


 


D.
Sources of Consideration for Plan Distributions.


 


The
Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall fund distributions under the Plan with: (1) Cash on hand as of the Effective
Date, including the proceeds from the DIP Facility and the Exit Facility, (2) the New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock,
(3) the New Unsecured Notes, and (4) the Rights Offering Subscription Rights.


 


1. Issuance
of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock.


 


All
existing Interests in Gulfport Parent shall be cancelled as of the Effective Date and on the Effective Date, Reorganized Gulfport
Parent shall issue the New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock, as applicable, to each Holder of a Claim or Interest that is entitled
to receive New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock in exchange for such Claim or Interest pursuant to the Plan, the Rights Offering,
or the Backstop Commitment Agreement (including the Backstop Commitment Premium). The issuance of New Common Stock and New Preferred
Stock shall be authorized without the need for any further corporate action and without any further action by the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. The Reorganized Debtors shall be authorized to issue a certain number of shares, units, or
equity interests of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock required to be issued under the Plan and pursuant to their New Organizational
Documents. On the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall issue all Securities, notes, instruments,
certificates, and other documents required to be issued pursuant to the Plan.


 






    28


     


    




 


All
of the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock issued or authorized to be issued pursuant to the Plan shall be duly authorized,
validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. Each distribution and issuance referred to in Article VI hereof shall be
governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan applicable to such distribution or issuance and by the terms and conditions
of the instruments evidencing or relating to such distribution or issuance, which terms and conditions shall bind each Entity
receiving such distribution or issuance.


 


On
the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock will be distributed
in accordance with the Plan.


 


2. Exit
Facility.


 


On
the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall enter into the Exit Facility, the terms of which will be set forth in the Exit
Facility Documentation and consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Hedging Order; provided that the
Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, determine that entry into the Exit Facility is in the best interests of the
Reorganized Debtors and such determination is acceptable to the Required Consenting Stakeholders.


 


To
the extent applicable, Confirmation of the Plan shall be deemed (a) approval of the Exit Facility (including the transactions
and related agreements contemplated thereby and all actions to be taken, undertakings to be made, and obligations to be incurred
and fees and expenses to be paid by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection therewith), to the extent
not approved by the Bankruptcy Court previously and (c) authorization for the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable,
to, without further notice to or order of the Bankruptcy Court, (i) execute and deliver those documents and agreements necessary
or appropriate to pursue or obtain the Exit Facility, including the Exit Facility Documentation, and incur and pay any fees and
expenses in connection therewith, and (ii) act or take action under applicable Law, regulation, order, or rule or vote, consent,
authorization, or approval of any Person, subject to such modifications as the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable,
may deem to be necessary to consummate the Exit Facility; provided that such modifications are acceptable to the Required
Consenting Stakeholders.


 


As
of the Effective Date, upon the granting or continuation of Liens in accordance with the Exit Facility Documentation, all of the
Liens and security interests to be granted in accordance with the Exit Facility Documentation (a) shall be deemed to be granted,
(b) shall be legal, binding, automatically perfected, non-avoidable, and enforceable Liens on, and security interests in, the
applicable collateral in accordance with the respective terms of the Exit Facility Documentation, (c) shall be deemed perfected
on or prior to the Effective Date, subject only to such Liens and security interests as may be permitted under the respective
Exit Facility Documentation, and (d) shall not be subject to avoidance, recharacterization, or equitable subordination for any
purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers, fraudulent transfers, or fraudulent conveyances under the
Bankruptcy Code or any applicable non-bankruptcy law, and the Exit Facility Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Exit Facility
Secured Parties shall have a valid, binding, perfected, non-avoidable, and enforceable first-priority lien on and security interest
in the Exit Facility Collateral, subject only to such Liens and security interests as permitted under the Exit Facility Documentation,
and valid, binding, non-avoidable, and enforceable guarantee and collateral documentation. To the extent provided in the Exit
Facility Documentation, the Exit Facility Agents or holder(s) of Liens under the Exit Facility Documentation are authorized to
file with the appropriate authorities mortgages, financing statements and other documents, and to take any other action in order
to evidence, validate, and perfect such Liens or security interests. The guarantees, mortgages, pledges, Liens, and other security
interests granted to secure the obligations arising under the Exit Facility Documentation have been granted in good faith, for
legitimate business purposes, and for reasonably equivalent value as an inducement to the lenders thereunder to extent credit
thereunder shall be deemed not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer and shall not otherwise be subject
to avoidance, recharacterization, or subordination for any purposes whatsoever and shall not constitute preferential transfers
or fraudulent conveyances under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable nonbankruptcy law, and the priorities of such Liens and
security interests shall be as set forth in the Exit Facility Documentation. The Reorganized Debtors and the persons and entities
granted such Liens and security interests shall be authorized to make all filings and recordings, and to obtain all governmental
approvals and consents necessary to establish and perfect such Liens and security interests under the provisions of the applicable
state, federal, or other law that would be applicable in the absence of the Plan and the Confirmation Order (it being understood
that perfection shall occur automatically by virtue of the entry of the Confirmation Order and any such filings, recordings, approvals,
and consents shall not be required), and will thereafter cooperate to make all other filings and recordings that otherwise would
be necessary under applicable law to give notice of such Liens and security interests to third parties.


 






    29


     


    




 


3. Rights
Offering.


 


On
the Effective Date, the Debtors will consummate the Rights Offering. The Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall
allocate the Rights Offering Subscription Rights to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Subsidiaries
as set forth in the Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures. Upon exercise of the Rights Offering Subscription Rights pursuant
to the terms of the Rights Offering Procedures, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, and the Plan, the Reorganized Debtors shall
be authorized to issue New Preferred Stock in accordance with the Rights Offering Procedures, the Backstop Commitment Agreement,
and the Plan.


 


The
Rights Offering will be conducted on a Pro Rata basis in reliance upon one or more exemptions from registration under the Securities
Act, which will include the exemption provided in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code to the fullest extent available and, to
the extent such exemption is not available (and with respect to the New Preferred Stock, only in the proportion required to preserve
the availability of such exemption under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code), the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder or another available exemption from registration under the Securities
Act.


 


In
addition, on the Distribution Date, New Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the Backstop Commitment Premium shall be distributed
to the Backstop Commitment Parties under and as set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement. Pursuant to the Backstop Commitment
Agreement, the Backstop Commitment Parties shall purchase any New Preferred Stock not subscribed to as set forth in the Backstop
Commitment Agreement. On the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the Debtors under the Backstop Commitment Agreement
shall vest in the Reorganized Debtors.


 


E.
Exemption from Registration Requirements.


 


All
New Preferred Stock and New Common Stock issued under the Plan will be exempt from, among other things, the registration and prospectus
delivery requirements under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local laws in reliance upon section 1145 of the
Bankruptcy Code to the maximum extent permitted and applicable and, to the extent that reliance on such section is either not
permitted or not applicable, the exemption set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. All New Preferred Stock and New
Common Stock issued pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation
D promulgated thereunder will be considered “restricted securities” and may not be transferred except pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an available exemption therefrom.


 






    30


     


    




 


Persons
who acquire the New Preferred Stock or New Common Stock pursuant to the exemption from registration set forth in section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder will hold “restricted securities.” Resales of such restricted
securities would not be exempted by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code from registration under the Securities Act or other applicable
law. Holders of restricted securities would, however, be permitted to resell New Preferred Stock or New Common Stock without registration
if they are able to comply with the applicable provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the Securities Act (if available) or
any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or if such Securities are registered with the Securities and Exchange
Commission.


 


All
New Preferred Stock or New Common Stock issued to Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Parent, Allowed
General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Subsidiaries, or Existing Interests in Gulfport Parent on account of their Claims or
Interests will be issued without registration under the Securities Act or any similar federal, state, or local law in reliance
on Section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, to the extent available, or in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or
Regulation D promulgated thereunder to the extent reliance on Section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code is not available.


 


The
New Preferred Stock and New Common Stock shall be reflected through the facilities of DTC, and neither the Debtors, the Reorganized
Debtors, nor any other Person, as applicable, shall be required to provide any further evidence other than the Plan or the Confirmation
Order with respect to the treatment of such New Preferred Stock or New Common Stock (to the extent they are deemed to be Securities)
to be issued under the Plan under applicable securities laws, and such Plan or Confirmation Order shall be deemed to be legal
and binding obligations of the Reorganized Debtors in all respects.


 


DTC
shall be required to accept and conclusively rely upon the Plan and Confirmation Order in lieu of a legal opinion regarding whether
the New Preferred Stock and New Common Stock to be issued under the Plan are exempt from registration and/or eligible for DTC
book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no Entity (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, DTC) may require a legal opinion regarding the validity of any transaction contemplated by the Plan,
including, for the avoidance of doubt, whether the New Preferred Stock and New Common Stock to be issued under the Plan are exempt
from registration and/or eligible for DTC book-entry delivery, settlement, and depository services.


 


F.
Corporate Existence.


 


Except
as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement,
each Debtor shall continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
or other form, as the case may be, with all the powers of a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, or other form,
as the case may be, pursuant to the applicable Law in the jurisdiction in which each applicable Debtor is incorporated or formed
and pursuant to the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) in effect prior to the Effective Date,
except to the extent such certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation documents) are amended under the Plan or
otherwise, in each case, consistent with the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement (and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder
Consent Rights), and to the extent such documents are amended in accordance therewith, such documents are deemed to be amended
pursuant to the Plan and require no further action or approval (other than any requisite filings required under applicable state,
provincial, or federal law). After the Effective Date, the respective certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other formation
documents) of one or more of the Reorganized Debtors may be amended or modified on the terms therein without supervision or approval
by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules. After the Effective Date, one
or more of the Reorganized Debtors may be disposed of, dissolved, wound down, or liquidated without supervision or approval by
the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules.


 






    31


     


    




 


G.
Vesting of Assets in the Reorganized Debtors.


 


Except
as otherwise provided in the Confirmation Order, the Plan, or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in, or
entered into in connection with or pursuant to, the Plan or Plan Supplement, on the Effective Date, all property in each Estate,
all Causes of Action, and any property acquired by any of the Debtors pursuant to the Plan shall vest in each respective Reorganized
Debtor, free and clear of all Liens, Claims, charges, or other encumbrances. On and after the Effective Date, except as otherwise
provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may operate its business and may use, acquire, or dispose of property and compromise
or settle any Claims, Interests, or Causes of Action without supervision or approval by the Bankruptcy Court and free of any restrictions
of the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules.


 


H.
Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements.


 


On
the Effective Date, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all notes, instruments, certificates,
credit agreements, indentures, and other documents evidencing Claims or Interests shall be cancelled and the obligations of the
Debtors thereunder or in any way related thereto shall be deemed satisfied in full, cancelled, discharged, and of no force or
effect. Holders of or parties to such cancelled instruments, Securities, and other documentation will have no rights arising from
or relating to such instruments, Securities, and other documentation, or the cancellation thereof, except the rights provided
for pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, but subject to any applicable provisions of Article
VI hereof, to the extent cancelled pursuant to this paragraph, the DIP Credit Agreement, the RBL Credit Agreement, and the
Notes Indentures shall continue in effect solely to the extent necessary to: (1) permit Holders of Claims under the DIP Credit
Agreement, the RBL Credit Agreement, and the Notes Indentures to receive their respective Plan Distributions, if any (subject
to any applicable charging liens, including, without limitation, the Notes Trustee Charging Lien); (2) permit the Disbursing
Agent, as applicable, to make Plan Distributions on account of the Allowed Claims under the DIP Credit Agreement, the RBL Credit
Agreement, and the Notes Indentures, as applicable (subject to any applicable charging liens, including, without limitation, the
Notes Trustee Charging Lien); (3) permit each of the DIP Agent, RBL Agent, and the Notes Trustee to seek compensation and/or reimbursement
for Notes Trustee Fees, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and preserve any rights of the DIP Agent, RBL Agent, any L/C
Issuing Bank, and Notes Trustee to maintain, exercise, and enforce of any applicable rights of indemnity, reimbursement, or contribution,
including the RBL/DIP Preserved Rights, and any applicable charging lien, including the Notes Trustee Charging Lien; and (4) permit
each of the DIP Agent, RBL Agent, Holders of Claims under the DIP Credit Agreement or the RBL Credit Agreement, L/C Issuing Banks,
and the Notes Trustee to appear and be heard in the Chapter 11 Cases or in any proceeding in the Bankruptcy Court, including to
enforce any obligation owed to the DIP Agent, the RBL Agent, and the Notes Trustee, or Holders of Claims under the DIP Credit
Agreement, the RBL Credit Agreement, and the Notes Indentures, as applicable. Except as provided in the Plan (including Article
VI hereof) or as may be necessary to effectuate the terms of the Plan, on the Effective Date, the DIP Agent, RBL Agent, the
Notes Trustee, and their respective agents, successors, and assigns, shall be automatically and fully discharged of all of their
duties and obligations associated with the DIP Credit Agreement, RBL Credit Agreement, and the Notes Indentures, as applicable.
To the extent cancelled in accordance with this paragraph, the commitments and obligations (if any) of the Holders of the Notes
and the lenders under the DIP Credit Agreement, and the RBL Credit Agreement to extend any further or future credit or financial
accommodations to any of the Debtors, any of their respective subsidiaries or any of their respective successors or assigns under
the RBL Credit Agreement, and the Notes Indentures, as applicable, shall fully terminate and be of no further force or effect
on the Effective Date. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, nothing herein releases, cancels, or otherwise limits
or modifies any obligations of the RBL Lenders or DIP Lenders with respect to the RBL/DIP Preserved Rights.


 






    32


     


    




 


I.
Corporate Action.


 


On
the Effective Date, all actions contemplated under the Plan shall be deemed authorized and approved in all respects, including:
(1) adoption or assumption, as applicable, of the Compensation and Benefit Programs; (2) selection of the directors
or managers, as applicable, and officers for the Reorganized Debtors; (3) the issuance and distribution of the New Common
Stock and New Preferred Stock; (4) implementation of the Restructuring Transactions; (5) entry into the Exit Facility Documentation,
as applicable; (6) all other actions contemplated under the Plan (whether to occur before, on, or after the Effective Date); (7)
adoption, execution, delivery and/or filing of the New Organizational Documents; (8) the rejection, assumption, or assumption
and assignment, as applicable, of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; and (9) all other acts or actions contemplated or
reasonably necessary or appropriate to promptly consummate the Restructuring Transactions contemplated by the Plan (whether to
occur before, on, or after the Effective Date). All matters provided for in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the
Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, and any corporate, partnership, limited liability company, or other governance action required
by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have occurred and shall
be in effect, without any requirement of further action by the equity holders, members, directors, managers, or officers of the
Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable. On or (as applicable) prior to the Effective Date, the appropriate officers
of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall be authorized and (as applicable) directed to issue, execute,
and deliver the agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments contemplated under the Plan (or necessary or desirable to effect
the transactions contemplated under the Plan) in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Common
Stock and the New Preferred Stock, the New Organizational Documents, the Exit Facility Documentation (as applicable), and any
and all other agreements, documents, Securities, and instruments relating to the foregoing. The authorizations and approvals contemplated
by this Article IV.I shall be effective notwithstanding any requirements under non-bankruptcy Law.


 


J.
New Organizational Documents.


 


On
or immediately prior to the Effective Date, the New Organizational Documents (which shall be consistent with the Restructuring
Support Agreement, the Plan, and the Plan Supplement) shall be automatically adopted by the applicable Reorganized Debtors. To
the extent required under the Plan or applicable non-bankruptcy Law, each of the Reorganized Debtors will file its New Organizational
Documents with the applicable Secretaries of State and/or other applicable authorities in its respective state or country of organization
if and to the extent required in accordance with the applicable Laws of the respective state or country of organization. The New
Organizational Documents will (a) authorize the issuance of the New Common Stock and the New Preferred Stock and (b) prohibit
the issuance of non-voting equity Securities to the extent required under section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


After
the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may amend and restate their respective New Organizational Documents in accordance
with the terms thereof, and the Reorganized Debtors may file such amended certificates or articles of incorporation, bylaws, or
such other applicable formation documents, and other constituent documents as permitted by Laws of the respective states, provinces,
or countries of incorporation and the New Organizational Documents.


 






    33


     


    




 


K.
Indemnification Obligations.


 


Consistent
with applicable Law, all indemnification provisions in place on and as of the Effective Date (whether in the by-laws, certificates
of incorporation or formation, limited liability company agreements, other organizational documents, board resolutions, indemnification
agreements, employment contracts, or otherwise) for current and former directors, officers, managers, employees, attorneys, accountants,
investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtors, as applicable, shall be Reinstated and remain intact, irrevocable,
and shall survive the effectiveness of the Plan on terms no less favorable to such current and former directors, officers, managers,
employees, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professionals of the Debtors than the indemnification provisions
in place prior to the Effective Date.


 


L.
Managers and Officers of the Reorganized Debtors.


 


As
of the Effective Date, the term of the current members of the board of directors of Gulfport Parent shall expire. The New Board
will consist of the Reorganized Debtors’ Chief Executive Officer and other directors, all of whom will be selected and appointed
in a manner determined by the Required Consenting Noteholders. The identities of directors on the New Board shall be set
forth in the Plan Supplement to the extent known at the time of filing.


 


M.
Effectuating Documents; Further Transactions.


 


On
and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, and their respective officers, directors, members, or managers (or other
relevant governing body), are authorized to and may issue, execute, deliver, file, or record such contracts, Securities, instruments,
releases, and other agreements or documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, implement,
and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan, Exit Facility entered into, and the Securities issued pursuant to the
Plan in the name of and on behalf of the Reorganized Debtors, without the need for any approvals, authorization, or consents except
for those expressly required pursuant to the Plan.


 


N.
Section 1146 Exemption.


 


To
the fullest extent permitted by section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, any transfers (whether from a Debtor to a Reorganized
Debtor or to any other Person) of property under the Plan or pursuant to: (1) the issuance, distribution, transfer, or exchange
of any debt, equity Security, or other interest in the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, including the New Common Stock and
the New Preferred Stock; (2) the Restructuring Transactions; (3) the creation, modification, consolidation, termination,
refinancing, and/or recording of any mortgage, deed of trust, or other security interest, or the securing of additional indebtedness
by such or other means; (4) the making, assignment, or recording of any lease or sublease; (5) the grant of collateral as
security for the Reorganized Debtors’ obligations under and in connection with the Exit Facility; or (6) the making, delivery,
or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including
any deeds, bills of sale, assignments, or other instrument of transfer executed in connection with any transaction arising out
of, contemplated by, or in any way related to the Plan, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance
fee, intangibles or similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, personal property transfer tax, sales or use tax, mortgage
recording tax, Uniform Commercial Code filing or recording fee, regulatory filing or recording fee, or other similar tax or governmental
assessment, and upon entry of the Confirmation Order, the appropriate state or local governmental officials or agents shall forego
the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment and accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments
or other documents without the payment of any such tax, recordation fee, or governmental assessment. All filing or recording officers
(or any other Person with authority over any of the foregoing), wherever located and by whomever appointed, shall comply with
the requirements of section 1146(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, shall forego the collection of any such tax or governmental assessment,
and shall accept for filing and recordation any of the foregoing instruments or other documents without the payment of any such
tax or governmental assessment.


 






    34


     


    




 


O.
Director and Officer Liability Insurance.


 


Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all of the Debtors’ D&O
Liability Insurance Policies pursuant to section 365(a) of the Bankruptcy Code effective as of the Effective Date. Entry of the
Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ foregoing assumption
of each of the unexpired D&O Liability Insurance Policies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan,
Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any indemnity obligations assumed by the foregoing assumption
of the D&O Liability Insurance Policies, and each such indemnity obligation will be deemed and treated as an Executory Contract
that has been assumed by the Debtors under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim need be Filed.


 


In
addition, after the Effective Date, none of the Reorganized Debtors shall terminate or otherwise reduce the coverage under any
D&O Liability Insurance Policies in effect on or after the Petition Date, with respect to conduct occurring prior thereto,
and all directors, managers and officers of the Debtors who served in such capacity at any time prior to the Effective Date shall
be entitled to the full benefits of any such policy for the full term of such policy, to the extent set forth therein, regardless
of whether such directors, managers and officers remain in such positions after the Effective Date.


 


P.
Management Incentive Plan.


 


Effective
on the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may implement the Management Incentive Plan as provided herein.  If determined
by the New Board, the Management Incentive Plan will provide for 50% of the Management Incentive Plan Pool (the “Initial
Pool”) to be allocated within sixty (60) days following the Effective Date to the Management Incentive Plan Participants
in the form of restricted stock units (or their economic equivalents) subject to terms (including performance metrics and vesting
criteria) to be agreed between the Management Incentive Plan Participants and the New Board; provided that such period shall be
extended automatically by an additional thirty (30) days if good faith discussions between the Management Incentive Plan Participants
and the New Board regarding the terms of the Management Incentive Plan remain ongoing at the conclusion of the initial sixty (60)
day period.  If either (a) the New Board does not institute the Management Incentive Plan with respect to the Initial Pool
in accordance with the terms of this Article IV.P (including the time periods set forth herein) or (b) the
terms of the Initial Pool with respect to any Management Incentive Plan Participant are not satisfactory to such participant in
such participant’s sole discretion prior to the expiration of the time periods set forth herein, in either case, such event
shall constitute “good reason” under the applicable MIP Employment Agreement; provided that the allocation of the
Initial Pool of any Management Incentive Plan Participant (but not any other terms and conditions of the Initial Pool) shall be
deemed satisfactory as to such participant if such participant receives at least the applicable percentage of the Initial Pool
set forth in the Initial MIP Allocation.


 






    35


     


    




 


Q.
Employee and Retiree Benefits.


 


All
Compensation and Benefits Programs shall be assumed by the Reorganized Debtors and shall remain in place as of the Effective Date,
and the Reorganized Debtors will continue to honor such agreements, arrangements, programs, and plans. For the avoidance of doubt,
pursuant to section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code, from and after the Effective Date, all retiree benefits (as such term
is defined in section 1114 of the Bankruptcy Code), if any, shall continue to be paid in accordance with applicable law. On the
Effective Date, the Debtors shall assume all employment agreements, indemnification agreements, or other agreements entered into
with current and former employees, directors, managers, members, or officers, including the MIP Employment Agreements. For the
avoidance of doubt, the only employment agreements with severance obligations that will be assumed are the MIP Employment Agreements.


 


R.
Preservation of Causes of Action.


 


In
accordance with section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, each Reorganized Debtor, as applicable, shall retain and may enforce all
rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and all Causes of Action of the Debtors, whether arising before or after the
Petition Date, that are specifically enumerated in the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action, and the Reorganized Debtors’
rights to commence, prosecute, or settle such retained Causes of Action shall be preserved notwithstanding the occurrence of the
Effective Date or any other provision of the Plan to the contrary.


 


The
Reorganized Debtors may pursue such retained Causes of Action, as appropriate, in accordance with the best interests of the Reorganized
Debtors. No Entity may rely on the absence of a specific reference in the Plan, the Plan Supplement, or the Disclosure Statement
to any Cause of Action against it as any indication that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, will not pursue
any and all available retained Causes of Action of the Debtors against it. The Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve
all rights to prosecute any and all retained Causes of Action against any Entity. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the
parties to the applicable Cause of Action, all objections to the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action must be Filed with the
Bankruptcy Court on or before thirty days after the Effective Date. Any such objection that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed
and forever barred, estopped, and enjoined from assertion against any Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection or
responsive pleading by the Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval
of the Bankruptcy Court. The Reorganized Debtors may settle any such objection without any further notice to or action, order,
or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. If there is any dispute regarding the inclusion of any Cause of Action on the Schedule of
Retained Causes of Action that remains unresolved by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and the objection party
for thirty days, such objection shall be resolved by the Bankruptcy Court. Unless any Causes of Action of the Debtors against
an Entity are expressly waived, relinquished, exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan or a Final Order (and
for the avoidance of doubt, any Causes of Action on the Schedule of Retained Causes of Action shall not be expressly relinquished,
exculpated, released, compromised, or settled in the Plan), the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve all Causes of Action, for
later adjudication, and, therefore, no preclusion doctrine, including the doctrines of res judicata, collateral estoppel, issue
preclusion, claim preclusion, estoppel (judicial, equitable, or otherwise), or laches, shall apply to such Causes of Action upon,
after, or as a consequence of the Confirmation or Consummation.


 


The
Reorganized Debtors reserve and shall retain such Causes of Action of the Debtors notwithstanding the rejection or repudiation
of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease during the Chapter 11 Cases or pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with section 1123(b)(3)
of the Bankruptcy Code, any retained Causes of Action that a Debtor may hold against any Entity shall vest in the Reorganized
Debtors. The applicable Reorganized Debtors, through their authorized agents or representatives, shall retain and may exclusively
enforce any and all such Causes of Action. The Reorganized Debtors shall have the exclusive right, authority, and discretion to
determine and to initiate, file, prosecute, enforce, abandon, settle, compromise, release, withdraw, or litigate to judgment any
such Causes of Action and to decline to do any of the foregoing without the consent or approval of any third party or further
notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court. For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding anything in the
Plan or the Plan Supplement to the contrary, neither Midship nor any of its Related Parties shall be a Released Party under the
Plan, and the Reorganized Debtors expressly retain and may enforce all rights to commence and pursue, as appropriate, any and
all Causes of Action against Midship or its Related Parties notwithstanding the occurrence of the Effective Date.


 






    36


     


    




 


Article
V.

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES


 


A.
Assumption and Rejection of Executory Contracts
and Unexpired Leases.


 


On
the Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in Article V.H.1 and elsewhere herein, all Executory Contracts or Unexpired
Leases not otherwise assumed or rejected will be deemed assumed by the applicable Reorganized Debtor in accordance with the provisions
and requirements of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, other than those that are: (1) identified on the Schedule
of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; (2) previously expired or terminated pursuant to their own terms or
agreement of the parties thereto; (3) have been previously assumed or rejected by the Debtors pursuant to a Final Order;
(4) are the subject of a motion to reject that is pending on the Effective Date; or (5) have an ordered or requested effective
date of rejection that is after the Effective Date; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Executory
Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be assumed, assumed and assigned, or rejected without the prior written consent of the Required
Consenting Stakeholders.


 


Entry
of the Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the assumptions, assumptions and assignments,
or rejections of the Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases as set forth in the Plan, or the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts
and Unexpired Leases or Schedule of Proposed Cure Amounts, pursuant to sections 365(a) and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code. Except
as otherwise specifically set forth herein, assumptions or rejections of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases pursuant to
the Plan are effective as of the Effective Date. Each Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed pursuant to the Plan or by
Bankruptcy Court order but not assigned to a third party before the Effective Date shall re-vest in and be fully enforceable by
the applicable contracting Reorganized Debtor in accordance with its terms, except as such terms may have been modified by the
provisions of the Plan or any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption. Any motions to assume
Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases pending on the Effective Date shall be subject to approval by a Final Order on or after
the Effective Date but may be withdrawn, settled, or otherwise prosecuted by the Reorganized Debtors.


 


Except
as otherwise provided herein or agreed to by the Debtors and the applicable counterparty, each assumed Executory Contract or Unexpired
Lease shall include all modifications, amendments, supplements, restatements, or other agreements related thereto, and all rights
related thereto, if any, including all easements, licenses, permits, rights, privileges, immunities, options, rights of first
refusal, and any other interests. Modifications, amendments, supplements, and restatements to prepetition Executory Contracts
and Unexpired Leases that have been executed by the Debtors during the Chapter 11 Cases shall not be deemed to alter the prepetition
nature of the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or the validity, priority, or amount of any Claims that may arise in connection
therewith.


 


To
the maximum extent permitted by Law, any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to the
Plan shall be deemed modified such that the transactions contemplated by the Plan shall not constitute a “change of control”
or “assignment” (or terms with similar effect) under, or any other transaction or matter that would result in a violation,
breach or default under, or increase, accelerate or otherwise alter any obligations, rights or liabilities of the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors under, or result in the creation or imposition of a Lien upon any property or asset of the Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors pursuant to, the applicable Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, and any consent or advance notice required
under such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed satisfied by Confirmation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in the Plan, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, reserve the right to alter, amend, modify, or supplement the
Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases and the Schedule of Proposed Cure Amounts at any time up to forty-five
days after the Effective Date.


 






    37


     


    




 


To
the extent any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules require the Debtors to assume or reject an Executory Contract
or Unexpired Lease, such requirement shall be satisfied if the Debtors make an election to assume or reject such Executory Contract
or Unexpired Lease prior to the deadline set forth by the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules, as applicable, regardless of
whether or not the Bankruptcy Court has actually ruled on such proposed assumption or rejection prior to such deadline.


 


If
certain, but not all, of a contract counterparty’s Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases are assumed pursuant to the Plan,
the Confirmation Order shall be a determination that such counterparty’s Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that are
being rejected pursuant to the Plan are severable agreements that are not integrated with those Executory Contracts and/or Unexpired
Leases that are being assumed pursuant to the Plan. Parties seeking to contest this finding with respect to their Executory Contracts
and/or Unexpired Leases must file a timely objection to the Plan on the grounds that their agreements are integrated and not severable,
and any such dispute shall be resolved by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing (to the extent not resolved by the
parties prior to the Confirmation Hearing).


 


B.
Claims Based on Rejection of Executory Contracts
or Unexpired Leases.


 


Unless
otherwise provided by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, all Proofs of Claim with respect to Claims arising from the rejection
of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases, pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, if any, must be Filed with the Bankruptcy
Court within thirty days after the later of (1) the date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation
Order) approving such rejection, (2) the effective date of such rejection, or (3) the Effective Date. Any Claims
arising from the rejection of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease not Filed with the Bankruptcy Court within such time will
be automatically disallowed, forever barred from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors or the Reorganized
Debtors, the Estates, or their property without the need for any objection by the Reorganized Debtors or further notice to, or
action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or any other Entity, and any Claim arising out of the rejection of the Executory
Contract or Unexpired Lease shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged, notwithstanding anything in the Proof of
Claim to the contrary. All Allowed Claims arising from the rejection of the Debtors’ Executory Contracts or Unexpired
Leases shall be classified as General Unsecured Claims and shall be treated in accordance with, as applicable, (b) or Article
III.B(b) of the Plan.


 


C.
Cure of Defaults for Assumed Executory Contracts
and Unexpired Leases.


 


On
the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall,
in accordance with the Schedule of Proposed Cure Amounts pay all Cure costs relating to Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases
that are being assumed under the Plan. Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by the parties to the applicable Executory Contract
or Unexpired Lease, all requests for payment of Cure costs that differ from the amounts paid or proposed to be paid by the Debtors
or the Reorganized Debtors to a counterparty must be Filed with the Solicitation Agent on or before fourteen days after the Filing
of the Schedule of Proposed Cure Amounts. Any such request that is not timely Filed shall be disallowed and forever barred, estopped,
and enjoined from assertion, and shall not be enforceable against any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, without the need for any objection
by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors or any other party in interest or any further notice to or action, order, or approval of
the Bankruptcy Court. Any Cure costs shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and discharged upon payment by the Debtors or
the Reorganized Debtors of the applicable Cure costs; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prevent the Reorganized
Debtors from paying any Cure costs despite the failure of the relevant counterparty to file such request for payment of such Cure
costs. The Reorganized Debtors also may settle any Cure costs without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the
Bankruptcy Court. In addition, any objection to the assumption of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease under the Plan must
be Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on or before the Confirmation Hearing. Any such objection will be scheduled to be heard by
the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing or at the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’, as applicable, first
scheduled omnibus hearing for which such objection is timely Filed. Any counterparty to an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease
that fails to timely object to the proposed assumption of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed to have consented
to such assumption.


 






    38


     


    




 


If
there is any dispute regarding any Cure costs, the ability of the Reorganized Debtors or any assignee to provide “adequate
assurance of future performance” within the meaning of section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other matter pertaining
to assumption, then payment of any Cure costs shall occur as soon as reasonably practicable after entry of a Final Order resolving
such dispute, approving such assumption (and, if applicable, assignment), or as may be agreed upon by the Debtors or the Reorganized
Debtors, as applicable, and the counterparty to the Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors,
as applicable, reserve the right at any time to move to reject any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease based upon the existence
of any such unresolved dispute. If the Bankruptcy Court determines that the Allowed Cure cost with respect to any Executory Contract
or Unexpired Lease is greater than the amount set forth in the Schedule of Proposed Cure Amounts, the Debtors shall have the right
to add such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to the Schedule of Rejected Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases, in which
case such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease will be deemed rejected as of the Effective Date subject to the applicable counterparty’s
right to object to such rejection.


 


Assumption
of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall result in the full release and satisfaction
of any Cures, Claims, or defaults, whether monetary or nonmonetary, including defaults of provisions restricting the change in
control or ownership interest composition or any bankruptcy-related defaults, arising at any time prior to the effective date
of assumption. Any and all Proofs of Claim based upon Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases that have been assumed in the
Chapter 11 Cases, including pursuant to the Confirmation Order, shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the later of (1) the
date of entry of an order of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Confirmation Order) approving such assumption, (2) the effective
date of such assumption or (3) the Effective Date without the need for any objection thereto or any further notice to or
action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.


 


D.
Preexisting Obligations to the Debtors under
Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.


 


Rejection
of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to the Plan or otherwise shall not constitute a termination of preexisting
obligations owed to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, under such Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.
In particular, notwithstanding any applicable non-bankruptcy Law to the contrary, the Reorganized Debtors expressly reserve and
do not waive any right to receive, or any continuing obligation of a counterparty to provide, warranties or continued maintenance
obligations with respect to goods previously purchased by the Debtors pursuant to rejected Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases.


 


E.
Insurance Policies.


 


Each
of the Debtors’ insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto, are treated as Executory
Contracts under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the Plan, on the Effective Date, (1) the Debtors shall be deemed to have
assumed all insurance policies and any agreements, documents, and instruments relating to coverage of all insured Claims and (2)
such insurance policies and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating thereto shall revest in the Reorganized Debtors.


 






    39


     


    




 


F.
Reservation of Rights.


 


Nothing
contained in the Plan or the Plan Supplement shall constitute an admission by the Debtors or any other party that any contract
or lease is in fact an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease or that any Reorganized Debtor has any liability thereunder. If there
is a dispute regarding whether a contract or lease is or was executory or unexpired at the time of assumption or rejection, the
Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have forty-five days following entry of a Final Order resolving such
dispute to alter their treatment of such contract or lease.


 


G.
Nonoccurrence of Effective Date.


 


In
the event that the Effective Date does not occur, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to any request to
extend the deadline for assuming or rejecting Unexpired Leases pursuant to section 365(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


H.
Employee Compensation and Benefits.


 


1. Compensation
and Benefit Programs.


 


Subject
to the provisions of the Plan, all Compensation and Benefits Programs shall be treated as Executory Contracts under the Plan and
deemed assumed on the Effective Date pursuant to the provisions of sections 365 and 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code, except
for:


 


		(a)	all
                                         employee equity or equity-based incentive plans, and any provisions set forth in the
                                         Compensation and Benefits Programs that provide for rights to acquire existing Interests
                                         in any of the Debtors;



 


		(b)	Compensation
                                         and Benefits Programs that have been rejected pursuant to an order of a Bankruptcy Court;
                                         and



 


		(c)	any
                                         Compensation and Benefits Programs that, as of the entry of the Confirmation Order, have
                                         been specifically waived by the beneficiaries of any Compensation and Benefits Program.



 


Any
assumption of Compensation and Benefits Programs pursuant to the terms herein shall be deemed not to trigger (i) any applicable
change of control, immediate vesting, termination (similar provisions therein) and (ii) an event of “Good Reason”
(or a term of like import), in each case as a result of the consummation of the Restructuring Transactions. No counterparty shall
have rights under a Compensation and Benefits Program assumed pursuant to the Plan other than those applicable immediately prior
to such assumption.


 


2. Workers’
Compensation Programs.


 


As
of the Effective Date, except as set forth in the Plan Supplement, the Debtors and the Reorganized Debtors shall continue to honor
their obligations under: (a) all applicable workers’ compensation laws in states in which the Reorganized Debtors operate;
and (b) the Debtors’ written contracts, agreements, agreements of indemnity, self-insured workers’ compensation bonds,
policies, programs, and plans for workers’ compensation and workers’ compensation insurance. All Proofs of Claims
on account of workers’ compensation shall be deemed withdrawn automatically and without any further notice to or action,
order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court; provided, that nothing in the Plan shall limit, diminish, or otherwise alter
the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ defenses, Causes of Action, or other rights under applicable non-bankruptcy Law
with respect to any such contracts, agreements, policies, programs, and plans; provided, further, that nothing herein
shall be deemed to impose any obligations on the Debtors in addition to what is provided for under applicable state law.


 






    40


     


    




 


I.
Contracts and Leases Entered into after the Petition
Date.


 


Contracts
and leases entered into after the Petition Date by any Debtor, including any Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases assumed
by such Debtor, will be performed by the applicable Debtor or the Reorganized Debtors in the ordinary course of their business.
Accordingly, such contracts and leases (including any assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases) will survive and remain
unaffected by entry of the Confirmation Order.


 


J.
Royalty and Working Interests.


 


Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, all of the Royalty and Working Interests and any agreements, documents, or instruments relating
thereto, are treated as and deemed to be Executory Contracts under the Plan. On the Effective Date, pursuant to section 365(a)
of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors shall be deemed to have assumed all agreements, documents, and instruments related thereto.
Entry of the Confirmation Order will constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of the Reorganized Debtors’ assumption
of all such Royalty and Working Interests and related agreements, documents, and instruments. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in the Plan, Confirmation of the Plan shall not discharge, impair, or otherwise modify any obligations assumed
by the foregoing assumption of the Royalty and Working Interest obligations, and each such obligation will be deemed and treated
as an Executory Contract that has been assumed by the Reorganized Debtors under the Plan as to which no Proof of Claim or Cure
Claim need be Filed, and shall survive the Effective Date.


 


Article
VI.

PROVISIONS GOVERNING DISTRIBUTIONS


 


A.
Distributions on Account of Claims Allowed as
of the Effective Date.


 


Except
as otherwise provided herein, in a Final Order, or as otherwise agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case
may be, and the Holder of the applicable Allowed Claim on the first Distribution Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall make initial
distributions under the Plan on account of Claims Allowed on or before the Effective Date, subject to the Reorganized Debtors’
right to object to Claims; provided, that (1) Allowed Administrative Claims with respect to liabilities incurred by the
Debtors in the ordinary course of business during the Chapter 11 Cases or assumed by the Debtors prior to the Effective Date shall
be paid or performed in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the terms and conditions of any controlling agreements,
course of dealing, course of business, or industry practice, (2) Allowed Priority Tax Claims shall be paid in accordance with
Article II.D of the Plan, and (3) Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall be paid in accordance with B of the
Plan. To the extent any Allowed Priority Tax Claim is not due and owing on the Effective Date, such Claim shall be paid in full
in Cash in accordance with the terms of any agreement between the Debtors and the Holder of such Claim or as may be due and payable
under applicable non-bankruptcy law or in the ordinary course of business. Thereafter, a Distribution Date shall occur no less
frequently than once in every 90 day period, as necessary, in the Reorganized Debtors’ sole discretion.


 


B.
Disbursing Agent.


 


Except
as otherwise set forth in this Article VI.B, all distributions under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent. The
Disbursing Agent shall not be required to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of its duties.


 






    41


     


    




 


All
Plan Distributions to Holders of Notes Claims shall be made to and deemed completed when received by the Notes Trustee. The Notes
Trustee shall arrange to deliver such Plan Distributions to or on behalf of such Holders of Notes Claims, subject to the Notes
Trustee Charging Lien, and regardless of whether such distributions are made by the Notes Trustee, or by the Disbursing Agent
at the reasonable direction of the Notes Trustee, the Notes Trustee Charging Lien shall attach to the Plan Distributions to the
Holders of Notes Claims in the same manner as if such Plan Distributions were made through the Notes Trustee. The Notes Trustee
may establish its own record date for distribution and shall transfer or direct the transfer of such distributions through the
facilities of DTC. The Notes Trustee and the shall have no duties or responsibility relating to any form of distribution that
is not DTC eligible and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to (i) seek
the cooperation of DTC with respect to the cancellation of the Notes as of the Effective Date, and (ii) seek the cooperation of
the relevant bank and broker participants in the DTC system to facilitate delivery of the distribution directly to the relevant
beneficial owners as soon as practicable after the Effective Date.


 


		C.	Rights
                                         and Powers of Disbursing Agent.



 


1. Powers
of the Disbursing Agent.


 


The
Disbursing Agent shall be empowered to: (a) effect all actions and execute all agreements, instruments, and other documents
necessary to perform its duties under the Plan; (b) make all distributions contemplated hereby; (c) employ professionals
to represent it with respect to its responsibilities; and (d) exercise such other powers as may be vested in the Disbursing
Agent by order of the Bankruptcy Court, pursuant to the Plan, or as deemed by the Disbursing Agent to be necessary and proper
to implement the provisions hereof.


 


2. Expenses
Incurred On or After the Effective Date.


 


Except
as otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the amount of any reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Disbursing Agent
on or after the Effective Date (including taxes), and any reasonable compensation and expense reimbursement Claims (including
reasonable attorney fees and expenses), made by the Disbursing Agent shall be paid in Cash by the Reorganized Debtors.


 


		D.	Delivery
                                         of Distributions and Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.



 


1. Record
Date for Distribution.


 


On
the Distribution Record Date, the Claims Register shall be closed and any party responsible for making distributions shall instead
be authorized and entitled to recognize only those record Holders listed on the Claims Register as of the close of business on
the Distribution Record Date. If a Claim, other than one based on a publicly traded Security, is transferred twenty or fewer days
before the Distribution Record Date, the Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to the transferee only to the extent practical
and, in any event, only if the relevant transfer form contains an unconditional and explicit certification and waiver of any objection
to the transfer by the transferor.


 


2. Delivery
of Distributions in General.


 


Except
as otherwise provided herein, the Disbursing Agent shall make distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests
(as applicable) as of the Distribution Record Date at the address for each such Holder as indicated on the Debtors’ records
as of the date of any such distribution; provided, that the manner of such distributions shall be determined at the discretion
of the Reorganized Debtors.


 






    42


     


    




 


3. Minimum
Distributions.


 


No
Cash payment of less than $250 shall be made to a Holder of an Allowed Claim on account of such Allowed Claim. When any distribution
pursuant to the Plan on account of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest (as applicable) would otherwise result in the issuance
of a number of shares of New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock that is not a whole number, the actual distribution of shares
of New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock shall be rounded as follows: (a) fractions of one-half or greater shall be rounded
to the next higher whole number and (b) fractions of less than one-half shall be rounded to the next lower whole number with
no further payment therefor. The total number of authorized shares of New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock to be distributed
to Holders of Allowed Claims and Allowed Interests hereunder shall be adjusted as necessary to account for the foregoing rounding.
No fractional shares of New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock shall be distributed and no Cash shall be distributed in lieu
of such fractional amounts.


 


4. Undeliverable
and Unclaimed Distributions.


 


If
any distribution to a Holder of an Allowed Claim is returned to the Disbursing Agent as undeliverable, no distribution shall be
made to such Holder unless and until the Disbursing Agent is notified in writing of such Holder’s then-current address or
other necessary information for delivery, at which time all currently due missed distributions shall be made to such Holder on
the next Distribution Date without interest. Undeliverable distributions shall remain in the possession of the Reorganized Debtors
until such time as a distribution becomes deliverable, or such distribution reverts to the Reorganized Debtors or is cancelled
pursuant to this Article VI.D.4, and shall not be supplemented with any interest, dividends, or other accruals of any kind.


 


Any
distribution under the Plan that is an Unclaimed Distribution or remains undeliverable for a period of six months after distribution
shall be deemed unclaimed property under section 347(b) of the Bankruptcy Code and such Unclaimed Distribution or undeliverable
distribution shall revest in the applicable Reorganized Debtor automatically (and without need for a further order by the Bankruptcy
Court, notwithstanding any applicable federal, provincial, or estate escheat, abandoned, or unclaimed property laws to the contrary)
and, to the extent such Unclaimed Distribution is comprised of New Common Stock or New Preferred Stock, such New Common Stock
or New Preferred Stock shall be cancelled. Upon such revesting, the Claim of the Holder or its successors with respect to such
property shall be cancelled, discharged, and forever barred notwithstanding any applicable federal or state escheat, abandoned,
or unclaimed property laws, or any provisions in any document governing the distribution that is an Unclaimed Distribution, to
the contrary. [The Disbursing Agent shall adjust the distributions of New Common Stock to reflect any such cancellation.]


 


5. Surrender
of Cancelled Instruments or Securities.


 


On
the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, each holder of a certificate or instrument evidencing a Claim
or an Interest that has been cancelled in accordance with Article IV.H hereof shall be deemed to have surrendered such
certificate or instrument to the Disbursing Agent. Such surrendered certificate or instrument shall be cancelled solely with respect
to the Debtors, and such cancellation shall not alter the obligations or rights of any non-Debtor third parties vis-à-vis
one another with respect to such certificate or instrument, including with respect to any indenture or agreement that governs
the rights of the Holder of a Claim or Interest, which shall continue in effect for purposes of allowing Holders to receive distributions
under the Plan, charging liens, priority of payment, and indemnification rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
this paragraph shall not apply to certificates or instruments evidencing Claims that are Unimpaired under the Plan.


 






    43


     


    




 


E.
Manner of Payment.


 


1. Except
as otherwise provided in the Plan or any agreement, instrument, or other document incorporated in the Plan or the Plan Supplement,
all distributions of the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock to the Holders of the applicable Allowed Claims or Interests
under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on behalf of the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors, as applicable.


 


2. All
distributions of Cash to the Holders of the applicable Allowed Claims under the Plan shall be made by the Disbursing Agent on
behalf of the applicable Debtor or Reorganized Debtor.


 


3. At
the option of the Disbursing Agent, any Cash payment to be made hereunder may be made by check or wire transfer or as otherwise
required or provided in applicable agreements.


 


F.
Indefeasible Distributions.


 


Any
and all distributions made under the Plan shall be indefeasible and not subject to clawback or turnover provisions.


 


G.
Section 1145 Exemption.


 


Pursuant
to section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, the offer, issuance and distribution of the New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock,
as contemplated by Article III.B hereof, shall be exempt from, among other things, the registration requirements of section 5
of the Securities Act and any other applicable Law requiring registration prior to the offering, issuance, distribution, or sale
of Securities, to the maximum extent possible.  Prior to the Petition Date, the offering of such New Common Stock and New
Preferred Stock shall be exempt from such registration requirements pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation
D promulgated thereunder. In addition, under section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code, such New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock
will be freely tradable in the U.S. by the recipients thereof, subject to the provisions of (i) section 1145 (b)(1) of the Bankruptcy
Code relating to the definition of an underwriter in section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act, (ii) compliance with applicable
securities laws and any rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, if any, applicable at the time of any
future transfer of such Securities or instruments, and (iii) any restrictions in the Reorganized Debtors’ New Organizational
Documents.


 


H.
Compliance with Tax Requirements.


 


In
connection with the Plan, to the extent applicable, the Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, Disbursing Agent, and any applicable withholding
agent shall comply with all tax withholding and reporting requirements imposed on them by any Governmental Unit, and all distributions
made pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to such withholding and reporting requirements. Notwithstanding any provision in the
Plan to the contrary, such parties shall be authorized to take all actions necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding
and reporting requirements, including liquidating a portion of the distribution to be made under the Plan to generate sufficient
funds to pay applicable withholding taxes, withholding distributions pending receipt of information necessary to facilitate such
distributions, or establishing any other mechanisms they believe are reasonable and appropriate. The Debtors and Reorganized Debtors
reserve the right to allocate all distributions made under the Plan in compliance with all applicable wage garnishments, alimony,
child support, and similar spousal awards, Liens, and encumbrances.


 






    44


     


    




 


I.
Allocations.


 


Distributions
in respect of Allowed Claims shall be allocated first to the principal amount of such Claims (as determined for federal income
tax purposes) and then, to the extent the consideration exceeds the principal amount of the Claims, to any portion of such Claims
for accrued but unpaid interest.


 


J.
No Postpetition Interest on Claims.


 


Unless
otherwise specifically provided for in the DIP Orders, the Plan, or the Confirmation Order, or required by applicable bankruptcy
and non-bankruptcy Law, postpetition interest shall not accrue or be paid on any prepetition Claims, and no Holder of a Claim
shall be entitled to interest accruing on or after the Petition Date on such Claim. Additionally, and without limiting the foregoing,
interest shall not accrue or be paid on any Disputed Claim with respect to the period from the Effective Date to the date a final
distribution is made on account of such Disputed Claim, if and when such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim.


 


K.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate.


 


Except
as otherwise provided in a Bankruptcy Court order, as of the Effective Date, any Claim asserted in currency other than U.S. dollars
shall be automatically deemed converted to the equivalent U.S. dollar value using the exchange rate for the applicable currency
as published in The Wall Street Journal, National Edition, on the Effective Date.


 


L.
Setoffs and Recoupment.


 


Except
as expressly provided in the Plan, each Reorganized Debtor may, pursuant to section 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, set off and/or
recoup against any Plan Distributions to be made on account of any Allowed Claim, any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action
that such Reorganized Debtor may hold against the Holder of such Allowed Claim to the extent such setoff or recoupment is either
(1) agreed in amount among the relevant Reorganized Debtor(s) and the Holder of the Allowed Claim or (2) otherwise adjudicated
by the Bankruptcy Court or another court of competent jurisdiction; provided, that neither the failure to effectuate a
setoff or recoupment nor the allowance of any Claim hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release by a Reorganized Debtor or
its successor of any and all claims, rights, and Causes of Action that such Reorganized Debtor or its successor may possess against
the applicable Holder. In no event shall any Holder of a Claim be entitled to recoup such Claim against any claim, right, or Cause
of Action of the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, unless such Holder actually has performed such recoupment
and provided notice thereof in writing to the Debtors in accordance with Article XIII.F hereof on or before the Effective
Date, notwithstanding any indication in any Proof of Claim or otherwise that such Holder asserts, has, or intends to preserve
any right of recoupment.


 


M.
Claims Paid or Payable by Third Parties.


 


1. Claims
Paid by Third Parties.


 


The
Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall reduce in full a Claim, and such Claim shall be disallowed without a
Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, to
the extent that the Holder of such Claim receives payment in full on account of such Claim from a party that is not a Debtor or
a Reorganized Debtor. Subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, to the extent a Holder of a Claim receives a distribution
on account of such Claim and receives payment from a party that is not a Debtor or a Reorganized Debtor on account of such Claim,
such Holder shall, within fourteen calendar days of receipt thereof, repay or return the distribution to the applicable Reorganized
Debtor, to the extent the Holder’s total recovery on account of such Claim from the third party and under the Plan exceeds
the amount of such Claim as of the date of any such distribution under the Plan. The failure of such Holder to timely repay or
return such distribution shall result in the Holder owing the applicable Reorganized Debtor annualized interest at the Federal
Judgment Rate on such amount owed for each Business Day after the fourteen-day grace period specified above until the amount is
repaid.


 






    45


     


    




 


2. Claims
Payable by Third Parties.


 


No
distributions under the Plan shall be made on account of an Allowed Claim that is payable pursuant to one of the Debtors’
insurance policies until the Holder of such Allowed Claim has exhausted all remedies with respect to such insurance policy. To
the extent that one or more of the Debtors’ insurers agrees to satisfy in full or in part a Claim (if and to the extent
adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction), then immediately upon such insurers’ agreement, the applicable portion
of such Claim may be expunged without a Claims objection having to be Filed and without any further notice to or action, order,
or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.


 


3. Applicability
of Insurance Policies.


 


Except
as otherwise provided in the Plan, distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims shall be in accordance with the provisions of any
applicable insurance policy. Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any Cause of Action that
the Debtors or any Entity may hold against any other Entity, including insurers under any policies of insurance, nor shall anything
contained herein constitute or be deemed a waiver by such insurers of any defenses, including coverage defenses, held by such
insurers.


 


Article
VII.

PROCEDURES FOR RESOLVING CONTINGENT,

UNLIQUIDATED, AND DISPUTED CLAIMS


 


A.
Allowance of Claims.


 


After
the Effective Date, each of the Reorganized Debtors shall have and retain any and all rights and defenses the applicable Debtor
had with respect to any Claim or Interest immediately before the Effective Date. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or in
any order entered in the Chapter 11 Cases before the Effective Date (including the Confirmation Order), no Claim or Interest shall
become an Allowed Claim or Interest unless and until such Claim or Interest, as applicable, is deemed Allowed under the Plan or
the Bankruptcy Code, or the Bankruptcy Court has entered a Final Order, including the Confirmation Order (when it becomes a Final
Order), in the Chapter 11 Cases allowing such Claim.


 


B.
Claims Administration Responsibilities.


 


Except
as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and notwithstanding any requirements that may be imposed pursuant to Bankruptcy
Rule 9019, after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall have the sole authority to: (1) File and prosecute objections
to Claims; (2) settle, compromise, withdraw, litigate to judgment, or otherwise resolve objections to any and all Claims,
regardless of whether such Claims are in a Class or otherwise; (3) settle, compromise, or resolve any Disputed Claim without any
further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court; and (4) administer and adjust the Claims Register to
reflect any such settlements or compromises without any further notice to or action, order, or approval by the Bankruptcy Court.
After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall resolve Disputed Claims in accordance with their fiduciary duties and
pursuant to the terms of the Plan.


 






    46


     


    




 


C.
Estimation of Claims.


 


Before,
on, or after the Effective Date, the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, may (but are not required to) at any time
request that the Bankruptcy Court estimate any Claim pursuant to applicable law, including pursuant to section 502(c) of the Bankruptcy
Code and/or Bankruptcy Rule 3012 for any reason, regardless of whether any party previously has objected to such Claim or whether
the Bankruptcy Court has ruled on any such objection, and the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction to estimate any such
Claim, including during the litigation of any objection to any Claim or during the pendency of any appeal relating to such objection.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, a Claim that has been expunged from the Claims Register, but that either
is subject to appeal or has not been the subject of a Final Order, shall be deemed to be estimated at zero dollars, unless otherwise
ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. In the event that the Bankruptcy Court estimates any Claim and does not provide otherwise, such
estimated amount shall constitute a maximum limitation on such Claim for all purposes under the Plan (including for purposes of
distributions and discharge) and may be used as evidence in any supplemental proceedings, and the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors
may elect to pursue any supplemental proceedings to object to any ultimate distribution on such Claim. Notwithstanding section
502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, in no event shall any Holder of a Claim that has been estimated pursuant to section 502(c) of the
Bankruptcy Code or otherwise be entitled to seek reconsideration of such estimation unless such Holder has Filed a motion requesting
the right to seek such reconsideration on or before seven (7) days after the date on which such Claim is estimated. Each of the
foregoing Claims and objection, estimation, and resolution procedures are cumulative and not exclusive of one another. Claims
may be estimated and subsequently compromised, settled, withdrawn, or resolved by any mechanism approved by the Bankruptcy Court.


 


D.
Disputed Claims Reserve.


 


On
or before the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall establish one or more reserves of New Common Stock for those General
Unsecured Claims that are Disputed Claims as of the Distribution Record Date (for the avoidance of doubt, deducting such amounts
from the Existing Interests Equity Pool), which reserves shall be administered by the Disbursing Agent. After the Effective Date,
the Disbursing Agent shall hold such New Common Stock in such reserve(s) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of General Unsecured
Claims that are Disputed Claims as of the Distribution Record Date, that are ultimately determined to be Allowed after the Distribution
Record Date. The Disbursing Agent shall distribute such amounts (net of any expenses, including any taxes relating thereto), as
provided herein, as such Claims are resolved by a Final Order or agreed to by settlement, and such amounts will be distributable
on account of such Claims as such amounts would have been distributable had such Claims been Allowed Claims as of the Effective
Date under Article III of the Plan solely to the extent of the amounts available in the applicable reserve(s).


 


Upon
a Disputed Claim becoming disallowed by a Final Order, the applicable amount of New Common Stock that was in the disputed claims
reserve on account of such Disputed Claim shall be canceled by the Reorganized Debtors. [The Disbursing Agent shall adjust the
distributions of New Common Stock to reflect any such cancellation].


 


Any
assets held in a disputed claims reserve shall be subject to the tax rules that apply to “disputed ownership funds”
under 26 C.F.R. 1.468B–9. As such, such assets will be subject to entity-level taxation, and the Reorganized Debtors shall
be required to comply with the relevant rules.


 


E.
Adjustment to Claims or Interests without Objection.


 


Any
duplicate Claim or Interest or any Claim or Interest that has been paid, satisfied, amended, or superseded may be adjusted or
expunged on the Claims Register by the Reorganized Debtors without the Reorganized Debtors having to File an application, motion,
complaint, objection, or any other legal proceeding seeking to object to such Claim or Interest and without any further notice
to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court.


 






    47


     


    




 


F.
Time to File Objections to Claims.


 


Any
objections to Claims or Interests shall be Filed on or before the later of (i) 180 days after the Effective Date and (ii) such
other period of limitation as may be specifically fixed by the Bankruptcy Court upon a motion by the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors.


 


G.
Disallowance of Claims or Interests.


 


Except
as otherwise expressly set forth herein, all Claims and Interests of any Entity from which property is sought by the Debtors under
sections 542, 543, 550, or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code or that the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors allege is a transferee of
a transfer that is avoidable under sections 522(f), 522(h), 544, 545, 547, 548, 549, or 724(a) of the Bankruptcy Code shall be
disallowed if: (a) the Entity, on the one hand, and the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, on the other hand,
agree or the Bankruptcy Court has determined by Final Order that such Entity or transferee is liable to turn over any property
or monies under any of the aforementioned sections of the Bankruptcy Code; and (b) such Entity or transferee has failed to turn
over such property by the date set forth in such agreement or Final Order.


 


Except
as otherwise provided herein or as agreed to by the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, any and all Proofs of Claim Filed after
the Claims Bar Date shall be deemed disallowed and expunged as of the Effective Date without any further notice to or action,
order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court, and Holders of such Claims may not receive any distributions on account of such Claims,
unless such late Proof of Claim has been deemed timely Filed by a Final Order.


 


H.
Amendments to Claims.


 


On
or after the Effective Date, a Claim may not be Filed or amended without the prior authorization of the Bankruptcy Court or the
Reorganized Debtors, and any such new or amended Claim Filed shall be deemed disallowed in full and expunged without any further
notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy Court to the maximum extent provided by applicable law.


 


I.
No Distributions Pending Allowance.


 


Notwithstanding
any other provision of the Plan, if any portion of a Claim or Interest is a Disputed Claim or Interest, as applicable, no payment
or distribution provided hereunder shall be made on account of such Claim or Interest unless and until such Disputed Claim or
Interest becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest; provided, that if only the Allowed amount of an otherwise valid Claim or
Interest is Disputed, such Claim or Interest shall be deemed Allowed in the amount not Disputed and payment or distribution shall
be made on account of such undisputed amount.


 


J.
Distributions After Allowance.


 


To
the extent that a Disputed Claim or Interest ultimately becomes an Allowed Claim or Interest, distributions (if any) shall be
made to the Holder of such Allowed Claim or Interest in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. As soon as reasonably practicable
after the date that the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court allowing any Disputed Claim or Interest becomes a Final Order,
the Disbursing Agent shall provide to the Holder of such Claim or Interest the distribution (if any) to which such Holder is entitled
under the Plan as of the Effective Date, without any interest to be paid on account of such Claim or Interest.


 


K.
Single Satisfaction of Claims.


 


Holders
of Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests may assert such Claims against the Debtors obligated with respect to such Claims, and such
Claims shall be entitled to share in the recovery provided for the applicable Claim or Interest against the Debtors based upon
the full Allowed amount of such Claims or Interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no case shall the aggregate value of all
property received or retained under the Plan on account of any Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest exceed 100 percent of the underlying
Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest.


 






    48


     


    




 


Article
VIII.

SETTLEMENT, RELEASE, INJUNCTION, AND RELATED PROVISIONS


 


A.
Discharge of Claims and Termination of Interests.


 


Pursuant
to section 1141(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Definitive Documents, the Plan,
or in any contract, instrument, or other agreement or document created or entered into pursuant to the Plan, the distributions,
rights, and treatment that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction, discharge, and release, effective as of
the Effective Date, of Claims (including any Intercompany Claims resolved or compromised after the Effective Date by the Reorganized
Debtors), Interests, and Causes of Action of any nature whatsoever, including any interest accrued on Claims or Interests from
and after the Petition Date, whether known or unknown, against, liabilities of, Liens on, obligations of, rights against, and
interests in, the Debtors or any of their assets or properties, regardless of whether any property shall have been distributed
or retained pursuant to the Plan on account of such Claims and Interests, including demands, liabilities, and Causes of Action
that arose before the Effective Date, any liability (including withdrawal liability) to the extent such Claims or Interests relate
to services performed by employees of the Debtors prior to the Effective Date and that arise from a termination of employment,
any contingent or non-contingent liability on account of representations or warranties issued on or before the Effective Date,
and all debts of the kind specified in sections 502(g), 502(h), or 502(i) of the Bankruptcy Code, in each case whether or not:
(1) a Proof of Claim based upon such debt or right is Filed or deemed Filed pursuant to section 501 of the Bankruptcy Code; (2)
a Claim or Interest based upon such debt, right, or interest is Allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code; or (3)
the Holder of such a Claim or Interest has accepted the Plan. Any default by the Debtors or their Affiliates with respect to any
Claim or Interest that existed immediately prior to or on account of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases shall be deemed cured
on the Effective Date. The Confirmation Order shall be a judicial determination of the discharge of all Claims (other than the
Reinstated Claims) and Interests (other than the Intercompany Interests that are Reinstated) subject to the occurrence of the
Effective Date.


 


B.
Release of Liens.


 


Except
as otherwise provided in the Exit Facility Documentation, the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or in any contract, instrument, release,
or other agreement or document created pursuant to the Plan, on the Effective Date and concurrently with the applicable distributions
made pursuant to the Plan and, in the case of a Secured Claim, satisfaction in full of the portion of the Secured Claim that
is Allowed as of the Effective Date, except for Other Secured Claims that the Debtors elect to Reinstate in accordance with the
Plan, all mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens, pledges, or other security interests against any property of the Estates shall be
fully released and discharged, and all of the right, title, and interest of any Holder of such mortgages, deeds of trust, Liens,
pledges, or other security interests shall revert to the Reorganized Debtors and their successors and assigns, in each case, without
any further approval or order of the Bankruptcy Court and without any action or Filing being required to be made by the Debtors
or Reorganized Debtors, or any other Holder of a Secured Claim. Any Holder of such Secured Claim (and the applicable agents for
such Holder) shall be authorized and directed, at the sole cost and expense of the Reorganized Debtors, to release any collateral
or other property of any Debtor (including any cash collateral and possessory collateral) held by such Holder (and the applicable
agents for such Holder), and to take such actions as may be reasonably requested by the Reorganized Debtors to evidence the release
of such Liens and/or security interests, including the execution, delivery, and filing or recording of such releases. The presentation
or filing of the Confirmation Order to or with any federal, state, provincial, or local agency, records office, or department
shall constitute good and sufficient evidence of, but shall not be required to effect, the termination of such mortgages, deeds
of trust, Liens, pledges, and other security interests.


 






    49


     


    




 


To
the extent that any Holder of a Secured Claim that has been satisfied or discharged in full pursuant to the Plan, or any agent
for such Holder, has filed or recorded publicly any Liens and/or security interests to secure such Holder’s Secured Claim,
then as soon as practicable on or after the Effective Date, such Holder (or the agent for such Holder) shall take any and all
steps requested by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Exit Facility Agents that are necessary or desirable to record
or effectuate the cancellation and/or extinguishment of such Liens and/or security interests, including the making of any applicable
filings or recordings, and the Reorganized Debtors shall be entitled to make any such filings or recordings on such Holder’s
behalf.


 


C.
Releases by the Debtors.


 


Notwithstanding
anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, pursuant to section 1123(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, for good and valuable consideration,
on and after the Effective Date, each Released Party is deemed released and discharged by the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors,
and their Estates from any and all claims and Causes of Action, whether known or unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted
by or on behalf of the Debtors, that the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates (as applicable) would have been legally
entitled to assert in their own right (whether individually or collectively) or on behalf of the Holder of any Claim against or
Interest in a Debtor or other Entity, or that any Holder of any Claim against or Interest in a Debtor or other Entity could have
asserted on behalf of the Debtors, based on or relating to or in any manner arising from in whole or in part, the Debtors (including
the management, ownership, or operation thereof), any Securities issued by the Debtors and the ownership thereof, the Debtors’
in or out of court restructuring efforts, any Avoidance Actions (but excluding Avoidance Actions brought as counterclaims or defenses
to Claims asserted against the Debtors), the RBL Facility, any intercompany transactions, the Chapter 11 Cases and any related
adversary proceedings, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation, entry into, or filing of the Restructuring
Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Exit Facility, or any Restructuring
Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including any legal opinion requested by any Entity
regarding any transaction, contract instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released
Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring
Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility, the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment
Agreement, the Plan, or the Plan Supplement, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation,
the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan,
or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other related act or omission, transaction,
agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date. 


 


Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release: (i) any post-Effective Date obligations
of any party or Entity under the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any Restructuring Transaction, any Definitive Document, or any
other document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan or
the Restructuring Transactions; or (ii) the rights of any Holder of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan.



 






    50


     


    




 


Entry
of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the Debtor
release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and further, shall
constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the Debtor release is: (a) in exchange for the good and valuable consideration
provided by the Released Parties; (b) a good faith settlement and compromise of the claims or Causes of Action released by
the Debtor release; (c) in the best interests of the Debtors, the Estates, and all Holders of Claims and Interests; (d) fair,
equitable and reasonable; (e) given and made after reasonable investigation by the Debtors and after notice and opportunity
for hearing; and (f) a bar to any of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or the Estates asserting any claim or Cause of
Action released by the Debtor release against any of the Released Parties.


 


D.
Releases by the Releasing Parties.


 


Notwithstanding
anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, as of the Effective Date, each Releasing Party is deemed to have released and
discharged each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, and Released Party from any and all claims and Causes of Action, whether known or
unknown, including any derivative claims, asserted on behalf of the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, or their Estates (as applicable)
that such Entity would have been legally entitled to assert (whether individually or collectively), based on or relating to or
in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, the Debtors (including the management, ownership, or operation thereof), any
Securities issued by the Debtors and the ownership thereof, the Debtors’ in or out of court restructuring efforts, any Avoidance
Actions (but excluding Avoidance Actions brought as counterclaims or defenses to Claims asserted against the Debtors), the RBL
Facility, any intercompany transactions, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination, solicitation, negotiation,
entry into, or filing of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Plan, the Plan Supplement,
the Exit Facility, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release, or other agreement or document (including
any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement contemplated
by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion) created
or entered into in connection with the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Disclosure Statement, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility,
the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Plan, the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation,
the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including the issuance or distribution of Securities
pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related agreement, or upon any other related
act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before the Effective Date.


 


Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the releases set forth above do not release: (i) any post-Effective Date obligations
of any party or Entity under the Plan, the Confirmation Order, any Restructuring Transaction, any Definitive Document, or any
other document, instrument, or agreement (including those set forth in the Plan Supplement) executed to implement the Plan or
the Restructuring Transactions, including the Exit RBL/Term Loan A Facility Documentation and the Exit Term Loan B Facility Documentation;
(ii) the rights of any Holder of Allowed Claims to receive distributions under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing
in this Plan shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a release, waiver, discharge, or other limitation or modification of any
of the RBL/DIP Preserved Rights.


 






    51


     


    




 


Entry
of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, of the third-party
release, which includes by reference each of the related provisions and definitions contained in the Plan, and, further, shall
constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s finding that the third-party release is: (a) consensual; (b) essential to the Confirmation;
(c) given in exchange for the good and valuable consideration provided by the Released Parties, including, without limitation,
the Released Parties’ contributions to facilitating the restructuring and implementing the Plan; (d) a good faith settlement
and compromise of the claims or Causes of Action released by the third-party release; (e) in the best interests of the Debtors
and their Estates; (f) fair, equitable, and reasonable; (g) given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (h) a
bar to any of the Releasing Parties asserting any claim or Cause of Action released pursuant to the third-party release. 


 


E.
Exculpation.


 


Except
as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order, no Exculpated Party shall have or incur liability for,
and each Exculpated Party shall be released and exculpated from any claims and Cause of Action for any claim related to any act
or omission in connection with, relating to, or arising out of, the Chapter 11 Cases, the formulation, preparation, dissemination,
negotiation, filing, or termination of the Restructuring Support Agreement and related prepetition transactions (including the
RBL Credit Agreement, the Notes Indentures or the Notes), the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the DIP Facility, the Exit Facility
Documentation, the Plan Supplement, or any Restructuring Transaction, contract, instrument, release or other agreement or document
(including any legal opinion requested by any Entity regarding any transaction, contract, instrument, document, or other agreement
contemplated by the Plan or the reliance by any Released Party on the Plan or the Confirmation Order in lieu of such legal opinion)
created or entered into in connection with the Disclosure Statement, the Restructuring Support Agreement, the DIP Facility, the
Exit Facility, the Rights Offering, the Backstop Commitment Agreement, the Plan, or the Plan Supplement, the filing of the Chapter
11 Cases, the pursuit of Confirmation, the pursuit of Consummation, the administration and implementation of the Plan, including
the issuance or distribution of Securities pursuant to the Plan, or the distribution of property under the Plan or any other related
agreement, or upon any other related act or omission, transaction, agreement, event, or other occurrence taking place on or before
the Effective Date, except for claims related to any act or omission that is determined in a Final Order by a court of competent
jurisdiction to have constituted actual fraud, willful misconduct, or gross negligence, but in all respects such Entities shall
be entitled to reasonably rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities pursuant to the Plan.



 


The
Exculpated Parties have, and upon Confirmation shall be deemed to have, participated in good faith and in compliance with the
applicable laws with regard to the solicitation of votes and distribution of consideration pursuant to the Plan and, therefore,
are not, and on account of such distributions shall not be, liable at any time for the violation of any applicable law, rule,
or regulation governing the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan or such distributions made pursuant to the Plan.


 






    52


     


    




 


F.
Injunction.


 


Except
as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or the Confirmation Order or for obligations or distributions issued or required to
be paid pursuant to the Plan or the Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold, or may hold the Released Claims are
permanently enjoined from and after the Effective Date, from taking any of the following actions against, as applicable, the Debtors,
the Reorganized Debtors, the Exculpated Parties, or the Released Parties: (1) commencing or continuing in any manner any action,
suit, or other proceeding of any kind on account of or in connection with or with respect to any Released Claims; (2) enforcing,
attaching, collecting, or recovering by any manner or means any judgment, award, decree, or order against such Entities on account
of or in connection with or with respect to any Released Claims; (3) creating, perfecting, or enforcing any lien or encumbrance
of any kind against such Entities or the Estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any Released
Claims; (4) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due from such Entities
or against the property or the Estates of such Entities on account of or in connection with or with respect to any Released Claims
unless such Entity has Filed a motion requesting the right to perform such setoff on or before the Effective Date, and notwithstanding
an indication of a Claim or Interest or otherwise that such Entity asserts, has, or intends to preserve any right of setoff pursuant
to applicable Law or otherwise; and (5) commencing or continuing in any manner any action or other proceeding of any kind on account
of or in connection with or with respect to any Released Claims released or settled pursuant to the Plan.


 


Upon
entry of the Confirmation Order, all Holders of Claims and Interests and their respective current and former employees, agents,
officers, directors, managers, principals, and direct and indirect Affiliates, in their capacities as such, shall be enjoined
from taking any actions to interfere with the implementation or Consummation of the Plan. Each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed
Interest, as applicable, by accepting, or being eligible to accept, distributions under or Reinstatement of such Claim or Interest,
as applicable, pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed to have consented to the injunction provisions set forth in this Article
VIII.F hereof.


 


G.
Protections Against Discriminatory Treatment.


 


Consistent
with section 525 of the Bankruptcy Code and the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution, all Entities, including Governmental
Units, shall not discriminate against the Reorganized Debtors or deny, revoke, suspend, or refuse to renew a license, permit,
charter, franchise, or other similar grant to, condition such a grant to, discriminate with respect to such a grant against, the
Reorganized Debtors, or another Entity with whom the Reorganized Debtors have been associated, solely because each Debtor has
been a debtor under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, has been insolvent before the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases (or
during the Chapter 11 Cases but before the Debtors are granted or denied a discharge), or has not paid a debt that is dischargeable
in the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


H.
Document Retention.


 


On
and after the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors may maintain documents in accordance with their standard document retention
policy, as may be altered, amended, modified, or supplemented by the Reorganized Debtors.


 


I.
Reimbursement or Contribution.


 


If
the Bankruptcy Court disallows a Claim for reimbursement or contribution of an Entity pursuant to section 502(e)(1)(B) of
the Bankruptcy Code, then to the extent that such Claim is contingent as of the time of allowance or disallowance, such Claim
shall be forever disallowed and expunged notwithstanding section 502(j) of the Bankruptcy Code, unless prior to the Confirmation
Date: (1) such Claim has been adjudicated as non-contingent or (2) the relevant Holder of a Claim has Filed a non-contingent
Proof of Claim on account of such Claim and a Final Order has been entered prior to the Confirmation Date determining such Claim
as no longer contingent.


 






    53


     


    




 


Article
IX.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CONSUMMATION OF THIS PLAN


 


A.
Conditions Precedent to the Effective Date.


 


It
shall be a condition to the Effective Date that the following conditions shall have been satisfied or waived pursuant to the provisions
of Article IX.B hereof:


 


1. the
Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order, which shall:


 


		(a)	be
                                         in form and substance consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement and acceptable
                                         to the Required Consenting Stakeholders;



 


		(b)	authorize
                                         the Debtors to take all actions necessary to enter into, implement, and consummate the
                                         contracts, instruments, releases, leases, indentures, and other agreements or documents
                                         created in connection with the Plan;



 


		(c)	decree
                                         that the provisions of the Confirmation Order and the Plan are nonseverable and mutually
                                         dependent;



 


		(d)	authorize
                                         the Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable or necessary, to, among other things:
                                         (i) implement the Restructuring Transactions; (ii) issue and distribute the
                                         New Common Stock and New Preferred Stock pursuant to the exemption from registration
                                         under the Securities Act provided by section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code or other exemption
                                         from such registration or pursuant to one or more registration statements; (iii) make
                                         all distributions and issuances as required under the Plan; including Cash, the New Common
                                         Stock, and the New Preferred Stock; and (iv) enter into any agreements and transactions
                                         as necessary to effectuate the Restructuring Transactions;



 


		(e)	authorize
                                         the implementation of the Plan in accordance with its terms;



 


		(f)	provide
                                         that, pursuant to section 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code, the issuance or exchange of any
                                         Security, assignment or surrender of any lease or sublease, and the delivery of any deed
                                         or other instrument or transfer order, in furtherance of, or in connection with the Plan
                                         shall not be subject to any stamp, real estate transfer, mortgage recording, or other
                                         similar tax; and



 


		(g)	be
                                         a Final Order;



 


2. the
Debtors shall have obtained all authorizations, consents, regulatory approvals, rulings, or documents that are necessary to implement
and effectuate the Plan;


 


3. the
Definitive Documents shall contain terms and conditions consistent in all material respects with the Plan and the Restructuring
Support Agreement and shall otherwise be subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights;


 


4. the
Exit Facility Documentation shall have been duly executed and delivered by all of the Entities that are parties thereto and all
conditions precedent (other than any conditions related to the occurrence of the Effective Date) to the effectiveness of the Exit
Facility shall have been satisfied or duly waived in writing in accordance with the terms of each of the Exit Facility and the
closing of each of the Exit Facility shall have occurred;


 






    54


     


    




 


5. the
Backstop Commitment Agreement shall have been approved pursuant to the Confirmation Order and shall remain in full force and effect,
all conditions shall have been satisfied thereunder, and there shall be no breach that would give rise to a right to terminate
the Backstop Commitment Agreement for which notice has been given in accordance with the terms thereof (including by the requisite
parties thereunder), or such notice could have been given to the extent such notice is not permitted due to the commencement of
the Chapter 11 Cases and the related automatic stay;


 


6. the
final version of the Plan Supplement and all of the schedules, documents, and exhibits contained therein (and any amendment thereto)
shall have been Filed in a manner consistent in all respects with the Restructuring Support Agreement and shall otherwise be subject
to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights;


 


7. the
Debtors shall have renegotiated and/or rejected their Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases in a manner acceptable to the Required
Consenting Stakeholders;


 


8. the
Restructuring Support Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, all conditions shall have been satisfied thereunder, and
there shall be no breach that, after the expiration of any applicable notice or any cure period, would give rise to a right to
terminate the Restructuring Support Agreement;


 


9. the
Debtors and Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, shall have implemented the Restructuring Transactions in a manner consistent with
the Restructuring Support Agreement (and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent Rights), the Plan, and the Plan Supplement;


 


10. all
Professional fees and expenses of retained Professionals that require the Bankruptcy Court’s approval shall have been paid
in full or amounts sufficient to pay such fees and expenses after the Effective Date shall have been placed in a Professional
Escrow Account pending the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of such fees and expenses; and


 


11. all
Transaction Expenses shall be paid as set forth in Article II.F.


 


B.
Waiver of Conditions.


 


Except
as otherwise specified in the Plan or the Restructuring Support Agreement, any one or more of the conditions to Consummation set
forth in this Article IX may be waived only if waived in writing by the Debtors and the Required Consenting Stakeholders
without notice, leave, or order of the Bankruptcy Court or any formal action other than proceedings to confirm or consummate the
Plan.


 


C.
Effect of Failure of Conditions.


 


If
Consummation does not occur, the Plan shall be null and void in all respects and nothing contained in the Plan, the Disclosure
Statement, Restructuring Support Agreement, or Backstop Commitment Agreement shall: (1) constitute a waiver or release of
any Claims by the Debtors, Claims, or Interests; (2) prejudice in any manner the rights of the Debtors, any Holders of Claims
or Interests, or any other Entity; or (3) constitute an admission, acknowledgment, offer, or undertaking by the Debtors,
any Holders of Claims or Interests, or any other Entity, provided that all provisions of the Restructuring Support Agreement
or the Backstop Commitment Agreement that survive termination thereof shall remain in effect in accordance with the terms thereof.


 


D.
Substantial Consummation


 


“Substantial
Consummation” of the Plan, as defined in 11 U.S.C. § 1101(2), shall be deemed to occur on the Effective Date.


 






    55


     


    




 


Article
X.

EFFECT OF CONFIRMATION OF THE PLAN


 


Upon
entry of the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Court shall be deemed to have made and issued on the Confirmation Date the following
findings of fact and conclusions of law as though made after due deliberation and upon the record at the Confirmation Hearing.
Upon entry of the Confirmation Order, any and all findings of fact in the Plan shall constitute findings of fact even if they
are stated as conclusions of law, and any and all conclusions of law in the Plan shall constitute conclusions of law even if they
are stated as findings of fact.


 


A.
Jurisdiction and Venue.


 


On
the Petition Date, the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases by filing voluntary petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. The Debtors were and are qualified to be debtors under section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code. Venue in the Southern
District of Texas was proper as of the Petition Date and continues to be proper. Confirmation of the Plan is a core proceeding
under 28 U.S.C. § 157(b)(2). The Bankruptcy Court has subject matter jurisdiction over this matter pursuant to 28 U.S.C.
§ 1334 and the Bankruptcy Court has exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether the Plan complies with the applicable provisions
of the Bankruptcy Code and should be confirmed.


 


B.
Order Approving the Disclosure Statement


 


On
[●] 2020, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Disclosure Statement Order, which, among other things, (a) approved the Disclosure
Statement as containing adequate information within the meaning of section 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 3017
and (b) approved certain procedures and documents for soliciting and tabulating votes with respect to the Plan.


 


C.
Voting Report.


 


Prior
to the Confirmation Hearing, the Solicitation Agent filed the Voting Report. All procedures used to distribute solicitation materials
to the applicable Holders of Claims and Interests and to tabulate the ballots were fair and conducted in accordance with the Disclosure
Statement Order, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, and all other applicable rules, Laws, and regulations. Pursuant to
sections 1124 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, at least one Impaired Class entitled to vote on the Plan has voted to accept the
Plan.


 


D.
Judicial Notice.


 


The
Bankruptcy Court takes judicial notice of the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases maintained by the clerk of the Bankruptcy Court and/or
its duly appointed agent, including all pleadings and other documents Filed, all orders entered, and all evidence and arguments
made, proffered, or adduced at the hearings held before the Bankruptcy Court during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases (including
the Confirmation Hearing). Resolutions of any objections to Confirmation explained on the record at the Confirmation Hearing are
hereby incorporated by reference. All entries on the docket of the Chapter 11 Cases shall constitute the record before the Bankruptcy
Court for purposes of the Confirmation Hearing.


 






    56


     


    




 


E.
Transmittal and Mailing of Materials; Notice.


 


Due,
adequate, and sufficient notice of the Disclosure Statement, the Plan, the Plan Supplement, the Confirmation Hearing, and the
release and exculpation provisions set forth in Article VIII of the Plan, along with all deadlines for voting on or objecting
to the Plan, in compliance with Bankruptcy Rules 2002(b), 3017, 3019, and 3020(b) and the Disclosure Statement Order, has been
given to (1) all known Holders of Claims and Interests, (2) parties that requested notice in accordance with Bankruptcy
Rule 2002, (3) all parties to Unexpired Leases and Executory Contracts, and (4) all taxing authorities listed in the Claims Register.
Such transmittal and service were appropriate, adequate, and sufficient. Adequate and sufficient notice of the Confirmation Hearing
and other dates, deadlines, and hearings described in the Disclosure Statement Order was given in compliance with the Bankruptcy
Rules and such order, and no other or further notice is or shall be required.


 


F.
Solicitation.


 


Votes
for acceptance and rejection of the Plan were solicited in good faith and complied with sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy
Code, Bankruptcy Rules 3017, 3018, and 3019, the Disclosure Statement Order, all other applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy
Code and all other applicable rules, Laws, and regulations. The Debtors and the Released Parties solicited acceptance of
the Plan in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and they participated in good faith,
and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code in the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of New Common
Stock or New Preferred Stock and any debt securities that were offered or sold under the Plan and, pursuant to section 1125(e)
of the Bankruptcy Code, and no Released Party is or shall be liable on account of such solicitation for violation of any applicable
law, rule, or regulation governing solicitation of acceptance of a chapter 11 plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of
such debt securities.


 


G.
Burden of Proof.


 


The
Debtors, as proponents of the Plan, have satisfied their burden of proving the elements of sections 1129(a) and 1129(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code by a preponderance of the evidence, which is the applicable evidentiary standard. The Debtors have satisfied the
elements of section 1129(a) and 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code by clear and convincing evidence.


 


H.
Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a) Compliance.


 


The
Plan is dated and identifies the proponents thereof, thereby satisfying Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a).


 


I.
Compliance with the Requirements of Section 1129
of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


The
Plan complies with all requirements of section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code as follows:


 


		1.	Section
                                         1129(a)(1)–Compliance of the Plan with Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy
                                         Code.



 


The
Plan complies with all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code as required by section 1129(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code,
including sections 1121, 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


		a.	Standing.



 


Each
of the Debtors has standing to file a plan and the Debtors, therefore, have satisfied section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 






    57


     


    




 


		b.	Proper
                                         Classification.



 


Pursuant
to sections 1122(a) and 1123(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan designates Classes of Claims and Interests,
other than Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Claims, and Priority Tax Claims, which are not required to
be classified. As required by section 1122(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, each Class of Claims and Interests contains only Claims
or Interests that are substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests within such Class.


 


		c.	Specification
                                         of Unimpaired Classes.



 


Pursuant
to section 1123(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan specifies all Classes of Claims and Interests that
are not Impaired.


 


		d.	Specification
                                         of Treatment of Impaired Classes.



 


Pursuant
to section 1123(a)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan specifies the treatment of all Classes of Claims
and Interests that are Impaired.


 


		e.	No
                                         Discrimination.



 


Pursuant
to section 1123(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, Article III of the Plan provides the same treatment for each Claim or Interest
within a particular Class, as the case may be, unless the Holder of a particular Claim or Interest has agreed to less favorable
treatment with respect to such Claim or Interest, as applicable.


 


		f.	Plan
                                         Implementation.



 


Pursuant
to section 1123(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Plan provides adequate and proper means for the Plan’s implementation.
Immediately upon the Effective Date, sufficient Cash and other consideration provided under the Plan will be available to make
all payments required to be made on the Effective Date pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Moreover, Article IV and various
other provisions of the Plan specifically provide adequate means for the Plan’s implementation.


 


		g.	Voting
                                         Power of Equity Securities; Selection of Officer, Director, or Trustee under the Plan.



 


The
New Organizational Documents comply with sections 1123(a)(6) and 1123(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


		h.	Impairment/Unimpairment
                                         of Classes of Claims and Equity Interests.



 


Pursuant
to section 1123(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code, (i) Class 1 (Other Secured Claims) and Class 2 (Other Priority Claims) are
Unimpaired under the Plan, (ii) Class 3 (RBL Claims), Class 4A (General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Parent), Class
4B (General Unsecured Claims against Gulfport Subsidiaries), Class 7 (Existing Interests in Gulfport Parent), and Class 8 (Section
510(b) Claims) are Impaired under the Plan, and (iii) Class 5 (Intercompany Claims) and Class 6 (Intercompany Interests) are either
Unimpaired or Impaired under the Plan at the discretion of the Debtors.


 


		i.	Assumption
                                         and Rejection of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.



 


In
accordance with section 1123(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, pursuant to Article V of the Plan, on the Effective Date, each
Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease shall be deemed assumed except as provided in Article V.A. The assumption of Executory
Contracts and Unexpired Leases hereunder may include the assignment of certain of such contracts to Affiliates.


 






    58


     


    




 


The
Debtors have exercised reasonable business judgment in determining whether to reject, assume, or assume and assign each of their
Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases under the terms of the Plan. Each pre- or post-Confirmation rejection, assumption, or
assumption and assignment of an Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease pursuant to Article V of the Plan will be legal,
valid, and binding upon the applicable Debtor and all other parties to such Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease, as applicable,
all to the same extent as if such rejection, assumption, or assumption and assignment had been effectuated pursuant to an appropriate
order of the Court entered before the Confirmation Date under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each of the Executory Contracts
and Unexpired Leases to be rejected, assumed, or assumed and assigned is deemed to be an Executory Contract or an Unexpired Lease,
as applicable.


 


		j.	Settlement
                                         of Claims and Causes of Action.



 


All
of the settlements and compromises pursuant to and in connection with the Plan or incorporated by reference into the Plan comply
with the requirements of section 1123(b)(3) of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rule 9019.


 


Pursuant
to Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code and in consideration for the distributions and other benefits provided
under the Plan, any and all compromise and settlement provisions of the Plan constitute good-faith compromises, are in the best
interests of the Debtors, the Estates, and all Holders of Claims and Interests, and are fair, equitable, and reasonable.


 


Specifically,
the settlements and compromises pursuant to and in connection with the Plan are substantively fair based on the following factors,
as applicable: (a) the balance between the litigation’s possibility of success and the settlement’s future benefits;
(b) the likelihood of complex and protracted litigation and risk and difficulty of collecting on the judgment; (c) the proportion
of creditors and parties in interest that support the settlement; (d) the competency of counsel reviewing the settlement; (e)
the nature and breadth of releases to be obtained by officers and directors; and (f) the extent to which the settlement is
the product of arm’s-length bargaining.


 


		k.	Cure
                                         of Defaults.



 


Article
V.C of the Plan provides for the satisfaction of default claims associated with each Executory Contract and Unexpired Lease
to be assumed in accordance with section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. The Cure costs noticed to counterparties to Executory
Contracts and Unexpired Leases represent the amount, if any, the Debtors propose to pay in full and complete satisfaction of such
default claims. Any disputed Cure amounts will be determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in Article V.C
of the Plan, and applicable bankruptcy and nonbankruptcy law. As such, the Plan provides that the Debtors will cure, or provide
adequate assurance that the Debtors will promptly cure, defaults with Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases in compliance with
section 365(b)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code. Thus, the Plan complies with section 1123(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


		l.	Other
                                         Appropriate Provisions.



 


The
Plan’s other provisions are appropriate and consistent with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including
provisions for (i) distributions to Holders of Claims and Interests, (ii) objections to Claims, (iii) procedures for resolving
Disputed, contingent, and unliquidated Claims, (iv) Cure amounts, procedures governing Cure disputes, and (v) indemnification
obligations.


 






    59


     


    




 


		2.	Section
                                         1129(a)(2)–Compliance of Plan Proponents with Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy
                                         Code.



 


The
Debtors, as proponents of the Plan, have complied with all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code as required by section
1129(a)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code, including sections 1125 and 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules 3017, 3018, and
3019. In particular, the Debtors are proper debtors under section 109 of the Bankruptcy Code and proper proponents of the Plan
under section 1121(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Furthermore, the solicitation of acceptances or rejections of the Plan was
(i) pursuant to the Disclosure Statement Order, (ii) in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations governing
the adequacy of disclosure in connection with such solicitation, and (iii) solicited after disclosure to Holders of Claims or
Interests of adequate information as defined in section 1125(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly, the Debtors and their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents, affiliates, and Professionals have acted in “good faith” within the meaning
of section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


3. Section
1129(a)(3)–Proposal of Plan in Good Faith.


 


The
Debtors have proposed the Plan in good faith and not by any means forbidden by Law based on the totality of the circumstances
surrounding the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Plan itself, and the process leading to its formulation. The Chapter 11 Cases
were filed, and the Plan was proposed, with the legitimate purpose of allowing the Debtors to reorganize.


 


4. Section
1129(a)(4)–Bankruptcy Court Approval of Certain Payments as Reasonable.


 


Pursuant
to section 1129(a)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, the payments to be made for services or for costs in connection with the Chapter
11 Cases or the Plan are approved. The fees and expenses incurred by Professionals retained by the Debtors shall be payable according
to the orders approving such Professionals’ retentions, other applicable Bankruptcy Court orders, or as otherwise provided
in the Plan.


 


		5.	Section
                                         1129(a)(5)–Disclosure of Identity of Proposed Management, Compensation of Insiders,
                                         and Consistency of Management Proposals with the Interests of Creditors and Public Policy.



 


Pursuant
to section 1129(a)(5) of the Bankruptcy Code, information concerning the individuals proposed to serve on the New Board and as
management of Reorganized Gulfport Parent, and each such individual’s compensation upon Consummation of the Plan, has been
fully disclosed in the Plan Supplement to the extent available, and the appointment to, or continuance in, such office of such
person is consistent with the interests of Holders of Claims and Interests and with public policy.


 


6. Section
1129(a)(6)–Approval of Rate Changes.


 


Section
1129(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code is not applicable because the Plan does not provide for rate changes by any of the Debtors.


 


7. Section
1129(a)(7)–Best Interests of Creditors and Interest Holders.


 


The
liquidation analysis included in the Disclosure Statement, and the other evidence related thereto that was proffered or adduced
at or prior to, or in affidavits or declarations in connection with, the Confirmation Hearing, is reasonable. The methodology
used and assumptions made in such liquidation analysis, as supplemented by the evidence proffered or adduced at or prior to, or
in affidavits or declarations Filed in connection with, the Confirmation Hearing, are reasonable. With respect to each Impaired
Class, each Holder of an Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest in such Class has accepted the Plan or will receive under the Plan
on account of such Claim or Interest property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount such Holder
would receive if the Debtors were liquidated under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 






    60


     


    




 


		8.	Section
                                         1129(a)(8)–Conclusive Presumption of Acceptance by Unimpaired Classes; Acceptance
                                         of the Plan by Each Impaired Class.



 


Certain
Classes of Claims and Interests are Unimpaired and are deemed conclusively to have accepted the Plan pursuant to section 1126(f)
of the Bankruptcy Code. In addition, at least one Impaired Class that was entitled to vote has voted to accept the Plan. Because
the Plan provides that the certain Classes of Claims and Interests will be Impaired and because no distributions shall be made
to Holders in such Classes, such Holders are deemed conclusively to have rejected the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the
Bankruptcy Code and, therefore, are not entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.


 


		9.	Section
                                         1129(a)(9)–Treatment of Claims Entitled to Priority Pursuant to Section 507(a)
                                         of the Bankruptcy Code.



 


The
treatment of Administrative Claims, Professional Fee Claims, DIP Claims, and Priority Tax Claims under Article II
of the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(a)(9) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


10. Section
1129(a)(10)–Acceptance by at Least One Impaired Class.


 


At
least one Impaired Class has voted to accept the Plan. Accordingly, section 1129(a)(10) of the Bankruptcy Code is satisfied.


 


11. Section
1129(a)(11)–Feasibility of the Plan.


 


The
Plan satisfies section 1129(a)(11) of the Bankruptcy Code. Based upon the evidence proffered or adduced at, or prior to, or in
affidavits or declarations Filed in connection with, the Confirmation Hearing, the Plan is feasible and Confirmation of the Plan
is not likely to be followed by the liquidation, or the need for further financial reorganization, of the Debtors or any successor
to the Debtors under the Plan, except as such liquidation is proposed in the Plan. Furthermore, the Debtors will have adequate
assets to satisfy their respective obligations under the Plan.


 


12. Section
1129(a)(12)–Payment of Bankruptcy Fees.


 


Article
II.E of the Plan provides for the payment of all fees payable under section 1930(a) of the Judicial Code in accordance with section
1129(a)(12) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


13. Section
1129(a)(13)–Retiree Benefits.


 


The
Plan provides for the treatment of all retiree benefits in accordance with section 1129(a)(13) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


14. Section
1129(a)(14)–Domestic Support Obligations.


 


The
Debtors are not required by a judicial or administrative order, or by statute, to pay any domestic support obligations, and therefore,
section 1129(a)(14) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in these Chapter 11 Cases.


 


15. Section
1129(a)(15)–The Debtors Are Not Individuals.


 


The
Debtors are not individuals, and therefore, section 1129(a)(15) of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in these Chapter 11 Cases.


 






    61


     


    




 


16. Section
1129(a)(16)–No Applicable Nonbankruptcy Law Regarding Transfers.


 


Each
of the Debtors that is a corporation is a moneyed, business, or commercial corporation or trust, and therefore, section 1129(a)(16)
of the Bankruptcy Code is inapplicable in these Chapter 11 Cases.


 


17. Section
1129(b)–Confirmation of Plan Over Rejection of Impaired Classes.


 


The
Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to the Classes presumed to have rejected
the Plan pursuant to section 1126(g) of the Bankruptcy Code or that have actually rejected the Plan (if any). To determine whether
a plan is “fair and equitable” with respect to a class of Claims, section 1129(b)(2)(B)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code
provides in pertinent part that “the holder of any claim or interest that is junior to the claims of such class will not
receive or retain under the plan on account of such junior claim or interest any property.” To determine whether a plan
is “fair and equitable” with respect to a class of interests, section 1129(b)(2)(C)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code provides
that “the holder of any interest that is junior to the interests of such class will not receive or retain under the plan
on account of such junior interest any property.” There are no classes junior to the deemed (or actual) rejecting classes
of claims or interests that will receive any distribution under the Plan. The Plan, therefore, satisfies the requirements of section
1129(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


18. Section
1129(c)–Confirmation of Only One Plan With Respect to the Debtors.


 


The
Plan is the only plan that has been Filed in these Chapter 11 Cases with respect to the Debtors. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies
the requirements of section 1129(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


19. Section
1129(d)–Principal Purpose Not Avoidance of Taxes.


 


The
principal purpose of the Plan is not the avoidance of taxes or the avoidance of the application of section 5 of the Securities
Act. Accordingly, the Plan satisfies the requirements of section 1129(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


20. Section
1129(e)–Small Business Case.


 


Section
1129(e) is inapplicable because these Chapter 11 Cases do not qualify as small business cases.


 


J.
Securities Under the Plan.


 


Pursuant
to the Plan, and without further corporate or other action, the New Common Stock, the New Preferred Stock, and any debt issued
or assumed by the Reorganized Debtors will be issued, entered into, or assumed, as applicable, on the Effective Date subject to
the terms of the Plan.


 


K.
Releases and Discharges.


 


The
releases and discharges of Claims and Causes of Action described in the Plan, including releases by the Debtors and by Holders
of Claims and Interests, constitute good faith compromises and settlements of the matters covered thereby. Such compromises and
settlements are made in exchange for consideration and are in the best interest of Holders of Claims and Interests, are fair,
equitable, reasonable, and are integral elements of the resolution of the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the Plan. Each of
the discharge, release, indemnification, and exculpation provisions set forth in the Plan: (a) is within the jurisdiction of the
Court under 28 U.S.C. §§ 1334(a), 1334(b), and 1334(d); (b) is an essential means of implementing the Plan pursuant
to section 1123(a)(6) of the Bankruptcy Code; (c) is an integral element of the transactions incorporated into the Plan; (d) confers
material benefit on, and is in the best interests of, the Debtors, their estates, and their creditors; (e) is important to the
overall objectives of the Plan to finally resolve all Claims and Interests among or against the parties in interest in the Chapter
11 Cases with respect to the Debtors; (f) is consistent with sections 105, 1123, 1129, and all other applicable provisions of
the Bankruptcy Code; (g) is given and made after due notice and opportunity for hearing; and (h), without limiting the foregoing,
with respect to the releases and injunctions in Article VIII of the Plan, are (i) essential elements of the Restructuring
Transactions and Plan, terms and conditions without which the Consenting Stakeholders would not have entered into the Restructuring
Support Agreement and (ii) narrowly tailored. Further, the injunction set forth in Article VIII is an essential component
of the Plan, the fruit of long-term negotiations, and achieved by the exchange of good and valuable consideration in the Chapter
11 Cases.


 






    62


     


    




 


L.
Release and Retention of Causes of Action.


 


It
is in the best interests of Holders of Claims and Interests that the provisions in Article VIII of the Plan be approved.


 


M.
Approval of Restructuring Support Agreement,
Backstop Commitment Agreement, and Other Restructuring Documents and Agreements.


 


All
documents and agreements necessary to implement the Plan, including the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Backstop Commitment
Agreement, and the other Restructuring Transaction are essential elements of the Plan, are necessary to consummate the Plan and
the Restructuring Transaction, and entry into and consummation of the transactions contemplated by each such document and agreement
is in the best interests of the Debtors, the Estates, and Holders of Claims and Interests. The Debtors have exercised reasonable
business judgment in determining which agreements to enter into and have provided sufficient and adequate notice of such documents
and agreements. The terms and conditions of such documents and agreements have been negotiated in good faith, at arm’s length,
are fair and reasonable, and are hereby reaffirmed and approved, and, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date and execution
and delivery in accordance with their respective terms, shall be in full force and effect and valid, binding, and enforceable
in accordance with their respective terms, without the need for any further notice to or action, order, or approval of the Bankruptcy
Court, or other action under applicable law, regulation, or rule.


 


N.
Confirmation Hearing Exhibits.


 


All
of the exhibits presented at the Confirmation Hearing have been properly received into evidence and are a part of the record before
the Bankruptcy Court.


 


O.
Objections to Confirmation of the Plan.


 


Any
and all objections to Confirmation have been withdrawn, settled, overruled, or otherwise resolved.


 


P.
Retention of Jurisdiction.


 


The
Bankruptcy Court may properly retain jurisdiction over the matters set forth in Article XII of the Plan and section 1142
of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


Q.
Plan Supplement.


 


The
Debtors Filed the Plan Supplement. All of the documents contained in the Plan Supplement comply with the terms of the Plan, and
the filing and notice of such documents was adequate, proper and in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.


 






    63


     


    




 


Article
XI.

MODIFICATION, REVOCATION, OR WITHDRAWAL OF THIS PLAN


 


A.
Modification and Amendments.


 


Except
as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan and subject to the Restructuring Support Agreement (including the Consenting Stakeholder
Consent Rights), the Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan, whether such modification is material or immaterial, and seek
Confirmation consistent with the Bankruptcy Code and, as appropriate, not resolicit votes on such modified Plan. Subject to those
restrictions on modifications set forth in the Plan and the requirements of section 1127 of the Bankruptcy Code, Rule 3019
of the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure, and, to the extent applicable, sections 1122, 1123, and 1125 of the Bankruptcy Code,
each of the Debtors expressly reserves its respective rights to revoke or withdraw, or to alter, amend, or modify the Plan with
respect to such Debtor, one or more times, after Confirmation, and, to the extent necessary may initiate proceedings in the Bankruptcy
Court to so alter, amend, or modify the Plan, or remedy any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan,
the Disclosure Statement, or the Confirmation Order, in such matters as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and intent
of the Plan; provided that each of the foregoing actions shall not violate the Restructuring Support Agreement or the Consenting
Stakeholder Consent Rights.


 


B.
Effect of Confirmation on Modifications.


 


Entry
of the Confirmation Order shall mean that all modifications or amendments to the Plan since the solicitation thereof are approved
pursuant to section 1127(a) of the Bankruptcy Code and do not require additional disclosure or resolicitation under Bankruptcy
Rule 3019.


 


C.
Revocation or Withdrawal of Plan.


 


To
the extent permitted by the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Debtors reserve the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan prior
to the Confirmation Date and to File subsequent plans of reorganization. If the Debtors revoke or withdraw the Plan, or if Confirmation
or Consummation does not occur, then: (1) the Plan shall be null and void in all respects; (2) any settlement or compromise
embodied in the Plan (including the fixing or limiting to an amount certain of any Claim or Interest or Class of Claims or Interests),
assumption or rejection of Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases effected under the Plan, and any document or agreement executed
pursuant to the Plan, shall be deemed null and void; and (3) nothing contained in the Plan shall: (a) constitute a waiver
or release of any Claims or Interests; (b) prejudice in any manner the rights of such Debtor or any other Entity; or (c) constitute
an admission, acknowledgement, offer, or undertaking of any sort by such Debtor or any other Entity.


 


Article
XII.

RETENTION OF JURISDICTION


 


Notwithstanding
the entry of the Confirmation Order and the occurrence of the Effective Date, on and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy
Court shall retain exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of, or relating to, the Chapter 11 Cases and the Plan pursuant
to sections 105(a) and 1142 of the Bankruptcy Code, including jurisdiction to:


 


		a.	allow,
                                         disallow, determine, liquidate, classify, estimate, or establish the priority, secured
                                         or unsecured status, or amount of any Claim or Interest, including the resolution of
                                         any request for payment of any Administrative Claim and the resolution of any and all
                                         objections to the secured or unsecured status, priority, amount, or allowance of Claims
                                         or Interests;



 






    64


     


    




 


		b.	decide
                                         and resolve all matters related to the granting and denying, in whole or in part, any
                                         applications for allowance of compensation or reimbursement of expenses to Professionals
                                         authorized pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or the Plan;



 


		c.	resolve
                                         any matters related to: (a) the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection
                                         of any Executory Contract or Unexpired Lease to which a Debtor is party or with respect
                                         to which a Debtor may be liable and to hear, determine, and, if necessary, liquidate,
                                         any Claims arising therefrom, including Cures pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy
                                         Code; (b) any potential contractual obligation under any Executory Contract
                                         or Unexpired Lease that is assumed; (c) the Reorganized Debtors amending, modifying,
                                         or supplementing, after the Effective Date, pursuant to Article V hereof, any
                                         Executory Contracts or Unexpired Leases to the list of Executory Contracts and Unexpired
                                         Leases to be assumed or rejected or otherwise; and (d) any dispute regarding whether
                                         a contract or lease is or was executory or expired;



 


		d.	ensure
                                         that distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims are accomplished pursuant to the provisions
                                         of the Plan;



 


		e.	adjudicate,
                                         decide, or resolve any motions, adversary proceedings, contested or litigated matters,
                                         and any other matters, and grant or deny any applications involving a Debtor that may
                                         be pending on the Effective Date;



 


		f.	adjudicate,
                                         decide, or resolve any and all matters related to section 1141 of the Bankruptcy Code;



 


		g.	enter
                                         and implement such orders as may be necessary to execute, implement, or consummate the
                                         provisions of the Plan and all contracts, instruments, releases, indentures, and other
                                         agreements or documents created or entered into in connection with the Plan, the Confirmation
                                         Order, or the Disclosure Statement, including the Restructuring Support Agreement;



 


		h.	enter
                                         and enforce any order for the sale of property pursuant to sections 363, 1123, or 1146(a)
                                         of the Bankruptcy Code;



 


		i.	resolve
                                         any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action that may arise in connection
                                         with the Consummation, interpretation, or enforcement of the Plan or any Entity’s
                                         obligations incurred in connection with the Plan;



 


		j.	issue
                                         injunctions, enter and implement other orders, or take such other actions as may be necessary
                                         to restrain interference by any Entity with Consummation or enforcement of the Plan;



 


		k.	resolve
                                         any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the releases,
                                         injunctions, exculpations, and other provisions contained in Article VIII hereof
                                         and enter such orders as may be necessary or appropriate to implement such releases,
                                         injunctions, and other provisions;



 


		l.	resolve
                                         any cases, controversies, suits, disputes, or Causes of Action with respect to the repayment
                                         or return of distributions and the recovery of additional amounts owed by the Holder
                                         of a Claim or Interest for amounts not timely repaid pursuant to Article VI.M
                                         hereof;



 


		m.	enter
                                         and implement such orders as are necessary if the Confirmation Order is for any reason
                                         modified, stayed, reversed, revoked, or vacated;



 


		n.	determine
                                         any other matters that may arise in connection with or relate to the Plan, the Plan Supplement,
                                         the Disclosure Statement, the Confirmation Order, or any contract, instrument, release,
                                         indenture, or other agreement or document created in connection with the Plan or the
                                         Disclosure Statement, including the Restructuring Support Agreement;



 






    65


     


    




 


		o.	enter
                                         an order or final decree concluding or closing the Chapter 11 Cases;



 


		p.	adjudicate
                                         any and all disputes arising from or relating to distributions under the Plan;



 


		q.	consider
                                         any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or to reconcile any inconsistency
                                         in any Bankruptcy Court order, including the Confirmation Order;



 


		r.	determine
                                         requests for the payment of Claims and Interests entitled to priority pursuant to section 507
                                         of the Bankruptcy Code;



 


		s.	hear
                                         and determine disputes arising in connection with the interpretation, implementation,
                                         or enforcement of the Plan or the Confirmation Order, including disputes arising under
                                         agreements, documents, or instruments executed in connection with the Plan;



 


		t.	hear
                                         and determine matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with sections 346,
                                         505, and 1146 of the Bankruptcy Code;



 


		u.	hear
                                         and determine all disputes involving the existence, nature, scope, or enforcement of
                                         any exculpations, discharges, injunctions, and releases granted in the Plan, including
                                         under Article VIII hereof, regardless of whether such termination occurred prior
                                         to or after the Effective Date;



 


		v.	enforce
                                         all orders previously entered by the Bankruptcy Court; and



 


		w.	hear
                                         any other matter not inconsistent with the Bankruptcy Code.



 


As
of the Effective Date, notwithstanding anything in this Article XII to the contrary, the New Organizational Documents and
the Exit Facility and any documents related thereto shall be governed by the jurisdictional provisions therein and the Bankruptcy
Court shall not retain jurisdiction with respect thereto.


 


Article
XIII.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


 


A.
Immediate Binding Effect.


 


Subject
to Article IX.A hereof, and notwithstanding Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(h), or 7062 or otherwise, upon the occurrence
of the Effective Date, the terms of the Plan (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the documents and instruments contained in
the Plan Supplement) shall be immediately effective and enforceable and deemed binding upon the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors,
any and all Holders of Claims or Interests (irrespective of whether such Holders of Claims or Interests have, or are deemed to
have, accepted the Plan), all Entities that are parties to or are subject to the settlements, compromises, releases, discharges,
and injunctions described in the Plan, each Entity acquiring property under the Plan, and any and all non-Debtor parties to Executory
Contracts and Unexpired Leases with the Debtors. All Claims and Interests shall be as fixed, adjusted, or compromised, as applicable,
pursuant to the Plan regardless of whether any Holder of a Claim or Interest has voted on the Plan.


 


B.
Additional Documents.


 


On
or before the Effective Date, and consistent in all respects with the terms of the Restructuring Support Agreement and the Backstop
Commitment Agreement, the Debtors may file with the Bankruptcy Court such agreements and other documents as may be necessary to
effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restructuring Support Agreement. The Debtors or the
Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, and all Holders of Claims or Interests receiving distributions pursuant to the Plan and all
other parties in interest shall, from time to time, prepare, execute, and deliver any agreements or documents and take any other
actions as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the provisions and intent of the Plan.


 






    66


     


    




 


C.
Statutory Committee and Cessation of Fee and
Expense Payment.


 


On
the Confirmation Date, any statutory committee appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases shall dissolve and members thereof shall be released
and discharged from all rights and duties from or related to the Chapter 11 Cases. The Reorganized Debtors shall no longer be
responsible for paying any fees or expenses incurred by the members of or advisors to any statutory committees after the Confirmation
Date.


 


D.
Reservation of Rights.


 


Except
as expressly set forth in the Plan, the Plan shall have no force or effect unless the Bankruptcy Court shall enter the Confirmation
Order, and the Confirmation Order shall have no force or effect if the Effective Date does not occur. None of the Filing of the
Plan, any statement or provision contained in the Plan, or the taking of any action by any Debtor or Consenting Noteholder, Consenting
RBL Lender, Agent, L/C Issuing Bank, or DIP Lender, as applicable, with respect to the Plan, the Disclosure Statement, or the
Plan Supplement shall be or shall be deemed to be an admission or waiver of any rights of any Debtor, Consenting Noteholder, Agent,
RBL Lender, L/C Issuing Bank, or DIP Lender, as applicable, with respect to the Holders of Claims or Interests prior to the Effective
Date.


 


E.
Successors and Assigns.


 


The
rights, benefits, and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit
of any heir, executor, administrator, successor or assign, Affiliate, officer, manager, director, agent, representative, attorney,
beneficiaries, or guardian, if any, of each Entity.


 






    67


     


    




 


F.
Notices.


 


All
notices, requests, and demands to or upon the Debtors to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission)
and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when actually delivered or, in
the case of notice by facsimile transmission, when received and telephonically confirmed, addressed as follows:


 


	If
to the Debtors:
	 	If
    to the Counsel to the Debtors:
	 	 	 
	Gulfport
    Energy Corporation

    14313 N. May Avenue, Suite 100

    Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73134

    Attention:  Patrick Craine

    E-mail address:  pcraine@gulfportenergy.com	 	Kirkland &
                                         Ellis LLP

                                         601 Lexington Avenue

                                         New York, New York 10022

                                         Attention: Steven N. Serajeddini, P.C.

                                         E-mail address: steven.serajeddini@kirkland.com

                                                                                                                              

        and

         

        Kirkland &
        Ellis LLP

        300 North LaSalle Street

        Chicago, Illinois 60654

        Attention: Christopher S. Koenig

        E-mail address: chris.koenig@kirkland.com

         

        and

         

        Jackson
        Walker L.L.P.

        1401 McKinney Street, Suite 1900

        Houston, Texas 77010

        Attention: Matthew D. Cavenaugh

        E-mail address: mcavenaugh@jw.com

	 	 	 
	U.S.
    Trustee	 	Counsel
    to the RBL Agent and DIP Agent
	 	 	 
	United
    States Trustee

    for the Southern District of Texas

    515 Rusk Street, Suite 3516

    Houston, TX 77002	 	Latham
                                         & Watkins LLP

                                         811 Main Street Suite 3700

                                         Houston, Texas 77002

                                         Attention: Trevor Wommack, Christopher Wood, 

Bryce Kaufman

                                         E-mail address: trevor.wommack@lw.com, 

christopher.wood@lw.com and

                                         bryce.kaufman@lw.com

         

        and

         

        Latham
        & Watkins LLP

        885 Third Avenue

        New York, NY 10022

        Attention: Adam Goldberg and Hugh Murtagh

        E-mail
        address: adam.goldberg@lw.com and 

hugh.murtagh@lw.com




 






    68


     


    




 


	Counsel
    to the Consenting Noteholders	 	 
	 	 	 
	Paul,
                                         Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

        1285
        Avenue of the Americas

        New
        York, New York 10019

        Attention:
        Alan W. Kornberg

            Robert
        Britton

            Michael
        Turkel

        E-mail
        address: akornberg@paulweiss.com

        rbritton@paulweiss.com

        mturkel@paulweiss.com

         

        and

         

        Porter
        Hedges LLP

        1000
        Main Street, 36th Floor

        Houston,
        Texas 77002

        Attention:
        John F. Higgins

                           Megan
        Young-John

        E-mail
        address: jhiggins@porterhedges.com                              myoung-john@porterhedges.com
	 	 


 


After
the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors have the authority to send a notice to Entities that to continue to receive documents
pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002, an Entity must file a renewed request to receive documents  pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 2002.
After the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors are authorized to limit the list of Entities receiving documents pursuant to
Bankruptcy Rule 2002 to those Entities who have Filed such renewed requests.


 


G.
Term of Injunctions or Stays.


 


Unless
otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order, all injunctions or stays in effect in the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant
to sections 105 or 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any order of the Bankruptcy Court, and extant on the Confirmation Date (excluding
any injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order) shall remain in full force and effect until the
Effective Date. All injunctions or stays contained in the Plan or the Confirmation Order shall remain in full force and effect
in accordance with their terms.


 


H.
Entire Agreement.


 


Except
as otherwise indicated, and without limiting the effectiveness of the Restructuring Support Agreement, the Plan (including, for
the avoidance of doubt, the documents and instruments in the Plan Supplement) supersedes all previous and contemporaneous negotiations,
promises, covenants, agreements, understandings, and representations on such subjects, all of which have become merged and integrated
into the Plan.


 


I.
Plan Supplement.


 


All
exhibits and documents included in the Plan Supplement are an integral part of the Plan and are incorporated into and are a part
of the Plan as if set forth in full in the Plan. After the exhibits and documents are Filed, copies of such exhibits and documents
shall be available upon written request to the Debtors’ counsel at the address above or by downloading such exhibits and
documents from the Debtors’ restructuring website at http://dm.epiq11.com/gulfport or the Bankruptcy Court’s website
at www.txs.uscourts.gov/bankruptcy. To the extent any exhibit or document in the Plan Supplement is inconsistent with the
terms of the Plan, unless otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, the Plan Supplement document or exhibit shall control (unless
stated otherwise in such Plan Supplement document or exhibit or in the Confirmation Order).


 






    69


     


    




 


J.
Nonseverability of Plan Provisions.


 


If,
prior to Confirmation, any term or provision of the Plan is held by the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void, or unenforceable,
the Bankruptcy Court shall have the power to alter and interpret such term or provision to make it valid or enforceable to the
maximum extent practicable, consistent with the original purpose of the term or provision held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable,
and such term or provision shall then be applicable as altered or interpreted; provided, however, any such alteration
or interpretation must be consistent with the Restructuring Support Agreement (and subject to the Consenting Stakeholder Consent
Rights). Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan
will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated by such holding, alteration, or
interpretation.


 


The
Confirmation Order shall constitute a judicial determination and shall provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it
may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is: (1) valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms;
(2) integral to the Plan and may not be deleted or modified without the Debtors’ or Reorganized Debtors’ consent,
as applicable; and (3) nonseverable and mutually dependent.


 


K.
Votes Solicited in Good Faith.


 


Upon
entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors will be deemed to have solicited votes on the Plan in good faith and in compliance
with section 1125(g) of the Bankruptcy Code, and pursuant to section 1125(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, the Debtors and each
of their respective Affiliates, agents, representatives, members, principals, shareholders, officers, directors, managers, employees,
advisors, and attorneys will be deemed to have participated in good faith and in compliance with the Bankruptcy Code in the offer,
issuance, sale, and purchase of Securities offered and sold under the Plan and any previous plan, and, therefore, no such parties
nor individuals nor the Reorganized Debtors will have any liability for the violation of any applicable law, rule, or regulation
governing the solicitation of votes on the Plan or the offer, issuance, sale, or purchase of the Securities offered and sold under
the Plan and any previous plan.


 


L.
Closing of Chapter 11 Cases.


 


On
and after the Effective Date, the Debtors or Reorganized Debtors shall be permitted to close all of the Chapter 11 Cases of the
Debtors except for the Chapter 11 Case of Debtor Mule Sky LLC and any other Debtor identified in the Restructuring Steps Memorandum
as having its Chapter 11 Case remain open following the Effective Date, and all contested matters relating to any of the Debtors,
including objections to Claims and any adversary proceedings, shall be administered and heard in the Chapter 11 Case of Debtor
Mule Sky LLC, irrespective of whether such Claim(s) were Filed or such adversary proceeding was commenced against a Debtor whose
Chapter 11 Case was closed.


 


When
all Disputed Claims have become Allowed or disallowed and all distributions have been made in accordance with the Plan, the Reorganized
Debtors shall seek authority to close any remaining Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy
Rules.


 


M.
Waiver or Estoppel.


 


Each
Holder of a Claim or an Interest shall be deemed to have waived any right to assert any argument, including the right to argue
that its Claim or Interest should be Allowed in a certain amount, in a certain priority, secured or not subordinated by virtue
of an agreement made with the Debtors or their counsel, or any other Entity, if such agreement was not disclosed in the Plan,
the Disclosure Statement, or papers Filed with the Bankruptcy Court prior to the Confirmation Date.


 


	Dated:
    [_], 2020	Gulfport
    Energy Corporation 
	 	 
	 	on
    behalf of itself and all other Debtors
	 	 
	 	/s/
    DRAFT
	 	Quentin
    R. Hicks
	 	Executive
    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


 






    70


     


    

 





EXHIBIT
C


 


Amended
ISDA



 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 





Exhibit C to Restructuring Support Agreement

 






     


     


    

 


	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 



 


ISDA®





International
Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.


 


AMENDED
& RESTATED SCHEDULE1


 


dated
as of [ ● ], 2020


 


to
the


 


2002
Master Agreement


 


dated
as of [ ● ]


 


between


 


	[BANK],

        a
        [ ● ] organized and existing under the laws

 of [ ● ]

        (“Party
        A”)
	and	GULFPORT
                                         ENERGY CORPORATION,

        a
        corporation organized and existing under the laws

 of the State of Delaware



        (“Party
        B”)



 


PART
1

TERMINATION PROVISIONS


 


In
this Agreement:


 


	(a)	“Specified
                                         Entity” means, in relation to Party A for the purpose of:



 


Section
5(a)(v), Not Applicable;


 


Section 5(a)(vi),
Not Applicable;


 


Section 5(a)(vii),
Not Applicable; and


 


Section 5(b)(v),
Not Applicable; and,


 


in relation to Party B for the
purpose of:


 


Section 5(a)(v),
each Domestic Subsidiary and Loan Party (each as defined in the Credit Agreement);


 


Section 5(a)(vi),
each Domestic Subsidiary and Loan Party;


 


Section 5(a)(vii),
each Domestic Subsidiary and Loan Party; and


 


Section 5(b)(v),
each Domestic Subsidiary and Loan Party.


 


	(b)	“Specified Transaction” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this
Agreement.



 





 






		1	NTD: Subject to LW review of finalized motions/orders,
financing documentation and any related term sheets or other documentation.



 






     


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


	(c)	The “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) will apply to Party A and will apply to Party B. For purposes of Section 5(a)(vi), the following provisions apply:


 


“Specified
Indebtedness” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14 of this Agreement; provided however, that Specified
Indebtedness shall not include deposits received in the ordinary course of a party’s banking business.


 


“Threshold
Amount” means:


 


(x) with
respect to Party A, an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the total shareholders’ equity of Party A; and,


 


(y) with
respect to Party B:


 


(A) prior
to the Plan Effective Time, zero; and


 


(B) on
and after the Plan Effective Time, an amount equal to the minimum amount of indebtedness capable of triggering a cross-default
under the Exit Credit Agreement, if any, otherwise the previously applicable threshold;


 


including, in each case, the
U.S. Dollar (“USD” or “US$”) equivalent on the date of any default, event of default or other
similar condition or event of any obligation stated in any other currency.


 


For purposes of the above, “shareholders’
equity” shall be determined by reference to the relevant party’s most recent consolidated balance sheet for the
relevant party’s most recently completed fiscal year. Such balance sheet shall be prepared in accordance with accounting
principles that are generally accepted in such party’s country of organization.


 


	(d)	The “Credit Event Upon Merger” provisions of Section 5(b)(v) of this Agreement will apply to Party A and will apply to Party B; provided that no event or series thereof with respect to Party B shall constitute a Credit Event Under Merger with respect to Party B unless such event or series thereof shall also constitute a prohibited change of control under the Credit Agreement.


 


	(e)	The “Automatic Early Termination” provisions of Section 6(a) will not apply to Party A and will not apply to Party B; provided, however, that, with respect to a party, where the Event of Default specified in Section 5(a)(vii)(1), (3), (4), (5), (6) or, to the extent analogous thereto, (8) is governed by a system of law which does not permit termination to take place after the occurrence of the relevant Event of Default, then the Automatic Early Termination provisions of Section 6(a) will apply to such party.


 


	(f)	“Termination Currency” means USD.


 


	(g)	“Additional Termination Event” will apply. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Additional Termination Event pursuant to Section 5(b)(vi) with respect to which Party B is the sole Affected Party and all Transactions are Affected Transactions:


 


	 	(i)	At any time while there is a Credit Agreement in effect:


 


	 	(1)	the obligations and liabilities of Party B under this Agreement (other than Excluded Swap Obligations) are not secured and guaranteed to at least the same extent as, and at least pari passu with, Party B’s obligations with respect to the repayment of principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, as applicable, under the Credit Agreement as then in effect; or


 


	 	(2)	neither Party A nor any of its Affiliates (as defined in the Credit Agreement) is a party to the Credit Agreement as a Lender; or


 






    2


     


    

 


	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 



 


	 	(ii)	Prior to the Plan Effective Time:


 


	 	(1)	the Bankruptcy Court enters an order in the Chapter 11 Cases, or any Loan Party files an application, motion, or request for an order in the Chapter 11 Cases, for:


 


	 	(A)	authorization of the sale of substantially all of any Loan Party’s assets, other than as contemplated under the [DIP Order];2


 


	 	(B)	confirmation of a plan of reorganization that either:


 


	 	(I)	contemplates the sale of substantially all of any Loan Party’s assets, other than an Approved Plan of Reorganization (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement); or


 


	 	(II)	does not provide for entry into the Exit Credit Agreement;


 


	 	(C)	the conversion of one or more of the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, the dismissal of any of the Chapter 11 Cases, or the declaration of any Loan Party as administratively insolvent; or


 


	 	(D)	appointment (without the prior written consent of Party A) of either (I) a trustee under section 1104 of the Bankruptcy Code or (II) an examiner or any other Person with enlarged powers relating to the operation of the business of any Loan Party (i.e., powers beyond those set forth in sections 1104(d) and 1106(a)(3)-(4) of the Bankruptcy Code) under sections 1106(b)(3) and 1106(b)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code;


 


	 	(2)	there otherwise occurs a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of any Loan Party pursuant to section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any other liquidation of any Loan Party under the Bankruptcy Code or any order is entered by the Bankruptcy Court that materially adversely affects, materially impairs or materially limits Party A’s rights under this Agreement or the Loan Documents;


 


	 	(3)	the Bankruptcy Court enters an order invalidating all or any portion of Party A’s Superpriority Claim or invalidating the extent, nature or priority of Party A’s Adequate Protection Liens in connection with collateral provided by Party B under the Hedging Order;


 


	 	(4)	any Loan Party files an application, motion or request:


 


	 	(A)	for the approval of any other Superpriority Claim in any of the Chapter 11 Cases that is pari passu with or senior to the claims of Party A against any Loan Party pursuant to the Loan Documents or the Hedging Order, or any such pari passu or Superpriority Claim arises or is granted (other than as permitted under [the Hedging Order or DIP Order]);


 


	 	(B)	to obtain financing from any Person other than DIP Lenders under section 364(c) or 364(d) of the Bankruptcy Code, which financing is or is claimed to be senior to or pari passu with the Superpriority Claim of the DIP Lenders in respect of the DIP Facility or Party A’s claims hereunder, other than any such application, motion or request made in contemplation of the consummation of the Exit Facility; or


 


	 	(C)	to grant any Lien upon or affecting any Collateral, other than as expressly permitted under the DIP Credit Agreement;


 





 






		2	NTD: Placement of any sale milestones or approvals
TBD.



 






    3


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


		(5)	(A)	
Party B or any Credit Support Provider of Party B or any other Loan Party breaches any material provision of the Hedging Order
(and such breach has not been waived by the parties thereto in accordance with the terms thereof); or






 


	 	(B)	any Loan Party has an application, motion or request filed by another Person seeking an order in the Chapter 11 Cases seeking any of the outcomes set out in Parts [1(g)(ii)(1)-(4)] above that is not promptly contested by such Loan Party and dismissed or otherwise denied within 45 days of filing (or such other time period as Party A may otherwise agree in writing);


 


	 	(6)	any Loan Party, or another Person duly authorized to act on its behalf, brings a motion in the Chapter 11 Cases to recover from any portion of the Collateral any costs or expenses of preserving or disposing of such Collateral under section 506(c) of the Bankruptcy Code;


 


	 	(7)	the commencement of any adversary proceeding, contested matter or other action by any Loan Party, or any other Person duly authorized to act on its behalf, either:


 


	 	(A)	challenging the amount, validity, enforceability, priority or extent of any of the Debt or any of the Secured Parties’ security interests in and liens on the Collateral; or


 


	 	(B)	otherwise asserting any claims or causes of action against any of the Secured Parties on behalf of the Loan Parties’ estates;


 


provided, however,
that any such adversary proceeding, contested matter or other action commenced by a Person (other than a Loan Party or a Person
duly authorized to act on its behalf), continues and is not dismissed by the earlier of:


 


		(x)	45 days from the date of its commencement; and



 


		(y)	one (1) Local Business Day prior to the commencement of
hearings seeking confirmation of the Plan;



 


	 	(8)	subject to the effects of Party B’s status as a debtor in the Chapter 11 Cases, at any time, the obligations of Party B in respect of the Prepetition Swaps hereunder cease to be entitled to a Superpriority Claim (other than to the extent that any security provided by any party that is not an Eligible Contract Participant at the time such security would otherwise become effective with respect to Party B’s obligations hereunder);


 


	 	(9)	Party
    A’s lien with respect to the Collateral provided under the Hedging Order is released in respect of Collateral [having
    an aggregate value in excess of US$[ ● ]] (other than Liens released in connection with the consummation of
    the Exit Facility) without the prior written consent of Party A;


 


	 	(10)	any adversary proceeding, contested matter or other action is commenced by any Loan Party or any other Person duly authorized to act on its behalf challenging, or a Bankruptcy Court order is entered disaffirming, the mutuality of prepetition and post-petition obligations hereunder; provided that any such adversary proceeding, contested matter or other action commenced by a Person (other than a Loan Party or a Person duly authorized to act on its behalf), continues and is not dismissed by the earlier of:


 


		(x)	45 days from the date of its commencement; and



 


		(y)	one (1) Local Business Day prior to the commencement of
hearings seeking confirmation of the Plan;



 






    4


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


		(11)	(A)	
the occurrence of the Termination Date (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement); or


 


	 	(B)	all amounts outstanding under the DIP Credit Agreement have been repaid and all commitments of the Lenders have terminated or expired (other than in connection with the consummation of the Exit Facility);


 


	 	(12)	Party B fails to give Party A at least 15 days’ prior written notice of:


 


	 	(A)	the prepayment in full of the Loans; or


 


	 	(B)	release of either:


 


	 	(I)	the Liens in favor of the Secured Parties under the DIP Credit Agreement and related Loan Documents, in respect of all or substantially all of the Collateral; or


 


	 	(II)	the obligations under the [Guaranty] by any [Guarantor] (each as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement);


 


in each case, other than in connection
with the consummation of the Exit Facility;


 


		(13)	(A)	
the Exit Credit Agreement is not fully executed on or prior to, and is not effective as of, the Plan Effective Date; or



 


		(B)	the Plan Emergence Hedge Conditions are not satisfied on
the Plan Effective Date;



 


provided that, for the
avoidance of doubt, the Exit Credit Agreement shall be deemed “executed” if Party A holds the requisite signature pages
for execution in escrow to be released on the Plan Effective Date; or


 


	 	(14)	Party B has not repaid the Terminated Call Exposure (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement) with the proceeds of the Interim Amount (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement) following receipt of such proceeds and entry of the Interim DIP Order (as defined in the DIP Credit Agreement); or,


 


	 	(iii)	On and after the Plan Effective Date:


 


		(1)	(A)	
the Exit Facility is not fully executed and effective as of the Plan Effective Date; or



 


(B) Reorganized
Party B fails or refuses to fully accept and assume (pursuant to section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code) and be legally bound by and
responsible for the duties, liabilities and obligations of Party B under this Agreement as were in existence immediately prior
to the Plan Effective Date;


 


	 	(2)	(A)all amounts outstanding under the Exit Facility have been repaid and all commitments of the Lenders have terminated or expired in accordance with the terms of the Exit Facility; or


 


	 	(B)	the Exit Facility is cancelled, expires or otherwise matures or terminates, whether by reason of payment of all indebtedness incurred thereunder or otherwise or the Exit Facility ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; or


 


	 	(3)	at such time that neither Party A nor an Affiliate (as defined in the Exit Credit Agreement) thereof is a Lender under the Exit Credit Agreement, and other than any release permitted without the consent of any Lender, Agent or Secured Party pursuant to the Exit Facility, the Liens in favor of the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents are released in respect of all or substantially all of the Collateral without the prior written consent of Party A or an Affiliate of Party A, the effect of which is to materially adversely alter or impair Party A’s rights as a Secured Party under the Exit Facility.


 






    5


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


If any event or circumstance
that constitutes or gives rise to an Additional Termination Event also constitutes or gives rise to an Event of Default, it will
be treated as an Event of Default with respect to Counterparty.


 


	 	(h)	Disapplication of Certain Events of Default. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, neither (x) the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases or the events or circumstances giving rise thereto, nor (y) any default or event of default (each, howsoever defined), existing as of the Petition Date, under, or acceleration of, any indebtedness or Prepetition Swaps, shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement with respect to Party B. For the avoidance of doubt:


 


	 	(i)	it is the intention of the parties hereto that any insolvency event or bankruptcy proceeding (other than the Chapter 11 Cases) specified in Section 5(a)(vii), whether commenced in the United States or another foreign jurisdiction, that occurs with respect to Party B on or following the Plan Effective Time on the Plan Effective Date shall constitute an Event of Default under Section 5(a)(vii) of this Agreement with respect to Party B; and


 


	 	(ii)	the provisions regarding the disapplication of Events of Default set forth above shall not prejudice Party A’s rights in relation to the occurrence of any other Event of Default or Termination Event not described above.


 


	 	(i)	Condition Precedent. Prior to the Plan Effective Date, Section 2(a)(iii) of this Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the words “, or Additional Termination Event under Section 5(b)(vi)” after the phrase “Potential Event of Default”.


 


PART
2

TAX REPRESENTATIONS


 


	 	(a)	Payer Representations. For the purpose of Section 3(e) of the Agreement, Party A will make the following representation and Party B will make the following representation:


 


It is not required by any applicable
law, as modified by the practice of any relevant governmental revenue authority, of any Relevant Jurisdiction to make any deduction
or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payment (other than interest under Section 9(h) of this Agreement) to be made
by it to the other party under this Agreement. In making this representation, it may rely on:


 


	 	(i)	the accuracy of any representations made by the other party pursuant to Section 3(f) of this Agreement;


 


	 	(ii)	the satisfaction of the agreement contained in Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement, and the accuracy and effectiveness of any document provided by the other party pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) or 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement; and


 


	 	(iii)	the
    satisfaction of the agreement of the other party contained in Section 4(d) of this Agreement;


 


except
that it will not be a breach of this representation where reliance is placed on clause (ii) above and the other party does not
deliver a form or documents under Section 4(a)(iii) by reason of material prejudice to its legal or commercial position.


 


	 	(b)	Payee
    Representations. For the purpose of Section 3(f) of the Agreement, Party A and Party B make the representations specified
    below, if any:


 


	 	(i)	The
    following representation(s) will apply to Party A:


 


	 	(1)	[ ● ];
    and


 


	 	(2)	[ ● ];
    and


 


	 	(ii)	The
    following representation(s) will apply to Party B:


 


	 	(1)	[ ● ];
    and


 


	 	(2)	[ ● ].


 






    6


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


PART
3

AGREEMENT TO DELIVER DOCUMENTS


 


For the purpose of Section 4(a) of this Agreement:


 


		(a)	Tax forms, documents, or certificates to be delivered are:


 


	Party Required

 to Deliver

Document	 	Form/Document/Certificate	 	Date by which to be Delivered
	Party A	 	An
    accurate, properly completed and validly executed US Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-[ ● ]
    (or successor form, as the case may be)	 	(x) Upon execution of this Agreement; (y) promptly upon reasonable demand by Party B; and (z) promptly upon learning that any such form previously provided by Party A has become obsolete or incorrect
	Party B	 	An accurate, properly completed and validly executed IRS Form W-9 (or successor form, as the case may be) or other IRS form (as applicable)	 	(x) Upon execution of this Agreement; (y) promptly upon reasonable demand by Party A; and (z) promptly upon learning that any such form previously provided by Party A has become obsolete or incorrect
	Party A and Party B	 	Any other form or document, accurately completed and in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the other party, that may be required or reasonably requested by the other party under Section 4(a)(iii) in order to allow the other party to make a payment under this Agreement without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax or with such deduction at a reduced rate	 	Promptly upon reasonable request by the other party


 


	 	(b)	Other documents to be delivered are:3


 





 






		3	NTD: To be customized for each bank, as necessary/appropriate.



 






    7


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


	Party Required

to Deliver

Document	 	Form/Document/Certificate	 	Date by which

to be Delivered	 	Covered by

Section 3(d)

Representation
	Party A and Party B	 	Evidence reasonably satisfactory to the other party of the (i) authority of such party and its Credit Support Provider, if any, to enter into this Agreement, any Credit Support Document and any Transactions and (ii) the authority and genuine signature of the individual signing this Agreement and any Credit Support Document on behalf of such party to execute the same	 	Upon execution of this Agreement and, if requested by the other party, as soon as practicable after execution of any Confirmation of any Transaction	 	Yes
	Party B	 	Certificate of Incorporation and Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, or such other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Party A of the power of the person(s) binding Party B to do so	 	Upon execution of this Agreement	 	Yes
	Party B	 	After the Plan Effective Date, to the extent not already delivered to Party A or its Affiliate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) thereof under the Credit Agreement, as applicable, Party B’s annual report containing audited consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and certified by independent certified public accountants for each fiscal year, in such form required by the Credit Agreement	 	At such times as required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement or, at any time Party A or its Affiliate is not a Lender thereunder and where such financial statement is not reasonably publicly available on EDGAR or Party B’s internet homepage, promptly upon reasonable request by Party A but in any event no later than [90/120] days after the end of the relevant fiscal year	 	Yes (as amended by Part [5(d)] (Financial Statements) hereof)
	Party B	 	After the Plan Effective Date, to the extent not already delivered to Party A or its Affiliate (as defined in the Credit Agreement) thereof under the Credit Agreement, Party B’s unaudited consolidated financial statements, the consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income for each fiscal quarter prepared in accordance with GAAP, in such form required by the Credit Agreement	 	At such times as required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement or, at any time Party A or its Affiliate is not a Lender thereunder and where such financial statement is not reasonably publicly available on EDGAR or Party B’s internet homepage, promptly upon reasonable request by Party A but in any event no later than 45 days after the end of the relevant fiscal quarter	 	Yes (as amended by Part [5(d)] (Financial Statements) hereof)
	Party B	 	A duly executed copy of each Credit Support Document specified in Part 4(g)(ii) of this A&R Schedule	 	Upon execution of this Agreement	 	No
	Party B	 	Copies of the Hedging Order, the DIP Order, the Plan and any amendments thereto	 	Promptly upon filing thereof	 	No
	Party B	 	An executed copy of the Credit Agreement, any intercreditor agreement (howsoever described) and the other Loan Documents	 	Promptly following execution thereof	 	No
	Party B	 	An opinion of outside counsel (or reliance letter in respect thereof, as the case may be), which opinion shall include, among other things, due authorization of the execution of the Loan Documents and the perfection of the security interests granted in the Loan Documents, in any event, as required by the Credit Facility	 	Promptly following execution of the Credit Facility	 	No
	Party B	 	Notice of any default, acceleration, termination, cancellation of commitments or prepayment under the Credit Facility	 	At such times as required to be delivered to Lenders or the Administrative Agent under the Credit Facility or, if no such time is specified, promptly upon becoming aware of such event or occurrence	 	No


 


PART
4

MISCELLANEOUS


 


	(a)	Addresses for Notices. For the purpose of Section 12(a) of this Agreement:


 


	 	(i)	Address for notices
    or communications to Party A:


[Bank]


	 	Address:	[ ● ]


[ ● ]


[ ● ]


	 	Attention:	[ ● ]



	 	Facsimile
    No.:	[ ● ]
	 	Telephone No.:	[ ● ]



	 	Email:	[ ● ]


  


	 	(ii)	Address for notices or communications to Party B:4



 





 






		4	NTD: Company to review/update notice details, as
necessary/appropriate.



 






    8


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation | Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 


 


Gulfport
Energy Corporation


	 	Address:	[3001
    Quail Springs Parkway

    Oklahoma City, OK 73134

    USA]



	 	Attention:	[Legal
    Department]



	 	Facsimile
    No.:	[+1.405.848.8816]
	 	Telephone No.:	[ ● ]



	 	Email:	[ ● ]


 


		(b)	Process
    Agent. For the purpose of Section 13(c) of this Agreement:


 


	 	(i)	Party
    A appoints as its Process Agent  [ ● ].


 


	 	(ii)	Party
    B appoints as its Process Agent:  None.


 


		(c)	Offices.
    The provisions of Section 10(a) will apply to this Agreement.


 


		(d)	Multibranch
    Party. For the purpose of Section 10(b) of this Agreement:


 


	 	(i)	Party
    A is [not] a Multibranch Party [and may enter into a Transaction through any of the following Offices: [ ● ]];
    and


 


	 	(ii)	Party
    B is not a Multibranch Party.


 


		(e)	Calculation
    Agent. The Calculation Agent is Party A, unless Party A is a Defaulting Party, in which case the parties will appoint
    a mutually agreed independent third-party swap dealer (registered as such with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission)
    to act as the Calculation Agent for so long as such Event of Default continues. All costs and expenses of such independent
    third-party Calculation Agent shall be borne equally by the parties. All calculations and determinations made by the Calculation
    Agent shall be in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner.


 


		(f)	Credit
    Support Document. “Credit Support Document” means:


 


	 	(i)	As
    to Party A:  None; and,


 


	 	(ii)	As
    to Party B:  Each of the Loan Documents and each other document delivered by
    a Loan Party that by its terms secures, guarantees or otherwise supports Party B’s obligations hereunder (whether or
    not this Agreement evidenced hereby is specifically referenced or described therein), as such document(s) may be amended,
    revised, restated, supplemented or replaced from time to time, excluding for the avoidance of doubt the Credit Agreement itself.


 


		(g)	Credit Support Provider. “Credit Support Provider” means:


 


	 	(i)	As to Party A:  Not Applicable; and,


 


	 	(ii)	As to Party B:  Each Guarantor and any other party to a Credit Support Document that provides or is obligated to provide security, a guarantee or other credit support in respect of Party B’s obligations hereunder (other than any Person that is not an Eligible Contract Participant at the time such security, guarantee or other credit support would otherwise become effective with respect to Party B’s obligations hereunder).


  






    9


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 


  


		(h)	Governing Law; Jurisdiction. 


 


	 	(i)	Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York (without reference to choice of law doctrine, other than sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General Obligations Law).


 


	 	(ii)	Jurisdiction. 


 


	 	(1)	During the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, Section 13(b)(i) of this Agreement is hereby amended by:


 


	 	(A)	deleting subparagraph (i) in its entirety and replacing the same with:


 


“(i) submits to the
exclusive jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and any court with jurisdiction to hear appeals from the Bankruptcy Court;”
and


 


	 	(B)	deleting paragraph (iii) thereof.


 


	 	(2)	Section 13(b)(i) of this Agreement is hereby amended by deleting in line 2 thereof the word “non-”.


 


	 	(3)	Following the Plan Effective Date, the following shall be added at the end of Section 13(b):


 


“Nothing in this provision
shall prohibit a party from bringing an action to enforce a judgment (1) in the Bankruptcy Court or (2) in any other jurisdiction
if: (A) the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court located in the Borough of Manhattan in New York
City lacks jurisdiction over the parties or the subject matter of the Proceedings or declines to accept the Proceedings on the
grounds of lacking such jurisdiction; (B) the Proceedings are commenced by a party for the purpose of enforcing against the other
party’s property, assets or estate any decision or judgment rendered by any court in which Proceedings may be brought as
provided hereunder; (C) the Proceedings are commenced to appeal any such court’s decision or judgment to any higher court
with competent appellate jurisdiction over that court’s decisions or judgments if that higher court is located outside the
State of New York or Borough of Manhattan, such as a federal court of appeals or the U.S. Supreme Court; or (D) any suit, action
or proceeding has been commenced in another jurisdiction by or against the other party or against its property, assets or estate
(including, without limitation, any suit, action or proceeding described in Section 5(a)(vii)(4) of this Agreement), and, in order
to exercise or protect its rights, interests or remedies under this Agreement, the party (1) joins, files a claim, or takes any
other action, in any such suit, action or proceeding, or (2) otherwise commences any Proceeding in that other jurisdiction as the
result of that other suit, action or proceeding having commenced in that other jurisdiction.”


 


		(i)	Netting
    of Payments. For the purpose of Section 2(c) (Netting of Payments) of this Agreement, “Multiple Transaction
    Payment Netting” will [not] apply [to [all Transactions][the following Transactions or groups of Transactions: [ ● ]
    (in each case starting from [the date of this Agreement][ ● ])]].


 


		(j)	“Affiliate” will have the meaning specified in Section 14 of this Agreement; provided that “Affiliate” as used in Part [1(g)] of this A&R Schedule shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.


 


		(k)	Absence of Litigation. For the purpose of Section 3(c), “Specified Entity” means:


 


	 	(i)	in
    relation to Party A, [ ● ]; and,


 


	 	(ii)	in relation to Party B, any Affiliate of Party B.


 






    10


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


		(l)	No Agency. The provisions of Section 3(g) will apply to this Agreement.


 


		(m)	Additional Representation. The following representations are hereby added at the end of Section 3 (Representations):


 


“(h) Relationship
Between Parties. Each party will be deemed to represent to the other party on the date on which it enters into a
Transaction that (absent a written agreement between the parties that expressly imposes affirmative obligations to the
contrary for that Transaction):


 


(i)  No
Reliance. It is acting for its own account, and it has made its own independent decisions to enter into that Transaction
and as to whether that Transaction is appropriate or proper for it based upon its own judgment and upon advice from such advisors
as it has deemed necessary. It is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the other party as investment advice or
as a recommendation to enter into that Transaction; it being understood that information and explanations related to the terms
and conditions of a Transaction shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation to enter into that Transaction. It
has not received from the other party any assurance or guarantee as to the expected results of that Transaction.


 


(ii)
 Evaluation and Understanding. It is capable of evaluating and understanding
(on its own behalf or through independent professional advice), and understands and accepts, the terms, conditions and risks of
that Transaction. It is also capable of assuming, and assumes, the financial and other risks of that Transaction.


 


(iii)
 Status of Parties. The other party is not acting as a fiduciary for or
an advisor to it in respect of that Transaction.


 


(i) Risk
Management. Party B alone represents that this Agreement has been, and each Transaction hereunder has been or will
be, as the case may be, entered into for the purpose of managing its borrowings or investments, hedging its underlying assets
or liabilities or in connection with its line of business (including financial intermediation services) and not for the
purpose of speculation.


 


(j) Eligible
Contract Participant. At the time of each Transaction entered into under this Agreement, each of Party A and Party B represents
to the other that it is an Eligible Contract Participant.


 


(k) ERISA.
Party B represents that the assets that are used in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
and the Transactions entered into pursuant hereto are not:


 


(i) the
assets of an “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of section 3(3) of The Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”);


 


(ii) a
plan described in section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);


 


(iii) an
entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of Department of Labor regulation section 2510.3-101
(as modified by section 3(42) of ERISA); or


 






    11


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


(iv) a
governmental plan that is subject to any federal, state, or local law that is substantially similar to the provisions of section
406 of ERISA or section 4975 of the Code.


 


(l) Further
Representations of Party B. Party B represents, warrants, covenants and acknowledges at all times prior to the Plan Effective
Time:


 


(i)
Party B is in continuing possession of its property and is operating and managing its business, as debtor in possession, pursuant
to sections 1107 and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


(ii) At
any time while there is a Credit Agreement in effect, Party B’s obligations and liabilities under each Transaction:


 


(1) constitute
superpriority obligations that rank at least pari passu with the obligations to pay principal under the Credit Agreement
(other than to the extent that any security provided by any party that is not an Eligible Contract Participant at the time such
security would otherwise become effective with respect to Party B’s obligations hereunder); and


 


(2) are
secured by liens coextensive with and at least pari passu with those securing such obligations under the Credit Agreement
(other than to the extent that any security provided by any party that is not an Eligible Contract Participant at the time such
security would otherwise become effective with respect to Party B’s obligations hereunder).


 


	 	(iii)	(1) This Agreement and all Transactions hereunder are, and will be, entered into pursuant to the DIP Order and the Hedging Order, which such DIP Order and Hedging Order have not been revoked, reversed, stayed or modified, and no further Bankruptcy Court Approval is needed.


 


(2) Subject
to entry of the Hedging Order, Party B is authorized under section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code to enter into this Agreement and
all Transactions hereunder, and to transfer collateral, perform and make payments in connection therewith, in the ordinary course
of its business pursuant to the Hedging Order, the DIP Order and the Credit Agreement.


 


(3) This
Agreement is a “[Lender Swap Contract]” as that term is defined in the Hedging Order.


 


(4) Party
A is a “[Swap Lender]” as that term is defined in the Hedging Order.


 


(5) Obligations
of Party B to Party A under this Agreement and any Transaction are “[Swap Obligations]” as that term is defined in
the Hedging Order.


 


(6) The
lien with respect to the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of Party A provided under the Hedging
Order and the DIP Facility shall be a perfected lien and security interest with the priority set forth in the Hedging Order and
the DIP Facility pursuant to sections [361 and 364] of the Bankruptcy Code with respect to all collateral provided by Party B under
the Credit Agreement and pursuant to the Hedging Order during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases.


 






    12


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


(iv) Party
A’s right to terminate, net and set-off obligations under the Transactions (whether entered into prior to or post-petition)
will not be stayed, avoided or otherwise limited by Bankruptcy Code sections 362(a) or 549, or any other provisions of the Bankruptcy
Code.


 


(v) Party
B’s liabilities and any amounts due and owing from Party B pursuant to the Prepetition Swaps constitute administrative expenses
under section 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and are entitled to Superpriority Claims pursuant to sections 361, 364 and 507(b)
of the Bankruptcy Code, the DIP Order and the Hedging Order during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


		(n)	Recording of Conversations. Each party:


 


	 	(i)	consents to the recording of telephone conversations between the trading, marketing and other relevant personnel of the parties in connection with this Agreement or any potential Transaction;


 


	 	(ii)	agrees to obtain any necessary consent of, and give any necessary notice of such recording to, its relevant personnel; and


 


	 	(iii)	agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, that the recordings may be submitted in evidence in any Proceedings.


 


PART
5

OTHER PROVISIONS


 


	(a)	ISDA Definitions. 


 


	 	(i)	2006 Definitions. Reference is hereby made to the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”), as amended, supplemented, updated or superseded from time to time (the “2006 Definitions”), which are hereby incorporated by reference herein and will apply to each Swap Transaction (as defined in the 2006 Definitions) entered into hereunder. With respect to any Swap Transaction entered into between the parties, any reference to a “Swap Transaction” in the 2006 Definitions is deemed to be a reference to a “Transaction” for purposes of this Agreement or any Confirmation, and any reference to a “Transaction” in this Agreement or any Confirmation is deemed to be a reference to a “Swap Transaction” for purposes of the 2006 Definitions.


 


	 	(ii)	FX Definitions. Reference is hereby made to the 1998 FX and Currency Option Definitions published by ISDA, the Emerging Markets Traders Association and The Foreign Exchange Committee, as amended, supplemented, updated or superseded from time to time (the “FX Definitions”), which are hereby incorporated by reference herein and will apply to each FX Transaction or Currency Option Transaction (each as defined in the FX Definitions) entered into hereunder. With respect to any FX Transaction or Currency Option Transaction entered into between the parties, any reference to an “FX Transaction” or “Currency Option Transaction” in the FX Definitions is deemed to be a reference to a “Transaction” for purposes of this Agreement or any Confirmation, and any reference to a “Transaction” in this Agreement or any Confirmation is deemed to be a reference to an “FX Transaction” or “Currency Option Transaction” for purposes of the FX Definitions.


 






    13


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


	 	(iii)	Additional Provisions for Commodity Derivative Transactions. Reference is hereby made to the 2005 ISDA Commodity Definitions published by ISDA, as amended, supplemented, updated or superseded from time to time (the “Commodity Definitions” and, collectively with the 2006 Definitions and the FX Definitions, the “Definitions”), which are hereby incorporated by reference herein and will apply to each Transaction (as defined in the Commodity Definitions, a “Commodity Transaction”) entered into hereunder. With respect to any Commodity Transaction entered into between the parties, any reference to a “Transaction” in the Commodity Definitions is deemed to be a reference to a “Transaction” for purposes of this Agreement or any Confirmation, and any reference to a “Transaction” in this Agreement or any Confirmation is deemed to be a reference to a “Transaction” for purposes of the Commodity Definitions.


 


In the event of any inconsistency
among the Definitions:


 


(x) the
2006 Definitions will prevail with respect to a Swap Transaction;


 


(y) the
FX Definitions will prevail with respect to an FX Transaction or Currency Option Transaction; and


 


(z) the
Commodity Definitions will prevail with respect to a Commodity Transaction.


 


	 	(b)	Transfer. 


 


	 	(i)	Section 7 of this Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following phrase “, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed” in the third line thereof after the word “party” and before the word “, except”; provided that, among the reasons it shall be considered reasonable for a party to withhold its consent are the following:


 


	 	(1)	its credit department is unwilling to credit approve the transfer to the transferee, or if such approval is subject to collateral or other credit support arrangements, such collateral or credit support arrangements would not be in place and properly perfected at the time of such transfer to cover all existing and future obligations of the transferee or its credit support provider for the Transactions being transferred;


 


	 	(2)	it would be exposed to any increased legal, bankruptcy, regulatory or tax risks, liabilities or requirements as the result of such transfer (such risks to include, but not be limited to, the risk that settlement netting, close-out netting or collateral arrangements would not be enforceable in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the transferee or its credit support provider, the risk that collateral may be clawed back in a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding applicable to the transferee or its credit support provider, or the risk that the non-transferring party may not have a first perfected security interest or charge in the collateral to the exclusion of other creditors) or such transfer would cause it or the transferee to be in noncompliance with any legal or regulatory requirements;


 


	 	(3)	an Event of Default or Termination Event would exist before or after the transfer;


 


	 	(4)	there would be any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax from any payments it would be entitled to receive from the transferee for which the transferee is not obligated to fully gross up; or,


 


	 	(5)	when fewer than all Transactions are transferred, its credit exposure to the transferring party would increase as a result of the transfer.


 


	 	(ii)	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Agreement, Party A hereby consents to Party B’s assignment by means of security of any of its rights hereunder pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement.


 


	 	(iii)	Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement (including Section 7 of this Agreement), subject to satisfaction of each of the Plan Emergence Hedge Conditions, to the extent there exists one or more Transactions between Party A and Party B on the Plan Effective Date, then:


 






    14


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


	 	(1)	Party B shall be deemed to assign its rights, obligations, duties and liabilities under this Agreement and each such Transaction (collectively, the “Agreement Obligations”) to Reorganized Party B;


 


	 	(2)	Reorganized Party B shall be deemed to accept and assume, and will confirm in writing such acceptance and assumption of, this Agreement and each Transaction, and all Agreement Obligations in relation thereto.


 


In this regard, and subject to
the satisfaction of the Plan Emergence Hedge Conditions and the retention of all of Party A’s rights hereunder, Party A consents
to the assignment by Party B of its Agreement Obligations to Reorganized Party B.


 


		(c)	Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.


 


		(d)	Financial Statements. Section 3(d) is hereby amended by adding in the third line thereof after the word “respect” and before the period:


 


“; provided, however,
that, in the case of financial statements delivered by either party, the only representation being made by either party is that
such financial statements fairly present, in accordance with accounting principles that are generally accepted for entities of
its type in the jurisdiction in which the relevant party is organized or formed, the financial condition of the relevant party
to which they relate as at the date of such financial statements.”


 


		(e)	Severability. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) of this Agreement, in the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor, in good faith negotiations, to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.


 


		(f)	Certain Withholding Taxes. “Tax” as used in Part 2(a) (Payer Representations) of this A&R Schedule and “Indemnifiable Tax” as defined in Section 14 of this Agreement shall not include any U.S. federal withholding tax imposed or collected pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to section 1471(b) of the Code, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code (a “FATCA Withholding Tax”). For the avoidance of doubt, a FATCA Withholding Tax is a Tax the deduction or withholding of which is required by applicable law for the purposes of Section 2(d) of this Agreement.


 


		(g)	Dodd-Frank Implementation.5 Subject to Section 5(b)(i) of this Agreement, Party A and Party B agree to cooperate in good faith, and to use commercially reasonable efforts, to take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to comply with or facilitate adherence to regulatory requirements (if any) promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, either prior to or after the date of this Agreement, by the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission and to which the parties or the Transactions under to this Agreement are subject.


 





		(h)	ISDA DF Protocols. For purposes of the ISDA August 2012 DF Protocol published by ISDA on August 13, 2012, and the ISDA March 2013 DF Protocol published by ISDA on March 22, 2013 (collectively, the “ISDA DF Protocols”), the parties acknowledge and agree that, with effect from the date of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute a “Protocol Covered Agreement” as defined under each of the ISDA DF Protocols.


 


		(i)	2002 Master Agreement Protocol. The parties agree that the definitions and provisions of the ISDA 2002 Master Agreement Protocol as published by ISDA on July 15, 2003 (the “Protocol”) are incorporated into and apply to this Agreement as if set out in full herein, for the purpose of indicating agreement by the parties to the amendments set out in Annexes 1 to 18 of the Protocol. References in the Protocol to a 2002 Master shall be deemed to be references to this Agreement.


 





 






		5	LW NOTE: Our language is necessary to ensure that
Dodd-Frank onboarding requirements are satisfied to the extent necessary for a reorganized Party B post-emergence.



 






    15


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


		(j)	Limitation of Liability. Without prejudice to the definition of “Close-out Amount” and payments calculated by reference to the provisions in Section 6(e) (Payments on Early Termination), the parties agree that neither party shall be required to pay or be liable to the other party for any consequential, indirect or punitive damages, opportunity costs or lost profits (whether arising from its negligence or breach of contract or otherwise), save only that nothing shall exclude liability for gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud.


 


		(k)	Scope of Agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, any transaction (other than a repurchase transaction, reverse repurchase transaction, buy/sell-back transaction or securities lending transaction) which may otherwise constitute a “Specified Transaction” (without regard to the phrase “which is not a Transaction under this Agreement but” in the definition of “Specified Transaction” in Section 14) for purposes of this Agreement which has been or will be entered into between the parties shall constitute a “Transaction” which is subject to, governed by, and construed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, unless any Confirmation with respect to a Transaction entered into after the execution of this Agreement expressly provides otherwise.


 


		(l)	Amendment of Basic Representations. With respect to Party B, Section 3(a)(iii) is amended by:


 


	 	(i)	inserting the word “post-petition” between the words “any” and “contractual” therein; and


 


	 	(ii)	inserting the following between the words “restriction” and “binding” in such section:



 

“(including any restrictions
in prepetition contracts that have been assumed under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code)”.


 


		(m)	Additional Defined Terms.6 As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings, and capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have, at any time of determination, the meanings attributed to them in the Credit Agreement as in effect at such time of determination:


 


“Adequate
Protection Lien” has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Order.


 


“Bankruptcy
Code” has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


“Bankruptcy
Court” has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Credit Agreement.


 





 






		6	NTD: Terms to be updated as necessary to align
with those used in the motions/orders, financing documentation and any related term sheets or other documentation.



 






    16


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


“Chapter
11 Cases” has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


“Credit
Agreement” means:


 


(x) prior
to the Plan Effective Date, the DIP Credit Agreement; and,


 


(y) on
and following the Plan Effective Date, the Exit Credit Agreement.


 


“Credit
Facility” means:


 


(x) prior
to the Plan Effective Date, the DIP Facility; and,


 


(y) on
and following the Plan Effective Date, the Exit Facility.


 


“DIP
Agent” means The Bank of Nova Scotia, in its capacity as Administrative Agent under the DIP Facility.


 


“DIP
Credit Agreement” means that certain Senior Secured Super-Priority Debtor-in-Possession Credit Agreement, dated as of
November [ ● ],
2020, by and among Party B, as Borrower, the DIP Agent and the DIP Lenders from time to time party thereto, as may be amended,
restated, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time.


 


“DIP
Facility” means a loan facility documented pursuant to the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


“DIP
Lenders” means the lenders providing commitments under the DIP Facility.


 


“DIP
Order” has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


“Eligible
Contract Participant” means an “eligible contract participant” within the meaning of Section 1a(18) of the
Commodity Exchange Act, as amended.


 


“Exit
Credit Agreement” means the credit agreement in relation to the Exit Facility, as may be amended, restated, amended and
restated, supplemented, replaced, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time.


 


“Exit
Facility” means a loan facility documented pursuant to the Exit Credit Agreement, in respect of Party B or Reorganized
Party B, as applicable, as borrower, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the Hedge Collateral Protections.


 


“Guarantors”
shall have the meaning set forth in the Credit Agreement or the Collateral Documents, as the context may require.


 


“Hedge
Collateral Protections” means that all claims of Party B in respect of all obligations of Party B hereunder will be entitled
to:


 


(x) a
lien over the same collateral as the Pari Passu Lenders, on at least a pari passu basis with, and with payment priority
equal to or above, the Loan Parties’ obligations to repay the principal of the Pari Passu Lenders’ loans thereunder;
and


 


(y) the
same guarantees as those granted to the Pari Passu Lenders to repay the principal of the Pari Passu Lenders’
loans thereunder.


 


“Hedging
Order” has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Credit Agreement.


 


“Interim
DIP Order” [has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Credit Agreement][means the interim order approving the
DIP Facility, in form and substance satisfactory to the DIP Agent and the DIP Lenders].


 


“ISDA
Amend” refers to the ISDA Amend functionality in Markit’s Counterparty Manager tool.


 






    17


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


“Lender”
has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.


 


“Loan
Documents” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.


 


“Pari
Passu Lenders” means the Lenders entitled to the most senior priority payment pursuant to the Exit Credit Agreement.


 


“Petition
Date” [has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Credit Agreement][means the date upon which the Chapter 11 Cases
are commenced in the Bankruptcy Court].


 


“Plan”
means an Approved Plan of Reorganization (as defined in the DIP Order) that also provides for an Exit Facility.


 


“Plan
Effective Date” means the date upon which:


 


(x) all
conditions to the effectiveness of the Plan have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Plan; and


 


(y) the
Plan becomes effective according to its terms.


 


“Plan
Effective Time” means the time on the Plan Effective Date at which the Plan has become effective in accordance with its
terms.


 


“Plan
Emergence Hedge Conditions” means each of the following:


 


(x) no
Event of Default, Potential Event of Default or Termination Event hereunder has occurred and is continuing with respect to Party
B;


 


(y) Party
B (or Reorganized Party B, as applicable) has:


 


(1) adhered
to the ISDA August 2012 DF Protocol and matched with Party A on ISDA Amend, or executed an analogous bilateral agreement and provided
questionnaire responses directly to Party A; and


 


(2) adhered
to the ISDA March 2013 DF Protocol and matched with Party A on ISDA Amend, or executed an analogous bilateral agreement and provided
questionnaire responses directly to Party A; and


 


(z) the
Exit Facility (including, without limitation, with respect to establishment of Liens as set forth therein) has been executed by
the Loan Parties on, and is effective as of, the Plan Effective Date.


 


“Prepetition
Swaps” means the existing Transactions which remain outstanding between the parties as of the Petition Date.


 


“Reorganized
Party B” means the successor entity to the business of Party B pursuant to the Plan.


 


“Superpriority
Claim” means a claim against a Loan Party in any of the Chapter 11 Cases that is a superpriority administrative expense
claim having priority over any or all administrative expenses and other claims of the kind specified in, or otherwise arising or
ordered under, any sections of the Bankruptcy Code (including, without limitation, sections 105, 326, 328, 330, 331, 503(b), 507(a),
507(b), 546(c) and/or 726 thereof), whether or not such claim or expenses may become secured by a judgment Lien or other non-consensual
Lien, levy or attachment.


 






    18


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


		(n)	[RESERVED]7


 


		(o)	[RESERVED]8


 


		(p)	Amendment and Restatement. Reference is hereby made to the 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (including the Schedule thereto) between the parties, dated as of [ ● ] (as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Prior Agreement”). The Schedule to the Prior Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety in the form of this Amended & Restated Schedule (this “A&R Schedule”). Any transaction (however described or defined) existing under the Prior Agreement shall be a Transaction governed by this Agreement, and any confirmation (however described or defined) under the Prior Agreement for any such transaction shall be a Confirmation under this Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to constitute a novation or termination of the obligations under the Prior Agreement, and any security interests created pursuant to the Prior Agreement are intended to continue and to secure the obligations under this Agreement.



 

For the avoidance of doubt, references
to “this Agreement” herein shall be read as references to the Prior Agreement, as amended and restated by this
A&R Schedule.


 


[Remainder of page intentionally left
blank]


 


 





 






		7	LW NOTE: None of Gulfport’s existing ISDA
documentation with JPMorgan, Scotia or Wells Fargo turned off early termination rights for fully paid transactions.



 


		8	LW NOTE: None of Gulfport’s existing ISDA
documentation with JPMorgan, Scotia or Wells Fargo included amendments to the parties’ 2(a)(iii) rights.



 






    19


     


    

 





	Gulfport Energy Corporation |
    Template A&R ISDA Schedule	 





 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties have executed this A&R Schedule by their duly authorized officers as of the date hereof.


 


	[BANK]	GULFPORT
    ENERGY CORPORATION
	 	 
	By:	 	 	By:	                    
	Name: 	 	 	Name:	 
	Title:	 	 	Title:	 
	Date:	 	 	Date:	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	[By:	 	 	 	 
	Name:	 	 	 	 
	Title:	 	 	 	 
	Date:		]9	 	 


 





 






		9	Include if Bank requires two signatories.



 






    20


     


    

 


EXHIBIT
D


 


Backstop
Commitment Agreement


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Exhibit D to Restructuring Support Agreement


 






     


     


    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


GULFPORT
ENERGY CORPORATION



BACKSTOP COMMITMENT AGREEMENT



November 13, 2020


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 




     


     


    

 


TABLE
OF CONTENTS


 







	 	Page
	1. 	CERTAIN DEFINITIONS	2
	 	 	 
	2.	THE BACKSTOP COMMITMENT	11
	 	2.1	 Backstop Commitment.	11
	 	2.2 	Payment; Closing	12
	 	2.3 	Expense Reimbursement	13
	 	2.4 	Funding Default	13
	 	 	 	 
	3.	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY	14
	 	3.1 	Organization	14
	 	3.2 	Due Authorization, Execution and Delivery; Enforceability	14
	 	3.3 	Authorized and Issued Equity Interests	15
	 	3.4	 Consents	15
	 	3.5 	No Conflicts	15
	 	3.6 	Company Information	16
	 	3.7 	Absence of Certain Changes	16
	 	3.8 	No Violation; Compliance with Laws	16
	 	3.9	 Legal Proceedings	16
	 	3.10 	No Unlawful Payments	16
	 	3.11	 Compliance with Money Laundering Laws	17
	 	3.12 	Compliance with Sanctions Laws	17
	 	3.13 	No Broker’s Fees.	17
	 	3.14	 Investment Company Act	17
	 	3.15 	Takeover Statutes	17
	 	3.16 	Arm’s-Length	17
	 	3.17 	Title to Real Property	18
	 	3.18	 No Undisclosed Relationships	18
	 	3.19 	Licenses and Permits	19
	 	3.20 	Environmental	19
	 	3.21 	Tax Matters	20
	 	3.22	 Employee Benefit Plans	20
	 	3.23 	Internal Control Over Financial Reporting	21
	 	3.24	 Disclosure Controls and Procedures	21
	 	3.25 	Material Contracts	22
	 	3.26	 Insurance	22
	 	3.27 	Intellectual Property	22
	 	3.28	 No Other Representations and Warranties	23
	 	 	 	 
	4. 	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF EACH BACKSTOP PARTY	24
	 	4.1	 Organization	24
	 	4.2 	Due Authorization	24
	 	4.3 	Due Execution; Enforceability	24



 






    i


     


    




 


	 	4.4 	No Registration Under the Securities Act; Selling
Restrictions	24
	 	4.5	 Acquisition for Investment	24
	 	4.6 	No Conflicts	24
	 	4.7	 Consents and Approvals	25
	 	4.8 	Investor Representation	25
	 	4.9 	Investment Experience	25
	 	4.10	 Sufficiency of Funds	25
	 	4.11 	Ownership	25
	 	4.12	 Legal Proceedings	25
	 	4.13 	No Broker’s Fee	26
	 	4.14 	Independent Investigation	26
	5.	 	 COVENANTS	27
	 	5.1 	Conduct of Business	27
	 	5.2 	Non-Disclosure of Holdings Information	27
	 	5.3	 Use of Proceeds	28
	 	5.4	 Blue Sky	28
	 	5.5 	Rights Offering	28
	 	5.6 	The New Convertible Preferred Stock	28
	 	5.7 	Backstop Notice	28
	 	5.8 	Facilitation	28
	 	5.9 	Access to Information; Confidentiality	28
	 	5.10 	Regulatory Approvals	29
	6. 	 	CONDITIONS TO THE BACKSTOP PARTIES’ CLOSING OBLIGATIONS	30
	 	6.1	 Conditions to the Backstop Parties’ Closing
Obligations	30
	 	6.2 	Conditions to the Company’s Closing Obligations	32
	7. 	 	INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION	33
	 	7.1	 Indemnification Obligations	33
	 	7.2 	Indemnification Procedure	34
	 	7.3 	Settlement of Indemnified Claims	35
	 	7.4 	Contribution	35
	 	7.5 	Treatment of Indemnification Payments	35
	8. 	 	MISCELLANEOUS	36
	 	8.1 	Notice	36
	 	8.2 	Assignment	37
	 	8.3 	Survival	37
	 	8.4 	Entire Agreement	37
	 	8.5 	Waivers and Amendments	38
	 	8.6 	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Process	38
	 	8.7 	Counterparts	38
	 	8.8 	Headings	39
	 	8.9 	Severability	39
	 	8.10 	Termination	39
	 	8.11 	Breach	39



 






    ii


     


    




 


	 	8.12 	Effect of Termination	40
	 	8.13 	Waiver of Jury Trial	40
	 	8.14 	Damages	40
	 	8.15 	Specific Performance	40
	 	8.16 	No Reliance	41
	 	8.17 	Publicity	41
	 	8.18	 Settlement Discussions	41
	 	8.19 	No Recourse	42
	 	8.20	 Release	42
	 	8.21 	Other Interpretive Matters	42




    iii


     


    




 


GULFPORT
ENERGY CORPORATION

BACKSTOP COMMITMENT AGREEMENT

November 13, 2020


 


BACKSTOP
COMMITMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 13, 2020 (this “Agreement”), among Gulfport Energy Corporation
(the “Company”), a Delaware corporation (collectively, with each of its debtor Subsidiaries listed on
Schedule 1 hereto, the “Company Parties” or the “Debtors”) and
the parties set forth on Schedule 2 hereto (each a “Backstop Party” and collectively,
the “Backstop Parties”). The Company and each Backstop Party is referred to herein, individually, as
a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”


 


RECITALS


 


WHEREAS,
the Company has issued (i) 6.625% senior notes, due 2023 (the “2023 Notes”) under that certain Indenture
dated as of April 21, 2015, by and among the Company, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”), as trustee,
and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “2023
Notes Indenture”), (ii) 6.000% senior notes, due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”) under that certain
Indenture, dated as of April 21, 2016, by and among the Company, Wells Fargo and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (as may
be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “2024 Notes Indenture”), (iii)
6.375% senior notes, due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”) under that certain Indenture, dated as of December
21, 2016, by and among the Company, Wells Fargo and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto (as may be amended, restated, or otherwise
supplemented from time to time, the “2025 Notes Indenture”), and (iv) 6.375% senior notes, due 2026
(the “2026 Notes,” and together with the 2023 Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2025 Notes, the “Unsecured
Notes”) under that certain Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2017, by and among the Company, Wells Fargo and the
subsidiary guarantors party thereto (as may be amended, restated, or otherwise supplemented from time to time, the “2026
Notes Indenture,” and together with the 2023 Notes Indenture, the 2024 Notes Indenture and the 2025 Notes Indenture,
the “Indentures”).


 


WHEREAS,
the Parties have engaged in arms’ length, good faith discussions regarding a restructuring of certain of the Debtors’
indebtedness and other obligations, including the Company’s indebtedness and obligations under the Indentures.


 


WHEREAS,
the Parties, and certain other holders of Unsecured Notes, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns and
any subsequent holder of Unsecured Notes that becomes party to the RSA (as defined below) in accordance with the terms thereof
(collectively, the “Consenting Noteholders”), and certain lenders under the RBL Credit Agreement (as
defined in the RSA), together with their respective successors and permitted assigns and any subsequent lender under the RBL Credit
Agreement that becomes a party to the RSA in accordance with the terms thereof entered into that certain Restructuring Support
Agreement, dated as November 13, 2020 (the “RSA”), pursuant to which the Parties agreed to, among other
things, support a restructuring of the Company’s capital structure (the “Restructuring”).


 






    1


     


    




 


WHEREAS,
consistent with the RSA, the Restructuring is anticipated to be implemented through a plan of reorganization (as may be supplemented,
amended, or modified from time to time, the “Plan”) to be filed in voluntary cases (the “Chapter
11 Cases”) under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”)
in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”).


 


WHEREAS,
in connection with the Restructuring and pursuant to the Plan, among other things, (a) the Company will conduct a rights offering
(the “Rights Offering”), by distributing to each holder of Notes rights to purchase such holder’s
pro rata share of the New Convertible Preferred Stock (as defined below) available to be purchased in connection with the
Rights Offering, and in an amount consistent with the RSA, for an aggregate purchase price of $50,000,000.00, and (b) subject
to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, each Backstop Party has agreed to purchase (on a several and not joint
basis) an aggregate amount of New Convertible Preferred Stock equal to its Backstop Obligation (as defined below).


 


AGREEMENT


 


NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations, warranties, and covenants
hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,
the Parties agree as follows:


 


1.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS


 


The
following terms have the meanings set forth below:


 


“Ad
Hoc Noteholder Group” has the meaning set forth in the Plan.


 


“Affiliate”
of any Person means any Person that directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such
Person, and includes the managed accounts and affiliate funds of such Person. As used in this definition, “control”
(including with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person
(whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).


 


“Aggregate
Commitment Amount” means $50,000,000.


 


“Agreement”
has the meaning assigned to it in the Preamble hereto.


 


“Antitrust
Authorities” means the United States Federal Trade Commission, the Antitrust Division of the United States Department
of Justice, the attorneys general of the several states of the United States and any other governmental entity, whether domestic
or foreign, having jurisdiction pursuant to the Antitrust Laws.


 


“Antitrust
Laws” means the Sherman Act, the Clayton Act, the HSR Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, and any other Law,
whether domestic or foreign, governing agreements in restraint of trade, monopolization, pre-merger notification, the lessening
of competition through merger or acquisition or anti-competitive conduct, and any foreign investment Laws.


 




    2


     


    

 


“Approval
Order” means an order entered by the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases authorizing the Company (on behalf
of the Debtors) to assume this Agreement, including all exhibits and other attachments hereto.


 


“Backstop
Commitment” means, with respect to each Backstop Party, the maximum amount of consideration in exchange for Remaining
Shares that such Backstop Party may be required to pay under this Agreement. Such amounts are set forth opposite each Backstop
Party’s name in Schedule 2 hereto.


 


“Backstop
Commitment Premium” means (a) in the event of the purchase of New Convertible Preferred Stock by any Backstop Party,
10% of the aggregate amount of such Backstop Party’s Backstop Commitment and Subscription Price, payable in the form of
New Convertible Preferred Stock issued at the Per Share Price, and (b) in the event this Agreement is terminated by the Required
Backstop Parties under Section 8.10.4, 10% of the aggregate amount of such Backstop Party’s Backstop Commitment and
Subscription Price, payable in full in cash.


 


“Backstop
Notice” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1.3 hereto.


 


“Backstop
Obligation” means, with respect to each Backstop Party, the number of Remaining Shares required to be purchased
by it on the Effective Date, in an amount equal to the product of: (a) the Remaining Shares; and (b) such Backstop Party’s
Backstop Percentage.


 


“Backstop
Party” and “Backstop Parties” have the meanings assigned to them in the Preamble hereto.


 


“Backstop
Party Professionals” means (a) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, as counsel to the Ad Hoc Noteholder
Group, (b) one local counsel to the Ad Hoc Noteholder Group, (c) Houlihan Lokey, Inc., as financial advisor to the Ad Hoc Noteholder
Group, and (d) other professional advisors for specialized areas of expertise as circumstances warrant, which are retained by
Consenting Noteholders.


 


“Backstop
Percentage” means, with respect to each Backstop Party, the percentages set forth opposite each Backstop Party’s
name in Schedule 2 attached hereto.


 


“Backstop
Purchase” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1.2(b) hereto.


 


“Bankruptcy
Code” means Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code.


 


“Bankruptcy
Court” has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals hereto.


 


“Business
Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are
authorized or required by Law to close.


 


“Chapter
11 Cases” has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals hereto.


 


“Closing”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.2.2(a) hereto.


 


“Company”
has the meaning assigned to it in the Preamble hereto.


 




    3


     


    

 


“Company
Disclosure Schedule” means the disclosure schedule delivered by the Company to the Backstop Parties on the date
of this Agreement.


 


“Company
Information” means all of the reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents (including exhibits and
other information incorporated therein) posted or filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to the reporting requirements set
forth in the Exchange Act.


 


“Company
Parties” has the meaning assigned to it in the Preamble hereto.


 


“Company
Plan” and “Company Plans” have the meanings assigned to them in Section 3.22.1
hereto.


 


“Confirmation
Order” has the meaning set forth in the RSA.


 


“Consenting
Noteholders” has the meaning assigned to in the Recitals hereto.


 


“Contract”
means any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, lease, sublease, conditional sales contract, mortgage, license, sublicense,
obligation, promise, undertaking, commitment or other binding arrangement (in each case, whether written or oral).


 


“Debtors”
has the meaning assigned to it in the Preamble hereto.


 


“Defaulting
Backstop Party” means each Backstop Party that causes a Funding Default.


 


“Definitive
Documents” has the meaning set forth in the RSA.


 


“Disclosure
Statement” has the meaning assigned to in the RSA.


 


“Effective
Date” means the occurrence of the effective date of the Plan according to its terms.


 


“Entity”
has the meaning set forth in section 101(15) of the Bankruptcy Code.


 


“Environmental
Laws” means all applicable Laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders in council,
orders, decrees, treaties, directives, judgments or legally binding Contracts promulgated or entered into by or with any Governmental
Authority, relating to the protection of the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the generation, management,
use, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material or
to occupational health and safety matters (to the extent relating to the management of or exposure to Hazardous Materials).


 


“ERISA”
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.


 


“ERISA
Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Company is, or at any
relevant time during the past six years was, treated as a single employer under section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal
Revenue Code.


 


“Event”
means any event, change, effect, circumstance, occurrence, development, condition, result, state of facts or change of facts.


 




    4


     


    

 


“Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


 


“Exit
Facility” has the meaning set forth in the RSA.


 


“Exit
Facility Documents” has the meaning set forth in the RSA.


 


“Expense
Reimbursement” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.3.1 hereto.


 


“Filing
Party” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.10.2 hereto.


 


“Funding
Amount” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1.3 hereto.


 


“Funding
Default” means the failure by any Backstop Party to timely exercise all Subscription Rights held by it in the Rights
Offering pursuant to Section 2.2 or pay the full amount of the Purchase Price with respect to its Backstop Obligation by
the Subscription Funding Date or the Effective Date, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.2.


 


“GAAP”
means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


 


“Governmental
Authority” means: (i) any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or international government or governmental
authority, quasi-governmental entity of any kind, regulatory or administrative agency, governmental commission, department, board,
bureau, agency or instrumentality, court, tribunal, arbitrator or arbitral body (public or private) or any body exercising or
entitled to exercise any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory, or Taxing authority or power of
any nature, (ii) any self-regulatory organization or (iii) any political subdivision of any of the foregoing.


 


“Hazardous
Materials” means all pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, chemicals, hazardous materials, and hazardous substances,
including any sulphuric or other acid, explosive or radioactive substances or petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or
asbestos containing materials, lead in any form (including soluble and particulate), arsenic, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde
or radon gas that are subject to regulation or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law because of their hazardous
or deleterious properties or characteristics.


 


“HSR
Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended from time to time.


 


“Indemnified
Claim” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.2 hereto.


 


“Indemnified
Losses” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.1 hereto.


 


“Indemnified
Person” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.1 hereto.


 


“Indemnifying
Party” and “Indemnifying Parties” have the meanings assigned to them in Section 7.1
hereto.


 


“Indentures”
has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals.


 




    5


     


    

 


“Intellectual
Property” means any and all of the following in any jurisdiction throughout the world, and all corresponding rights:
(a) material inventions, patents and industrial designs (including utility model rights, design rights and industrial property
rights), patent and industrial design applications, and patent disclosures, together with all reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part,
revisions, divisionals, extensions, and reexaminations; (b) material trademarks, service marks, designs, trade dress, logos, slogans,
trade names, business names, corporate names, Internet domain names, and all other indicia of origin, all applications and registrations
in connection therewith, and all goodwill associated with any of the foregoing (this clause (b), “Marks”);
(c) material works of authorship, copyrights, software, data, database rights and moral rights, and all applications and
registrations in connection therewith; (d) trade secrets and other confidential information, including know how, methods, processes,
techniques, formulae, and product specifications; (e) material rights of privacy and publicity, including rights to the use of
names of real persons; and (f) material other intellectual property rights.


 


“Internal
Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.


 


“Investment
Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.


 


“IT
Systems” means the hardware, firmware, networks, platforms, servers, interfaces, applications, web sites and related
systems used in the operation of the business of the Company Parties.


 


“Joinder
Agreement” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.2 hereto.


 


“Joint
Filing Party” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.10.3.


 


“Kirkland”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.9 hereto.


 


“Knowledge
of the Company” means the actual knowledge (after reasonable inquiry) of the individuals holding the offices of
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Vice President of Finance or Corporate Secretary and
General Counsel of the Company as of the date hereof.


 


“Law”
means any law (including common law), statute, ordinance, treaty, rule, regulation, policy or requirement of any governmental
authority and authoritative interpretations thereon, in each case, applicable to or binding on such Person or any of its properties
or to which such Person or any of its properties is subject.


 


“Leased
Real Property” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.17.2.


 


“Legal
Proceedings” means any legal, governmental, administrative, judicial or regulatory investigations, audits, actions,
suits, claims, arbitrations, demands, demand letters, claims, notices of noncompliance or violations, or proceedings.


 


“Lien”
means any lien, adverse claim, charge, option, license, right of first refusal, servitude, security interest, mortgage, pledge,
deed of trust, easement, encumbrance, restriction on transfer, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, defect in
title, lien or judicial lien as defined in Sections 101(36) and (37) of the Bankruptcy Code or other restrictions of a similar
kind.


 




    6


     


    

 


“Management
Incentive Plan” has the meaning assigned in the RSA.


 


“Marks”
has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of Intellectual Property.


 


“Material
Adverse Effect” means any Event occurring after the date hereof that, individually or together with all other Events,
has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material and adverse effect on (i) the business, results of operations or condition
(financial or otherwise) of the Company Parties, or the properties, assets, finances or liabilities of the Company Parties, taken
as a whole, or (ii) the ability of the Company Parties to timely consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and by the RSA
and the Plan; provided that for purposes of the foregoing clause (i), “Material Adverse Effect” shall not include
any Event occurring after the date hereof and arising out of or resulting from: (a) general changes or developments in the industries
and business in which the Company Parties operate; (b) general changes or developments in economic conditions in regions and markets
in which the Company Parties operate; (c) general changes or developments in regional, national or international political or
social conditions, including acts of war, terrorism or natural disasters, escalation or material worsening of hostilities, whether
or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon
the United States or its territories, possessions, diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment
or personnel of the United States; (d) any general changes or developments in financial, banking, securities, credit, or commodities
markets, prevailing interest rates or general capital markets conditions; (e) changes in United States generally accepted accounting
principles occurring after the date hereof; (f) changes in Laws, Orders, or other binding directives issued by any Governmental
Authority occurring after the date hereof; (g) the taking of any action or inaction expressly required by this Agreement, the
RSA or the Plan; (h) any epidemic, pandemic or disease outbreak (including the COVID-19 pandemic), or any Law, regulation, statute,
directive, pronouncement or guideline issued by a governmental unit (as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy Code), the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the World Health Organization or industry group providing for business closures, “sheltering-in-place”
or other restrictions that relate to, or arise out of, an epidemic, pandemic or disease outbreak (including the COVID-19 pandemic)
or any change in such Law, regulation, statute, directive, pronouncement or guideline or interpretation thereof following the
date of this Agreement; (i) any action or inaction consented to in writing or requested in writing by the Consenting Noteholders;
or (j) compliance with the express terms of this Agreement or the RSA (other than Section 7.01(p) of the RSA), including seeking
approval of the Disclosure Statement and seeking to confirm or consummate the Plan, in each case pursuant to and in accordance
with the RSA; provided, that exceptions set forth in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (h) of this definition shall
not apply to the extent that such Event is disproportionately adverse to the Company Parties, taken as a whole, as compared to
other companies comparable in size and scale to the Company Parties operating in the industries and same geographical area in
which the Company Parties operate.


 


“Material
Contracts” means (a) all “plans of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation or succession”
and “material contracts” (as such terms are defined in Items 601(b)(2) and 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the
Exchange Act) to which any Company Party is a party, (b) any Contracts to which any Company Party is a party that are likely
to reasonably involve consideration of more than $5,000,000, in the aggregate, over a twelve-month period, and (c) all Contracts:
(i) any Company Party is granted a right or license with respect to any Intellectual Property of any other Person thereunder,
which right or license is material to the Company Parties’ business; (ii) any Company Party grants to any other Person thereunder
any right or license with respect to any material Owned IP; or (iii) any Company Party’s ability to use, own, license, transfer,
enforce, or disclose any material Owned IP is adversely affected, including settlement agreements, but in the case of (i) and
(iii), excluding Off-the-Shelf Licenses.


 






    7


     


    




 


“Money
Laundering Laws” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.11 hereto.


 


“New
Common Stock” means shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Reorganized Company.


 


“New
Convertible Preferred Stock” means shares of convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Reorganized
Company having the rights and preferences set forth in New Preferred Stock Term Sheet attached as Exhibit H to the RSA.


 


“New
Equity” means collectively, the New Common Stock and the New Convertible Preferred Stock.


 


“Notice
of Assignment” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.2 hereto.


 


“Off-the-Shelf
License” means any license for unmodified, commercially available “off-the-shelf” software that is used
in the Company’s internal “back-office” operations for which the Company pays an aggregate fee, royalty, or
other consideration for any such software or group of related software licenses of no more than $100,000.


 


“Offering
Deadline” means the date on which the subscription period for the Rights Offering shall expire (as such date may
be extended pursuant to the Plan and the Rights Offering Procedures).


 


“Orders”
means any orders, decisions, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, awards or other determination of any Governmental Authority.


 


“Owned
IP” means all Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by any Group Company, including the Registered
IP.


 


“Party”
and “Parties” have the meanings assigned to them in the Preamble hereto.


 


“Perella”
has the meaning assigned to it in Section 5.9 hereto.


 


“Permitted
Liens” means Permitted Liens as defined under, granted under or permitted under the RBL Credit Agreement and the
schedules thereto as of the date hereof, each of which shall be released on the Effective Date.


 


“Per
Share Price” means an amount equal to the price at which one share of the New Convertible Preferred Stock is sold
to holders of Notes in the Rights Offering pursuant to the Rights Offering Documents.


 




    8


     


    

 


“Person”
includes any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company,
limited partnership, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, governmental unit (as defined in section 101(27) of the Bankruptcy
Code), or other Entity.


 


“Petition
Date” has the meaning assigned to it in the Plan.


 


“Plan”
has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals hereto.


 


“Purchase
Price” means, with respect to any Backstop Party, the applicable purchase price in respect of its Backstop Purchase
calculated as the product (expressed in U.S. dollars) of (a) such Backstop Party’s Backstop Obligation, multiplied by (b)
the Per Share Price.


 


“Registered
IP” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.27.1 hereto.


 


“Related
Party Agreement” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.18 hereto.


 


“Remaining
Shares” means the aggregate number of New Convertible Preferred Stock that have not been subscribed for and purchased,
if any, in the Rights Offering as of the Offering Deadline.


 


“Reorganized
Company” means the Company, as reorganized pursuant to and under the Plan, on and after the Effective Date, or any
successor or assign thereof.


 


“Replacement
Period” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.4.1 hereto.


 


“Replacement
Purchase” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.4.1 hereto.


 


“Replacement
Purchase Payment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.1 hereto.


 


“Replacing
Backstop Parties” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.4.1 hereto.


 


“Required
Backstop Parties” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.5 hereto.


 


“Reserve
Report” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 3.17.1 hereto.


 


“Restructuring”
has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals hereto.


 


“Rights
Offering” has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals hereto.


 


“Rights
Offering Documents” means this Agreement and the Rights Offering Procedures.


 


“Rights
Offering Procedures” means the procedures governing the Rights Offering, in form and substance reasonably acceptable
to the Required Backstop Parties.


 


“RSA”
has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals hereto.


 


“SEC”
means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.


 




    9


     


    

 


“Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


 


“Subscription
Agent” means Epiq Bankruptcy Solutions LLC, together with its affiliates and subcontractors.


 


“Subscription
Account” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1.3 hereto.


 


“Subscription
Amount” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1.2(a) hereto.


 


“Subscription
Funding Date” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.2.1 hereto.


 


“Subscription
Price” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 2.1.3 hereto.


 


“Subscription
Rights” means those certain rights to purchase New Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the Rights Offering at
the “Per Share Price” per share, which the reorganized Company will issue to participating holders of Notes pursuant
to the Plan.


 


“Subsidiary”
means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity
as to which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary or Affiliate), (a) owns, directly or indirectly,
more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests, (b) has the power to elect a majority of the board of directors
or similar governing body thereof or (c) has the power to direct, or otherwise control, the business and policies thereof by Contract,
equity ownership or otherwise.


 


“Takeover
Statute” means any restrictions contained in any “fair price,” “moratorium,” “control
share acquisition”, “business combination” or other similar anti-takeover statute or regulation.


 


“Tax”
or “Taxes” means any and all federal, state, local or non-U.S. taxes, levies, fees, imposts, duties,
and similar governmental charges (including any interest, fines, assessments, penalties or additions to tax imposed in connection
therewith or with respect thereto), whether disputed or not, however denominated, including (i) taxes imposed on, or measured
by, income, franchise, profits or gross receipts and (ii) ad valorem, alternative or add-on minimum, value added, capital
gains, sales, goods and services, use, real or personal property, capital stock, license, branch, payroll, estimated, withholding,
employment, social security (or similar), unemployment compensation, utility, severance, production, excise, stamp, occupation,
premium, windfall profits, transfer and gains taxes, escheat, unclaimed property, environmental, and customs duties.


 


“Unsecured
Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals hereto.


 






    10


     


    




 


		2.	THE
                                         BACKSTOP COMMITMENT



 


		2.1	Backstop
                                         Commitment.2.1.1



 


		2.1.1	New
                                         Convertible Preferred Stock. The Rights Offering will be made, and the New Convertible
                                         Preferred Stock thereunder will be issued and sold in reliance upon, the exemption from
                                         registration under the Securities Act provided in section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code
                                         to the fullest extent available, and if not available, an exemption from registration
                                         provided by section 4(a)(2) and Regulation D of the Securities Act or another available
                                         exemption from registration under the Securities Act; provided, that, all New
                                         Convertible Preferred Stock issued to the Backstop Parties on account of the Backstop
                                         Obligations and the Backstop Commitment Premium will be made in reliance on the exemption
                                         from registration provided by section 4(a)(2) and Regulation D of the Securities Act
                                         or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and, in each
                                         case, the Disclosure Statement, Confirmation Order and Plan shall include a statement
                                         to such effect.









 


		2.1.2	The
                                         Rights Offering and the Backstop Commitment.



 


		(a)	On
                                         and subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the Rights Offering Procedures, including
                                         entry of the Confirmation Order, each Backstop Party agrees, severally and not jointly,
                                         to (i) fully exercise all Subscription Rights that are properly issued to it and its
                                         Affiliates pursuant to the Rights Offering, (ii) duly purchase all New Convertible Preferred
                                         Stock issuable to it and its Affiliates pursuant to such exercise (such shares, the “Subscription
                                         Amount”) at the applicable Per Share Price for the applicable aggregate
                                         subscription price (the “Subscription Price”) set forth next
                                         to such Backstop Party’s name on Schedule 2, and (iii) complete,
                                         duly execute and submit a subscription exercise form and any other documentation required
                                         pursuant to the Rights Offering Procedures and the Plan.



 


		(b)	On
                                         and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including entry of the Confirmation Order,
                                         each Backstop Party agrees, severally and not jointly, to (i) purchase an aggregate number
                                         of Remaining Shares equal to its Backstop Obligation (the “Backstop Purchase”)
                                         for an amount equal to the Purchase Price and (ii) complete, duly execute and submit
                                         a subscription exercise form and any other documentation required pursuant to the Rights
                                         Offering Procedures and the Plan.



 


		2.1.3	Backstop
                                         Notice. On or before the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Offering Deadline,
                                         the Subscription Agent on behalf of the Company shall notify each Backstop Party in writing
                                         (the “Backstop Notice”) as to: (a) the Remaining Shares;
                                         (b) its consequent Backstop Obligation; (c) the aggregate amount payable on the Subscription
                                         Funding Date with respect to such Backstop Party’s Subscription Amount and Backstop
                                         Obligation (collectively, the “Funding Amount”); and (d) the
                                         account information (including wiring instructions) for the account to which such Backstop
                                         Party shall deliver and pay the Funding Amount (which account shall be a segregated account
                                         of the Subscription Agent who will hold the Funding Amounts for the benefit of the Backstop
                                         Parties until paid to the Company as contemplated by Section 2.2.2(b) (such account,
                                         the “Subscription Account”).



 






    11


     


    




 


		2.2	Payment;
                                         Closing.



 


		2.2.1	Payment.
                                         No later than three (3) Business Days prior to the Effective Date (such date, the “Subscription
                                         Funding Date”), each Backstop Party shall deliver and pay its Funding Amount
                                         by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars into the Subscription
                                         Account in satisfaction in full of such Backstop Party’s Backstop Commitment and
                                         obligations under the Rights Offering Documents.



 


		2.2.2	Closing.



 


		(a)	Subject
                                         to Article VI, the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Closing”)
                                         shall take places at the offices of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 601 Lexington Avenue, New
                                         York, NY 10022, on the Effective Date contemporaneously with the substantial consummation
                                         of the Plan.



 


		(b)	At
                                         the Closing, the funds held in the Subscription Account shall be released to the Company.



 


		(c)	At
                                         the Closing, issuance of the applicable Subscription Amount and the applicable Remaining
                                         Shares and any New Convertible Preferred Stock issued as part of a Replacement Purchase,
                                         if any, pursuant to Section 2.4 will be made by the Reorganized Company to each
                                         Backstop Party against payment of the applicable portion of such Backstop Party’s
                                         Funding Amount (and its applicable Replacement Purchase Payment Amount) in satisfaction
                                         of such Backstop Party’s Backstop Commitment and its obligations hereunder and
                                         its obligations under the Rights Offering Documents.



 


		2.2.3	Premium.
                                         Subject to Section 2.4, the Company hereby agrees to pay each Backstop Party its
                                         Backstop Commitment Premium, which premium shall be deemed earned upon the effective
                                         date of this Agreement and payable upon the earlier of (a) the Effective Date and (b)
                                         termination of this Agreement by the Required Backstop Parties, pursuant to Section
                                         8.10.4.



 


		2.2.4	Certain
                                         Tax Matters. All parties hereto agree to treat the transactions contemplated by this
                                         Agreement as follows for U.S. federal, and applicable state and local, income Tax purposes:
                                         (a) the Backstop Obligation shall be treated as an option of the Company to put the Remaining
                                         Shares to the Backstop Parties; (b) the Backstop Commitment Premium shall be treated
                                         as a premium for such put option; and (c) each party shall prepare their respective U.S.
                                         federal, and applicable state and local income Tax returns in a manner consistent with
                                         the foregoing treatment, and no party shall take any position or action inconsistent
                                         with such treatment and/or characterization, except, in each case, to the extent otherwise
                                         required by a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the
                                         Internal Revenue Code.



 






    12


     


    




 


		2.2.5	Withholding.
                                         Except as otherwise required by applicable Law, the Company shall not withhold any Taxes
                                         with respect to the Backstop Commitment Premium. To



 


the
extent the Company or any other applicable withholding agent is required by applicable to Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes
or other amounts with respect to the Backstop Commitment Premium or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement, (a) the Company will
be authorized to take any actions that may be necessary or appropriate to comply with such withholding requirements and (b) any
such deducted or withheld amounts shall be treated as paid to the Person to whom such amounts would otherwise have been paid for
purposes of this Agreement. The Company shall be entitled to solicit IRS Form W-9s or W-8s, or any other appropriate forms or
information, from the Backstop Parties in order to determine the amount of such withholding and shall cooperate with the Backstop
Parties to mitigate or reduce any such withholding to the extent permitted by applicable Law.


 


		2.3	Expense
                                         Reimbursement.



 


		2.3.1	Subject
                                         to the entry of the Approval Order, the Company agrees to pay or reimburse when due,
                                         to the extent not otherwise paid pursuant to the RSA or in connection with the Chapter
                                         11 Cases or another order of the Bankruptcy Court, all accrued and unpaid fees, costs
                                         and expenses of the Backstop Parties and Backstop Parties’ Professionals, incurred
                                         in connection with this Agreement, the RSA, and the Chapter 11 Cases, whether prior to,
                                         on, or after the date hereof through the Effective Date for which invoices or receipts
                                         are forwarded to the Company by the Backstop Parties at least three (3) Business Days
                                         prior to the Effective Date (the “Expense Reimbursement”);
                                         provided, however, that the failure to timely forward invoices or receipts
                                         will not release the Company from its obligation to pay the Expense Reimbursement in
                                         respect therefor.



 


		2.4	Funding
                                         Default.



 


		2.4.1	Upon
                                         the occurrence of a Funding Default, the Backstop Parties (other than any Defaulting
                                         Backstop Party) shall have the right, but not the obligation, within three (3) Business
                                         Days after receipt of written notice from the Company to all Backstop Parties of such
                                         Funding Default, which notice shall be given promptly following the occurrence of such
                                         Funding Default and to all Backstop Parties substantially concurrently (such three (3)
                                         Business Day period, the “Replacement Period”), to elect, by
                                         written notice to the Company, to purchase all or any portion of the New Convertible
                                         Preferred Stock attributable to such Defaulting Backstop Party’s Backstop Obligation
                                         or Subscription Rights (such purchase, a “Replacement Purchase”)
                                         on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in such amounts
                                         as may be agreed upon by all of the non-defaulting Backstop Parties that elect to purchase
                                         all or any portion of the New Convertible Preferred Stock attributable to such Defaulting
                                         Backstop Party (such Backstop Parties, the “Replacing Backstop Parties”),
                                         or, if no such agreement is reached by the date upon which the Replacement Period expires,
                                         the pro rata amount, based upon each Replacing Backstop Party’s Backstop
                                         Percentage to the aggregate Backstop Percentages of all the Replacing Backstop Parties,
                                         of the aggregate number of New Convertible Preferred Stock that have not been purchased
                                         as a result of such Funding Default. The purchase price paid by any Replacing Backstop
                                         Party for shares of New Convertible Preferred Stock in connection with a Replacement
                                         Purchase (the “Replacement Purchase Payment Amount”) shall
                                         be equal to the applicable portion of the Subscription Price and/or the Backstop Commitment
                                         of the Defaulting Backstop Party. Within one (1) Business Day from delivery of written
                                         notice of a Funding Default, any electing Backstop Parties will fund the Subscription
                                         Account with the Replacement Purchase Payment Amount.



 




    13


     


    




 


		2.4.2	If
                                         a Backstop Party is a Defaulting Backstop Party, it shall not be entitled to any of the
                                         Backstop Commitment Premium hereunder; provided, that the Backstop Commitment
                                         Premium that would have been payable to such Defaulting Backstop Party had such Defaulting
                                         Backstop Party not defaulted shall instead be reallocated and paid to the Replacing Backstop
                                         Parties, pro rata, based on the allocation of the Replacement Purchase.



 


		2.4.3	Except
                                         as otherwise agreed in writing by such Backstop Party, nothing in this Agreement shall
                                         require any Backstop Party to purchase more than its applicable Backstop Obligation and
                                         its applicable Subscription Amount.



 


		2.4.4	Notwithstanding
                                         anything to the contrary set forth in Section 8.12 but subject to Section 8.14,
                                         no provision of this Agreement shall relieve any Defaulting Backstop Party from liability
                                         hereunder, or limit the availability of the remedies set forth in Section 8.15
                                         or otherwise available to the non-defaulting parties hereto, in connection with any such
                                         Backstop Party’s Funding Default.



 


		3.	REPRESENTATIONS
                                         AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY Except (a) as set forth in the corresponding section
                                         of the Company Disclosure Schedule or (b) as disclosed in the Company Information and
                                         publicly available on the SEC’s website prior to the date hereof, the Company,
                                         on behalf of itself and each of the Company Parties, as applicable, hereby represents
                                         and warrants to each of the Backstop Parties, in their capacities as Backstop Parties,
                                         as of the date hereof, as follows:



 


		3.1	Organization.
                                         Each Company Party:



 


		3.1.1	is
                                         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction
                                         of its organization, except where any such failure to be duly organized, validly existing
                                         and in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected
                                         to result in a Material Adverse Effect;



 


		3.1.2	has
                                         all corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties, to lease the property
                                         it operates under lease and to conduct its business, except where any such failure to
                                         own and/or operate, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected
                                         to result in a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		3.2	Due
                                         Authorization, Execution and Delivery; Enforceability. The Company has the requisite
                                         corporate power and authority to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and,
                                         subject to the entry of the Approval Order and the Confirmation Order, to perform its
                                         obligations hereunder, and has taken all necessary corporate action required for the
                                         due authorization, execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement. Assuming
                                         due and valid execution and delivery by the other Parties, this Agreement constitutes
                                         the legally valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance
                                         with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency
                                         or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by
                                         equitable principles relating to enforceability.



 




    14


     


    




 


		3.3	Authorized
                                         and Issued Equity Interests.



 


		3.3.1	On
                                         the Effective Date, (i) the outstanding equity interests in the Company will consist
                                         solely of the New Common Stock issued under the Plan, any New Common Stock issued under
                                         the Management Incentive Plan, and the New Convertible Preferred Stock issued under the
                                         Rights Offering and hereunder, (ii) no New Equity will be held by the Company in its
                                         treasury, (iii) except as may otherwise be provided under the Management Incentive Plan,
                                         no New Common Stock will be reserved for issuance upon exercise of options and other
                                         rights to purchase or acquire New Common Stock, and (iv) except as may be contemplated
                                         under the Rights Offering or hereunder, no New Convertible Preferred Stock will be reserved
                                         for issuance upon exercise of options or other rights to purchase or acquire the New
                                         Convertible Preferred Stock.



 


		3.3.2	As
                                         of the Effective Date, the New Common Stock and the New Convertible Preferred Stock,
                                         when issued, will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will be fully paid and
                                         non-assessable. As of the Effective Date, the Company shall have the ability to issue
                                         sufficient New Convertible Preferred Stock and New Common Stock to consummate the transaction
                                         contemplated under this Agreement, the RSA and the Plan.



 


		3.3.3	Except
                                         as set forth in this Section 3.3, as of the Effective Date, no capital stock or
                                         other equity interests or voting interests in the Company will have been issued, reserved
                                         for issuance or be outstanding.



 


		3.4	Consents.
                                         Subject to the entry of the Confirmation Order and the filing of the New Organizational
                                         Documents with the Delaware Secretary of State prior to or on the Effective Date, none
                                         of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Company, including
                                         the issuance of the New Convertible Preferred Stock and the New Common Stock by the Company,
                                         will require any consent of, authorization by, exemption from, filing with, or notice
                                         to any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Company Parties, other than
                                         the failure of which to make or obtain, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably
                                         be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		3.5	No
                                         Conflicts. Except for entry of the Confirmation Order, and subject to the occurrence
                                         of the Effective Date, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the
                                         Company, including the issuance of the New Convertible Preferred Stock and the consummation
                                         of the transactions contemplated hereunder, will not (a) conflict with or result
                                         in any breach of any provision of any Company Party’s certificate of incorporation,
                                         by-laws or equivalent governing documents as in effect on the Effective Date, (b) conflict
                                         with or result in the breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of or constitute
                                         a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default)
                                         under, or give rise to any right of termination or, except to the extent specified in
                                         the Plan, acceleration or cancellation under any Material Contract, lease, mortgage,
                                         license, indenture, instrument or any other material agreement or contract to which any
                                         Company Party is a party or by which any Company Party’s properties or assets are
                                         bound as in effect on the Effective Date after giving effect to the Plan, or (c) result
                                         in a violation of any Law or Order (including federal and state securities Laws) applicable
                                         to any Company Party or by which any Company Party’s properties or assets will
                                         be bound or affected, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c), as would not, individually
                                         or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.



 




    15


     


    




 


		3.6	Company
                                         Information. Since December 31, 2019, the Company has timely filed all required Company
                                         Information with the SEC. The Disclosure Statement as filed with the Bankruptcy Court
                                         will contain “adequate information,” as such term in defined in section 1125
                                         of the Bankruptcy Code, and will otherwise comply in all material respects with section
                                         1125 of the Bankruptcy Code.



 


		3.7	Absence
                                         of Certain Changes. Since December 31, 2019, no event has occurred or exists that
                                         constitutes, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		3.8	No
                                         Violation; Compliance with Laws. (a) The Company is not in violation of its charter
                                         or by-laws in any material respect, and (b) no other Company Party is in violation of
                                         its respective charter or by-laws, certificate of formation or limited liability company
                                         operating agreement or similar organizational document in any material respect. None
                                         of the Company Parties is or has been at any time since December 31, 2017, deemed to
                                         be in violation of any Law or Order, except for any such violations that have not had
                                         and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect.



 


		3.9	Legal
                                         Proceedings. Other than the Chapter 11 Cases and any adversary proceedings or contested
                                         motions commenced in connection therewith, as of the date hereof, there are no Legal
                                         Proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to which any of the
                                         Company Parties is a party or to which any property of the Company Parties is the subject,
                                         in each case that (a) in any manner draws into question the validity or enforceability
                                         of this Agreement, the Definitive Documents or the Restructuring or (b) would reasonably
                                         be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		3.10	No
                                         Unlawful Payments. Since December 31, 2017, none of the Company Parties nor, to the
                                         Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective directors, officers or employees acting
                                         on behalf of the Company with the express authority to do such act, has in any material
                                         respect: (a) used any funds of any of the Company Parties for any unlawful contribution,
                                         gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense, in each case relating to political activity;
                                         (b) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government
                                         official or employee from corporate funds; (c) violated or is in violation of any applicable
                                         provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or any other applicable Law
                                         or Order prohibiting bribery and corruption in any relevant jurisdiction; or (d) made
                                         any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other similar unlawful
                                         payment.



 




    16


     


    




 


		3.11	Compliance
                                         with Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company Parties are and, since
                                         December 31, 2017 have been at all times, conducted in compliance in all material respects
                                         with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the U.S. Currency
                                         and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, the money laundering Laws of all jurisdictions
                                         in which the Company Parties operate and any related or similar Laws (collectively, the
                                         “Money Laundering Laws”) and, as of the date hereof, no material
                                         Legal Proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority or any arbitrator involving
                                         any of the Company Parties with respect to Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the
                                         Knowledge of the Company, threatened.



 


		3.12	Compliance
                                         with Sanctions Laws. Since December 31, 2017, (i) each of the Company Parties has
                                         been in compliance with applicable sanctions Laws in all material respects and (ii) no
                                         Company Party has conducted any internal investigation, made any voluntary or involuntary
                                         disclosure to any Governmental Authority, received any inquiry from any Governmental
                                         Authority, or received any written whistleblower or other complaint involving alleged
                                         violations of sanctions Law. No Company Party appears on any sanctioned party list issued
                                         by the United States, the UN Security Council, the European Union, the United Kingdom,
                                         or Canada, nor is any Company Party owned or controlled by any such Person.



 


		3.13	No
                                         Broker’s Fees. None of the Company Parties is a party to any Contract with
                                         any Person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against
                                         the Backstop Parties for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in
                                         connection with the Rights Offering or the transactions contemplated hereby.



 


		3.14	Investment
                                         Company Act. The Company Parties are not and, after giving effect to the Rights Offering
                                         and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Definitive Documents,
                                         will not be subject to registration and regulation as an “investment company”
                                         as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act.



 


		3.15	Takeover
                                         Statutes. No Takeover Statute is applicable to this Agreement, the Rights Offering,
                                         the Backstop Commitment and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.



 


		3.16	Arm’s-Length.
                                         The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) each of the Backstop Parties is acting solely
                                         in the capacity of an arm’s-length contractual counterparty to the Company with
                                         respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining
                                         the terms of the Rights Offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or
                                         an agent of, the Company or any other Company Party or any of their Affiliates and (b)
                                         no Backstop Party is advising the Company or any other Company Party or any of their
                                         Affiliates as to any legal, Tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any
                                         jurisdiction.



 




    17


     


    




 


		3.17	Title
                                         to Real Property.



 


		3.17.1	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect, (a) the Company Parties have good and defensible title to the oil and
                                         gas properties evaluated in the most recently delivered Reserve Report and good title
                                         to all its other personal properties, in each case, free and clear of all Liens except
                                         Permitted Liens, and (b) subject to the Permitted Liens, the Company (or applicable Subsidiary)
                                         owns the net interests in production attributable to the hydrocarbon interests as reflected
                                         in the most recently delivered Reserve Report, and the ownership of such properties shall
                                         not in any material respect obligate the Company or such Subsidiary to bear the costs
                                         and expenses relating to the maintenance, development and operations of each such property
                                         in an amount in excess of the working interest of each property set forth in the most
                                         recently delivered Reserve Report that is not offset by a corresponding proportionate
                                         increase in the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s net revenue interest in such
                                         property. “Reserve Report” means that certain report issued
                                         by Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., as of December 31, 2019 with respect to
                                         the oil and gas reserves of the Company attributable to the properties of the Company
                                         and certain of its Subsidiaries.



 


		3.17.2	Each
                                         Company Party is in compliance with all obligations under all material real property
                                         leases other than oil and gas leases to which it is a party (“Leased Real
                                         Property”), except where the failure to comply would not reasonably be
                                         expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and all
                                         such material real property leases are in full force and effect, except leases in respect
                                         of which the failure to be in full force and effect would not reasonably be expected
                                         to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Company
                                         Parties enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such material leases, other
                                         than leases in respect of which the failure to enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession
                                         would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect. The applicable Company Party has a good and valid leasehold interest
                                         in the Leased Real Property free and clear of all Liens, except where the failure to
                                         do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect. No Company Party owns a fee interest in any real property other than
                                         any fee title to oil and gas properties described in Section 3.17.1 above.



 


		3.18	No
                                         Undisclosed Relationships. There are no Contracts or other direct or indirect relationships
                                         (a “Related Party Agreement”) existing as of the date hereof
                                         between or among any Company Party, on the one hand, and any director, officer or greater
                                         than five percent (5%) stockholder of any Company Party, on the other hand, that is required
                                         by the Exchange Act to be described in the Company Information and that is not so described,
                                         except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Any Related Party Agreement
                                         existing as of the date hereof is described in the Company Information. None of the Company
                                         Parties or their Affiliates has made or is liable for payments to any current or former
                                         director, officer or employee of the Company Parties or to any Affiliate of any of the
                                         foregoing, other than salaries or fees for services rendered and reimbursable business
                                         expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
                                         practice, benefits under the Company Plans, or except as expressly disclosed in the Company’s
                                         Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2020.



 




    18


     


    




 


		3.19	Licenses
                                         and Permits. Each Company Party possesses or has access to all licenses, certificates,
                                         permits and other authorizations issued by, and has made all declarations and filings
                                         with, the appropriate Governmental Authority that are necessary for the ownership or
                                         lease of its respective properties and the conduct of its business, except where the
                                         failure to possess, make or give the same would not reasonably be expected to have, individually
                                         or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No Company Party (a) has received notice
                                         of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization
                                         or (b) has reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization
                                         will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except to the extent that any of the foregoing
                                         would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect.



 


		3.20	Environmental.
                                         Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate,
                                         a Material Adverse Effect, since December 31, 2017 or as is otherwise unresolved: (a)
                                         no written notice, claim, demand, request for information, order, complaint or penalty
                                         has been received by any Company Party and there are no Legal Proceedings pending or,
                                         to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, in each case which allege a violation of
                                         or liability under any Environmental Laws, relate to any Company Party and have not been
                                         settled or resolved, (b) each Company Party has all environmental permits, licenses and
                                         other approvals, and has maintained all financial assurances, necessary for its operations
                                         to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and is, and during the term of all applicable
                                         statutes of limitation, has been, in compliance with the terms of such permits, licenses
                                         and other approvals and with all other applicable Environmental Laws, (c) to the Knowledge
                                         of the Company, no Hazardous Material has been released at, on or under any property
                                         currently owned, operated or leased by any Company Party in a manner or circumstance
                                         or condition that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any cost, liability or
                                         obligation of any Company Party under any Environmental Laws, (d) to the Knowledge of
                                         the Company, no Hazardous Material has been generated, owned, treated, stored, handled
                                         or controlled by any Company Party or transported by any Company Party to or released
                                         by any Company Party at any location in a manner that would reasonably be expected to
                                         give rise to any cost, liability or obligation of any Company Party under any Environmental
                                         Laws, (e) except for leases of the Leased Real Property, there are no written agreements
                                         in which any Company Party has expressly assumed or undertaken responsibility for any
                                         known or contingent liability or obligation of any other Person arising under or relating
                                         to Environmental Laws, which in any such case has not been filed or posted by the Company
                                         as Company Information or made available to the Backstop Parties prior to the date hereof,
                                         and (f) no Company Party has entered into any consent decree, settlement or other agreement
                                         with any Governmental Authority or is subject to any order issued by any Governmental
                                         Authority relating to any Environmental Laws or Hazardous Materials.



 




    19


     


    

 


		3.21	Tax
                                         Matters.



 


		3.21.1	Each
                                         of the Company Parties has filed or caused to be filed all material U.S. federal, state,
                                         provincial, local and non-U.S. Tax returns required to have been filed by it and (b)
                                         each such Tax return is true and correct in all material respects.



 


		3.21.2	Each
                                         of the Company Parties has timely paid or caused to be timely paid all material Taxes
                                         required to be paid by it (whether or not shown on any Tax returns) or made adequate
                                         provision (to the extent required in accordance with GAAP) for the payment thereof other
                                         than those Taxes the payment of which are discharged by order of the Bankruptcy Court
                                         as part of the Chapter 11 Cases.



 


		3.21.3	With
                                         respect to the Company Parties, other than in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases and
                                         other than Taxes or assessments that are being contested in good faith or are not expected
                                         to result in material negative adjustments to the Company Parties taken as a whole, (a) there
                                         are no claims being asserted by any Governmental Authority in writing with respect to
                                         any Taxes, (b) no presently effective waivers or extensions of statutes of limitations
                                         with respect to Taxes have been given or requested (other than pursuant to extensions
                                         of time to file Tax returns obtained in the ordinary course of business) and (c) no
                                         Tax returns are being examined by, and no written notification of intention to examine
                                         a Tax return has been received from, the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental
                                         Authority charged with the administration and collection of Taxes.



 


		3.22	Employee
                                         Benefit Plans.



 


		3.22.1	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect, (a) all employee benefit plans of the Company Parties (the “Company
                                         Plans”, each of them a “Company Plan”) comply
                                         in form and in operation in all material respects with their terms and with all applicable
                                         Laws; and (b) no Company Party, nor any ERISA Affiliate of a Company Party, in the six
                                         (6) years preceding the date hereof has contributed to, or incurred any liability or
                                         obligation with respect to, any employee benefit plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or
                                         any “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.



 


		3.22.2	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect, there are no pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened
                                         Legal Proceedings asserted or instituted against any Company Plan or any Person as fiduciary
                                         or sponsor of any Company Plan, in each case other than claims for benefits in the normal
                                         course.



 


		3.22.3	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect, (a) all other compensation and benefit arrangements of the Company Parties
                                         comply and have complied in both form and operation with their terms and all applicable
                                         Laws and legal requirements, and (b) no Company Party could reasonably be expected
                                         to have any obligation to provide any individual with a “gross up” or similar
                                         payment in respect of any Taxes that may become payable under section 409A or 4999 of
                                         the Internal Revenue Code.



 




    20


     


    




 


		3.22.4	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect, there are (a) no labor disputes against the Company Parties, or, to the
                                         Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any Company Party, and (b) no claims of
                                         unfair labor practices, charges or grievances pending against any Company Party, or to
                                         the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of them by any Person. No employees
                                         of the Company Parties are unionized and there has not been in the past three (3) years
                                         any organized efforts or demand for recognition or certification or attempt to organize
                                         employees of the Company Parties by any labor organization.



 


		3.22.5	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect, (i) since December 31, 2017, each Company Party has complied and is currently
                                         in compliance with all Laws and legal requirements in respect of personnel, employment
                                         and employment practices, (b) all service providers of the Company Parties are correctly
                                         classified as employees, independent contractors, or otherwise for all purposes (including
                                         any applicable Tax and employment policies or Law), and (c) since December 31, 2017,
                                         the Company Parties have not and are not engaged in any unfair labor practice.



 


		3.22.6	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect, the Company Parties have not incurred any liability or obligation under
                                         the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and the regulations promulgated
                                         thereunder, or any similar state or local Law that remains unsatisfied.



 


		3.23	Internal
                                         Control Over Financial Reporting. Except as disclosed in the Company’s public
                                         filings pursuant to the Exchange Act or as would not reasonably be expected to have,
                                         individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Company has established
                                         and maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting that has been designed
                                         to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting (within
                                         the meaning of Rules 13(a)-15(f) and 15(d) – 15(f) under the Exchange Act) and
                                         the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.
                                         Except as disclosed in the Company’s public filings pursuant to the Exchange Act,
                                         to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no material weaknesses in the Company’s
                                         internal control over financial reporting as of the date hereof.



 


		3.24	Disclosure
                                         Controls and Procedures. Except disclosed in the Company’s public filings pursuant
                                         to the Exchange Act or as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in
                                         the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Company maintains disclosure controls and
                                         procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company
                                         under the Exchange Act in its Company Information is recorded, processed, summarized
                                         and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, including
                                         information that is accumulated and communicated to management of the Company as appropriate
                                         to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.



 




    21


     


    




 


		3.25	Material
                                         Contracts. Other than as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases, all Material Contracts
                                         are valid, binding and enforceable by and against the Company Parties that are party
                                         thereto and, to the Knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto (except where
                                         the failure to be valid, binding or enforceable does not constitute a Material Adverse
                                         Effect), and since December 31, 2018, no written notice to terminate, in whole or part,
                                         any Material Contract has been delivered to any Company Party (except where such termination
                                         would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect). Except as listed on Schedule 3 hereto, no Company Party nor,
                                         to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party to any Material Contract, is in material
                                         default or breach under the terms thereof, in each case, except for such instances of
                                         material default or breach that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually
                                         or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.



 


		3.26	Insurance.
                                         Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate,
                                         a Material Adverse Effect: (a) the Company Parties have insured their properties and
                                         assets against such risks and in such amounts as are customary for companies engaged
                                         in similar businesses; (b) all premiums due and payable in respect of material insurance
                                         policies maintained by the Company Parties have been paid; (c) the Company reasonably
                                         believes that the insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Company Parties is adequate
                                         in all material respects; and (d) as of the date hereof, to the Knowledge of the Company,
                                         no Company Party has received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer with respect
                                         to any material insurance policies of any Company Party of cancellation or termination
                                         of such policies, other than such notices which are received in the ordinary course of
                                         business or for policies that have expired in accordance with their terms.



 


		3.27	Intellectual
                                         Property.



 


		3.27.1	All
                                         of the registrations, issuances and applications with respect to all Owned IP that is
                                         registered issued or the subject of a pending application (the “Registered
                                         IP”) are valid, in full force and effect and have not expired or been cancelled,
                                         abandoned or otherwise terminated, and payment of all renewal and maintenance fees and
                                         expenses in respect thereof, and all filings related thereto, have been duly made.



 


		3.27.2	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect: (a) each Company Party exclusively owns and possesses the entire right,
                                         title and interest in and to all Registered IP, free and clear of all Liens; (b) the
                                         material Registered IP is subsisting and, to the Knowledge of the Company, valid and
                                         enforceable; and (c) the Company Parties have taken reasonable steps under the circumstances
                                         to preserve, maintain and protect all material Owned IP.



 


		3.27.3	Except
                                         as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material
                                         Adverse Effect, no Person possesses any Intellectual Property that materially restricts
                                         the use or registration anywhere in the world by the Company Parties of any material
                                         Mark used in the Company Parties’ respective businesses (other than Marks licensed
                                         from a third Person to the Company Parties pursuant to a Material Contract, but including
                                         any Marks constituting Registered IP). No Person possesses any Intellectual Property
                                         sufficient to successfully cancel or otherwise invalidate any such Mark on grounds of
                                         prior use, registration, fraud, lack of distinctiveness, or other defects or circumstances.



 




    22


     


    




 


		3.27.4	Since
                                         December 31, 2017, there are no and there have not been any material Legal Proceedings
                                         pending or threatened in writing against or affecting any Company Party asserting or
                                         relating to (a) any material invalidity, misuse, misappropriation or unenforceability
                                         of or challenging the ownership or scope of any of the Owned IP, or (b) any material
                                         infringement, dilution, or misappropriation by, or conflict with, any Person with respect
                                         to any Intellectual Property (including any material demand or request that a Company
                                         Party license any rights from any Person). To the Knowledge of the Company, none of the
                                         Company Parties or the conduct of any of their respective businesses (including any manufacture,
                                         marketing, distribution, importation, offer for sale, sale, or use of any of their respective
                                         products) has materially infringed, misappropriated, diluted, or conflicted with, or
                                         does materially infringe, misappropriate, dilute, or conflict with, any Intellectual
                                         Property of any other Person. To the Knowledge of the Company, no material Owned IP has
                                         been infringed, misappropriated, diluted, or conflicted by any other Person.



 


		3.27.5	The
                                         Company Parties uses commercially reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality,
                                         integrity and security of the IT Systems and all information stored or contained therein
                                         or transmitted thereby from any unauthorized use, access, interruption or modification
                                         by third parties. The Company Parties have taken reasonable precautions to ensure that
                                         all material It Systems (a) are fully functional and operate and run in a reasonable
                                         and efficient business manner and (b) conform in all material respects to the specifications
                                         and purposes thereof. The Company Parties have an adequate disaster recovery and business
                                         continuity plan in place with respect to the material IT Systems and have adequately
                                         tested such plan for effectiveness. Since December 31, 2017 there have not been any malfunctions,
                                         breakdowns, unplanned downtime, service interruptions, or continued substandard performance
                                         with respect to material IT Systems that have disrupted the business of any Company Party
                                         that have not been remedied or replaced in all material respects. To the Knowledge of
                                         the Company, there have been no actual or alleged security breaches or unauthorized use,
                                         access or intrusions, of any IT System or any personal information, payment card information,
                                         data, or any other such information (including data of any customer of any Company Party)
                                         used, collected, maintained, or stored by or on behalf of any Company Party (or any loss,
                                         destruction, compromise, or unauthorized disclosure thereof). The IT Systems are adequate
                                         for the operation of the businesses of the Company Parties as currently conducted in
                                         all material respects.



 


		3.28	No
                                         Other Representations and Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties
                                         contained in this Article III (including the related portions of the Company Disclosure
                                         Schedule, the RSA, the Plan, the Rights Offering Documents and the Definitive Documents),
                                         none of the Company Parties has made or makes any other express or implied representation
                                         or warranty, either written or oral, on behalf of the Company Parties, including any
                                         representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding
                                         the Company Parties furnished or made available to the Backstop Parties and their Affiliates
                                         or as to the future revenue, profitability or success of the Company Parties, or any
                                         representation or warranty arising from statute or otherwise in Law.



 




    23


     


    




 


		4.	REPRESENTATIONS
                                         AND WARRANTIES OF EACH BACKSTOP PARTY



 


Each
Backstop Party hereby severally and not jointly represents and warrants, on its own behalf and in its capacity as investment manager
for its managed funds and accounts party hereto, if any, to the Company as of the date of this Agreement:


 


		4.1	Organization.
                                         The Backstop Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent
                                         thereof) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.



 


		4.2	Due
                                         Authorization. The Backstop Party has the requisite power and authority to enter
                                         into, execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and
                                         has taken all necessary action required for the due authorization, execution, delivery
                                         and performance by it of this Agreement.



 


		4.3	Due
                                         Execution; Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and
                                         delivered by the Backstop Party and constitutes its legally valid and binding obligation,
                                         enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.



 


		4.4	No
                                         Registration Under the Securities Act; Selling Restrictions. Each Backstop Party
                                         acknowledges that the New Convertible Preferred Stock to be purchased by it, or to be
                                         issued to it in respect of the Backstop Commitment Premium, in each case, pursuant to
                                         the terms of this Agreement have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason
                                         of specific exemptions and the Company is relying on the truth and accuracy of, and such
                                         Backstop Party’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements,
                                         acknowledgements and understandings of such Backstop Party set forth herein, and that
                                         the Company shall not be required to effect any registration under the Securities Act,
                                         or any state securities Law, of the New Convertible Preferred Stock. Each Backstop Party
                                         understands and agrees that it will not offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the
                                         New Convertible Preferred Stock unless the New Convertible Preferred Stock are offered,
                                         resold, pledged or otherwise transferred in accordance with any applicable securities
                                         Laws of the United States or any state thereof.



 


		4.5	Acquisition
                                         for Investment. The New Convertible Preferred Stock is being acquired under this
                                         Agreement by the Backstop Party in good faith solely for its own account, for investment
                                         and not with a view toward, or for resale in connection with, distribution within the
                                         meaning of the Securities Act.



 


		4.6	No
                                         Conflicts. The execution, delivery, and, subject to the terms and conditions of this
                                         Agreement, performance by such Backstop Party of this Agreement and the consummation
                                         of the transactions contemplated hereunder, do not and will not (a) violate any
                                         provision of the organizational documents of such Backstop Party or (b) conflict
                                         with or violate any Law or order applicable to such Backstop Party or any of its respective
                                         assets or properties, except for any such conflict, violation, breach or default that
                                         would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a material
                                         adverse effect on the ability of the Backstop Parties to timely consummate the transactions
                                         contemplated by this Agreement.



 






    24


     


    







 


		4.7	Consents
                                         and Approvals. No consent, approval, order, authorization, filing, notice, registration
                                         or qualification of or with any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such
                                         Backstop Party is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement
                                         or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.



 


		4.8	Investor
                                         Representation. It is (i) a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A
                                         of the Securities Act and (ii) an institutional accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
                                         (2), (3), (7), or (8) under the Securities Act.



 


		4.9	Investment
                                         Experience. It has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in securities
                                         and acknowledges that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of, and can bear
                                         the economic risk of entering into, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
                                         and that each Backstop Party’s financial condition and investments are such that
                                         it is in a financial position to bear the economic risk of and withstand a complete loss
                                         of such investment.



 


		4.10	Sufficiency
                                         of Funds. As of the Effective Date, each Backstop Party shall have available funds
                                         sufficient to pay its applicable Funding Amount, including the Backstop Obligation of
                                         such Backstop Party as of the date thereof.



 


		4.11	Ownership.



 


		4.11.1	As
                                         of the date hereof, each Backstop Party and its Affiliates are, collectively, the beneficial
                                         owner of, or the investment advisor or manager for the beneficial owner of, the aggregate
                                         principal amount of Notes set forth opposite such Backstop Party’s name under the
                                         column “Face Amount of Notes Beneficially Owned or Managed on Account of”
                                         on Schedule 2 attached hereto.



 


		4.11.2	As
                                         of the date hereof, such Backstop Party or its applicable Affiliates has the full power
                                         to vote, dispose of and compromise at least the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
                                         set forth opposite such Backstop Party’s name under the column “Face Amount
                                         of Notes Held” on Schedule 2 attached hereto.



 


		4.11.3	Such
                                         Backstop Party has not entered into any Contract to transfer, in whole or in part, any
                                         portion of its right, title or interest in such Notes where such transfer would prohibit
                                         such Backstop Party from complying with the terms of this Agreement.



 


		4.12	Legal
                                         Proceedings. There are no Legal Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of such
                                         Backstop Party, threatened to which the Backstop Party is a party or to which any property
                                         of the Backstop Party is the subject, in each case that will (or would be reasonably
                                         likely to) materially prohibit, delay or adversely impact such Backstop Party’s
                                         timely performance of its obligations under this Agreement.



 




    25


     


    




 


		4.13	No
                                         Broker’s Fee. None of the Backstop Parties or their Affiliates is a party to
                                         any Contract with any Person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid
                                         claim against the Company for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment
                                         in connection with the Rights Offering or the sale of the Remaining Shares.



 


		4.14	Independent
                                         Investigation.



 


		4.14.1	Each
                                         of the Backstop Parties has conducted its own independent investigation, review and analysis
                                         of the business, results of operations, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise)
                                         or assets of the Company Parties, and acknowledges that it has been provided adequate
                                         access to the personnel, properties, assets, premises, books and records, and other documents
                                         and data of the Company Parties for such purpose.



 


		4.14.2	Each
                                         of the Backstop Parties acknowledges and agrees that: (i) none of the Company Parties,
                                         nor any other Person on behalf of the Company Parties has made any representation or
                                         warranty, expressed or implied, as to the Company Parties, or the accuracy or completeness
                                         of any information regarding the Company Parties furnished or made available to the Backstop
                                         Parties and its representatives, or any other matter related to the transactions contemplated
                                         herein, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the RSA, the Plan, the Rights
                                         Offering Documents and the Definitive Documents; (ii) such Backstop Party has not relied
                                         on any representation or warranty from the Company Parties or any other Person on behalf
                                         of the Company Parties in determining to enter into this Agreement, except as expressly
                                         set forth in this Agreement; and (iii) none of the Company Parties or any other Person
                                         acting on behalf of the Company Parties shall have any liability to such Backstop Party
                                         or any other Person with respect to the future revenue, profitability or success of the
                                         Company Parties, except as set forth in this Agreement, the RSA, the Plan, the Rights
                                         Offering Documents and the Definitive Documents.



 


		4.14.3	The
                                         Company acknowledges and agrees that: (i) none of the Backstop Parties, nor any other
                                         Person on behalf of the Backstop Parties has made any representation or warranty, expressed
                                         or implied, as to the Backstop Parties, or the accuracy or completeness of any information
                                         regarding the Backstop Parties furnished or made available to the Company and its representatives,
                                         or any other matter related to the transactions contemplated herein, except as expressly
                                         set forth in this Agreement; and (ii) the Company has not relied on any representation
                                         or warranty from the Backstop Parties or any other Person on behalf of the Backstop Parties
                                         in determining to enter into this Agreement, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.



 






    26


     


    




 


		5.	COVENANTS



 


		5.1	Conduct
                                         of Business. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Definitive Documents
                                         or with the prior written consent of the Required Backstop Parties (not to be unreasonably
                                         withheld or delayed and taking into account the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases), during
                                         the period from the date of this Agreement to the earlier of the Effective Date and the
                                         date on which this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms: (a) the
                                         Company shall, and shall cause each of the other Company Parties to, carry on its business
                                         in the ordinary course and use its commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) preserve
                                         intact its current business and business organizations in all material respects; (ii)
                                         with the exception of those certain transportation contracts listed on Schedule 4 hereto,
                                         preserve its material relationships with customers, sales representatives, suppliers,
                                         licensors, licensees, distributors and others having material business dealings with
                                         any of the Company Parties in connection with their business; (iii) file or post Company
                                         Information within the time periods required under the Exchange Act, or reasonably promptly
                                         thereafter, in each case in accordance with ordinary course of business consistent with
                                         past practice; (iv) maintain its physical assets, properties and facilities in all
                                         material respects in their current working order, condition and repair as of the date
                                         hereof, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (v) operate its businesses in compliance with
                                         all applicable Laws in all material respects; and (vi) maintain all insurance policies,
                                         or suitable replacements therefor, in full force and effect through the close of business
                                         on the Effective Date in all material respects; and (b) the Company shall not: (i) sell,
                                         license to any Person, transfer, assign, abandon, subject to a security interest, or
                                         allow to lapse or expire any Intellectual Property (other than expiration of any issued
                                         or registered Intellectual Property at the end of its respective maximum statutory term);
                                         or (ii) enter into any transaction that is material to the Company Parties’
                                         business other than (A) transactions in the ordinary course of business that are
                                         consistent with prior business practices of the Company Parties, and (B) transactions
                                         expressly contemplated by the RSA and the Plan.



 


For
the avoidance of doubt and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following shall be deemed to occur outside of
the ordinary course of business of the Company Parties and shall require the prior written consent of the Required Backstop Parties
unless the same would otherwise be permissible under the RSA or the Plan: (a) material amendments of the Company’s certificate
of incorporation and bylaws or other organizational documents; (b) adopting any new executive compensation or retention plans;
or (c) approving or adopting any executive bonuses or retention payments.


 


		5.2	Non-Disclosure
                                         of Holdings Information. The Company shall not, and shall cause each of the other
                                         Company Parties not to, disclose publicly Schedule 2 to this Agreement
                                         or the information set forth thereon or the holdings information of any Backstop Party
                                         as of the date hereof or any time hereafter; provided, that in connection with
                                         the Chapter 11 Cases, on or after the Petition Date, the Company Parties may file
                                         this Agreement with the Bankruptcy Court and the SEC, but shall redact Schedule 2
                                         and any holdings information of any Backstop Party set forth in Schedule 2;
                                         provided, further, that the Company shall be permitted to disclose in connection
                                         with the Chapter 11 Cases, on or after the Petition Date, the aggregate principal amount
                                         of, and aggregate percentage of, the Notes held by the Backstop Parties and Consenting
                                         Creditors, in each case, as a group.



 






    27


     


    




 


		5.3	Use
                                         of Proceeds. The Company will apply the proceeds from the Rights Offering for purposes
                                         identified in the Plan and other Definitive Documents.



 


		5.4	Blue
                                         Sky. The Company shall, on or before the Effective Date, take such action as the
                                         Company shall reasonably determine is necessary in order to obtain an exemption for or
                                         to qualify the Convertible Preferred Stock to be issued pursuant to this Agreement, at
                                         the Effective Date, under applicable securities and “Blue Sky” Laws of the
                                         states of the United States (or to obtain an exemption from such qualification). The
                                         Company shall timely make all filings and reports relating to the offer and sale of the
                                         Remaining Shares issued hereunder required under applicable securities and “Blue
                                         Sky” Laws of the states of the United States following the Effective Date. The
                                         Company shall pay all fees and expenses in connection with satisfying its obligations
                                         under this Section 5.4.



 


		5.5	Rights
                                         Offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the RSA, the
                                         Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions,
                                         and do or cause to be done all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable in order
                                         to consummate and effectuate the Rights Offering in accordance with the Plan, the RSA,
                                         the Definitive Documents and this Agreement.



 


		5.6	The
                                         New Convertible Preferred Stock. Subject to the entry of the Confirmation Order and
                                         the occurrence of the Effective Date, the New Convertible Preferred Stock, when issued,
                                         will be duly and validly issued and outstanding and will be fully paid and non-assessable.
                                         As of the Effective Date, the Company shall have the ability to issue sufficient New
                                         Convertible Preferred Stock to consummate the transaction contemplated under this Agreement,
                                         the RSA and the Plan.



 


		5.7	Backstop
                                         Notice. The Company shall determine the aggregate amount of Remaining Shares
                                         and Purchase Price, if any, set forth in the Backstop Notice in good faith, and shall
                                         direct the Subscription Agent to provide such written backup relating to the calculation
                                         thereof as the Backstop Parties may reasonably request.



 


		5.8	Facilitation.
                                         The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, and cause each of the other
                                         Company Parties to, and each Backstop Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts
                                         to, support and take all actions necessary or reasonably requested by the Required Backstop
                                         Parties to facilitate the Rights Offering and confirmation and consummation of the Plan
                                         within the timeframes contemplated by the RSA.



 


		5.9	Access
                                         to Information; Confidentiality. Subject to applicable Law, upon reasonable, prior
                                         written notice given prior to the Effective Date and for a reasonable business purpose,
                                         the Debtors shall afford the Backstop Parties and the Backstop Party Professionals upon
                                         request, reasonable access, during normal business hours and without unreasonable disruption
                                         or interference with the business or operations of the Company Parties or any of their
                                         Subsidiaries, to the Debtors’ properties, books, assets, Contracts and records
                                         and, prior to the Effective Date, the Debtors shall furnish promptly to such parties
                                         all reasonable information concerning the Debtors’ business, properties and personnel
                                         as may reasonably be requested by any such party; provided that the foregoing
                                         shall not require the Company to: (i)  permit any inspection, or disclose any information,
                                         that in the reasonable judgment of the Company, would cause any of the Company Parties
                                         or any of their Subsidiaries to violate any of their respective obligations with respect
                                         to confidentiality to a third-party; (ii) disclose any legally privileged information
                                         of any of the Company Parties or any of their Subsidiaries; (iii) violate any applicable
                                         Law; or (iv) permit any invasive environmental sampling; provided, that, in each
                                         case, the Company Parties will use commercially reasonably efforts to use a method of
                                         disclosure which would not cause such violation of confidentiality obligations, compromise
                                         such privilege or cause such violation of applicable Law. All requests for information
                                         and access made in accordance with this Section 5.9 shall be directed to Kirkland
                                         and Ellis LLP (“Kirkland”), Perella Weinberg Partners L.P.
                                         (“Perella”) or any other entity or person identified by any
                                         of them in writing; provided, however, that the Backstop Parties may initiate
                                         communications with the Company’s officers, directors or management with the advance
                                         written consent of Kirkland or Perella.



 




    28


     


    




 


		5.10	Regulatory
                                         Approvals.



 


		5.10.1	Each
                                         Party agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to make all filings and to obtain
                                         all consents, approvals and authorizations required to be obtained from any governmental
                                         authority, in each case in order to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby,
                                         and to make effective the Plan and the Rights Offering Documents, including (i) if applicable,
                                         filing, or causing to be filed, the Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR
                                         Act with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with the Antitrust
                                         Division of the United States Department of Justice and the United States Federal Trade
                                         Commission and any filings (or, if required by any Antitrust Authority, any drafts thereof)
                                         under any other Antitrust Laws that are necessary to consummate and make effective the
                                         transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable after the
                                         commencement of the Rights Offering (and with respect to any filings required pursuant
                                         to the HSR Act, if any, no later than five (5) Business Days following the date of the
                                         commencement of the Rights Offering) and (ii) promptly furnishing any documents or information
                                         reasonably requested by any Antitrust Authority.



 


		5.10.2	The
                                         Company and each Backstop Party subject to an obligation pursuant to the Antitrust Laws
                                         to notify any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the RSA, the Plan or the Rights
                                         Offering Documents that has notified the Company in writing of such obligation (each
                                         such Backstop Party, a “Filing Party”) agree to reasonably
                                         cooperate with each other as to the appropriate time of filing such notification and
                                         its content. The Company and each Filing Party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable
                                         Law: (i) promptly notify each other of, and if in writing, furnish each other with copies
                                         of (or, in the case of material oral communications, advise each other orally of) any
                                         material communications from or with an Antitrust Authority; (ii) not participate in
                                         any meeting with an Antitrust Authority unless it consults with each other Filing Party
                                         and the Company, as applicable, in advance and, to the extent permitted by the Antitrust
                                         Authority and applicable Law, give each other Filing Party and the Company, as applicable,
                                         a reasonable opportunity to attend and participate thereat; (iii) furnish each other
                                         Filing Party and the Company, as applicable, with copies of all material correspondence
                                         and communications between such Filing Party or the Company and the Antitrust Authority;
                                         (iv) furnish each other Filing Party with such necessary information and reasonable assistance
                                         as may be reasonably necessary in connection with the preparation of necessary filings
                                         or submission of information to the Antitrust Authority; and (v) not withdraw its filing,
                                         if any, under the HSR Act without the prior written consent of the Backstop Parties and
                                         the Company.



 




    29


     


    




 


		5.10.3	Should
                                         a Filing Party be subject to an obligation under the Antitrust Laws to jointly notify
                                         with one or more other Filing Parties (each, a “Joint Filing Party”)
                                         any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the RSA, the Plan or the Rights Offering
                                         Documents, such Joint Filing Party shall promptly notify each other Joint Filing Party
                                         of, and if in writing, furnish each other Joint Filing Party with copies of (or, in the
                                         case of material oral communications, advise each other Joint Filing Party orally of)
                                         any communications from or with an Antitrust Authority.



 


		5.10.4	The
                                         Company and each Filing Party shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain
                                         all authorizations, approvals, consents, or clearances under any applicable Antitrust
                                         Laws or to cause the termination or expiration of all applicable waiting periods under
                                         any Antitrust Laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
                                         at the earliest possible date after the date of filing. The communications contemplated
                                         by this Section 5.10 may be made by the Company or a Filing Party on an outside
                                         counsel-only basis or subject to other agreed upon confidentiality safeguards.



 


		6.	CONDITIONS
                                         TO THE BACKSTOP PARTIES’ CLOSING OBLIGATIONS



 


		6.1	Conditions
                                         to the Backstop Parties’ Closing Obligations. The obligation of the Backstop
                                         Parties to consummate the Backstop Purchase shall be subject to the satisfaction of each
                                         of the following conditions on the Effective Date:



 


		6.1.1	Certain
                                         Documents. Each of the Exit Facility Documents, the Rights Offering Documents and
                                         the Definitive Documents is in form and substance substantially in accordance with the
                                         RSA or as otherwise set forth in the Plan, and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the
                                         Required Backstop Parties.



 


		6.1.2	Agreements.
                                         The RSA and this Agreement shall not have been terminated.



 


		6.1.3	Antitrust
                                         Approval. All terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by any Governmental
                                         Authority required under any Antitrust Laws, if applicable, shall have occurred and other
                                         notifications, consents, authorizations and approvals required to be made or obtained
                                         from any Governmental Authority any Antitrust Law, if applicable, shall have been made
                                         or obtained for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement



 


		6.1.4	Approval
                                         Order. The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Approval Order in form and substance
                                         acceptable to the Required Backstop Parties, and such order shall not be reversed, stayed,
                                         dismissed, vacated, reconsidered, modified or amended in any material respect (other
                                         than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the RSA).



 




    30


     


    




 


		6.1.5	Confirmation
                                         Order. The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and
                                         substance acceptable to the Required Backstop Parties and such order shall not be reversed,
                                         stayed, dismissed, vacated, reconsidered, modified or amended in any material respect
                                         (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the RSA).



 


		6.1.6	Plan.
                                         The Company and all of the other Company Parties shall have complied in all material
                                         respects with the terms of the Plan, once filed, that are to be performed by the Company
                                         and the other Company Parties on or prior to the Effective Date, and the conditions to
                                         the occurrence of the Effective Date (other than the consummation of the Backstop Purchase)
                                         set forth in the Plan shall have been satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms
                                         of the Plan.



 


		6.1.7	Expense
                                         Reimbursement. The Company shall have paid the Expense Reimbursement in full in cash,
                                         or such amount shall be paid concurrently with the Effective Date, in each case, to the
                                         extent invoiced in accordance with the terms hereof.



 


		6.1.8	Rights
                                         Offering. The Rights Offering shall have been conducted in accordance with this Agreement
                                         and the Rights Offering Documents and the New Convertible Preferred Stock and New Common
                                         Stock shall have been issued free and clear of all Liens.



 


		6.1.9	Backstop
                                         Notice. The Backstop Parties shall have received the Backstop Notice in accordance
                                         with the terms of this Agreement.



 


		6.1.10	Material
                                         Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred a
                                         Material Adverse Effect.



 


		6.1.11	Representations
                                         and Warranties.



 


		(a)	The
                                         representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3.1, Section
                                         3.2 Section 3.3 and Section 3.13 shall be true and correct in all respects
                                         on and as of the Effective Date (except for any de minimis inaccuracies) after giving
                                         effect to the Plan with the same effect as if made on and as of the Effective Date after
                                         giving effect to the Plan (except for such representations and warranties made as of
                                         a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all respects only as of the specified
                                         date, except for any de minimis inaccuracies).



 


		(b)	The
                                         representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement other than
                                         those referred to in clauses (a) above shall be true and correct (disregarding all materiality
                                         or Material Adverse Effect qualifiers) on and as of the Effective Date after giving effect
                                         to the Plan with the same effect as if made on and as of the Effective Date after giving
                                         effect to the Plan (except for such representations and warranties made as of a specified
                                         date, which shall be true and correct (disregarding all materiality or Material Adverse
                                         Effect qualifiers) only as of the specified date), except where the failure to be so
                                         true and correct would not reasonably be expected to have,
                                         individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.



 




    31


     


    




 


		6.1.12	Covenants.
                                         The Company, on behalf of itself and the other Company Parties, shall have performed
                                         and complied, in all material respects, with all of its respective covenants and agreements
                                         contained in this Agreement that contemplate, by their terms, performance or compliance
                                         prior to the Effective Date.



 


		6.1.13	Officer’s
                                         Certificate. The Backstop Parties shall have received on and as of the Effective
                                         Date a certificate of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Company
                                         confirming that the conditions set forth in Sections 6.1.10, 6.1.11 and Section
                                         6.1.12 have been satisfied.



 


		6.1.14	No
                                         Legal Impediment. No Law, Order or Legal Proceeding shall have been enacted, adopted
                                         or issued by or before any Governmental Authority that prohibits or materially restrains
                                         the consummation of the Restructuring or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.



 


		6.2	Conditions
                                         to the Company’s Closing Obligations. The obligation of the Company to consummate
                                         the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions
                                         on the Effective Date:



 


		6.2.1	Confirmation
                                         Order. The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Confirmation Order in form and
                                         substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Backstop Parties and such order shall
                                         not be reversed, stayed, dismissed, vacated, reconsidered, modified or amended in any
                                         material respect (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the RSA).



 


		6.2.2	Plan.
                                         The conditions to the occurrence of the Effective Date (other than the consummation of
                                         the Rights Offering and the Backstop Purchase) set forth in the Plan shall have been
                                         satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms of the Plan.



 


		6.2.3	Representations
                                         and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties of each of the Backstop
                                         Parties, set forth in Section 4 hereof, shall be true and correct in all
                                         respects (disregarding all materiality qualifiers) as of the Effective Date (except with
                                         respect to representations and warranties that expressly speak of an earlier date, which
                                         shall be true and correct in all material respects (disregarding all materiality qualifiers)
                                         as of such date), except where the failure to be so true and correct would not reasonably
                                         be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the
                                         ability of Backstop Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or under
                                         the Plan or the RSA.



 


		6.2.4	Covenants.
                                         Each of the Backstop Parties, on its own behalf and in its capacity as investment manager
                                         for its managed funds and accounts party hereto, if applicable, shall have performed
                                         and complied, in all material respects, with all of its respective covenants and agreements
                                         contained in this Agreement that contemplate, by their terms, performance or compliance
                                         prior to the Effective Date.



 




    32


     


    




 


		6.2.5	No
                                         Legal Impediment. No Law, Order or Legal Proceeding shall have been enacted, adopted
                                         or issued by or before any Governmental Authority that prohibits or materially restrains
                                         the consummation of the Restructuring or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.



 


		6.2.6	Antitrust
                                         Approval. All terminations or expirations of waiting periods imposed by any Governmental
                                         Authority required under any Antitrust Laws, if applicable, shall have occurred and other
                                         notifications, consents, authorizations and approvals required to be made or obtained
                                         from any Governmental Authority under any Antitrust Law, if applicable, shall have been
                                         made or obtained for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.



 


		6.2.7	Proceeds
                                         of Rights Offering. The Company shall have received each of the Backstop Party’s
                                         respective Funding Amounts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.



 


		7.	INDEMNIFICATION
                                         AND CONTRIBUTION



 


		7.1	Indemnification
                                         Obligations. The Company and the other Company Parties (the “Indemnifying
                                         Parties” and each, an “Indemnifying Party”) shall,
                                         jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless each Backstop Party and its Affiliates,
                                         equity holders, members, partners, general partners, managers, directors, officers and
                                         its and their respective representatives, attorneys, and controlling Persons (each, an
                                         “Indemnified Person”) from and against any and all losses,
                                         claims, damages, liabilities and costs and expenses (collectively, “Indemnified
                                         Losses”) that any such Indemnified Person may incur or to which any such
                                         Indemnified Person may become subject arising out of or in connection with this Agreement
                                         or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any Legal Proceeding relating to any of the
                                         foregoing, regardless of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto, whether or
                                         not such proceedings are brought by the Company, the other Company Parties, their respective
                                         equity holders, Affiliates, creditors or any other Person, and reimburse each Indemnified
                                         Person upon demand for reasonable and documented out-of-pocket legal or other third-party
                                         expenses of counsel (which, so long as there are no actual conflicts of interests among
                                         such Indemnified Persons, shall be limited to one law firm serving as counsel for the
                                         Indemnified Persons) incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or
                                         defending, or providing evidence in or preparing to serve or serving as a witness with
                                         respect to, any Legal Proceeding relating to any of the foregoing (including in connection
                                         with the enforcement of the indemnification obligations set forth herein), irrespective
                                         of whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan are consummated
                                         or whether or not this Agreement is terminated; provided, that the foregoing indemnity
                                         will not, as to any Indemnified Person, apply to Indemnified Losses (a) as to a Defaulting
                                         Backstop Party, its Affiliates or any Indemnified Person related thereto, principally
                                         caused by a default by such Defaulting Backstop Party (or Indemnified Persons related
                                         thereto) or any breach by any Backstop Party (or Indemnified Persons related thereto)
                                         under this Agreement, or (b) to the extent they are found by a final, non-appealable
                                         judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to arise from the willful misconduct or
                                         fraud of such Indemnified Person. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement,
                                         the Indemnifying Parties will not be liable for, and no Indemnified Person shall claim
                                         or seek to recover, any punitive, special, indirect or consequential damages.



 




    33


     


    




 


		7.2	Indemnification
                                         Procedure. Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Person of notice of the commencement
                                         of any indemnified claim, challenge, litigation, investigation or proceeding (an “Indemnified
                                         Claim”), such Indemnified Person will, if a claim is to be made hereunder
                                         against an Indemnifying Party in respect thereof, notify such Indemnifying Party in writing
                                         of the commencement thereof; provided, that (a) the omission to so notify the
                                         Indemnifying Party will not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it
                                         may have hereunder except to the extent it has been materially and irrevocably prejudiced
                                         by such failure and (b) the omission to so notify the Indemnifying Party will not relieve
                                         the Indemnifying Party from any liability that it may have to such Indemnified Person
                                         other than on account of this Section 7.2 or otherwise under this Agreement. In
                                         case any such Indemnified Claims are brought against any Indemnified Person and it notifies
                                         the Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled
                                         to participate therein, and, at its election by providing written notice to such Indemnified
                                         Person, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel
                                         reasonably acceptable to such Indemnified Person; provided, that if the parties
                                         (including any impleaded parties) to any such Indemnified Claims include both such Indemnified
                                         Person and the Indemnifying Party and based on advice of such Indemnified Person's counsel
                                         there are legal defenses available to such Indemnified Person that are different from
                                         or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party, such Indemnified Person shall
                                         have the right to select separate counsel to assert such legal defenses and to otherwise
                                         participate in the defense of such Indemnified Claims; and provided, further,
                                         that the Indemnifying Party may not assume control of the defense of an Indemnified Claim
                                         (i) involving alleged or potential criminal liability, (ii) if such Indemnified
                                         Claim seeks primarily injunctive or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party,
                                         (iii) if a bona fide conflict of interest exists between the Indemnifying Party and the
                                         Indemnified Party, or (iv) if the defense or prosecution of such Indemnified Claim has
                                         been tendered to the Indemnified Party’s insurance carrier and such insurance carrier
                                         has assumed the defense thereunder pursuant to such applicable insurance policy. Upon
                                         receipt of notice from the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Person of its election
                                         to so assume the defense of such Indemnified Claims with counsel reasonably acceptable
                                         to the Indemnified Person, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to such Indemnified
                                         Person for expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with the defense
                                         thereof or participation therein (other than reasonable and documented costs of investigation)
                                         unless (a) such Indemnified Person shall have employed separate counsel (in addition
                                         to any local counsel) in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance
                                         with the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence (it being understood, however,
                                         that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate
                                         counsel representing the Indemnified Persons who are parties to such Indemnified Claims
                                         (in addition to one local counsel in each jurisdiction in which local counsel is required)),
                                         (b) after the Indemnifying Party assumes the defense of the Indemnified Claims, the Indemnified
                                         Person determines in good faith that the Indemnifying Party has failed or is failing
                                         to defend such claim and provides written notice of such determination and the basis
                                         for such determination, and such failure is not reasonably cured within ten (10) Business
                                         Days of receipt of such notice, or (c) the Indemnifying Party shall have authorized in
                                         writing the employment of counsel for such Indemnified Person.



 




    34


     


    




 


		7.3	Settlement
                                         of Indemnified Claims. The Indemnifying Party shall not, without the prior written
                                         consent of an Indemnified Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned
                                         or delayed), effect any settlement compromise, consent to the entry of any judgment with
                                         respect to any pending or threatened Indemnified Claims in respect of which indemnity
                                         or contribution has been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person unless (a) such
                                         settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified
                                         Person from all liability on the claims that are the subject matter of such Indemnified
                                         Claims and (b) such settlement, compromise or consent does not include any statement
                                         as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
                                         Indemnified Person.



 


		7.4	Contribution.
                                         If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to any Indemnified Person
                                         or insufficient to hold it harmless from Indemnified Losses that are subject to indemnification
                                         pursuant to Section 7.1, then the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the amount
                                         paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such loss in such proportion
                                         as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by the Indemnifying
                                         Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person, on the other hand, but also the
                                         relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and such Indemnified Person,
                                         on the other hand, as well as any relevant equitable considerations. It is hereby agreed
                                         that the relative benefits to the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and all Indemnified
                                         Persons, on the other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total
                                         value received or proposed to be received by the Company pursuant to the issuance and
                                         sale of the unsubscribed New Convertible Preferred Stock in the Rights Offering contemplated
                                         by this Agreement and the Plan bears to (b) the Backstop Commitment Premium paid or proposed
                                         to be paid to the Backstop Parties. The Indemnifying Parties also agree that no Indemnified
                                         Person shall have any liability based on their comparative or contributory negligence
                                         or otherwise to the Indemnifying Parties, any Person asserting claims on behalf of or
                                         in right of any of the Indemnifying Parties, or any other Person in connection with an
                                         Indemnified Claim.



 


		7.5	Treatment
                                         of Indemnification Payments. All amounts paid by an Indemnifying Party to an Indemnified
                                         Person under this Article 7 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law,
                                         be treated as adjustments to the Purchase Price for all Tax purposes. The provisions
                                         of this Article 7 are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this
                                         Agreement and without these provisions the Backstop Parties would not have entered into
                                         this Agreement. The Approval Order shall provide that the obligations of the Company
                                         under this Article 7 shall constitute allowed administrative expenses of the Debtors’
                                         estate under sections 503(b) and 507 of the Bankruptcy Code and are payable without further
                                         order of the Bankruptcy Court, and that the Company may comply with the requirements
                                         of this Article 7 without further order of the Bankruptcy Court.



 






    35


     


    




 


		8.	MISCELLANEOUS



 


		8.1	Notice.
                                         Any notice or other communication required or which may be given pursuant to this Agreement
                                         will be in writing and either delivered personally to the addressee or sent via electronic
                                         mail, courier, by certified mail, or registered mail (return receipt requested), and
                                         will be deemed given when so delivered personally or sent via electronic mail, or, if
                                         mailed, five (5) calendar days after the date of mailing, as follows:



 


if
to a Backstop Party, to the address or email address provided to the Company from time to time:


 


with
a copy to:


 


Paul,
Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019


Attention:
Alan Kornberg, Kenneth Schneider, Robert Britton, Chaim Theil


E-mail
address: akornberg@paulweiss.com, kschneider@paulweiss.com, rbritton@paulweiss.com, ctheil@paulweiss.com





if
to the Company, to:


 


Gulfport
Energy Corporation


14313
N. May Avenue, Suite 100


Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma 73134

Attn.:Patrick Craine


E-mail
address: pcraine@gulfportenergy.com


 


with
copies to:


 


Kirkland
& Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Steven N. Serajeddini, P.C.

E-mail address: steven.serajeddini@kirkland.com


 


and


 


Kirkland
& Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Marc Kieselstein, P.C. and Christopher S. Koenig

E-mail address: marc.kieselstein@kirkland.com and


chris.koenig@kirkland.com


 


with
copies to:


 


Latham
& Watkins LLP


 885
Third Avenue


New
York, NY 10022


Attention:
Trevor Womack, Adam Goldberg, and Hugh Murtagh


E-mail
address: trevor.womack@lw.com, adam.goldberg@lw.com, and hugh.murtagh@lw.com


 






    36


     


    




 


		8.2	Assignment.
                                         Except as described in this Section 8.2, this Agreement will be binding upon and
                                         inure to the benefit of each and all of the Parties, and neither this Agreement nor any
                                         of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder will be assigned by any of the Parties
                                         without the prior written consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
                                         Backstop Party may assign or reallocate its rights and obligations hereunder (including
                                         its Backstop Commitment, Backstop Obligation, Subscription Rights and right to receive
                                         its Backstop Commitment Premium) prior to the Effective Date, in whole or in part, to
                                         (a) any other Consenting Noteholder in a manner consistent with the terms of the RSA
                                         that agrees as part of such assignment to assume such Backstop Party’s Backstop
                                         Commitment, Backstop Obligation, Subscription Rights and/or right to receive its Backstop
                                         Commitment Premium, as applicable, or (b) any Backstop Party or to any of its or their
                                         Affiliates (and/or any Affiliate thereof); provided, that, in each
                                         case, any such assignment shall not release such Backstop Party from any of its obligations
                                         under this Agreement in the event that such assignee does not fulfill its obligations
                                         hereunder; provided, further, that (i) such assignee and the assigning
                                         Backstop Party shall have duly executed and delivered to the Company and Kirkland a written
                                         notice of such assignment in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A
                                         hereto (a “Notice of Assignment”); and (ii) with respect to
                                         any assignee that is not a party to this Agreement, such assignee shall be required,
                                         by delivery of an executed agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit
                                         B hereto (a “Joinder Agreement”), to be bound by the obligations
                                         of such assignee’s assigning Backstop Party hereunder. Upon the effectiveness of
                                         any assignment pursuant to this Section 8.2, the Company shall promptly update
                                         Schedule 2 hereto to reflect such assignment.



 


		8.3	Survival.
                                         Subject to Section 8.12, (a) all representations and warranties made in this
                                         Agreement and the schedules attached hereto shall not survive the Effective Date (other
                                         than in the case of actual and intentional fraud) and (b) covenants and agreements
                                         that by their terms are to be satisfied after the Effective Date, including, without
                                         limitation, the Expense Reimbursement set forth in Section 2.3.1 and the covenants
                                         set forth in Section 5.3, shall survive the Effective Date until satisfied
                                         in accordance with their terms.



 


		8.4	Entire
                                         Agreement. This Agreement, including the terms of the agreements contemplated hereby
                                         and referred to herein (including the RSA and Rights Offering Documents), contain the
                                         entire agreement by and between the Company and the Backstop Parties with respect to
                                         the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and
                                         representations, written or oral, with respect thereto. To the extent there is an inconsistency
                                         between the provisions in this Agreement and the agreements contemplated hereby and referred
                                         to herein, the provisions in this Agreement shall control. To the extent there is an
                                         inconsistency between the provisions in this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control;
                                         provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (including
                                         any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto) or the Confirmation Order (and
                                         any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto) or an affirmative vote to accept
                                         the Plan submitted by any Backstop Party, nothing contained in the Plan (including any
                                         amendments, supplements or modifications thereto) or Confirmation Order (including any
                                         amendments, supplements or modifications thereto) shall alter, amend or modify the rights
                                         of the Backstop Parties under this Agreement unless such alteration, amendment or modification
                                         has been made in accordance with Section 8.5.



 




    37


     


    




 


		8.5	Waivers
                                         and Amendments. This Agreement may be amended, modified or superseded, and the terms
                                         and conditions of this Agreement may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by
                                         the Company and the Backstop Parties whose aggregate Backstop Commitment and Subscription
                                         Price represents at least two-thirds of the Aggregate Commitment Amount (the “Required
                                         Backstop Parties”); provided, that, notwithstanding anything to
                                         the contrary in this Agreement, no amendment that reduces or otherwise modifies the Backstop
                                         Commitment Premium, Purchase Price, or increases or otherwise modifies a Backstop Party’s
                                         Backstop Obligation or any other funding or financial obligation of any Backstop Party
                                         hererunder shall be effective against any Backstop Party without such Backstop Party’s
                                         prior written consent; provided, further, that Schedule 2
                                         hereto may be amended with the prior written consent of all the Backstop Parties without
                                         the consent of the Company so long as the Aggregate Commitment Amount is not modified.
                                         No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege pursuant
                                         to this Agreement will operate as a waiver thereof.  No waiver on the part of any
                                         Party of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, nor any single or
                                         partial exercise of any right, power or privilege pursuant to this Agreement, shall preclude
                                         any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege
                                         pursuant to this Agreement. The rights and
                                         remedies provided pursuant to this Agreement are cumulative and are not exclusive of
                                         any rights or remedies which any Party otherwise may have at law or in equity.



 


		8.6	Governing
                                         Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Process. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
                                         in accordance with the Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any conflict
                                         of laws principles that would require the application of the Law of any other jurisdiction.
                                         Each Party hereby irrevocably submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive
                                         jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware located in the County of New Castle,
                                         for purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or
                                         the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent
                                         permitted by Law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue
                                         of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding
                                         brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Notwithstanding the
                                         foregoing, during the pendency of the Chapter 11 Cases, all proceedings contemplated
                                         by this Section 8.6 shall be brought in the Bankruptcy Court.



 


 


		8.7	Counterparts.
                                         This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including via facsimile or
                                         other electronic means), each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together
                                         will constitute one and the same instrument. All such counterparts will be deemed an
                                         original, will be construed together and will constitute one and the same instrument.



 






    38


     


    




 


		8.8	Headings.
                                         The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and will not in any way
                                         affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.



 


		8.9	Severability.
                                         In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application
                                         thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect
                                         for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every
                                         other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein will not be in any way
                                         impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties
                                         hereto will be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law.



 


		8.10	Termination.
                                         This Agreement shall terminate:



 


		8.10.1	automatically
                                         if the RSA is terminated pursuant to the terms thereof;



 


		8.10.2	if
                                         the Company and the Required Backstop Parties mutually agree in writing to terminate
                                         this Agreement;



 


		8.10.3	at
                                         the Company’s election, by written notice to the Backstop Parties, in the event
                                         of a material breach of this Agreement by any Backstop Party or any Replacing Backstop
                                         Party that has prevented the satisfaction of any condition, or the Company’s or
                                         any Backstop Party’s performance of any of its obligations hereunder or under the
                                         RSA, if such violation or breach has not been waived by the Company or cured in all material
                                         respects by the applicable Backstop Party or Replacing Backstop Party within ten (10)
                                         Business Days after written notice thereof from the Company (provided, however,
                                         that the Company may not seek to terminate this Agreement based upon a material breach
                                         arising out of its own actions or omissions in breach hereof or if any of the Company
                                         Parties is then in material breach of this Agreement or the RSA); or



 


		8.10.4	at
                                         the Required Backstop Parties’ election, by written notice to the Company, in the
                                         event that a material breach of this Agreement by any of the Company Parties has prevented
                                         the satisfaction of any condition to the effectiveness of the Plan, or the Company’s
                                         or any Backstop Party’s performance of any of its obligations hereunder or under
                                         the RSA, if such violation or breach has not been waived by the Required Backstop Parties
                                         or been cured in all material respects by the applicable Company Party within ten (10)
                                         Business Days after written notice thereof from the Backstop Parties (provided,
                                         however, that the Backstop Parties may not seek to terminate this Agreement based
                                         upon a material breach arising out of the actions or omissions of any Backstop Party
                                         in breach hereof or if any Backstop Party is then in material breach of this Agreement
                                         or the RSA).



 


		8.11	Breach.
                                         Regardless of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.10, each
                                         Party shall remain liable for any breaches of this Agreement prior to its termination.



 






    39


     


    




 


		8.12	Effect
                                         of Termination.



 


		8.12.1	Upon
                                         termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.10, this Agreement shall forthwith
                                         become void and there shall be no further obligations or liabilities on the part of the
                                         parties hereto; provided, that (a) the obligation of the Company to pay the Expense
                                         Reimbursement to Backstop Parties pursuant to Section 2.3.1 and to pay the Backstop
                                         Commitment Premium if payable pursuant to Sections 2.2.3, Section 2.4,
                                         and/or 8.12.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall remain
                                         in full force and effect until such obligation has been satisfied (except as otherwise
                                         set forth herein), (b) the provisions set forth in this Section 8.12,
                                         Section 8.13, Section 8.14, Section 8.16, Section 8.17, Section 8.18,
                                         Section 8.19 and Section 8.21 shall survive the termination of this Agreement
                                         in accordance with their terms and (c) subject to Section 8.14, nothing in
                                         this Section 8.12 shall relieve any Party from liability for its intentional fraud
                                         or any willful or intentional breach of this Agreement occurring prior to the date of
                                         termination of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “willful or intentional
                                         breach” means a breach of this Agreement that is a consequence of an intentional
                                         act undertaken by the breaching party with the knowledge that the taking of such act
                                         would, or would reasonably be expected to, cause a breach of this Agreement. For the
                                         avoidance of doubt, the failure to timely pay the Purchase Price by any of the Backstop
                                         Parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (and subject to the applicable
                                         cure period set forth in Section 8.10.3) shall constitute a willful breach of
                                         this Agreement.









 


		8.12.2	If
                                         this Agreement is terminated by the Required Backstop Parties under Section 8.10.4,
                                         the Company shall, promptly after the date of such termination, pay the Backstop Commitment
                                         Premium; provided that the Backstop Commitment Premium is payable pursuant to
                                         Section 2.2.3 and, if applicable, Section 2.4, entirely in cash to each
                                         Backstop Party or its designee(s). The Backstop Commitment Premium shall (to the extent
                                         payable in cash hereunder) pursuant to an Approval Order, constitute allowed administrative
                                         expenses of the Debtors’ estates under sections 503(b) and 507 of the Bankruptcy
                                         Code and shall be payable by the Debtors as provided in this Agreement without further
                                         order of the Bankruptcy Court.



 


		8.13	Waiver
                                         of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
                                         LAW ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING
                                         DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY
                                         OR OTHERWISE.



 


		8.14	Damages.
                                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Party will be liable for,
                                         and no Party shall claim or seek to recover, any punitive, special, indirect or consequential
                                         damages.



 


		8.15	Specific
                                         Performance. The Parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision
                                         of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the
                                         Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions without the necessity of posting
                                         a bond to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance
                                         of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are
                                         entitled at law or in equity. Unless otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, no
                                         right or remedy described or provided in this Agreement is intended to be exclusive or
                                         to preclude a Party from pursuing other rights and remedies to the extent available under
                                         this Agreement, at law or in equity.



 




    40


     


    




 


		8.16	No
                                         Reliance. No Backstop Party or any of its Affiliates shall have any duties or obligations
                                         to the other Backstop Parties in respect of this Agreement, the transactions contemplated
                                         hereby, the Definitive Documents or the Restructuring, except those expressly set forth
                                         herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) no Backstop Party or any
                                         of its Affiliates shall be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties to the other
                                         Backstop Parties, (b) no Backstop Party or any of its Affiliates shall have any duty
                                         to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers on behalf of any
                                         other Backstop Party, (c) no Backstop Party or any of its Affiliates shall have any duty
                                         to the other Backstop Parties to obtain, through the exercise of diligence or otherwise,
                                         to investigate, confirm, or disclose to the other Backstop Parties any information relating
                                         to the Company or any of its Affiliates that may have been communicated to or obtained
                                         by such Backstop Party or any of its Affiliates in any capacity, (d) no Backstop Party
                                         may rely, and each Backstop Party confirms that it has not relied, on any due diligence
                                         investigation that any other Backstop Party or any Person acting on behalf of such other
                                         Backstop Party may have conducted with respect to the Company or any of its Affiliates
                                         or any of their respective securities, and (e) each Backstop Party acknowledges that
                                         no other Backstop Party is acting as a placement agent, initial purchaser, underwriter,
                                         broker or finder with respect to its Backstop Obligation.



 


		8.17	Publicity.
                                         Except as required by Law, at all times prior to the Effective Date or the earlier termination
                                         of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Company and the Backstop Parties
                                         shall consult with each other prior to issuing any press releases (and provide each other
                                         a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon such release) or otherwise making
                                         public announcements with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
                                         No Party may identify or use the name of any Backstop Party in connection with any press
                                         release or other public announcement related to this Agreement without the prior written
                                         consent of such Backstop Party.



 


		8.18	Settlement
                                         Discussions. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein are part of
                                         a proposed settlement of a dispute between the Parties. Nothing herein shall be deemed
                                         an admission of any kind. Pursuant to section 408 of the U.S. Federal Rules of Evidence
                                         and any applicable state rules of evidence, this Agreement and all negotiations relating
                                         thereto shall not be admissible into evidence in any Legal Proceeding (other than a legal
                                         proceeding to approve or enforce the terms of this Agreement).



 






    41


     


    




 


		8.19	No
                                         Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement,
                                         and notwithstanding the fact that certain of the Parties may be partnerships or limited
                                         liability companies, each Party covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under
                                         this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement
                                         shall be had against any Affiliates of any Party other than the parties to this Agreement
                                         and each of their respective successors and permitted assignees under this Agreement,
                                         whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding,
                                         or by virtue of any applicable Law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no
                                         personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred
                                         by any of the Affiliates of any Party, as such, for any obligation or liability of any
                                         Party or any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith for any claim
                                         based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or liabilities or their creation;
                                         provided, however, that nothing in this Section 8.19 shall relieve
                                         or otherwise limit the liability of any Party or any of their respective successors or
                                         permitted assigns for any breach or violation of its obligations under this Agreement
                                         or such other documents or instruments. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the parties
                                         hereto will have any recourse, be entitled to commence any proceeding or make any claim
                                         under this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby except
                                         against any of the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns,
                                         as applicable.









 


		8.20	Release.
                                         Subject to the occurrence of the Payment Date, the Company Parties (the “Releasing
                                         Parties”), jointly and severally, shall conclusively, absolutely, irrevocably
                                         and forever release and discharge (the “Company Release”) each
                                         Backstop Party and its Affiliates, equity holders, members, partners, general partners,
                                         managers, directors and officers and its and their respective representatives, attorneys,
                                         and controlling Persons, in each case in their capacities as such (the “Released
                                         Parties”), from any and all causes of action, including any derivative
                                         claims asserted on behalf of any Company Party, whether known or unknown, foreseen or
                                         unforeseen, matured or unmatured, liquidated, unliquidated or contingent, existing or
                                         hereafter arising, in law, equity, Contract, tort, or otherwise, that any Company Party,
                                         or any of its successors or assigns, would have been legally entitled to assert (whether
                                         individually or collectively) against or with respect to any Released Party, and hereby
                                         agrees and covenants not to assert or prosecute, or assist or otherwise aid any other
                                         Person in the assertion or prosecution, against any or all of the Released Parties, based
                                         on or relating to, or in any manner arising from, in whole or in part, any Company Party,
                                         any Company Party’s capital structure, any investments by any Released Party in
                                         any Company Party, any transaction or agreement between any Released Party and any Company
                                         Party, the management of any Company Party, the assertion or enforcement of rights and
                                         remedies against any Company Party, the Company Parties’ refinancing efforts, intercompany
                                         transactions between or among the Company Parties, the Restructuring, the Rights Offering,
                                         the RSA, the Definitive Documents or any other Contract, instrument, release, or other
                                         agreement or document created or entered into in connection with the Restructuring. Notwithstanding
                                         anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Company Release shall not apply to any
                                         Defaulting Backstop Party and shall not otherwise release any Released Party for liability
                                         arising from any breach of this Agreement or for any actions taken after the date hereof.












 


		8.21	Other
                                         Interpretive Matters. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, for purposes of
                                         this Agreement, the following rules of interpretation shall apply: (a) when calculating
                                         the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done
                                         or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is the reference date in calculating
                                         such period shall be excluded and, if the last day of such period is a non-Business Day,
                                         the period in question shall end on the next succeeding Business Day; (b) any reference
                                         in this Agreement to “$” or “dollars” shall mean U.S. dollars;
                                         (c) all exhibits and schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated
                                         in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein and any capitalized
                                         terms used in any such exhibit or schedule but not otherwise defined therein shall be
                                         defined as set forth in this Agreement; (d) words imparting the singular number only
                                         shall include the plural and vice versa; (e) words such as “herein,” “hereinafter,”
                                         “hereof,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole
                                         and not merely to a subdivision in which such words appear unless the context otherwise
                                         requires; (f) the word “including” or any variation thereof means “including,
                                         without limitation” and shall not be construed to limit any general statement that
                                         it follows to the specific or similar items or matters immediately following it; (g)
                                         the division of this Agreement into Sections and other subdivisions are for convenience
                                         of reference only and shall not affect or be utilized in construing or interpreting this
                                         Agreement; and (h) all references in this Agreement to any “Section” are
                                         to the corresponding Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The parties
                                         hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and,
                                         in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement
                                         shall be construed as jointly drafted by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden
                                         of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of
                                         any provision of this Agreement.









 


[Signature
pages follow]


 




    42


     


    




 


IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers,
solely in their respective capacity as officers of the undersigned and not in any other capacity, as of the date first set forth
above.


 





	 	GULFPORT
    ENERGY CORPORATION
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:





 





[Signature
page to Backstop Commitment Agreement]




 




    43


     


    

 





	 	[BAckstop
    party]
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:








 


[Signature
page to Backstop Commitment Agreement]




 




    44


     


    

 


SCHEDULE 1


 


COMPANY
PARTIES


 


 


Gulfport
Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation


 


Gator
Marine, Inc., a Delaware corporation


 


Gator
Marine Ivanhoe, Inc., a Delaware corporation


 


Grizzly
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation


 


Gulfport
Appalachia, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Gulfport
Midcon, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Gulfport
Midstream Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Jaguar
Resources LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Mule
Sky LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 


Puma
Resources, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company


 


Westhawk
Minerals LLC, a Delaware limited liability company


 




    45


     


    

 


SCHEDULE 2


 


Backstop
Parties


 


[REDACTED]





 




    46


     


    

 


SCHEDULE
3


 


[REDACTED]


 


 




    47


     


    

 


SCHEDULE
4


 


Transportation
Contracts


 


[REDACTED]


 


 




    48


     


    

 


EXHIBIT
A


 


Form
of Notice of Assignment


 


Gulfport
Energy Corporation


14313
N. May Avenue, Suite 100


Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma 73134

Attn.:Patrick Craine¶


E-mail
address: pcraine@gulfportenergy.com


 


with
copies to:


 


Kirkland
& Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention: Steven N. Serajeddini, P.C.

E-mail address: steven.serajeddini@kirkland.com


 


and


 


Kirkland
& Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Marc Kieselstein, P.C. and Christopher S. Koenig

E-mail address: marc.kieselstein@kirkland.com and


chris.koenig@kirkland.com





 


[_______]


[Address]


Attn.:
[___]


Email
address: [_____]


 


Re:   Transfer
Notice Under Backstop Agreement


 


Reference
is hereby made to that certain Backstop Commitment Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time, the “Backstop Commitment Agreement”), by and among the Company and the Backstop
Parties. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.


 


The
purpose of this notice (“Notice”) is to advise you, pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Backstop Commitment
Agreement, of the proposed transfer by [●] (the “Transferor”) to [●] (the “Transferee”)
of (as applicable):


 


		(i)	[[●]%
                                         of the Subscription Rights of the Transferor, which represents the rights to subscribe
                                         for [●] shares of New Convertible Preferred Stock;] [and]



 


		(ii)	[the
                                         Backstop Commitment representing [●]% of the aggregate Backstop Commitments as
                                         of the date hereof, which represents $[●] of the Transferor’s Backstop Commitment.]



 


[If
applicable: The Transferee represents to the Company and the Transferor that it is a Backstop Party under the Backstop Commitment
Agreement.]


  


By
signing this Notice below, Transferee represents to the Company and the Transferor that it will execute and deliver a joinder
to the Backstop Agreement.


 


This
Notice shall serve as a transfer notice in accordance with the terms of the Backstop Commitment Agreement. Please acknowledge
receipt of this Notice delivered in accordance with Section 8.2 by returning a countersigned copy of this Notice to counsel
to the Backstop Parties via the contact information set forth above.





 




    49


     


    

 


EXHIBIT
B


 


Form
of Joinder Agreement





 


JOINDER
AGREEMENT


 


This
Joinder Agreement (the “Joinder Agreement”) to the Backstop Commitment Agreement dated as of November
13, 2020 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Backstop Commitment Agreement”),
among the Company and the Backstop Parties is executed and delivered by the undersigned (the “Joining Party”)
as of _____________________, 2020 (the “Joinder Date”). Each capitalized term used herein but not otherwise
defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Backstop Commitment Agreement.


 


Agreement
to be Bound. The Joining Party hereby agrees to be bound by all of the terms of the Backstop Commitment Agreement, a copy
of which is attached to this Joinder Agreement as Annex 1 (as the same has been or may be hereafter amended, restated
or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof). The Joining Party shall hereafter be deemed
to be a “Backstop Party” for all purposes under the Backstop Commitment Agreement.


 


Representations
and Warranties. The Joining Party hereby severally and not jointly makes the representations and warranties of the Backstop
Parties as set forth in Section 4 of the Backstop Commitment Agreement to the Company as of the date hereof.


 


Governing
Law. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of the State of New York, but without
giving effect to applicable principals of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the Law of another jurisdiction
would be required thereby.


 


[Signature
pages to follow]


 




    50


     


    

 


IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Joining Party has caused this Joinder to be executed as of the date first written above.


 





	 	[Joining
    party]
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:


  





[Signature Page to Joinder Agreement
to Backstop Commitment Agreement]




 






    51


     


    

 



EXHIBIT
E


 


DIP
Credit Agreement


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Exhibit E to Restructuring Support Agreement


 






     


     


    


 


Execution Version

 





 



 


 


 


SENIOR
SECURED SUPER-PRIORITY


 


DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION
CREDIT AGREEMENT





Dated as of November __, 2020

among





GULFPORT ENERGY CORPORATION,

as Borrower,





THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,

as Administrative Agent



and



The Lenders Party Hereto


 


THE
BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA


 


as
Lead Arranger and Bookrunner


 


 





 



 






     


     


    

 


TABLE
OF CONTENTS


 





	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS	1
	 	 	 
	1.01.	Defined
    Terms	1
	1.02.	Other
    Interpretive Provisions	30
	1.03.	Accounting
    Terms	31
	1.04.	Rounding	31
	1.05.	Times
    of Day	31
	1.06.	Letter
    of Credit Amounts	31
	1.07.	Divisions	31
	1.08.	Designation
    of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries	31
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS	32
	 	 
	2.01.	Loans	32
	2.02.	Borrowings,
    Conversions and Continuations of Loans	33
	2.03.	Letters
    of Credit	35
	2.04.	Prepayments	41
	2.05.	Termination
    or Reduction of Commitments	42
	2.06.	Repayment
    of Loans	43
	2.07.	Interest	43
	2.08.	Fees	44
	2.09.	Computation
    of Interest and Fees	44
	2.10.	Evidence
    of Debt	44
	2.11.	Payments
    Generally; Agent’s Clawback	45
	2.12.	Sharing
    of Payments	46
	2.13.	Collateral;
    Guarantees	47
	2.14.	Cash
    Collateral	48
	2.15.	Defaulting
    Lenders	49
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY	51
	 	 	 
	3.01.	Taxes	51
	3.02.	Illegality	54
	3.03.	Inability
    to Determine Rates	54
	3.04.	Increased
    Costs	54
	3.05.	Compensation
    for Losses	56
	3.06.	Mitigation
    Obligations	56
	3.07.	Effect
    of Benchmark Transition Event	57
	3.08.	Survival	57
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV. RESERVED	57
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS	57
	 	 	 
	5.01.	Interim
    Facility Effective Date	57
	5.02.	Conditions
    to all Credit Extensions	60
	5.03.	Final
    Facility Effective Date	62



 






    i


     


    

 


	ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	62
	 	 
	6.01.	Existence,
    Qualification and Power	62
	6.02.	Authorization;
    No Contravention	62
	6.03.	Governmental
    Authorization; Other Consents	63
	6.04.	Binding
    Effect	63
	6.05.	Financial
    Statements; No Material Adverse Effect	63
	6.06.	Litigation	63
	6.07.	No
    Default	64
	6.08.	Ownership
    of Property; Liens	64
	6.09.	Environmental
    Compliance	64
	6.10.	Insurance	64
	6.11.	Taxes	64
	6.12.	ERISA
    Compliance	64
	6.13.	Subsidiaries	65
	6.14.	Margin
    Regulations; Investment Company Act	65
	6.15.	Disclosure	65
	6.16.	Compliance
    with Laws	65
	6.17.	Intellectual
    Property; Licenses, Etc.	66
	6.18.	Rights
    in Collateral; Priority of Liens	66
	6.19.	Concerning
    the Collateral	66
	6.20.	Swap
    Contracts	66
	6.21.	Engineering
    Reports	66
	6.22.	Gas
    Balancing Agreements and Advance Payment Contracts	67
	6.23.	Warranties
    and Collateral Documents	67
	6.24.	Tax
    Shelter Regulations	67
	6.25.	Anti-Corruption
    Laws and Sanctions	67
	6.26.	Accounts	67
	6.27.	Marketing
    of Production	67
	6.28.	Affected
    Financial Institution	67
	6.29.	DIP
    Order	68
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VII. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS	68
	 	 
	7.01.	Financial
    Statements	68
	7.02.	Certificates;
    Other Information	68
	7.03.	Notices	70
	7.04.	Payment
    of Obligations	71
	7.05.	Preservation
    of Existence, Etc.	71
	7.06.	Maintenance
    of Properties	72
	7.07.	Maintenance
    of Insurance	72
	7.08.	Compliance
    with Laws	72
	7.09.	Books
    and Records	72
	7.10.	Inspection
    Rights	72
	7.11.	Use
    of Proceeds	73
	7.12.	[Reserved]	73
	7.13.	Title
    Data	73
	7.14.	[Reserved]	73
	7.15.	Collateral	73
	7.16.	Further
    Assurances	73
	7.17.	Commodity
    Exchange Act Keepwell Provisions	73



 






    ii


     


    

 


	7.18.	Unrestricted
    Subsidiaries	74
	7.19.	Carve-Out	74
	7.20.	Cash
    Management	74
	7.21.	Chapter
    11 Milestones	74
	7.22.	Marketing
    Activities	74
	7.23.	Swap
    Contracts	75
	7.24.	Restructuring
    Support Agreement	75
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE VIII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS	75
	 	 	 
	8.01.	Liens	75
	8.02.	Investments	77
	8.03.	Indebtedness	79
	8.04.	Fundamental
    Changes	80
	8.05.	Dispositions	80
	8.06.	Restricted
    Payments	81
	8.07.	Change
    of Operator	81
	8.08.	Letters
    of Credit	81
	8.09.	Swap
    Contracts	81
	8.10.	Change
    in Nature of Business	83
	8.11.	Transactions
    with Affiliates	83
	8.12.	Burdensome
    Agreements	83
	8.13.	Use
    of Proceeds	83
	8.14.	Gas
    Balancing Agreements and Advance Payment Contracts	83
	8.15.	Accounting
    Changes	84
	8.16.	Cash
    Management	84
	8.17.	Unrestricted
    Subsidiaries	84
	8.18.	Limitation
    on Modification and Prepayment of Indebtedness	84
	8.19.	Key
    Employee Plans	84
	8.20.	Superpriority
    Claims and Bankruptcy Orders	84
	8.21.	Variance
    Covenant	85
	8.22.	Capital
    Expenditures	85
	8.23.	Subsidiaries	85
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IX. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES	85
	 	 	 
	9.01.	Events
    of Default	85
	9.02.	Remedies
    Upon Event of Default	88
	9.03.	Application
    of Funds	89
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE X. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT	90
	 	 	 
	10.01.	Appointment
    and Authorization of Administrative Agent	90
	10.02.	Rights
    as a Lender	90
	10.03.	Exculpatory
    Provisions	90
	10.04.	Reliance
    by Administrative Agent	91
	10.05.	Delegation
    of Duties	92
	10.06.	Resignation
    of Agent	92
	10.07.	Non-Reliance
    on Agent and Other Lenders	93
	10.08.	No
    Other Duties, Etc.	93
	10.09.	Administrative
    Agent May File Proofs of Claim	93



 






    iii


     


    

 


	10.10.	Collateral
    and Guarantor Matters	94
	10.11.	Cash
    Management Agreements and Swap Contracts	96
	10.12.	Certain
    ERISA Matters	96
	 	 	 
	ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS	97
	 	 	 
	11.01.	Amendments,
    Etc.	97
	11.02.	Notices;
    Effectiveness; Electronic Communications	99
	11.03.	No
    Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement	101
	11.04.	Expenses;
    Indemnity; Damage Waiver	101
	11.05.	Payments
    Set Aside	103
	11.06.	Successors
    and Assigns	103
	11.07.	Treatment
    of Certain Information; Confidentiality	107
	11.08.	Right
    of Setoff	107
	11.09.	Interest
    Rate Limitation	108
	11.10.	Counterparts;
    Integration; Effectiveness	108
	11.11.	Survival
    of Representations and Warranties	108
	11.12.	Severability	109
	11.13.	Legal
    Representation of Agent	109
	11.14.	Replacement
    of Lenders	109
	11.15.	Governing
    Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.	110
	11.16.	Waiver
    of Right to Trial by Jury	110
	11.17.	USA
    PATRIOT Act Notice	111
	11.18.	No
    Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility	111
	11.19.	Electronic
    Execution of Assignments	111
	11.20.	Concerning
    Swap Contracts	111
	11.21.	Concerning
    Cash Management Agreements	112
	11.22.	Time
    of the Essence	112
	11.23.	Entire
    Agreement	112
	11.24.	Excluded
    Swap Obligations	112
	11.25.	Acknowledgement
    and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions	112
	11.26.	Acknowledgement
    Regarding Any Supported QFCs	113
	11.27.	Cashless
    Settlement	113


 






    iv


     


    

 


	SCHEDULES	 
	 	 
	1.01	Designated Investment Entities
	2.01(a)	Roll-Up
	2.01(b)	Commitments and Applicable Percentages
	6.13	Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
	6.20	Existing Swap Contracts
	6.26	Accounts
	6.27	Marketing of Production
	7.21	Chapter 11 Milestones
	8.01	Existing Liens
	8.02	Investments in Designated Investment Entities
	8.03	Existing Indebtedness
	11.02	Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
	 	 
	EXHIBITS	 
	 	 
	Form of	 
	A	Loan Notice
	B	Note
	C	Compliance Certificate
	D	Assignment and Assumption
	E	Interim Order
	F	[Reserved]
	G	[Reserved]
	H	[Reserved]
	I	[Reserved]
	J	[Reserved]
	K-1	U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
	K-2	U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
	K-3	U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
	K-4	U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)



 




    v


     


    

 


THIS
SENIOR SECURED SUPER-PRIORITY DEBTOR-IN-POSSESSION CREDIT AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented
or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of November __, 2020,
among GULFPORT ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), as debtor and debtor-in-possession,
each Lender from time to time party hereto and THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and sole lead
arranger and sole bookrunner.


 


R
E C I T A L S


 


A. WHEREAS,
the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and certain lenders have previously entered into that certain Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior
to the Petition Date, the “Prepetition Credit Agreement”);


 


B. WHEREAS,
on November 12, 2020 (the “Petition Date”), the Loan Parties and certain of their respective Subsidiaries
(in such capacity, each a “Debtor” and collectively, the “Debtors”) filed
voluntary petitions for relief under Chapter 11 (collectively, the “Chapter 11 Cases”) of Title 11 of
the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern
District of Texas, Houston Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”). The Debtors are continuing in the possession
of their assets and continuing to operate their businesses and managing their properties as debtors and debtors-in-possession
under Sections 1107(a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code;


 


C. WHEREAS,
the Borrower has requested that the Lenders provide a senior secured super-priority debtor-in-possession revolving credit facility
in an aggregate principal amount of up to $262,500,000 (the “DIP Facility”) in commitments and loans
from the Lenders, which shall consist of (1) $105,000,000 (the “New Money Facility”) which the Borrower
shall be permitted to draw subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and (2) subject to the entry of the Final Order
only, $157,500,000 to roll up a portion of the existing outstanding obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement (the “Roll-Up
Facility”), in each case to be afforded the liens and priority set forth in the DIP Order and as set forth in the
other Loan Documents and to be used during the Chapter 11 Cases for the purposes set forth in Section 8.13, and which DIP Facility
shall be available for borrowings and other extensions of credit as of the Interim Facility Effective Date, subject in all respects
to the terms set out herein and in the other Loan Documents; and


 


D. WHEREAS,
by execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the Guarantors, as applicable, agree to guarantee the
Obligations and the Borrower and each Guarantor agrees to secure all of the Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent
for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien and security interest in respect of, and on, substantially all of such Loan Party’s
respective assets, in each case, on and subject to the terms and priorities set forth in the DIP Order and the other Loan Documents.


 


NOW,
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:


 


ARTICLE
I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS


 


1.01. Defined
Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:


 


“Acceptable
Hedge Transactions” means, (a) with respect to Swap Contracts entered into for calendar year 2021, Swap Contracts
covering identical volumes of natural gas and identical months with strike prices at the prevailing strip price quoted on the
New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX Strip”) and (b) with respect to Swap Contracts entered into for calendar
year 2022 and 2023, (i) Swap Contracts covering identical volumes of natural gas and identical months with strike prices at NYMEX
Strip, (ii) deferred premium purchased puts for volumes of natural gas with a strike price not less than 10% below NYMEX Strip
or (iii) collars covering identical volumes of natural gas and identical months with strike prices establishing a floor no lower
than the lesser of (x) the most recent price deck established by the Agent in accordance with its customary lending criteria with
respect to natural gas for the applicable month and (y) a price not less than 10% below NYMEX Strip.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 1


     


    

 


“Adequate
Protection Liens” means the “First Lien Adequate Protection Liens” as defined in the DIP Order.


 


“Administrative
Agent” or “Agent” means Scotiabank in its capacity as administrative agent under any of
the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.


 


“Administrative
Agent’s Office” means Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02,
or such other address or account as Agent may from time to time notify Borrower and Lenders.


 


“Administrative
Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by Agent.


 


“Advance
Payment Contract” means any contract whereby any Loan Party either receives or becomes entitled to receive (either
directly or indirectly) any payment (an “Advance Payment”) to be applied toward payment of the purchase
price of hydrocarbons produced or to be produced from Mineral Interests owned by any Loan Party and which Advance Payment is paid
or to be paid in advance of actual delivery of such production to or for the account of the purchaser regardless of such production;
provided that inclusion of the standard “take or pay” provision in any gas sales or purchase contract or any
other similar contract shall not, in and of itself, constitute such contract as an Advance Payment Contract for the purposes hereof.


 


“Affected
Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.


 


“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls
or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.


 


“Aggregate
Commitments” means the Commitments of all Lenders.


 


“Agreement”
has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.


 


“Anti-Corruption
Laws” means all state or federal laws, rules, and regulations applicable to Borrower or any of its Affiliates from
time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including the FCPA.


 


“Applicable
Percentage” means with respect to any Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place)
of the Aggregate Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment at such time. If the Commitment of each Lender to make
Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.02
or otherwise or if the Aggregate Commitments have expired, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based
on the Applicable Percentage of such Lender most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments. The initial
Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01(b) or in the Assignment
and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 2


     


    

 


“Applicable
Rate” means, from time to time, with respect to any Loan that is (a) a Eurodollar Rate Loan, 4.50% per annum and
(b) a Base Rate Loan, 3.50% per annum.


 


“Applicable
Usury Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.09 hereof.


 


“Approved
Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity
or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.


 


“Approved
Plan of Reorganization” has the meaning set forth on Schedule 7.21 hereto.


 


“Arranger”
means Scotiabank, in its capacity as lead arranger and bookrunner.


 


“Assignee
Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed
by the same investment advisor.


 


“Assignment
and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent
of any party whose consent is required by Section 11.06(b)), and accepted by Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit
D or any other form approved by Agent.


 


“Attributable
Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof
that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any
Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear
on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital
lease.


 


“Audited
Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and
cash flows for such fiscal year of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.


 


“Available
Funds” means, as of any date of determination, the amount by which the Effective Commitments on such date exceed
the Total New Money Outstandings of all Lenders on such date.


 


“Availability
Period” means the period from the Interim Facility Effective Date to but excluding the earliest of (a) the
Termination Date, (b) the date of termination of the Aggregate Commitments pursuant to Section 2.05, and (c) the date
of termination of the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and of the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions
pursuant to Section 9.02.


 


“Avoidance
Actions” has the meaning specified in the DIP Order.


 


“Bail-In
Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect
of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 3


     


    

 


“Bail-In
Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of
the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such
EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United
Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable
in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions
or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).


 


“Bankruptcy
Code” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“Bankruptcy
Court” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“Base
Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2
of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Agent as its “prime rate,”
and (c) the Eurodollar Rate for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by
Agent based upon various factors including Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors,
and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change
in the Federal Funds Rate, the prime rate or the Eurodollar Rate for a period of one month shall be effective on the effective
date of such change.


 


“Base
Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.


 


“Benchmark
Replacement” means the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by Agent and Borrower giving
due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by
the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as
a replacement to the Eurodollar Rate for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement
Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than one percent (1.0%) per annum,
the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be one percent (1.0%) per annum for the purposes of this Agreement.


 


“Benchmark
Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the Eurodollar Rate with an Unadjusted Benchmark
Replacement for each applicable Interest Period, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment
(which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by Agent and Borrower giving due consideration to (i)
any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the
replacement of the Eurodollar Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii)
any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining
such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the Eurodollar Rate with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S.
dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.


 


“Benchmark
Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative
or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate,” the definition of “Interest Period,”
timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that Agent reasonably
decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration
thereof by Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption
of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if Agent determines that no market practice for the
administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as Agent reasonably decides is necessary
in connection with the administration of this Agreement).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 4


     


    

 


“Benchmark
Replacement Date” means the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to the Eurodollar Rate: (1) in
the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the
public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of the Eurodollar
Rate permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the Eurodollar Rate; or (2) in the case of clause (3) of the definition of
“Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.


 


“Benchmark
Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the Eurodollar Rate:
(1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the Eurodollar Rate announcing that
such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the Eurodollar Rate, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the
time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Eurodollar Rate;
(2) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Eurodollar Rate,
the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Eurodollar Rate, a resolution
authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Eurodollar Rate or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or
resolution authority over the administrator for the Eurodollar Rate, which states that the administrator of the Eurodollar Rate
has ceased or will cease to provide the Eurodollar Rate permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement
or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Eurodollar Rate; or (3) a public statement
or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Eurodollar Rate announcing that the Eurodollar
Rate is no longer representative.


 


“Benchmark
Transition Start Date” means (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable
Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of
a prospective event, the 90th day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information
(or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than 90 days after such statement or publication, the date of such
statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by Agent or the Required Lenders,
as applicable, and agreed to by Borrower by notice to Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Lenders) and the Lenders.


 


“Benchmark
Unavailability Period” means, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred
with respect to the Eurodollar Rate and solely to the extent that the Eurodollar Rate has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement,
the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement
has replaced the Eurodollar Rate for all purposes hereunder in accordance with Section 3.07 and (y) ending at the
time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the Eurodollar Rate for all purposes hereunder pursuant to Section 3.07.


 


“Beneficial
Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership
Regulation.


 


“Beneficial
Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.


 


“Benefit
Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of
ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in and subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for
purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such
“employee benefit plan” or “plan”.


 


“Benefiting
Guarantor” means a Guarantor for which funds or other support are necessary for such Guarantor to constitute an
Eligible Contract Participant.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 5


     


    

 


“BHC
Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance
with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k)) of such party.


 


“Borrower”
has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.


 


“Borrower
Account” has the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a)(ii).


 


“Borrower
Materials” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.


 


“Borrowing”
means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having
the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.


 


“Budget”
has the meaning assigned to the term “Approved Budget” in the DIP Order.


 


“Business
Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close
under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates
to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the
London interbank eurodollar market.


 


“Carve-Out”
has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Order.


 


“Carve-Out
Accounts” means the “Pre-Carve Out Trigger Notice Reserve” and “Post-Carve Out Trigger Notice
Reserve,” as such terms are defined in the DIP Order.


 


“Cash
Collateralize” means, in respect of any obligation, the provision, and pledge (as a security interest with the priority
set forth in the DIP Order) of, cash collateral in Dollars, at a location and pursuant to documentation in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer. “Cash Collateral” shall have a corresponding meaning.


 


“Cash
Management Agreement” means any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depositing, overdraft,
credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.


 


“Cash
Management Obligations” means all obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities of Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary
arising under any Secured Cash Management Agreement, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute
or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest, fees and other amounts that accrue
after the commencement by or against Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law naming
the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest, fees or other
amounts are allowed claims in such proceeding.


 


“Cash
Management Order” means one or more orders of the Bankruptcy Court, including any interim and/or final orders, entered
in the Chapter 11 Cases, together with all extensions, modifications and amendments thereto, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, which, among other matters, authorizes the Debtors to maintain their existing cash management
system in compliance with this Agreement and the DIP Orders.


 


“Cash
Management Party” means any Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender and is a party to a Cash Management
Agreement with Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 6


     


    

 


“Change
in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking
effect of any Law, (b) any change in any Law or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by
any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the
force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued
in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements,
the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory
authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless
of the date enacted, adopted or issued.


 


“Change
of Control” means (i) with respect to any Loan Party other than Borrower, an event or series of events by which
Borrower ceases to Control such Loan Party, and (ii) with respect to Borrower, any event or series of events by which:


 


(a) any
“person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity
as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than one or more Permitted Holders becomes the “beneficial
owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall
be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such
right, an “option right”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly
or indirectly, of 40% or more of the voting power of the Equity Interests of such Person entitled to vote for members of the board
of directors or equivalent governing body of such Person on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities
that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right); or


 


(b) any
Person or two or more Persons (other than Permitted Holders) acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or
shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of
the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of such Person, or control
over the equity securities of such Person entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body
of such Person on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such Person(s) or group has the right
to acquire pursuant to any option right) representing 40% or more of the combined voting power of such securities.


 


“Chapter
11 Cases” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“Chapter
11 Milestones” has the meaning set forth on Schedule 7.21 hereto.


 


“Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.


 


“Collateral”
means all property of any kind which is subject to a Lien in favor of Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties
to secure the Obligations or which under the terms of any Loan Document is purported to be subject to such Lien, which includes,
for the avoidance of doubt, all existing (whether pre- or post-petition) and after-acquired, tangible and intangible, personal
and real property and assets of each of the Loan Parties and any proceeds thereof (including, subject to entry of the Final Order,
proceeds of any Avoidance Action); provided that the Avoidance Actions themselves shall not be Collateral; provided
further that the Collateral shall not include any lease or other real property right of any Loan Party solely to the extent
such lease or other real property right is not an Oil and Gas Property and the granting of any liens thereto or thereon would
constitute (a) an abandonment, invalidation, or unenforceability of any material right of ownership or title of any Loan Party,
or (b) a material breach or termination pursuant to the terms of, or a material default under, any such lease or document governing
any other real property right pursuant to any provision thereof, unless in the case of each of the forgoing clauses (a) and (b),
the applicable provision is rendered ineffective by applicable non-bankruptcy law or the Bankruptcy Code.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 7


     


    

 


“Collateral
Documents” means, collectively, each collateral agreement, the DIP Order, all Mortgages, pledge agreements, collateral
assignments and other collateral documents covering the Mineral Interests of each Loan Party, the Equity Interests of each Restricted
Subsidiary owned by a Loan Party, other personal property, equipment, oil and gas inventory or Collateral of the Loan Parties
or proceeds of any of the foregoing in connection with, or as security for, the payment or performance of the Obligations, this
Agreement or reimbursement obligations under any Letters of Credit, as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented
or restated from time to time.


 


“Commitment”
means, as to each Lender at any time, its commitment to (a) make New Money Loans to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b),
and (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, in an aggregate principal amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage,
as such commitment may be (i) reduced or terminated from time to time pursuant to Section 2.05, (ii) modified from time
to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 11.05(b) or otherwise, and (iii) terminated in
accordance with Section 9.02 or otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


 


“Commodity
Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time
to time, and any successor statute.


 


“Compliance
Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.


 


“Construction
Collateral” has the meaning assigned to such term in that certain Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement and Limited Consent and Waiver, dated as of May 29, 2015, by and among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, and the
lenders party thereto (“Prepetition Fourth Amendment”).


 


“Construction
Loan” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Prepetition Fourth Amendment.


 


“Contractual
Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument
or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.


 


“Control”
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies
of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling”
and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.


 


“Covered
Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted
in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted
in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted
in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).


 


“Covered
Party” has the meaning specified in Section 11.26.


 


“Credit
Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 8


     


    

 


“Debtor”
has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“Debtor
Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the
benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the
United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.


 


“Default”
means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage
of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.


 


“Default
Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than L/C Fees an interest rate equal to (i) the Base
Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided,
however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate
(including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, but in each case in no event in excess of
the Maximum Rate, and (b) when used with respect to L/C Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate applicable to Eurodollar Rate
Loans plus 2% per annum.


 


“Default
Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§
252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.


 


“Defaulting
Lender” means, subject to Section 2.15(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion
of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies
the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that
one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be
specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any
other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit)
within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer in writing
that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless
such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position
is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with
any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed,
within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative
Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender
shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative
Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding
under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for
the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become
the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership
or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority
so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within
the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental
Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by
the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding
absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.15(b)) upon
delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the L/C Issuer and each Lender.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 9


     


    

 


“Designated
Investment Entities” means the Persons listed on Schedule 1.01, as updated from time to time by Borrower
by written notice to Agent, which Persons are primarily engaged in any business or activity relating to or arising from exploration
for or acquisition, exploitation, development, production, treatment, processing, storage, transportation, gathering, marketing
or other handling of oil, natural gas, other hydrocarbons, sand, minerals and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof,
and other products commonly created, recovered or produced in association therewith or refined or processed therefrom, Mineral
Interests and related intellectual property, or any activity necessary, appropriate or incidental to any of the foregoing, including
oilfield services, administrative services and other services used or useful in connection with any of the foregoing; provided
that (i) no Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Designated Investment Entity and (ii) any Designated Investment Entity that shall
at any time meet the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary” shall thereafter cease to be a Designated Investment Entity.


 


“DIP
Facility” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“DIP
Liens” has the meaning specified in the DIP Order


 


“DIP
Order” means the Interim Order, the Final Order and the Hedging Order, as applicable.


 


“DIP
Superpriority Claim” has the meaning specified in the DIP Order.


 


“Disclosure
Statement” has the meaning set forth on Schedule 7.21 hereto.


 


“Disposition”
or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale
and leaseback transaction, farmout, conveyance, casualty or condemnation thereof) of any property by any Person, including any
sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and
claims associated therewith.


 


“Dollar”
and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.


 


“Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.


 


“Domestic
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.


 


“Early
Opt-in Election” means the occurrence of: (a) (i) a determination by Agent or (ii) a notification by the Required
Lenders to Agent (with a copy to Borrower) that the Required Lenders and Borrower have determined that U.S. dollar-denominated
syndicated credit facilities being executed at such time, or that include language similar to that contained in Section 3.07,
are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace the Eurodollar
Rate, and (b) (i) the election by Agent and Borrower or (ii) the election by the Required Lenders and Borrower to declare that
an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision, as applicable, by Agent of written notice of such election to the Lenders
or by the Required Lenders of written notice of such election to Agent.


 


“EEA
Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country
which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which
is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established
in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition
and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 10


     


    

 


“EEA
Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.


 


“EEA
Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative
authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.


 


“Effective
Commitment” means (a) during the Interim Period, the Interim Facility Cap and (b) during the Final Period, the Aggregate
Commitments.


 


“Eligible
Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 11.06(b)(iii),
(v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 11.06(b)(iii)); provided
that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include Borrower or any of Borrower’s
Affiliates or Subsidiaries.


 


“Eligible
Contract Participant” means an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange
Act and the regulations thereunder.


 


“Environmental
Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, Laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments,
orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution
and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous
substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.


 


“Environmental
Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental
remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting
from (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal
of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials
into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or
imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.


 


“Equity
Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit
interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares
of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable
for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the
purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests
in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such
shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.


 


“ERISA”
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


 


“ERISA
Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Borrower within the
meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section
412 of the Code).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 11


     


    

 


“ERISA
Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in
Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA;
(c) a complete or partial withdrawal by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer
Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination
under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer
Plan; (e) an event or condition which might constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment
of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA,
other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.


 


“EU
Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association
(or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.


 


“Eurodollar
Base Rate” has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.


 


“Eurodollar
Rate” means for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a rate per annum determined by Agent
pursuant to the following formula:


 


	 

        Eurodollar
        Rate =
	Eurodollar
    Base Rate
	1.00
    – Eurodollar Reserve Percentage


 


,
provided that if the “Eurodollar Rate” shall be less than one (1.0%) percent per annum, such rate shall be deemed
to be one percent (1.0%) per annum for purposes of this Agreement;


 


Where,


 


“Eurodollar
Base Rate” means, for such Interest Period (rounded upwards, as necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%):


 


(a) the
rate per annum equal to the rate determined by Agent to be the London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark
Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) that appears on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02
of the Reuters screen that displays such rate (or any successor thereto) for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day
of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time)
two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or


 


(b) if
the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall not be available,
the rate per annum equal to the rate determined by Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays
an average London interbank offered rate as administered by ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over
the administration of such rate) for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent
to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such
Interest Period, or


 


(c) if
the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, Agent shall determine such rate as the average of
quotations for three (3) major New York money center banks of whom the Agent shall inquire as the “London Interbank Offered
Rate” for deposits in U.S. Dollars at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of
such Interest Period.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 12


     


    

 


“Eurodollar
Reserve Percentage” means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal,
carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day, whether or not applicable to any Lender, under regulations issued from
time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States for determining the maximum reserve
requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding
(currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan
shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.


 


“Eurodollar
Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.


 


“Event
of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01.


 


“Excluded
Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party individually determined on a Loan Party by Loan Party basis,
any Swap Obligation, if and to the extent that, all or a portion of the joint and several liability or the guaranty of such Loan
Party for, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest or other Lien to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee
thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the U.S. Commodity Futures
Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure
for any reason to constitute an Eligible Contract Participant at the time such guarantee or the grant of such security interest
or other Lien becomes effective with respect to, or any other time such Loan Party is by virtue of such guarantee or grant of
such security interest or other Lien otherwise deemed to enter into, such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a
Master Agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is
attributable to swaps for which such guarantee, security interest or other Lien is or becomes illegal.


 


“Excluded
Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or
deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), franchise
Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or
having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing
such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal
withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a
Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the Loan or Commitment
(other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 11.14) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending
office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.01, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable
either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before
it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.01(g)
and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.


 


“FATCA”
means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that
is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations
thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.


 


“FCPA”
means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 13


     


    

 


“Federal
Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal
funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business
Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published
on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal
Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to
Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by Agent, provided that if the “Federal Funds Rate” shall be
less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.


 


“Fee
Letter” means the letter agreement dated November __, 2020, between Borrower and Agent or any subsequent letter
agreement between Borrower and Agent that by its terms replaces such letter agreement.


 


“Filing”
has the meaning specified in Section 6.03.


 


“Final
Facility Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.03.


 


“Final
Order” means the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court in substantially the form of the Interim Order with such
changes as are acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.


 


“Final
Period” means the period commencing on the Final Facility Effective Date and ending on the Termination Date.


 


“Financial
Advisor” means Opportune LLP and any of its Affiliates.


 


“Foreign
Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower
is resident for tax purposes (including such a Lender acting in the capacity of the L/C Issuer). For purposes of this definition,
the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.


 


“Foreign
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.


 


“FRB”
means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.


 


“Fronting
Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to the L/C Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s
Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer other than
L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash
Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.


 


“Fund”
means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise
investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.


 


“GAAP”
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession
in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 14


     


    

 


“Gas
Balancing Agreement” means any agreement or arrangement whereby any Loan Party, or any other party having an interest
in any hydrocarbons to be produced from Mineral Interests in which any Loan Party owns an interest, has a right to take more than
its proportionate share of production therefrom.


 


“Governmental
Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof,
whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, commission, central bank or other
entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining
to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).


 


“Guarantee”
means, as to any Person, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect
of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”)
in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase
or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or
lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation
of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any
other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary
obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the
obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against
loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated
or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if
not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing
Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.


 


“Guarantor”
means, collectively, each Domestic Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower, and any other Person that guarantees the payment
and performance of the Obligations.


 


“Guaranty”
means, collectively, (a) the Guaranty executed and delivered by the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent for
the benefit of the Secured Parties on the date hereof (or pursuant to any joinder thereto as provided therein) and (b) each other
guaranty that supports or purports to support the Obligations, including any joinder thereto, in each case in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent.


 


“Hazardous
Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes
or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated
biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes, the release or presence of which requires
reporting, permitting, remediation or investigation pursuant to any Environmental Law.


 


“Hedging
Motion” means a motion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, authorizing the Loan Parties
to continue prepetition Swap Contracts and enter into postpetition Swap Contracts, among other relief, which may be heard at the
“first day” hearing in the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


“Hedging
Order” means the order, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, granting the Hedging Motion.


 


“Hydrocarbon
Interests” means all rights, titles, interests and estates now or hereafter acquired in and to oil and gas leases,
oil, gas and mineral leases (excluding coal and timber), or other liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon leases, mineral fee interests,
overriding royalty and royalty interests, net profit interests and production payment interests, including any reserved or residual
interests of whatever nature. Unless otherwise indicated herein, each reference to the term “Hydrocarbon Interests”
shall mean Hydrocarbon Interests of the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 15


     


    

 


“Hydrocarbons”
means oil, gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons
and all products refined or separated therefrom. Unless otherwise indicated herein, each reference to the term “Hydrocarbons”
shall mean Hydrocarbons of the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries.


 


“Indebtedness”
means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness
or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:


 


(a) all
obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements
or other similar instruments;


 


(b) all
direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’
acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;


 


(c) net
obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;


 


(d) all
obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the
ordinary course of business);


 


(e) indebtedness
(excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness
arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed
by such Person or is limited in recourse;


 


(f) capital
leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;


 


(g) all
obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest
in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or
involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and


 


(h) all
Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.


 


The
amount of any unassumed Indebtedness under clause (e) above shall be deemed to be the lesser of the amount of such Indebtedness
and the fair market value of the property of such Person securing such Indebtedness. For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness
of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or other entity where owners of Equity Interests thereof have
liability for the obligations of such entity in which such Person is a general partner or owner of Equity Interests, unless (1) such
Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person, or (2) such Indebtedness is owed by such Person to the owners
of the Equity Interests thereof. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the
Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall
be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it
is understood and agreed that Indebtedness shall not include (x) obligations under agreements providing for earnouts, the
adjustment of the purchase price, working capital or similar adjustments in connection with any Investment, acquisition or Disposition
and indemnity obligations under such agreements, (y) obligations which are identified as liabilities on a Person’s
balance sheet in accordance with GAAP in connection with a noncompete, consulting or other similar arrangement or (z) obligations
to make Investments. For avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness does not include Wexford ULC Obligations.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 16


     


    

 


“Indemnified
Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account
of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.


 


“Indemnitee”
has the meaning specified in Section 11.04(b).


 


“Information”
has the meaning specified in Section 11.07.


 


“Initial
Budget” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(k).


 


“Interest
Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable
to such Loan and the Termination Date and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar month and the Termination
Date.


 


“Interest
Period” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed
or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one month thereafter; provided that:


 


(i) any
Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business
Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding
Business Day;


 


(ii) any
Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding
day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the
end of such Interest Period; and


 


(iii) no
Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.


 


“Interim
Facility Cap” means, as of any date of determination, $90,000,000; provided that, if as of any such date
of determination the Aggregate Commitments are less than $90,000,000, the “Interim Facility Cap” in effect on such
date shall equal the amount of the Aggregate Commitments in effect on such date.


 


“Interim
Facility Effective Date” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.


 


“Interim
Order” means the order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court as entered on the docket of the Bankruptcy Court in the
Chapter 11 Cases in the form of Exhibit E and otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders,
approving, inter alia, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and subject to the terms thereof (a) authorizing the incurrence
by the Borrower of interim secured indebtedness in accordance with this Agreement, (b) providing for the lifting of the automatic
stay (to the extent applicable) arising under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code to enable the Administrative Agent or any Lender
to effectuate, among other things, their respective rights and remedies under Section 9.02 and the Loan Documents, and
(c) approving the payment by the Borrower of the fees and other amounts contemplated by this Agreement.


 


“Interim
Period” means the period commencing on the Interim Facility Effective Date and ending on (but excluding) the earlier
to occur of (a) the Final Facility Effective Date and (b) the Termination Date.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 17


     


    

 


“Investment”
means, as to any Person (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance
or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or
equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership interest and any arrangement pursuant to which
the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series
of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount
of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value
of such Investment.


 


“IRS”
means the United States Internal Revenue Service.


 


“ISP”
means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute
of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).


 


“Issuer
Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the L/C Application, and any other document, agreement and
instrument entered into by the L/C Issuer and Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) or in favor of the L/C Issuer and relating
to any such Letter of Credit.


 


“Laws”
means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations,
ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof
by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative
orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in
each case whether or not having the force of law.


 


“L/C
Advance” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing
in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.


 


“L/C
Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form
from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.


 


“L/C
Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed
on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.


 


“LC
Collection Account” means each deposit account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative
Agent and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer.


 


“L/C
Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date
thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.


 


“L/C
Expiration Date” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is
not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).


 


“L/C
Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(i).


 


“L/C
Issuer” means Scotiabank in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters
of Credit hereunder.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 18


     


    

 


“L/C
Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding
Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing
the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance
with Section 1.06. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by
its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit
shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.


 


“Lenders”
means, collectively, the New Money Lenders and the Roll-Up Lenders.


 


“Lender
Swap Contract” means any Swap Contract between Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Swap Lender, including
any such Swap Contracts existing prior to the Petition Date. “Lender Swap Contract” shall not include any transactions
or confirmations with a counterparty entered into after such counterparty ceases to be a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.


 


“Lending
Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative
Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify Borrower and Agent.


 


“Letter
of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.


 


“Lien”
means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge,
or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind
or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance
on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).


 


“Loans”
means, collectively, the New Money Loans and Roll-Up Loans made by the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.


 


“Loan
Documents” means this Agreement, the DIP Orders, each Note, each Issuer Document, the Fee Letter, each Collateral
Document, each Guaranty and all other agreements, instruments, consents and certificates heretofore or hereafter executed and
delivered by any Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates in connection with this Agreement, but excluding any Lender
Swap Contract and any Secured Cash Management Agreement.


 


“Loan
Notice” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation
of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit
A.


 


“Loan
Parties” means, collectively, Borrower and each Guarantor.


 


“Majority
Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, New Money Lenders having more than 50% of the Aggregate Commitments
or, if the Commitment of each New Money Lender to make New Money Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit
Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.02, New Money Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 50% of the
Total New Money Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each New Money Lender’s risk participation and funded participation
in L/C Obligations being deemed “held” by such New Money Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the
Commitment of, and the portion of the Total New Money Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded
for purposes of making a determination of Majority Lenders.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 19


     


    

 


“Majority
Roll-Up Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Roll-Up Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding
Roll-Up Loan Amounts.


 


“Material
Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business,
properties, condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, other
than any change, event or occurrence, arising individually or in the aggregate, from events that could reasonably be expected
to result from the filing or commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases or the announcement of the filing or commencement of the Chapter
11 Cases; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which
it is a party (including, without limitation, payment and performance of the Obligations); (c) a material adverse effect upon
the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party or
the Obligations; or (d) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the rights and remedies of, or benefits
available to, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender under any Loan Document.


 


“Material
Gas Imbalance” means, with respect to all Gas Balancing Agreements to which any Loan Party is a party or by which
any Mineral Interest owned by any Loan Party is bound, a net gas imbalance to Borrower or any other Loan Party, individually or
taken as a whole in excess of $1,000,000. Gas imbalances will be determined based on written agreements, if any, specifying the
method of calculation thereof, or, alternatively, if no such agreements are in existence, gas imbalances will be calculated by
multiplying (x) the volume of gas imbalance as of the date of calculation (expressed in thousand cubic feet) by (y) the heating
value in BTU’s per thousand cubic feet, times the Henry Hub average daily spot price for the month immediately preceding
the date of calculation, adjusted for location differential and transportation costs based on the location where the Mineral Interests
giving rise to the imbalances are located.


 


“Maturity
Date” means August 30, 2021.


 


“Maximum
Amount” and “Maximum Rate” have the meanings specified in Section 11.09.


 


“Mineral
Interests” means (a) all present and future interests and estates existing under any oil and gas leases including
without limitation working interests, royalties, overriding royalties, production payments and net profits interests, (b) all
present and future rights in mineral fee interests and rights therein, including without limitation, any reversionary or carried
interests relating thereto, (c) all rights, titles and interests created by or arising under the terms of all present and future
unitization, communitization, and pooling arrangements (and all properties covered and units created thereby) whether arising
by contract or operation of Law which now or hereafter include all or any part of the foregoing, and (d) all rights, remedies,
powers and privileges with respect to all of the foregoing.


 


“Minimum
Collateral Amount” means, at any time, (i) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account
balances, an amount equal to 100% of the Fronting Exposure of the L/C Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding
at such time and (ii) otherwise, an amount determined by Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer in their sole discretion.


 


“Mortgaged
Properties” means all present and future Mineral Interests of one or more Loan Parties in all oil and gas properties
that are subject to a Lien or security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (or its designee) on behalf of the Secured
Parties pursuant to any Mortgage and/or any other Loan Document.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 20


     


    

 


“Mortgages”
means, collectively, the mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds of hypothecation, debentures, pledges, leasehold mortgages, assignments
of leases and rents, assignments of proceeds of production, security documents and similar agreements evidencing, creating, perfecting
or otherwise establishing the Liens and security interests in favor of the Administrative Agent (or its designee) for the benefit
of the Secured Parties delivered pursuant to the Prepetition Credit agreement granting a lien and security interest in Oil and
Gas Properties and other Properties of the Loan Parties in favor of the Prepetition Credit Agreement Agent.


 


“Multiemployer
Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Borrower
or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been
obligated to make contributions.


 


“New
Money Facility” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“New
Money Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01(b) and any Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant
to an amendment, joinder or Assignment and Assumption (other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to
an Assignment and Assumption) with respect to a New Money Loan or a Commitment and, as the context requires, includes the L/C
Issuer and, in each case, includes their respective permitted successors and assigns.


 


“New
Money Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b).


 


“Non-Defaulting
Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.


 


“Note”
means a promissory note made by Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by such Lender, substantially in the
form of Exhibit B, and all renewals, extensions, modifications and amendments thereto, and substitutions therefor.


 


“Obligations”
means, collectively, (i) all advances to and all debts, obligations, liabilities (including all renewals and extensions
thereof, or any part thereof), and all covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with
respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, including all obligations of any Loan Party described in Section 11.04 hereof,
(ii) all outstanding Prepetition Hedge Obligations and net obligations under any Lender Swap Contract (which net obligations shall
be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value as of the date the Obligations are being determined), provided that notwithstanding
anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, “Obligations” shall not include, with respect to any
Loan Party, any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party, and (iii) all Cash Management Obligations, in any case described
in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption),
absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after
the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor
in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.


 


“OFAC”
means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 21


     


    

 


“Oil
and Gas Properties” means (a) Hydrocarbon Interests; (b) the properties now or hereafter pooled or unitized
with Hydrocarbon Interests; (c) all presently existing or future unitization, pooling agreements and declarations of pooled
units and the units created thereby (including without limitation all units created under orders, regulations and rules of any
Governmental Authority) which may affect all or any portion of the Hydrocarbon Interests; (d) all operating agreements, contracts
and other agreements, including production sharing contracts and agreements, which relate to any of the Hydrocarbon Interests
or the production, sale, purchase, exchange or processing of Hydrocarbons from or attributable to such Hydrocarbon Interests;
(e) all Hydrocarbons in and under and which may be produced and saved or attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests, including
all oil in tanks, and all rents, issues, profits, proceeds, products, revenues and other incomes from or attributable to the Hydrocarbon
Interests; (f) all tenements, hereditaments, appurtenances and properties in any manner appertaining, belonging, affixed
or incidental to the Hydrocarbon Interests and (g) all properties, rights, titles, interests and estates described or referred
to above, including any and all property, real or personal, now owned or hereafter acquired and situated upon, used, held for
use or useful in connection with the operating, working or development of any of such Hydrocarbon Interests or property (excluding
drilling rigs, automotive equipment, rental equipment or other personal property which may be on such premises for the purpose
of drilling a well or for other similar temporary uses) and including any and all oil wells, gas wells, injection wells or other
wells, fuel separators, liquid extraction plants, plant compressors, pumps, pumping units, field gathering systems, flow lines,
water disposal systems, tanks and tank batteries, fixtures, valves, fittings, machinery and parts, engines, boilers, meters, apparatus,
equipment, appliances, tools, implements, cables, wires, towers, casing, tubing and rods, surface leases, rights-of-way, easements
and servitudes together with all additions, substitutions, replacements, accessions and attachments to any and all of the foregoing.
Unless otherwise indicated herein, each reference in this Agreement to the term “Oil and Gas Properties” shall mean
Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries.


 


“Organization
Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws
(or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited
liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any
partnership, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership or other applicable agreement of formation or organization
and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with
the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate
or articles of formation or organization of such entity.


 


“Other
Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection
between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed,
delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest
under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan
or Loan Document).


 


“Other
Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that
arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt
or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other
Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.


 


“Outstanding
Amount” means (i) with respect to New Money Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof
after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of New Money Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such
date; (ii) with respect to Roll-Up Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to
any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Roll-Up Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (iii) with respect
to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension
occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result
of any reimbursements by Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 22


     


    

 


“Participant”
has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(d).


 


“PATRIOT
Act” has the meaning specified in Section 11.17.


 


“PBGC”
means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.


 


“Pension
Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA),
other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate or to which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple
employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding
five plan years.


 


“Permitted
Holder” means (i) Charles E. Davidson, (ii) the members of the immediate family of Charles E. Davidson,
(iii) any trust created for the benefit of the Persons described in clause (i) or (ii) above or any of
their estates, or (iv) any Person that is Controlled by any Person described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii)
above or any Related Party of any such Person described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii).


 


“Permitted
Liens” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.


 


“Permitted
Variance” has the meaning assigned to such term in the DIP Order.


 


“Person”
means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, association, company, partnership, Governmental
Authority or other entity.


 


“Petition
Date” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“Plan”
means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by Borrower
or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.


 


“Platform”
has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.


 


“Prepetition
Credit Agreement” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“Prepetition
Credit Agreement Agent” means Scotiabank, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Prepetition Credit Agreement,
or any successor administrative agent in such capacity.


 


“Prepetition
Credit Agreement Obligations” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement.


 


“Prepetition
Hedge Obligations” means the “Obligations” as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement in respect
of Prepetition Lender Swap Contracts owed to a Prepetition Hedge Provider which is, or is an Affiliate of, a Lender.


 


“Prepetition
Hedge Provider” means a Prepetition Lender or Affiliate party to a Prepetition Lender Swap Contract.


 


“Prepetition
Lender Swap Contracts” means the Lender Swap Contracts (as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement).


 


“Prepetition
Lenders” means each “Lender” as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 23


     


    

 


“Prepetition
Loan Documents” means the “Loan Documents” as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement.


 


“Prepetition
Loan Roll-Up Loan Amount” means a percentage of the Roll-Up Loans allocated to such Roll-Up Lender in respect of
its Prepetition Loans and Prepetition Participations, as set forth opposite such Roll-Up Lender’s name on Annex I
(as updated by the Administrative Agent on the Final Facility Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.01(a)).


 


“Prepetition
Loans” means the “Loans” as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement.


 


“Prepetition
Participations” means the participations held by any “Participant” (as defined in the Prepetition Credit
Agreement) in all or a portion of any Prepetition Lender’s rights and/or obligations under the Prepetition Credit Agreement.


 


“Projected
Oil and Gas Production” means the projected production of oil or gas or natural gas liquids (measured by volume
unit or BTU equivalent, not sales price) for the term of the contracts or a particular month, as applicable, from properties and
interests owned by a Loan Party which are located in or offshore of the United States, as reasonably approved by the Administrative
Agent.


 


“PTE”
means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended
from time to time.


 


“Public
Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02.


 


“QFC”
has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance
with, 12 U.S.C. § 5390(c)(8)(D).


 


“QFC
Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Section 11.26.


 


“Qualified
ECP Guarantor” means, with respect to any Benefiting Guarantor in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party
that, at the time of the guaranty by such Benefiting Guarantor of, or grant by such Benefiting Guarantor of a security interest
or other Lien securing, such Swap Obligation is entered into or becomes effective with respect to, or at any other time such Benefiting
Guarantor is by virtue of such guaranty or grant of a security interest or other Lien otherwise deemed to enter into, such Swap
Obligation, constitutes an Eligible Contract Participant and can cause such Benefiting Guarantor to qualify as an Eligible Contract
Participant at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.


 


“Recipient”
means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) the L/C Issuer, as applicable.


 


“Redemption”
means with respect to any Indebtedness, the repurchase, redemption, prepayment, defeasance, purchase or any other acquisition
or retirement for value (or the segregation of funds with respect to any of the foregoing) of such Indebtedness.


 


“Register”
has the meaning specified in Section 11.06(c).


 


“Registered
Public Accounting Firm” has the meaning specified in the Securities Laws and shall be independent of Borrower as
prescribed by the Securities Laws.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 24


     


    

 


“Related
Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers,
employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.


 


“Release
Date” has the meaning specified in Section 10.10(b)(i).


 


“Relevant
Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially
endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.


 


“Reportable
Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice
period has been waived.


 


“Request
for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, a Loan Notice,
and (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, an L/C Application.


 


“Required
Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, New Money Lenders having at least 66-2/3% of the Aggregate Commitments
or, if the Commitment of each New Money Lender to make New Money Loans and the obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit
Extensions have been terminated pursuant to Section 9.02, New Money Lenders holding in the aggregate at least 66-2/3% of
the Total New Money Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each New Money Lender’s risk participation and funded participation
in L/C Obligations being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition); provided that the Commitment
of, and the portion of the Total New Money Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes
of making a determination of Required Lenders.


 


“Reserve
Report” means a report in form and substance satisfactory to Agent evaluating the oil and gas reserves attributable
to the Mineral Interests of the Loan Parties in certain of their oil and gas properties, which shall at a minimum include the
Mortgaged Properties, and which shall, among other things, (a) identify the wells covered thereby, (b) specify such engineers’
opinions with respect to the total volume of reserves (the “available reserves”) of hydrocarbons (using the terms
or categories “proved developed producing reserves,” “proved developed nonproducing reserves” and “proved
undeveloped reserves”) which Borrower has advised such engineers that the Loan Parties have the right to produce for their
own account, (c) set forth such engineers’ opinions with respect to the projected future cash proceeds from the available
reserves, discounted for present value at a rate acceptable to Agent, for each calendar year or portion thereof after the date
of such findings and data, (d) set forth such engineers’ opinions with respect to the projected future rate of production
of the available reserves, (e) contain such other information as requested by Agent with respect to the projected rate of production,
gross revenues, operating expenses, taxes, capital costs, net revenues and present value of future net revenues attributable to
such reserves and production therefrom, and (f) contain a statement of the price and escalation parameters, procedures and assumptions
upon which such determinations were based.


 


“Resolution
Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.


 


“Responsible
Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer or
controller of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of (a) notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer of the
applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to Agent, and (b) delivery of the certificates
pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(iii), the secretary or any assistant secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered
hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all
necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively
presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 25


     


    

 


“Restricted
Payment” means any dividend or other distribution or return of capital (whether in cash, securities or other property)
with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in
cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement,
acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest or on account of any return of capital
to Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof).


 


“Restricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.


 


“Restructuring
Support Agreement” shall mean that certain Restructuring Support Agreement dated as of November 12, 2020, by and
among the Debtors, the Consenting Noteholders (as defined therein) and the Consenting RBL Lenders (as defined therein), in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent.


 


“Roll-Up
Loan Amount” means, with respect a Roll-Up Lender, such Roll-Up Lender’s Prepetition Loan Roll-Up Loan Amount,
as set forth opposite such Roll-Up Lender’s name on Annex I (as updated by the Administrative Agent on the Final
Facility Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.01(a)).


 


“Roll-Up
Facility” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.


 


“Roll-Up
Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01(a) and any Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant
to an Assignment and Assumption (other than any such Persons that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption)
with respect to a Roll-Up Loan and includes their respective permitted successors and assigns.


 


“Roll-Up
Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a).


 


“Sanctioned
Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself, or whose government is, the subject
or target of any Sanctions.


 


“Sanctioned
Person” means, at any time, any Person with whom dealings are restricted or prohibited under Sanctions, which may
include from time to time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the United
States (including, without limitation, by OFAC, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State or the U.S.
Department of Commerce), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, the United
Kingdom (including, without limitation, Her Majesty’s Treasury), Switzerland, Australia or any other relevant Governmental
Authority, (b) any Person located, operating, organized or resident in, or any Governmental Authority or governmental instrumentality
of, a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person directly or indirectly majority-owned or controlled by, or acting for the benefit or
on behalf of, any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).


 


“Sanctions”
means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the
U.S. government (including, without limitation, OFAC, the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State or the
U.S. Department of Commerce), (b) the United Nations Security Council, (c) the European Union or any European Union member state,
(d) the United Kingdom (including, without limitation, Her Majesty’s Treasury), (e) Switzerland, (f) Australia or (g) any
other relevant Governmental Authority.


 


“Sarbanes-Oxley”
means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 26


     


    

 


“Scotiabank”
means The Bank of Nova Scotia, a financial institution organized under the laws of Canada.


 


“SEC”
means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.


 


“Secured
Cash Management Agreement” means any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary and any Cash Management Party.


 


“Secured
Parties” means, collectively, Administrative Agent, the Lenders, L/C Issuer, the beneficiaries of each indemnification
obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Documents, and the permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing,
the Swap Lenders, the Cash Management Parties and any other Person holding Obligations secured by the Liens granted under any
Loan Document, including pursuant to the DIP Order.


 


“Securities
Laws” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley and the applicable accounting
and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board, as each of the foregoing may be amended and in effect on any applicable date hereunder.


 


“Senior
Notes” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Prepetition Credit Agreement.


 


“Subsidiary”
of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of
the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities
or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management
of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless
otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary
or Subsidiaries of Borrower.


 


“Superpriority
Claim” means a superpriority administrative expense claim pursuant to section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code against
a Loan Party in any of the Chapter 11 Cases having priority over any and all administrative expense claims, adequate protection
and other diminution claims, priority and other unsecured claims, and all other claims against such Loan Party or its estate,
including claims of the kind specified in, or otherwise arising or ordered under, any sections of the Bankruptcy Code (including,
without limitation, sections 105(a), 326, 328, 330, 331, 503(a), 503(b), 506(c), 507, 546, 552(b), 726, 1113 and/or 1114 thereof),
whether or not such claim or expenses may be secured by a judgment Lien or other non-consensual Lien, levy or attachment.


 


“Swap
Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward
rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, forward sale of production, equity or equity
index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond
index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar
transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other
similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether
or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind,
and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement
published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or
any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules or annexes thereto, a “Master
Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement; provided that no phantom stock or
similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or
consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Contract. “Swap Contract” shall include any agreement,
contract or transaction that constitutes a ‘swap’ within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, ‘Swap Contract’ shall not include any agreement or obligation to sell, at an index-based
price, any commodity that is intended to be physically settled.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 27


     


    

 


“Swap
Lender” means any Person that entered into a Swap Contract with Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary before (including
prior to the Petition Date) or while such Person was a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such
Swap Contract.


 


“Swap
Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract
or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act,
including any such obligation comprised of a guaranty or a security interest or other Lien.


 


“Swap
Termination Event” means, with respect to any Swap Contract, any termination, monetization, liquidation, close-out
or other similar equivalent action in respect of such Swap Contract.


 


“Swap
Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of
any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap
Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b)
for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap
Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer
in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).


 


“Synthetic
Lease Obligation” means the monetary obligation of a Person under a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax
retention lease.


 


“Taxes”
means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments,
fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable
thereto.


 


“Terminated
Call” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(s).


 


“Terminated
Call Exposure” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(s).


 


“Termination
Date” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) three (3) Business Days after the Petition Date,
if the Interim Order and Hedging Order have not been entered prior to the expiration of such period, (c) thirty-five (35) days
(or a later date consented to by the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders in their sole discretion) after the entry of
the Interim Order, if the Bankruptcy Court has not entered the Final Order on or prior to such date, (d) the effective date of
an Approved Plan of Reorganization, (e) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the equity and/or assets of
the Debtors and budgeted and necessary expenses of the estates (unless done pursuant to a confirmed chapter 11 plan), (f) the
date of the payment in full, in cash, of all Obligations (and the termination of all Commitments in accordance with the terms
hereof) and (g) the date of the termination of all Commitments and/or the acceleration of all of the Obligations under this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default in accordance with Section
9.02.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 28


     


    

 


“Texaco
Lien” means a Lien securing obligations relating to plugging, replugging and abandonment of oil and gas wells and
injection and disposal wells acquired from Texaco Exploration and Production, Inc. pursuant to documentation dated as of March
11, 1997, relating to properties of Borrower known as the West Cote Blanche Bay properties.


 


“Threshold”
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.09.


 


“Total
New Money Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all New Money Loans and all L/C Obligations.


 


“Total
Roll-Up Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Roll-Up Loans.


 


“Trigger
Notice Date” has the meaning specified in the DIP Order.


 


“Type”
means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.


 


“UK
Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form
time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the
FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain
credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.


 


“UK
Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility
for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.


 


“Unadjusted
Benchmark Replacement” means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.


 


“Unaudited
Financial Statements” means, collectively, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries
dated as of March 31, 2020, and June 30, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’
equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarters ended on such dates.


 


“Unfunded
Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA,
over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the
Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.


 


“United
States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.


 


“Unreimbursed
Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).


 


“Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means, so long as it otherwise constitutes a Subsidiary, meets the requirements of Section 1.08
and has not been designated a Restricted Subsidiary, any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under
the Prepetition Credit Agreement as of the Petition Date.


 


“U.S.
Special Resolution Regimes” has the meaning specified in Section 11.26.


 


“Variance
Report” has the meaning given to such term in the DIP Order.


 


“Withholding
Agent” means the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 29


     


    

 


“Wexford
ULC Obligations” means any obligations which Grizzly Holdings, Inc. (a Restricted Subsidiary Controlled by Borrower)
may owe to Grizzly Oil Sands Inc. (an entity Controlled by Wexford Capital LP) arising by virtue of the fact that both Grizzly
Holdings, Inc. and Grizzly Oil Sands Inc. are owners of Equity Interests in Grizzly Oil Sands ULC, a corporation formed under
the laws of Alberta, Canada.


 


“Write-Down
and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers
of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which
write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom,
any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of
a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or
part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract
or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability
or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.


 


1.02. Other
Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified
herein or in such other Loan Document:


 


(a) The
definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may
require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes”
and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will”
shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise,
(i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall
be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document),
(ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words
“herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document,
shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references
in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and
Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any Law shall include
all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such Law and any reference to any Law
or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such Law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time
to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and
effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract
rights.


 


(b) In
the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from
and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word
“through” means “to and including.”


 


(c) Section
headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation
of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.


 


(d) For
purposes of Section 9.01, a breach of the covenant contained in Section 8.21 shall be deemed to have occurred as
of any date of reasonable determination thereof by the Agent on or after the date of any Testing Period (as defined in the DIP
Order), regardless of when the Variance Report or other materials reflecting such breach are delivered to the Agent and the Lenders.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 30


     


    

 


1.03. Accounting
Terms.


 


(a) Generally.
All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data
(including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared
in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that
used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.


 


(b) Changes
in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in
any Loan Document, and Borrower or the Majority Lenders shall so request, Agent, Lenders and Borrower shall negotiate in good
faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the
approval of Borrower and the Majority Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall
continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) Borrower shall provide to Agent and
Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth
a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.


 


1.04. Rounding.
Any ratios or percentages to be maintained or otherwise calculated pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing
the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such
ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest
number).


 


1.05. Times
of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight
or standard, as applicable).


 


1.06. Letter
of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed
to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter
of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases
in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter
of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.


 


1.07. Divisions.
For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable
event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the
asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original
Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been
organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.


 


1.08. Designation
of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.


 


(a) Unless
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary under the Prepetition Credit Agreement as of the Petition Date, any Person that is or
becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary.


 


(b) No
Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 31


     


    


 


(c) 
If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements for an Unrestricted Subsidiary set forth in Section 7.18,
it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any
Investment, Indebtedness and Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time shall be deemed to be incurred by such Subsidiary as
of such time and, if such Investments, Indebtedness and Liens are not permitted to be incurred as of such time under Article VIII,
an Event of Default shall occur).


 


(d) 
The Borrower may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if (i) prior, and immediately after giving
effect, to such designation, (A) no Default or Event of Default exists or would result from such designation, (B) such
Unrestricted Subsidiary is contemporaneously designated as a “Restricted Subsidiary” under and as defined in the Prepetition
Credit Agreement, and (C) the representations and warranties of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries contained in this
Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation
and warranty that is qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of such date as if made on and
as of the date of such designation (or, if stated to have been made expressly as of an earlier date, were true and correct in all
material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all
respects) as of such date); (ii) after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower complies with Section 7.18;
(iii) the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time
of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness, or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time, and the Borrower shall be in
compliance with Article VIII after giving effect to such designation; and (iv) the Administrative Agent shall
have received a certificate of a Responsible Officer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent,
certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions and matters set forth in clauses (i)-(iii) above.


 


(e) 
If, at any time, an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether pursuant to Section 1.08(c) or Section
1.08(d)), the Borrower will promptly provide notice to the Administrative Agent and promptly (and in any event within thirty
(30) days or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree) cause any such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to comply
with the provisions of Section 2.13 (including by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterparty of
the Guaranty and executing and delivering any other document or instrument as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate for
granting the Administrative Agent a Lien, subject only to Permitted Liens, against all of its assets to the extent required under
Section 2.13) and deliver to the Administrative Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (iii) and (iv) of Section
5.01(a) and favorable opinions of counsel to such Person in form, content and scope satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


 


ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT
EXTENSIONS


 


2.01. 
Loans.


 


(a) 
On the Final Facility Effective Date, each Roll-Up Lender shall become entitled to roll up an aggregate principal amount of Prepetition
Loans held by such Roll-Up Lender (directly or in its capacity as a Participant (as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement))
equal to such Roll-Up Lender’s Prepetition Loan Roll-Up Loan Amount as set forth opposite such Roll-Up Lender’s name
on Schedule 2.01(a) into roll-up loans hereunder (the “Roll-Up Loans”). Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth herein, on the Final Facility Effective Date, and without any further action by any party to this Agreement,
each Roll-Up Lender’s Roll-Up Loans shall, from and after such date, be designated as such and administered hereunder. Such
designation is not intended to and shall not constitute a payment on account of, or a novation of, the applicable Prepetition Loans
and Prepetition Participations, which shall continue to be outstanding under the Prepetition Credit Agreement, and administered
under this Agreement as Roll-Up Loans. As a consequence of such designation, and solely to enable the Roll-Up Loans to be administered
hereunder, effective with such designation and except as otherwise provided in the Prepetition Credit Agreement, each Roll-Up Loan
that is the subject of such designation shall from and after such designation constitute a Roll-Up Loan hereunder; provided
that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Roll-Up Loans shall continue to be guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Guaranty (as defined
in the Prepetition Credit Agreement) and secured by and entitled to the benefits of all Liens and security interests created and
arising under the Collateral Documents (as defined in the Prepetition Credit Agreement), which Liens and security interests shall
remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, unimpaired, uninterrupted and undischarged, and having the same perfected
status and priority, as if such Loans had not been so designated. Each such designation shall be applied on a pro rata basis to
each class of Prepetition Loans and Prepetition Participations held by such Roll-Up Lender under the Prepetition Credit Agreement
to the extent rolled up under this Agreement as set forth on Schedule 2.01(a). For the avoidance of doubt, each Roll-Up
Lender acknowledges and agrees that by accepting the benefits of this Agreement, on the Final Facility Effective Date each Prepetition
Lender rolling up loans under this Agreement shall become a party to this Agreement as a Roll-Up Lender hereunder by executing
and delivering this Agreement. Amounts rolled up under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.
The Administrative Agent shall update Schedule 2.01(a) on the Final Facility Effective Date to reflect each Roll-Up Lender’s
Roll-Up Loan Amount (which Roll-Up Loan Amount listed on Schedule 2.01(a) shall be conclusive absent manifest error) and
deliver such updated Schedule 2.01(a) to the Borrower and the Roll-Up Lenders, whereupon such updated Schedule 2.01(a)
shall constitute Schedule 2.01(a) for all purposes hereunder.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 32


     


    

 


(b) 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each New Money Lender severally agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “New
Money Loan”) to Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount
not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided, however, that after giving
effect to any Borrowing, (i)(a) the Total New Money Outstandings shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (b) the aggregate
Outstanding Amount of the New Money Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding
Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment and (ii) during the Interim Period, (a) the Total
New Money Outstandings shall not exceed the Interim Facility Cap and (b) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the New Money Loans
of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not
exceed such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Interim Facility Cap. Within the limits of each Lender’s Commitment,
and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section
2.04, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided
herein.


 


2.02. 
Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.


 


(a) 
Prior to the Final Facility Effective Date, the Borrower may make up to five Borrowings of New Money Loans in an amount not to
exceed the Interim Facility Cap. On and after the Final Facility Effective Date, the Borrower may make any number of Borrowings
of New Money Loans in an amount not to exceed the Aggregate Commitments. Each Borrowing of New Money Loans, each conversion of
Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable
notice to Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three
Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any
conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans,
whereupon Agent shall give prompt notice to Lenders of such request and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, determine whether
the requested Interest Period is acceptable to all of them. In the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, not later than 12:00 p.m.,
three (3) Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing, conversion or continuation, Agent shall notify Borrower (which
notice may be by telephone) whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all Lenders. Each telephonic
notice by Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to Agent of a written Loan
Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation
of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof. Except
as provided in Section 2.03(c), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000
or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether Borrower
is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the
requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal
amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to
be converted, (v) [reserved] and (vi) the current Total New Money Outstandings (without regard to the requested Borrowing) and
the pro forma Total New Money Outstandings (giving effect to the requested Borrowing). If Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan
in a Loan Notice or if Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans
shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the
last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. Borrowings of, conversions
to, or continuations of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall have an Interest Period of one month whether or not so indicated in such Loan
Notice.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 33


     


    

 


(b) 
Following receipt of a Loan Notice, Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable
New Money Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by Borrower, Agent shall notify each Lender
of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. In the case of a Borrowing,
each Lender shall make the amount of its New Money Loan available to Agent in immediately available funds at Administrative Agent’s
Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable
conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension on the Interim Facility Effective
Date, Section 5.01), Agent shall make all funds so received available to Borrower in like funds as received by Agent either
by (i) crediting the account of Borrower on the books of Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds,
in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and acceptable to) Agent by Borrower; provided, however, that
if, on the date the Loan Notice with respect to such Borrowing is given by Borrower, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then
the proceeds of such Borrowing first, shall be applied, to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings, and second,
shall be made available to Borrower as provided above.


 


(c) 
During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the
consent of the Majority Lenders, and, during the existence of a Default, the Majority Lenders may demand that any or all of the
then outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans be converted immediately to Base Rate Loans and Borrower agrees to pay all amounts due under
Section 3.05 in accordance with the terms thereof due to any such conversion.


 


(d) 
Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans
upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, Agent shall notify Borrower and Lenders
of any change in Agent’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such
change.


 


(e) 
After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Loans as the
same Type, there shall not be more than six (6) Interest Periods in effect with respect to Loans.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 34


     


    

 


(f) 
Roll-Up Loans shall initially be of the Type identical to those of the Prepetition Loans rolled up by such Roll-Up Loans for the
remainder of the applicable interest period in the Prepetition Credit Agreement.


 


2.03. 
Letters of Credit.


 


(a) 
The Letter of Credit Commitment.


 


(i) 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders
set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Interim Facility Effective
Date until the L/C Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, and
to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings
under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of
Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit
Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the Total New Money Outstandings shall not exceed the Effective Commitments,
and (y) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Applicable Percentage
of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment. Each request by Borrower for
the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension
so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and
subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and
accordingly Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired
or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.


 


(ii) 
The L/C Issuer shall not issue any Letter of Credit, if:


 


(A) 
the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than nine (9) months after the date of issuance or last extension;
or


 


(B) 
the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the L/C Expiration Date.


 


(iii) 
The L/C Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:


 


(A) 
any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the
L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or
not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that
the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose
upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer
is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Interim Facility Effective Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer
any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Interim Facility Effective Date and which the L/C Issuer
in good faith deems material to it;


 


(B) 
the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more applicable policies of the L/C Issuer;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 35


     


    

 


(C) 
except as otherwise agreed by Agent and the L/C Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000;


 


(D) 
such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Canadian dollars;


 


(E) 
unless specifically provided for in this agreement, such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of
the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or


 


(F) 
a default of any Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 2.03(c) exists or any Lender is at such time a Defaulting
Lender hereunder, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into satisfactory arrangements with Borrower, such Lender or all other Lenders
to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to such Lender.


 


(iv) 
The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at
such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit
does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.


 


(v) 
The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated
therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to Agent in Article X with respect
to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued
by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” or “Agent”
as used in Article X included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein
with respect to the L/C Issuer.


 


(vi) 
No Letter of Credit shall be issued in replacement of or exchange for any Letter of Credit (as defined in the Prepetition Credit
Agreement) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.


 


(b) 
Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit.


 


(i) 
Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer
(with a copy to Agent) in the form of a L/C Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.
Such L/C Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least two Business Days (or such
later date and time as Agent and the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed
issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit,
such L/C Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the
requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name
and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder;
(F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other
matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit,
such L/C Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the L/C Issuer (w) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (x)
the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (y) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (z) such
other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably require. Additionally, Borrower shall furnish to the L/C Issuer and Agent such other
documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents,
as the L/C Issuer or Agent may reasonably require.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 36


     


    

 


(ii) 
Promptly after receipt of any L/C Application at the address set forth in Section 11.02 for receiving L/C Applications
and related correspondence, the L/C Issuer will confirm with Agent (by telephone or in writing) that Agent has received a copy
of such L/C Application from Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the L/C Issuer
has received written notice from any Lender, Agent or any Loan Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of
issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions in Article V shall not
then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter
of Credit for the account of Borrower (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the
case may be, in each case in accordance with the L/C Issuer’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the
issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase
from the L/C Issuer a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Applicable
Percentage times the amount of such Letter of Credit.


 


(iii) 
Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto
or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to Borrower and Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of
Credit or amendment.


 


(c) 
Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations.


 


(i) 
Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer
shall notify Borrower and Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter
of Credit (each such date, an “Honor Date”) (if Borrower shall have received notice prior to 9:00 a.m.
on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 11:00 a.m.
on the following Business Day after Borrower receives such notice), Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through Agent in an
amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, Agent shall promptly
notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”),
and the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. In such event, Borrower shall be deemed to have requested
a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard
to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount
of the unutilized portion of the Effective Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than the delivery
of a Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may be given by
telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect
the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.


 


(ii) 
Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to Agent for the account of the L/C
Issuer at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of the Unreimbursed Amount not
later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section
2.03(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to Borrower in such amount.
Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 37


     


    

 


(iii) 
With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set
forth in Section 5.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C
Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and
payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment
to Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation
in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under
this Section 2.03.


 


(iv) 
Until each Lender funds its Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount
drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such amount shall be solely
for the account of the L/C Issuer.


 


(v) 
Each Lender’s obligation to make Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit,
as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance,
including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, Borrower
or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event
or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to
make Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than delivery
by Borrower of a Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of Borrower to
reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest
as provided herein.


 


(vi) 
If any Lender fails to make available to Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), the L/C
Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the
period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a
rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the L/C Issuer in accordance with banking
industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the L/C Issuer
in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall
constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the relevant Borrowing or L/C Advance in respect of the relevant L/C Borrowing,
as the case may be. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Lender (through Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under
this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.


 


(d) 
Repayment of Participations.


 


(i) 
At any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Lender such Lender’s
L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), if Agent receives for the account of the L/C
Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from Borrower or otherwise,
including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by Agent), Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage
thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s
L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by Agent.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 38


     


    

 


(ii) 
If any payment received by Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) is required to be
returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 11.05 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into
by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Applicable Percentage
thereof on demand of Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender,
at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of Lenders under this clause shall
survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.


 


(e) 
Obligations Absolute. The obligation of Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit
and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:


 


(i) 
any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;


 


(ii) 
the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may have at
any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any
such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions
contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;


 


(iii) 
any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid
or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the
transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;


 


(iv) 
any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly
comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person
purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or
other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection
with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or


 


(v) 
any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance
that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.


 


Borrower shall promptly examine a copy
of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with
Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, Borrower will promptly notify the L/C Issuer. Borrower shall be conclusively
deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 39


     


    

 


(f) 
Role of L/C Issuer. Each Lender and Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer
shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required
by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the
Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any
correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection
herewith at the request or with the approval of Lenders or the Required Lenders or the Majority Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any
action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity
or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. Borrower hereby assumes all
risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however,
that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have
against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, Agent, any of their respective
Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the
matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(e); provided, however, that anything in
such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable
to Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by
Borrower which damages have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment to have
been caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful failure to pay under
any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with
the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept
documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice
or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring
or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in
whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.


 


(g) 
Cash Collateral. Upon the request of Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing
request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the L/C Expiration
Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then
Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.04, 2.14, 2.15 and 9.02(c) set forth certain
additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. Borrower hereby grants to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of
the L/C Issuer and Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of
the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in an L/C Collection Account.


 


(h) 
Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and Borrower when a Letter of Credit is
issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit.


 


(i) 
L/C Fees. Borrower shall pay to Agent for the account of the Lenders (to be paid by Agent to each Lender (other than any
Defaulting Lender) in accordance with its Applicable Percentage) an aggregate fee (the “L/C Fee”) for
the issuance of each Letter of Credit in an amount per annum equal to the greater of the Applicable Rate applicable to Eurodollar
Rate Loans times the maximum face amount of the Letter of Credit determined in accordance with Section 1.06 or $1,000. Such
L/C Fee shall be payable prior to the issuance of each Letter of Credit and thereafter in monthly installments in arrears on the
last Business Day of each month, commencing on the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the
L/C Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the L/C Fee shall
be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was
in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon request of the Majority Lenders, while any Event of
Default exists, all accrued and unpaid L/C Fees shall bear interest at the Default Rate. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive
dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over the L/C Collection Account. Other than any interest earned
on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent
and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments
shall accumulate in the L/C Collection Account.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 40


     


    

 


(j) 
Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer. Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer
for its own account a fronting fee for the issuance or extension of each Letter of Credit equal to the greater of $500 and 0.20%
per annum times the maximum face amount of such Letter of Credit determined in accordance with Section 1.06. Such fronting
fee shall be due and payable upon the issuance or extension of each Letter of Credit. In addition, Borrower shall pay directly
to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard
costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such individual customary fees
and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.


 


(k) 
Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Loan Documents and the terms of any
Issuer Documents, the terms hereof shall control.


 


(l) 
Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder
is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Restricted Subsidiary, Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse
the L/C Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of
Letters of Credit for the account of Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of Borrower, and that Borrower’s business
derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.


 


2.04. 
Prepayments.


 


(a) 
Borrower may, upon notice to Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans in whole or in part without premium
or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three (3) Business
Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) one (1) Business Day prior to any date of prepayment of Base
Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of
$100,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple
of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice
shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate Loans are to
be repaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and
of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such prepayment. If such notice is given by Borrower, Borrower shall
make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any
prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional
amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. Each such prepayment shall be applied to the Loans of Lenders in accordance with
their respective Applicable Percentages.


 


(b) 
If for any reason the Total New Money Outstandings at any time exceed the Effective Commitments, Borrower shall immediately prepay
Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided, however, that
Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) unless there remains
any such excess after the prepayment in full of the Loans.


 


(c) 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no voluntary prepayment of Roll-Up Loans may be made until all New
Money Loans and all other Obligations in respect thereof have been paid in full in cash and all Commitments have been terminated.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 41


     


    

 


(d) 
[Reserved.]


 


(e) 
Subject to the payment priorities set forth in the DIP Order, if any Loan Party receives any net cash proceeds from the consummation,
whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions, of any Disposition, including in connection with any casualty or condemnation
event, of any Loan Party’s property (other than net cash proceeds from the sale of hydrocarbons in the ordinary course of
business as permitted by Section 8.05), the Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds
(less any prepayments from such net cash proceeds made pursuant to another clause of this Section 2.04); provided
that no such prepayment shall be required unless and until the aggregate amount of net cash proceeds received by the Loan Parties
after the Petition Date in connection with all such Dispositions but not applied as a prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.04
exceeds $5,000,000.


 


(f) 
Subject to the payment priorities set forth in the DIP Order, if any Loan Party receives or realizes any net cash proceeds from
any Swap Termination Event in respect of any transaction arising under any Swap Contract to which any Loan Party is a party, the
Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds (less any prepayments from such net cash proceeds
made pursuant to another clause of this Section 2.04).


 


(g) 
Subject to the payment priorities set forth in the DIP Order, immediately upon the incurrence of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
permitted pursuant to Section 8.03) by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or the receipt of any amount
in respect of the Equity Interests of any Loan party or their respective Subsidiaries, the Borrower shall prepay Loans on the date
of such incurrence or receipt equal to 100% of (i) in the case of the proceeds of any Indebtedness, 100% of the net cash proceeds
thereof or (ii) in the case of amounts received in respect of any such Equity Interests, 100% of such amounts.


 


(h) 
Each prepayment or repayment of Borrowings pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall be applied as follows: first, ratably
to any Base Rate Loans that are New Money Loans then outstanding, and second, ratably to any Eurodollar Rate Loans that
are New Money Loans then outstanding, and if more than one Eurodollar Rate Loan that is a New Money Loan is then outstanding, to
each such Eurodollar Rate Loan in order of priority beginning with the Eurodollar Rate Loan with the least number of days remaining
in the Interest Period applicable thereto, and ending with the Eurodollar Rate Loan with the most number of days remaining in the
Interest Period applicable thereto, third, ratably to any Base Rate Loans that are Roll-Up Loans then outstanding, fourth,
ratably to any Eurodollar Rate Loans that are Roll-Up Loans then outstanding, and if more than one Eurodollar Rate Loan that is
a Roll-Up Loan is then outstanding, to each such Eurodollar Rate Loan in order of priority beginning with the Eurodollar Rate Loan
with the least number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto, and ending with the Eurodollar Rate Loan with
the most number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto, fifth, ratably to pay accrued and unpaid interest
on, and accrued and unpaid expenses in respect of, the Obligations, to the extent due and payable in accordance with the Loan Documents,
sixth, ratably to pay any principal amounts or other Obligations which have been advanced and are outstanding under the
DIP Facility (including to cash collateralize L/C Obligations), and, seventh, as required by the DIP Order.


 


2.05. 
Termination or Reduction of Commitments.


 


(a) 
Borrower may, upon notice to Agent, terminate the Aggregate Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Aggregate
Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. five (5) Business
Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $500,000
or any whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and (iii) Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Aggregate Commitments
if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total New Money Outstandings would exceed the
Aggregate Commitments. Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Aggregate Commitments.
Any reduction of the Aggregate Commitments shall be applied to the Commitment of each Lender according to its Applicable Percentage.
All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of
such termination.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 42


     


    

 


(b) 
Unless previously terminated, the Aggregate Commitments shall terminate on the Termination Date.


 


(c) 
Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(g) shall permanently reduce the Aggregate Commitments by the amount of
such prepayment.


 


2.06. 
Repayment of Loans. Borrower shall repay to Lenders on the Termination Date the aggregate principal amount of Loans
outstanding on such date.


 


2.07. 
Interest.


 


(a) 
Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal
amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (1) the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest
Period plus the Applicable Rate or (2) the Maximum Rate; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (1) the
Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate or (2) the Maximum Rate.


 


(b) 
(i)If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at
stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then all Loans outstanding shall thereafter automatically bear interest at a fluctuating
interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.


 


(ii) 
If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by Borrower under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard
to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of the Majority
Lenders, then all Loans outstanding shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal
to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.


 


(iii) 
Upon the request of the Majority Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount
of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the
fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.


 


(iv) 
Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.


 


(c) 
Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times
as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment,
and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law (including, but not limited to, the Chapter
11 Cases).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 43


     


    

 


2.08. 
Fees. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (i) and (j) of Section 2.03:


 


(a) 
Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Agent for the account of the Lenders (to be paid by Agent to each Lender (other than
any Defaulting Lender) in accordance with its Applicable Percentage) an aggregate commitment fee in an amount per annum equal to
0.50% per annum on the actual daily amount by which the Aggregate Commitments exceeds the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount
of Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability
Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article V is not met, and shall be due
and payable monthly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar month, commencing with the first such date to occur after
the Interim Facility Effective Date, and on the Termination Date. The commitment fee shall be calculated monthly in arrears, and
if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any calendar month, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied
by the Applicable Rate on a per diem basis separately for each period during such calendar month that such Applicable Rate was
in effect.


 


(b) 
Agent’s Fees. Borrower shall pay to Agent for Agent’s own account, fees in the amounts and at the times specified
in the Fee Letter. Unless otherwise specified in the Fee Letter, such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall be nonrefundable
for any reason whatsoever.


 


(c) 
Lenders’ Upfront Fees. On the Interim Facility Effective Date, Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the account of the
Lenders (to be paid by Agent to each Lender (other than any Defaulting Lender) in accordance with its Applicable Percentage), an
aggregate upfront fee in an amount equal to 1.00% of the aggregate Commitments to make New Money Loans. Such upfront fees are for
the credit facilities committed by Lenders under this Agreement and are fully earned on the date paid. The upfront fee paid to
each Lender is solely for its own account and is nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever.


 


2.09. 
Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined
by Agent’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual
days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed
(which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall
accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day
on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall,
subject to Section 2.11(a), bear interest for one day. Each determination by Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder
shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.


 


2.10. 
Evidence of Debt.


 


(a) 
The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by
Agent in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent
manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by Lenders to Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure
to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower hereunder to pay
any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any
Lender and the accounts and records of Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Agent shall control in the
absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through Agent, Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender
(through Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may
attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments
with respect thereto.


 


(b) 
In addition to the accounts and records referred to in subsection (a), each Lender and Agent shall maintain in accordance with
its usual practice accounts or records evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit.
In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by Agent and the accounts and records of any Lender in
respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 44


     


    

 


2.11. 
Payments Generally; Agent’s Clawback.


 


(a) 
(i)General. All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense,
recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower hereunder shall be made to Agent,
for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars
and in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 noon on the date specified herein. Agent will promptly distribute to each
Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire
transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by Agent after 12:00 noon shall be deemed received on the
next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be made by Borrower
shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension
of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.


 


(ii) 
On each date when the payment of any principal, interest or fees are due hereunder or under any Note, Borrower agrees to maintain
on deposit in an ordinary checking account maintained by Borrower with Agent (as such account shall be designated by Borrower in
a written notice to Agent from time to time, the “Borrower Account”) an amount sufficient to pay such
principal, interest or fees in full on such date. Borrower hereby authorizes Agent (A) to deduct automatically all principal, interest
or fees when due hereunder or under any Note from the Borrower Account, and (B) if and to the extent any payment of principal,
interest or fees under this Agreement or any Note is not made when due to deduct any such amount from any or all of the accounts
of Borrower maintained at Agent. Agent agrees to provide written notice to Borrower of any automatic deduction made pursuant to
this Section 2.11(a)(ii) showing in reasonable detail the amounts of such deduction. Lenders agree to reimburse Borrower
based on their Applicable Percentage for any amounts deducted from such accounts in excess of amounts due hereunder and under any
other Loan Documents.


 


(iii) 
Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Agent. Unless Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date
of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans, prior to 12:00 noon on the date
of such Borrowing) that such Lender will not make available to Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, Agent may assume
that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.02 (or, in the case of a Borrowing
of Base Rate Loans, that such Lender has made such share available in accordance with and at the time required by Section 2.02)
and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not
in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to Agent, then the applicable Lender and Borrower severally agree
to pay to Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day
from and including the date such amount is made available to Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to Agent, at (A) in
the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by Agent in accordance
with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged
by Agent in connection with the foregoing and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by Borrower, the interest rate applicable
to Base Rate Loans. If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to Agent for the same or an overlapping period, Agent shall
promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable
Borrowing to Agent, then the amount of its share of such applicable Borrowing so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan
included in such Borrowing. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender
that shall have failed to make such payment to Agent.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 45


     


    

 


(iv) 
Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Agent. Unless Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on
which any payment is due to Agent for the account of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment,
Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption,
distribute to Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such
payment, then each of Lenders or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to Agent forthwith on demand the
amount so distributed to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from
and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to Agent, at the greater of the Federal
Funds Rate and a rate determined by Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.


 


A notice of Agent to
any Lender or Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.


 


(b) 
Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent. If any Lender makes available to Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender
as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to Borrower by Agent because
the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article V are not satisfied or waived in accordance with
the terms hereof, Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.


 


(c) 
Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to fund participations in Letters of
Credit and to make payments pursuant to Section 11.04(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any
Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under Section 11.04(c) on any date required hereunder shall
not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the
failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 11.04(c):


 


(d) 
Funding Source. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular
place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any
particular place or manner.


 


2.12. 
Sharing of Payments. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment
in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations held by it
resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or participations and
accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater
proportion shall (a) notify Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations
in L/C Obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such
payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on
their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:


 


(i) 
if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered,
such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without
interest; and


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 46


     


    

 


(ii) 
the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance
with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender)
or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans
or subparticipations in L/C Obligations to any assignee or participant, other than to Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to
which the provisions of this Section shall apply).


 


Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing
and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to
the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation
as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.


 


2.13. 
Collateral; Guarantees.


 


(a) 
Priority and Liens. The Borrower and each Guarantor acknowledge and agree that, upon entry of the DIP Order and the delivery
and execution of this Agreement, the Obligations shall at all times be secured and perfected pursuant to, and have the DIP Superpriority
Claims and DIP Liens as set forth in, the DIP Order.


 


(b) 
Payment of Obligations. On the Termination Date, the Lenders shall be entitled to immediate payment in full in cash of all
Obligations without further application to, or order of, the Bankruptcy Court.


 


(c) 
No Discharge; Survival of Claims. The Borrower and each Guarantor agree that (a) any confirmation order entered in the Chapter
11 Cases shall not discharge or otherwise affect in any way any of the Obligations, other than after the payment in full in cash
to the Secured Parties of all Obligations (and the cash collateralization of all outstanding Letters of Credit in amount and subject
to documentation satisfactory to the L/C Issuer) and termination of the Commitments on or before the effective date of any plan
of reorganization (including, but not limited to, the Approved Plan of Reorganization) and (b) to the extent the Obligations are
not satisfied in full in cash, (i) the Obligations shall not be discharged by the entry of a confirmation order (and each Loan
Party, pursuant to Section 1141(d)(4) of the Bankruptcy Code, hereby waives any such discharge) and (ii) the DIP Superpriority
Claim granted to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties pursuant to the DIP Order and the Liens granted
to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the DIP Order shall not be affected in any manner by the entry of a confirmation order.


 


(d) 
Perfection and Protection of Security Interests and Liens. The Loan Parties will from time to time deliver to the Administrative
Agent all financing statements, amendments, assignments and continuation statements, extension agreements and other documents,
properly completed and executed (and acknowledged when required) by each Loan Party, as applicable, in form and substance satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent, in each case, which the Administrative Agent requests for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, or
protecting its Lien and security interest in Collateral for the purpose of securing the Obligations.


 


(e) 
Offset. To secure the payment and performance of the Obligations, each Loan Party hereby grants the Administrative Agent
and each Lender a security interest, lien, and right of offset, each of which shall be in addition to all other interests, liens,
and rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at common law, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or otherwise,
and each of which shall be upon and against (a) any and all monies, securities or other property (and the proceeds therefrom) of
the Loan Parties now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to the Administrative Agent or any Lender from or for the account
of any Loan Party, whether for safekeeping, custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise, (b) any and all deposits (general
or special, time or demand, provisional or final) of any Loan Party with the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and (c) any other
credits and claims of any Loan Party at any time existing against the Administrative Agent or any Lender, including claims under
certificates of deposit. During the existence of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or any Lender is hereby authorized
to foreclose upon, offset, appropriate, and apply, at any time and from time to time, without notice to any Loan Party, any and
all items hereinabove referred to against the Obligations then due and payable.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 47


     


    

 


(f) 
The direct or indirect value of the consideration received and to be received by any Guarantor in connection herewith is reasonably
worth at least as much as the liability and obligations of such Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and the
incurrence of such liability and obligations in return for such consideration may reasonably be expected to benefit such Guarantor,
directly or indirectly.


 


2.14. 
Cash Collateral. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one Business Day following the written
request of Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to Administrative Agent), Borrower shall Cash Collateralize the
L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)
and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.


 


(a) 
Grant of Security Interest. Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby
grants to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in
all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations,
to be applied pursuant to clause (b) below. If at any time Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject
to any right or claim of any Person other than Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer as herein provided, or that the total amount
of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, Borrower will, promptly upon demand by Administrative Agent,
pay or provide to Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving
effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).


 


(b) 
Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 2.14
or Section 2.15 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s
obligation to fund participations in respect of L/C Obligations (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender,
any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such
property as may otherwise be provided for herein.


 


(c) 
Termination of Requirement. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce the L/C Issuer’s
Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.14 following
(i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable
Lender), or (ii) the determination by Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided
that, subject to Section 2.15, the Person providing Cash Collateral and the L/C Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral
shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations and provided, further, that to the extent that
such Cash Collateral was provided by Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant
to the Loan Documents.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 48


     


    

 


2.15. 
Defaulting Lenders.


 


(a) 
Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes
a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable
law:


 


(i) 
Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with
respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definition of Majority Lenders and Required Lenders.


 


(ii) 
Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent
for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article IX or otherwise)
or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.08 shall be applied at such
time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by
such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts
owing by such Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s Fronting
Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 2.14; fourth, as the Borrower may
request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund
its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by
the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such
Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize
the L/C Issuer’s future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit
issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.14; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to
the Lenders or the L/C Issuer as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or the L/C
Issuer against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement;
seventh, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of
a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s
breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court
of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or L/C Obligations
in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related
Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 were satisfied or waived, such
payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Obligations owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis
prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all
Loans and funded and unfunded participations in L/C Obligations are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments
without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting
Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(ii)
shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.


 


(iii) 
Certain Fees.


 


(A) 
No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any commitment fee under Section 2.08(a) for any period during which that
Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required
to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 49


     


    

 


(B) 
Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive L/C Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only
to the extent allocable to its Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral
pursuant to Section 2.14.


 


(C) 
With respect to any fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall
(x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to
such Defaulting Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant
to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the L/C Issuer the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent
allocable to the L/C Issuer’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining
amount of any such fee.


 


(iv) 
Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation
in L/C Obligations shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages
(calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that (x) the conditions set forth
in Section 5.02 are satisfied at the time of such reallocation (and, unless the Borrower shall have otherwise notified
the Administrative Agent at such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such conditions are
satisfied at such time), and (y) such reallocation does not cause such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the
Outstanding Amount to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Commitment. No reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver
or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting
Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following
such reallocation.


 


(v) 
Cash Collateral. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower
shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the L/C Issuer’s
Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.14.


 


(b) 
Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer agree in writing that a Lender is no
longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified
in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral),
that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such
other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations
in Letters of Credit to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments (without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)),
whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect
to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further,
that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender
will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting
Lender.


 


(c) 
New Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the L/C Issuer shall not be required to issue, extend,
renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 50


     


    

 


ARTICLE III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION
AND ILLEGALITY


 


3.01. 
Taxes.


 


(a) 
Defined Terms. For the purposes of this Section 3.01, the term “Lender” includes the L/C Issuer and the
term “applicable law” includes FATCA.


 


(b) 
Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of Borrower under any Loan Document shall
be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined
in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such
payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and
shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law
and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction
or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section
3.01) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding
been made.


 


(c) 
Payment of Other Taxes by Borrower. Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with
applicable law, or at the option of Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.


 


(d) 
Indemnification by Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full
amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this
Section) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any penalties,
interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto (other than any such penalties, interest and expenses
resulting from such Recipient’s gross negligence or willful misconduct provided that for purposes of clarification, contesting
the payment of any such Indemnified Taxes shall not be considered gross negligence or willful misconduct), whether or not such
Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the
amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender or the L/C Issuer (with a copy to Agent), or by Agent on
its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.


 


(e) 
Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor,
for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that Borrower has not already indemnified Agent
for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s
failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.06(d) relating to the maintenance of any Participant Register and (iii)
any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by Agent in connection with any Loan Document,
and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed
or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any
Lender by Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes Agent to set off and apply any and all
amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by Agent to the Lender from any other source
against any amount due to Agent under this paragraph (e).


 


(f) 
Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant
to this Section 3.01, Borrower shall deliver to Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental
Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory
to Agent.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 51


     


    

 


(g) 
Status of Lenders.


 


(i) 
Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document
shall deliver to Borrower and Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or Agent, such properly completed and
executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or
at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or the Agent, shall deliver such
other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Agent as will enable Borrower or the
Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other
than such documentation set forth in Section 3.01(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required
if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material
unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.


 


(ii) 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Borrower,


 


(A) 
any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender
under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Agent), executed originals of
IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;


 


(B) 
any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and the Agent (in such number of copies
as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement
(and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or the Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:


	 	(1)	in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;


 


	 	(2)	executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;


 


	 	(3)	in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 52


     


    

 


	 	(4)	to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-2 or Exhibit K-4, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K-3 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;


 


(C) 
any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and Agent (in such number of copies
as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement
(and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed
by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together
with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower or Agent to determine the withholding
or deduction required to be made; and


 


(D) 
if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such
Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b)
or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and Agent at the time or times prescribed by law
and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including
as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or Agent
as may be necessary for Borrower and Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied
with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for
purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.


 


Each Lender agrees that if any
form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form
or certification or promptly notify Borrower and Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.


 


(h) 
Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received
a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.01 (including by the payment of additional
amounts pursuant to this Section 3.01), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only
to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket
expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental
Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such
indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by
the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental
Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to
pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in
a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and
giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional
amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to
make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying
party or any other Person.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 53


     


    

 


(i) 
Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.01 shall survive the resignation or replacement of
Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction
or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document and the occurrence of the Release Date.


 


3.02. 
Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted
that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine
or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the
authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof
by such Lender to Borrower through Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert
Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies Agent and Borrower that the circumstances
giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with
a copy to Agent), prepay (on a pro rata basis) or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate
Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar
Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any
such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due
under Section 3.05 in accordance with the terms thereof due to such prepayment or conversion.


 


3.03. 
Inability to Determine Rates. If Agent determines in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion
to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for
the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining
the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar
Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect
the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, Agent will promptly so notify Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation
of Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until Agent (upon the instruction of the Majority Lenders)
revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or
continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing
of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.


 


3.04. 
Increased Costs.


 


(a) 
Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:


 


(i) 
impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against
assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement
reflected in the Eurodollar Rate) or the L/C Issuer;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 54


     


    

 


(ii) 
subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition
of Excluded Taxes and (C) Other Connection Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations,
or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or


 


(iii) 
impose on any Lender or the L/C Issuer or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting
this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;


 


and the result of any of the foregoing
shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan
or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender, such L/C Issuer or such other Recipient
of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue
any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, L/C Issuer or other Recipient
hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, L/C Issuer or other Recipient,
Borrower will pay to such Lender, L/C Issuer or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will
compensate such Lender, L/C Issuer or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.


 


(b) 
Capital Requirements. If any Lender or the L/C Issuer determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or the L/C
Issuer or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, regarding
capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the L/C
Issuer’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company, if any, as a consequence
of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender,
or the Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer, to a level below that which such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such Lender’s
or the L/C Issuer’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s
or the L/C Issuer’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company with respect
to capital adequacy), then, upon request of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender or
the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or such
Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.


 


(c) 
Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or the L/C Issuer setting forth the amount or amounts necessary
to compensate such Lender or the L/C Issuer or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of
this Section and delivered to Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender or the L/C Issuer,
as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.


 


(d) 
Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s right to demand such
compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to the foregoing provisions
of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six months prior to the date that such Lender
or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions,
and of such Lender’s or the L/C Issuer’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law
giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six-month period referred to above shall be extended
to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 55


     


    

 


(e) 
Protection Absolute. The protection of this Section 3.04 shall be available to each Lender and the L/C Issuer regardless
of any potential contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law that shall have occurred or been imposed.


 


3.05. 
Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to Agent) from time to time, Borrower shall promptly
compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any actual loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:


 


(a) 
any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of
the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise);


 


(b) 
any failure by Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert
any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by Borrower; or


 


(c) 
any assignment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request
by the Borrower pursuant to Section 11.14;


 


including any loss of anticipated profits
and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees
payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees
charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by Borrower to Lenders under
this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Base
Rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar
market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.


 


3.06. 
Mitigation Obligations.


 


(a) 
Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04, or Borrower is
required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender, the L/C Issuer, or any Governmental Authority for the
account of any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01, or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section
3.02, then such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall, as applicable, (at the request of Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate
a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another
of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender or the L/C Issuer, such designation or assignment (i)
would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, as the case may be, in the future,
or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject
such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous
to such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred
by any Lender or the L/C Issuer in connection with any such designation or assignment.


 


(b) 
[Reserved].


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 56


     


    

 


3.07. 
Effect of Benchmark Transition Event.


 


(a) 
Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence
of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, Agent and Borrower may amend this Agreement to replace
the Eurodollar Rate with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment with respect to a Benchmark Transition Event will become effective
five (5) Business Days after Agent, with approval of the Borrower, has posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and Borrower,
so long as Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Lenders comprising the Majority
Lenders. Any such amendment with respect to an Early Opt-in Election will become effective on the date that Lenders comprising
the Majority Lenders and the Borrower have delivered to Agent written notice that such Majority Lenders and the Borrower accept
such amendment. No replacement of the Eurodollar Rate with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to this Section 3.07 will
occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date.


 


(b) 
Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, Agent will have
the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective
without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement other than the Borrower.


 


(c) 
Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. Agent will promptly notify Borrower and the Lenders of (i) any
occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date
and Benchmark Transition Start Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of
any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (iv) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period.
Any determination, decision or election that may be made by Agent or Lenders pursuant to this Section 3.07, including
any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance
or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may
be made in its or their reasonable discretion and without consent from any other party hereto, except the Borrower, in each case,
as expressly required pursuant to this Section 3.07 and the defined terms used herein.


 


(d) 
Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability
Period, Borrower may revoke any request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made,
converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period, in each case without incurring any liability under Section 3.04,
and, failing that, Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to
Base Rate Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period, the component of the Base Rate based upon the Eurodollar Rate will
not be used in any determination of the Base Rate.


 


3.08. 
Survival. All of Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate
Commitments and the occurrence of the Release Date.


 


ARTICLE IV. RESERVED


 


ARTICLE V. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT
EXTENSIONS


 


5.01. 
Interim Facility Effective Date. The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to enter into and execute this Agreement
and make Loans and other Credit Extensions hereunder during the Interim Period shall commence on the first Business Day (the “Interim
Facility Effective Date”) when each of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in a manner satisfactory
to the Administrative Agent:


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 57


     


    

 


(a) 
Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or electronic copies (followed promptly by originals)
unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Interim Facility
Effective Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Interim Facility Effective
Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and each of the Lenders:


 


(i) 
executed counterparts of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be executed and delivered on or prior to such date, from
each party hereto or thereto, as applicable, signed on behalf of such party, sufficient in number for distribution to Agent, each
Lender and Borrower


 


(ii) 
a Note executed by Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;


 


(iii) 
such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of
each Loan Party as Agent may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized
to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;


 


(iv) 
such documents and certifications as Agent may require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each
Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in its jurisdiction of incorporation, formation
or organization, as applicable;


 


(v) 
a favorable opinion of counsel to the Loan Parties acceptable to Agent addressed to Agent and each Lender, as to such matters concerning
the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as Agent may reasonably request and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;


 


(vi) 
[reserved];


 


(vii) 
a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 5.02(a)
and (b) have been satisfied, and (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since the Petition Date that has had or
could have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;


 


(viii) 
[reserved];


 


(ix) 
a schedule of Swap Contracts then in force and effect; and


 


(x) 
such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Majority Lenders may require.


 


(b) 
Any fees required to be paid on or before the Interim Facility Effective Date, including the upfront fee described in Section
2.08(c), and all Transaction Expenses (as defined in the Restructuring Support Agreement) due and payable shall have been paid.


 


(c) 
Unless waived by Agent, Borrower shall have paid all pre- and post-petition fees, charges and disbursements of counsel and Financial
Advisor to Agent in accordance with Section 11.04(a) to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Interim Facility Effective
Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such
fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the Final Facility Effective Date (provided that
such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between Borrower and Agent).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 58


     


    

 


(d) 
The Petition Date shall have occurred.


 


(e) 
The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Interim Order and the Hedging Order within three (3) Business Days following the Petition
Date, which Interim Order and Hedging Order (i) shall have been entered on the docket of the Bankruptcy Court and (ii) shall be
in full force and effect and shall not have been vacated, stayed, reversed, modified or amended in any respect without the prior
written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders.


 


(f) 
The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a schedule of all “first day” motions and proposed orders to be filed
with the Bankruptcy Court in connection with the commencement of the Chapter 11 Cases and (ii) in accordance with the Restructuring
Support Agreement, copies of each of the “first day” motions and proposed orders that affect the rights or duties of
the Secured Parties, the Prepetition Credit Agreement Agent, or the Prepetition Lenders, which orders shall be subject to the consent
rights of the Administrative Agent as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


(g) 
All first-day motions filed by the Loan Parties and/or their Subsidiaries, as applicable (including any motions related to any
critical vendor or supplier motions) and related orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases shall be in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


 


(h) 
All motions related to the DIP Facility and cash management, and related orders entered by the Bankruptcy Court (including the
DIP Order and the Cash Management Order) shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.


 


(i) 
All governmental and third-party consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the DIP Facility shall have been
obtained and remain in effect.


 


(j) 
The making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit, if any, shall not violate any applicable law or other requirement
of a Governmental Authority and shall not have been enjoined, whether temporarily, preliminarily or permanently.


 


(k) 
The Administrative Agent shall have received a 13-week cash flow forecast, containing line items of sufficient detail to reflect
the Loan Parties’ projected receipts and disbursements for the 13-week period commencing on the Petition Date, in form and
substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders and conforming in all respects to the requirements of
the “Initial Approved Budget” as defined in the DIP Order (the “Initial Budget”), together
with a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower stating that such Initial Budget has been prepared on a reasonable
basis and in good faith and is based on assumptions believed by the Borrower and each other Loan Party to be reasonable at the
time made and from the best information then available to the Borrower and each Loan Party.


 


(l) 
There has been no event or circumstance since the Petition Date that has had or could have, either individually or in the aggregate,
a Material Adverse Effect.


 


(m) 
The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory
authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT
Act, and, if the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, a Beneficial
Ownership Certification in respect of the Borrower.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 59


     


    

 


(n) 
The holders of the Prepetition Credit Agreement Obligations shall have received adequate protection in respect of the Liens securing
such Prepetition Credit Agreement Obligations pursuant to, and on the terms set forth in, the Interim Order.


 


(o) 
All Obligations shall be secured by a perfected Lien and security interest on all assets of the Loan Parties pursuant to, and such
Lien and security interest shall have the priorities set forth in, the Interim Order, subject only to the Liens permitted by Section
8.01 and all filing and recording fees and taxes with respect to such Liens and security interests that are due and payable
as of the Interim Facility Effective Date shall have been duly paid.


 


(p) 
The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received the Audited Financial Statements and the Unaudited Financial Statements.


 


(q) 
Prior to the Petition Date, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have terminated 75% of the sold call transactions for calendar
year 2022 with the Lenders or their affiliates as of such date (such transactions, the “Terminated Calls” and
the unpaid early termination amounts and any other amounts payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of such Terminated
Calls, the “Terminated Call Exposure”).


 


(r) 
The Restructuring Support Agreement shall be in full force and effect, and shall not have been terminated by the Debtors or the
Consenting Stakeholders (as defined therein).


 


(s) 
Prepetition Lenders representing a majority by number of Prepetition Lenders and holding 2/3 by amount of Prepetition Credit Agreement
Obligations shall have become Lenders hereunder.


 


(t) 
Prepetition Hedge Providers representing a majority by number of Prepetition Hedge Providers and holding 2/3 by amount of Prepetition
Hedge Obligations shall have become Lenders hereunder.


 


Without limiting the generality of the
provisions of Section 10.04, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.01,
each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with,
each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless
Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Interim Facility Effective Date specifying its objection
thereto.


 


5.02. 
Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other
than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject
to the following conditions precedent:


 


(a) 
The representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article VI or any other Loan
Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true
and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically
refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of
this Section 5.02, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 6.05 shall
be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 5.01(p) or clauses (a) and (b), respectively,
of Section 7.01.


 


(b) 
No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 60


     


    

 


(c) 
Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements
hereof.


 


(d) 
Agent shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to it, such other assurances, certificates, documents or consents
related to the foregoing as Agent or the Majority Lenders may reasonably require.


 


(e) 
All governmental and third-party consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with such Credit Extension shall have
been obtained and remain in effect.


 


(f) 
The making of such Credit Extension shall not violate any applicable law or other requirement of a Governmental Authority and shall
not have been enjoined, whether temporarily, preliminarily or permanently.


 


(g) 
The Administrative Agent shall have received all Budget updates and Variance Reports required in accordance with Section 7.02(l).


 


(h) 
DIP Orders.


 


(i) 
The Interim Order or Final Order, as applicable, and the Hedging Order shall be in full force and effect and shall not have been
vacated, reversed, modified, amended or stayed without the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders.


 


(ii) 
The Administrative Agent shall have received a true and complete copy of the applicable DIP Order.


 


(iii) 
The Loan Parties shall be in compliance with the applicable DIP Order.


 


(i) 
All “second day” orders filed on or after the Petition Date shall be subject to the consent rights of the Administrative
Agent as set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement.


 


(j) 
No chapter 11 trustee or examiner with enlarged powers (other than a fee examiner) beyond those set forth in Section 1106(a)(3)
and (4) of the Bankruptcy Code shall have been appointed with respect to the Loan Parties or their property without the consent
of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders.


 


(k) 
Unless waived in writing by Agent, Borrower shall have paid all documented pre- and post-petition fees, charges and disbursements
of Latham & Watkins LLP, one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction and Financial Advisor to Agent to the extent due
and payable and invoiced prior to or on the date of the proposed Credit Extension (or such fees, charges and disbursements will
be paid with the proceeds of the proposed Credit Extension as authorized under the DIP Order).


 


Each Request for Credit
Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate
Loans) submitted by Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 5.02(a),
(b), (e), (f), (g), (i) and (j) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable
Credit Extension.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 61


     


    

 


5.03. 
Final Facility Effective Date. The obligation of the L/C Issuer and each Lender to make New Money Loans and other Credit
Extensions hereunder during the Final Period shall commence on the first Business Day (the “Final Facility Effective
Date”) when each of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in a manner satisfactory to the
Administrative Agent:


 


(a) 
The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered the Final Order and the Hedging Order within thirty-five (35) days (or such later date
consented to by the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders) following the Petition Date, which Final Order and Hedging Order
(i) shall have been entered on the docket of the Bankruptcy Court and (ii) shall be in full force and effect and shall not have
been vacated, stayed, reversed, modified or amended in any respect without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent
and the Majority Lenders.


 


(b) 
The Final Order shall, without limitation, approve the Roll-Up Facility.


 


(c) 
The Administrative Agent shall have received all Budget updates and Variance Reports required in accordance with Section 7.01(l).


 


Without limiting the generality of the
provisions of Section 10.04, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 5.03,
each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with,
each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless
Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Final Facility Effective Date specifying its objection
thereto.


 


ARTICLE VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


 


Borrower represents
and warrants to Agent and the Lenders that:


 


6.01. 
Existence, Qualification and Power. Subject to any restrictions arising on account of the Borrower’s or any Subsidiaries’
status as a “debtor” under the Bankruptcy Code as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and entry of the DIP Order, each
Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof (a) if an entity, is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing
under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite
governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii)
execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) if an entity, is duly qualified
and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties
or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c),
to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


6.02. 
Authorization; No Contravention. Subject to any restrictions arising on account of the Borrower’s or any Subsidiaries’
status as a “debtor” under the Bankruptcy Code as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and entry of the DIP Order, the
execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized
by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s
Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require
any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties
of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (except for such events as could not reasonably be expected to constitute
a Material Adverse Effect) or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to
which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law. Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof is
in compliance with all Contractual Obligations referred to in clause (b)(i), except to the extent that failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 62


     


    

 


6.03. 
Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. Subject to entry of the DIP Order, no approval, consent, exemption, authorization,
or other action by, or notice to, or filing with (each, a “Filing”), any Governmental Authority or any
other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any
Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than (i) Filings required by the Loan Documents, (ii) Filings
that, if not made or obtained, would not cause a Default hereunder, and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, (iii) Filings that are customarily obtained after the closing of an acquisition of Mineral Interests, and (iv) Filings
necessary in connection with the exercise of remedies under the Loan Documents.


 


6.04. 
Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly
executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. Upon entry of the Interim Order or the Final Order, as applicable,
this Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation
of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms (i) subject to
any restrictions arising on account of the Borrower’s or any Subsidiaries’ status as a “debtor” under the
Bankruptcy Code as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases and entry of the DIP Order and (ii) except as the enforceability thereof may
be limited by (a) other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other similar Laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors’ rights generally and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability
is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).


 


6.05. 
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.


 


(a) 
The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby,
except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material
indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities
for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.


 


(b) 
The Unaudited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered
thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition
of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject,
in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.


 


(c) 
Since the Petition Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


(d) 
The Budget was prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the
conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Borrower’s best
estimate of its future financial performance.


 


6.06. 
Litigation. Other than the Chapter 11 Cases, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or,
to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority,
by or against any Loan Party or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, (b) either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (c) is not otherwise subject to the automatic stay as a result of the Chapter
11 Cases.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 63


     


    

 


6.07. 
No Default. Except to the extent subject to the automatic stay under the Chapter 11 Cases, no Loan Party is in default
under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.


 


6.08. 
Ownership of Property; Liens. Each Loan Party (i) has good record and defensible title to the Mineral Interests
evaluated in the most recently delivered Reserve Report, as described in Section 6.21, and (ii) good title to
the personal property used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of each Loan Party is subject to no
Liens, other than Permitted Liens.


 


6.09. 
Environmental Compliance. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have conducted in the ordinary course of business
a review of claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses,
operations and properties, and as a result thereof Borrower has reasonably concluded that such claims could not, individually or
in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or are otherwise subject to the automatic stay as a
result of the Chapter 11 Cases.


 


6.10. 
Insurance. The properties of the Loan Parties are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not
Affiliates of any Loan Party, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards;
provided the Loan Parties may not self-insure against, and must have policies of insurance for, business interruption and
named windstorm coverage), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar
businesses and owning similar properties in localities where Borrower or the applicable Loan Party operates.


 


6.11. 
Taxes. The Loan Parties have filed all Federal and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and
have paid all Federal and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or
their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except (a) those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, (b) to the extent
otherwise excused or prohibited by the Bankruptcy Code, or (c) those not yet delinquent. There is no proposed tax assessment against
Borrower or any Loan Party that would, if made, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


6.12. 
ERISA Compliance.


 


(a) 
Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state
Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter
from the IRS, is entitled to rely on a favorable opinion letter issued to the sponsor of a master or prototype plan adopted by
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate, or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto
and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. Borrower
and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application
for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect
to any Plan.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 64


     


    

 


(b) 
There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental
Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited
transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.


 


(c) 
(i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii)
neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with
respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither Borrower nor
any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving
of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer
Plan; and (v) neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c)
of ERISA.


 


6.13. 
Subsidiaries. Neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party have any Subsidiaries other than those set forth on Schedule
6.13. Each Restricted Subsidiary and Unrestricted Subsidiary has been so designated on Schedule 6.13.


 


6.14. 
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.


 


(a) 
Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or
carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing
or carrying margin stock.


 


(b) 
None of Borrower, any Person Controlling Borrower, or any Restricted Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment
company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.


 


6.15. 
Disclosure.


 


(a) 
Borrower has disclosed to Agent and Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably
be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished
(whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified
or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided
that, with respect to projected financial information, Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith
based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time; and provided further, that projections concerning volumes
attributable to Mineral Interests or wells and production and costs estimates contained in each Reserve Report are necessarily
based upon professional opinions, estimates and projections, and the Loan Parties do not warrant that such estimates and projections
will ultimately prove to have been accurate.


 


(b) 
As of the Interim Facility Effective Date, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct
in all respects.


 


6.16. 
Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and
all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, subject to any restrictions arising on account
of the Borrower’s or any other Subsidiaries’ status as a “debtor” under the Bankruptcy Code.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 65


     


    

 


6.17. 
Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. The Loan Parties own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service
marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights that are reasonably
necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without material conflict with the rights of any other Person. To the
best knowledge of Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material
now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by any Loan Party infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No claim
or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened, which, either individually
or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.


 


6.18. 
Rights in Collateral; Priority of Liens.


 


(a) 
The Chapter 11 Cases were commenced on the Petition Date in accordance with applicable law and proper notice thereof and the proper
notice for (x) the motions seeking approval of the Loan Documents and the DIP Facility and (y) the hearings for the approval for
the DIP Order were given in each case. The Borrower has given, on a timely basis, as specified in the DIP Order, all notices required
to be given on or prior to the date of this representation to all parties specified in the DIP Order.


 


(b) 
The provisions of this Agreement and the Interim Order (with respect to the Interim Period) or the Final Order (with respect to
the Final Period), as the case may be, are effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured
Parties, legal, valid and perfected DIP Liens on and security interests in all right, title and interest in the Collateral, having
the priority set forth in the Loan Documents, including the DIP Order, and enforceable against the Loan Parties.


 


(c) 
Pursuant to Section 364(c)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code and the DIP Order, all Obligations and all other obligations of the Loan Parties
under the Loan Documents constituting DIP Superpriority Claims shall be allowed by the Bankruptcy Court, and shall at all times
be senior to the rights of Loan Parties, the estates of Loan Parties, and any successor trustee or estate representative in the
Chapter 11 Cases or any subsequent proceeding or case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Debtor Relief Law, subject only to
the Carve-Out.


 


6.19. 
Concerning the Collateral. The Mortgaged Properties are described in and covered by the Reserve Reports that have previously
been delivered to and relied upon by Agent and Lenders in connection with this Agreement, and the Loan Parties own at least the
decimal percentage Mineral Interest in such properties as specified in such engineering reports.


 


6.20. 
Swap Contracts. As of the Interim Facility Effective Date, except as set forth on Schedule 6.20, no Loan Party
is a party or subject to any Swap Contract. Each report delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(b) sets forth a true and complete
list of (i) all Swap Contracts of Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary, the material terms thereof (including the type,
term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), the net mark to market value thereof, and the counterparty
to each such agreement.


 


6.21. 
Engineering Reports. Each Loan Party owns or will own the net interest and production attributable to the wells and
units evaluated in the most recent Reserve Report it has previously furnished to Agent, except such as may result from customary
provisions of operating agreements requiring parties thereto to pay the share of costs of a defaulting party or allowing for the
acquisition of the interests of any nonparticipating parties. The ownership of such properties shall not in the aggregate in any
material respect obligate such Loan Party to bear costs and expenses relating to the maintenance, development and operations of
such properties in an amount materially in excess of the working interests of such properties as shown in such Reserve Report.
Each Loan Party has paid all royalties payable under the oil and gas leases to which it is an operator, except to those contested
in accordance with the terms of the applicable joint operating agreement or otherwise contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.
Upon delivery of each Reserve Report furnished to Lenders pursuant to Section 7.02(d) hereof, the statements made in the
preceding sentences of this Section 6.21 shall be true with respect to such Reserve Report.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 66


     


    

 


6.22. 
Gas Balancing Agreements and Advance Payment Contracts. As of the Interim Facility Effective Date, (a) there is no Material
Gas Imbalance, and (b) the aggregate amount of all Advance Payments received by any Loan Party under Advance Payment Contracts
that have not been satisfied by delivery of production does not exceed $1,000,000.


 


6.23. 
Warranties and Collateral Documents. Subject to entry of the DIP Order and any representation and warranty impacted
on account of the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ status as a “debtor” under the Bankruptcy Code,
all of the warranties of all Loan Parties set forth in the Collateral Documents, including without limitation those with respect
to performance of obligations under oil, gas or mineral leases, sale of production and operation of properties mortgaged to Agent,
are true and correct in all material respects.


 


6.24. 
Tax Shelter Regulations. Borrower does not intend to treat Loans and/or Letters of Credit as being a “reportable
transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4). In the event Borrower determines to take any action
inconsistent with such intention, it will promptly notify Agent thereof. If Borrower so notifies Agent, Borrower acknowledges that
one or more Lenders may treat its Loans and/or Letters of Credit as part of a transaction that is subject to Treasury Regulation
Section 301.6112-1, and such Lender or Lenders, as applicable, will maintain the lists and other records required by such Treasury
Regulation.


 


6.25. 
Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. Borrower has implemented and maintains in effect policies and/or procedures designed
to ensure compliance by Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption
Laws and applicable Sanctions. Borrower, its Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Borrower, their respective officers, employees,
directors and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, in each case in all material respects.
None of (a) Borrower or any Subsidiary or (b) to the knowledge of Borrower, any of their respective directors, officers,
employees or agents, is a Sanctioned Person. No Credit Extension or use of proceeds of any Credit Extension will violate Anti-Corruption
Laws or applicable Sanctions.


 


6.26. 
Accounts. Schedule 6.26 attached hereto sets forth as of the Interim Facility Effective Date a complete and accurate
list of all deposit, checking and other bank accounts, all securities and other accounts maintained with any broker dealer and
all other similar accounts maintained by each Loan Party.


 


6.27. 
Marketing of Production. Except for contracts listed on Schedule 6.27 and in effect on the Interim Facility Effective
Date, and thereafter either disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent or included in the most recently delivered Reserve
Report (with respect to all of which contracts the Borrower represents that it or its Subsidiaries are receiving a price for all
production sold thereunder which is computed substantially below the subject property’s delivery capacity), no material agreements
exist which are not cancelable on 60 days’ notice or less without penalty or detriment for the sale of production from the
Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ hydrocarbons (including, without limitation, calls on or other rights to purchase production,
whether or not the same are currently being exercised) that (a) pertain to the sale of production at a fixed price and (b) have
a maturity or expiry date of longer than six (6) months from the Interim Facility Effective Date.


 


6.28. 
Affected Financial Institution. No Loan Party is an Affected Financial Institution.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 67


     


    

 


6.29. 
DIP Order. The DIP Order and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are in full force and effect and have
not been vacated, reversed, modified, amended or stayed without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority
Lenders.


 


ARTICLE VII. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS


 


Until the Release Date,
Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 7.01, 7.02, and 7.03)
cause each Restricted Subsidiary (and in the case of the covenant set forth in Section 7.17, that is a Qualified ECP
Guarantor) to:


 


7.01. 
Financial Statements. Deliver to Agent a sufficient number of copies for delivery by Agent to each Lender, in form and
detail reasonably satisfactory to Agent and the Majority Lenders:


 


(a) 
as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a consolidated and
consolidating balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated and
consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth
in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance
with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of reputable standing reasonably
acceptable to Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and applicable
Securities Laws and shall not be subject to any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; and


 


(b) 
as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower (excluding
the last fiscal quarter of Borrower’s fiscal year), a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the
end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash
flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous
fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance
with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.


 


7.02. 
Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to Agent a sufficient number of copies for delivery by Agent to each Lender,
in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Agent and the Majority Lenders:


 


(a) 
concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.01(a), a certificate of its independent
certified public accountants certifying such financial statements;


 


(b) 
concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a) and (b), a duly completed
(subject to Section 7.02(h)) Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower and (i) a summary of
all Swap Contracts then in existence entered into by any Loan Party, including the material terms thereof (the type, term, effective
date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), and the net mark-to-market value therefor, which are not listed on Schedule 6.20,
and (ii) a specification in any change in the identity of the Restricted Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, from the Restricted Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Unrestricted Subsidiaries,
respectively, provided to the Agent as of the Interim Facility Effective Date, or the end of the most recent fiscal year or period,
as the case may be;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 68


     


    

 


(c) 
promptly after any request by Agent or any Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, final management letters or recommendations
submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of Borrower by independent accountants in
connection with the accounts or books of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;


 


(d) 
(i) on or before April 1 of each year, a Reserve Report prepared by independent reservoir engineers reasonably acceptable
to the Administrative Agent, (ii) on or before October 1 of each year, a Reserve Report prepared by, at Borrower’s option,
independent reservoir engineers reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or Borrower’s own engineers (which shall
certify such Reserve Report to be true and accurate and to have been prepared in accordance with the procedures used in the immediately
preceding Reserve Report), and (iii) with each Reserve Report, a lease operating statement and a schedule comparing the net revenue
interests of each well, lease or unit mortgaged to Agent as reflected on each applicable Collateral Document, to the net revenue
interests for such properties reflected in the Reserve Report, along with an explanation as to any material discrepancies between
the two net revenue interest disclosures;


 


(e) 
promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication
sent generally to the stockholders of Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration
statements which Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to Agent pursuant hereto;


 


(f) 
promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan
Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not
otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.01 or any other clause of this Section 7.02;


 


(g) 
promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof,
copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction)
concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational
results of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof;


 


(h) 
as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of the last fiscal quarter of Borrower’s fiscal
year, a Compliance Certificate containing only paragraph 6 thereof and a completed Schedule 3 thereto (which paragraph
6 and Schedule 3 need not be included in the Compliance Certificate delivered with the financial statements referred to in Section
7.01(a) pursuant to Section 7.02(b));


 


(i) 
promptly after the request by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, all documentation and other information that
the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable
“know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act
and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation;


 


(j) 
[reserved];


 


(k) 
in accordance with the applicable requirements set forth in the Restructuring Support Agreement, copies of all pleadings and motions
to be filed by or on behalf of the Debtors with the Bankruptcy Court or the United States Trustee in the Chapter 11 Cases, or to
be distributed by or on behalf of the Debtors to any statutory committee of unsecured creditors appointed in the Chapter 11 Cases
(other than emergency pleadings or motions where, despite such Debtor’s commercially reasonable efforts, any such applicable
notice is impracticable, in which case any such emergency pleadings or motions will be delivered in no event later than the day
after such filing or distribution);


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 69


     


    

 


(l) 
any Supplemental Approved Budget, Actuals Report, Variance Report and AP Aging Report (each as defined in the DIP Order) within
the timeframes set forth in, and in accordance with the requirements of, the DIP Order;


 


(m) 
promptly upon entering into any Swap Agreements or transactions thereunder, a summary of all Swap Contracts then in existence entered
into by any Loan Party, including the material terms thereof (the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts
or volumes); and


 


(n) 
promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary,
or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.


 


Documents required
to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or (b) or Section 7.02(e) (to the extent any such documents are
filed or are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be
deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on Borrower’s
website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 11.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on Borrower’s
behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Agent have access (whether the SEC website, a commercial,
third-party website or website sponsored by the Agent); provided that: (i) Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such
documents to the Agent or any Lender that requests Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering
paper copies is given by the Agent or such Lender and (ii) Borrower shall notify the Agent (by facsimile or electronic mail) of
the posting of any such documents and provide to the Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of
such documents. The Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above,
and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender
shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.


 


Borrower hereby acknowledges
that (a) Agent will make available to Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of Borrower
hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another
similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side”
Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Borrower or its securities)
(each, a “Public Lender”). Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made
available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that
the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,”
Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing
any material non-public information with respect to Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state
securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated
as set forth in Section 11.07); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available
through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) Agent and Arranger shall be entitled
to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the
Platform not designated “Public Side Information”.


 


7.03. 
Notices. (a) Promptly notify Agent and each Lender in writing:


 


(i) 
of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 70


     


    

 


(ii) 
whether or not subject to the automatic stay in the Chapter 11 Cases, of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected
to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including, but not limited to, (i) any breach or non-performance of, or any default
under, a Contractual Obligation of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding
or suspension between Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any
material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any
applicable Environmental Laws;


 


(iii) 
of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;


 


(iv) 
of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party; and


 


(v) of
any change in the information provided in the Beneficial Ownership Certification that would result in a change to the list of beneficial
owners identified in parts (c) or (d) of such certification.


 


Each notice pursuant to this Section shall
be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein
and stating what action Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 7.03(a)(i)
shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.


 


(b) 
Borrower shall give Agent three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to Agent
in its sole discretion) of any proposed voluntary termination of any Swap Contract of a Pre-Petition Lender Swap Contract with
a Swap Termination Value in excess of $5,000,000 or of any repurchase of a sold call transaction entered into before the Petition
Date.


 


7.04. 
Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities,
including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the
same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with
GAAP are being maintained by Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, or such liability is not yet delinquent or such payment is
excused by, or is otherwise prohibited by, the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or order of the Bankruptcy Court; and (b) all
lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property unless the same are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by Borrower
or such Restricted Subsidiary or such payment is excused by, or is otherwise prohibited by, the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code
or order of the Bankruptcy Court.


 


7.05. 
Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good
standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges,
permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure
to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents,
trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 71


     


    

 


7.06. 
Maintenance of Properties. Subject to any necessary order or authorization of the Bankruptcy Court, (a) maintain, preserve
and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the
failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) use the standard of care typical in
the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.


 


7.07. 
Maintenance of Insurance. (a) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Borrower,
insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons
engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible
with the following standards; provided the Loan Parties may not self-insure against, and must have policies of insurance
for, business interruption and named windstorm coverage) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons;
and (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the operator of its oil and gas properties to keep its oil and gas properties
insured at all times against risks and to the extent that like properties are customarily insured by other operators engaged in
the same or similar activities. All such insurance policies maintained by the Loan Parties (but not those provided by other operators)
shall (1) provide that Agent shall receive prompt notice of any claims filed thereunder; and (2) contain a standard mortgagee
clause in favor of Agent with loss payable for all claims in excess of $25,000 to Agent; and (3) provide that no adverse alteration
or cancellation thereof shall be effective as against Agent until thirty (30) days after written notice of such alteration or cancellation
is given to Agent. Borrower shall deliver to Agent certificates of insurance as and when requested by Agent.


 


7.08. 
Compliance with Laws. Subject to any necessary order or authorization of the Bankruptcy Court, (a) comply in all
material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business
or property, except in such instances in which (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested
in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (ii) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) maintain in effect and enforce policies and/or procedures designed to ensure
compliance by Borrower, its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption
Laws and applicable Sanctions.


 


7.09. 
Books and Records. (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity
with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the material assets and
business of Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material
conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over Borrower or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.


 


7.10. 
Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect
any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom,
and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants at the expense
of Borrower at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance
notice to Borrower; provided, however, that when an Event of Default exists Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective
representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at any time during normal business hours and without advance
notice; and provided further, that any such inspections of foreign properties (other than foreign Mortgaged Properties)
and Foreign Subsidiaries shall be permitted only if reasonably necessary. With respect to properties or wells not operated by a
Loan Party, Borrower’s obligation shall be limited to making reasonable efforts to provide such access subject to Contractual
Obligations applicable to Loan Parties related to such access by Loan Parties or their representatives.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 72


     


    

 


7.11. 
Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of Loans solely (a) to pay fees and expenses required hereunder or in the DIP Order,
(b) to finance the working capital and capital expenditure needs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and for general corporate
purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the Budget, (c) to pay fees, interest and expenses associated
with the DIP Facility, (d) to fund the First Lien Adequate Protection (as defined in the DIP Order), and (e) to fund the costs
of the administration of the Chapter 11 Case (including the Carve-Out), in each case (except for the Carve-Out), subject to the
Budget and the Permitted Variances; provided that upon entry of the Interim Order, the Borrower shall repay the Terminated
Call Exposure in full and that during the Interim Period, any proceeds of Loans shall be used first to repay the Terminated Call
Exposure in full and thereafter shall be used as otherwise permitted by this Agreement. No part of the proceeds of any Loan and
no Letter of Credit will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of Regulations
T, U and X of the FRB. No part of the proceeds of any Loan nor any other cash collateral of the Loan Parties will be used to permit
any Loan Party or any other party in interest or its representatives to challenge or otherwise contest or institute any proceeding
to determine (x) the validity, perfection or priority of security interests in favor of the Lenders of the Prepetition Lenders
or (y) the enforceability of the obligations of any Loan party under either this Agreement or the Prepetition Credit Agreement.
No part of the proceeds of any Loan nor any other cash collateral of the Loan Parties will be used to investigate, commence or
prosecute any claim, motion, proceeding or cause of action against any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Prepetition
Credit Agreement Agent or the Prepetition Lenders, each in such capacity, and their respective agents, attorneys, advisors or representatives,
including any lender liability claims or subordination claims. Letters of Credit will be issued only to support general corporate
purposes of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries. The proceeds of the Loans shall be applied by the Borrower for uses solely
to the extent that any such application of proceeds shall be in compliance with the then-effective Budget pursuant to the terms
set forth in Section 7.02(l), including the Permitted Variances (as defined in the DIP Order).


 


7.12. 
[Reserved].


 


7.13. 
Title Data. In addition to any other title information requirements of this Agreement, upon the request of Majority
Lenders, cause to be delivered to Agent such title opinions and other title information regarding title to Mineral Interests in
oil and gas properties owned by Borrower and any other Loan Party as are appropriate to determine the status thereof.


 


7.14. 
[Reserved].


 


7.15. 
Collateral. Comply at all times with the requirements of Section 2.13 such that the representations and
warranties contained in Section 6.18 shall be true and correct at all times.


 


7.16. 
Further Assurances. Make, execute or endorse, acknowledge and deliver or file or cause the same to be done, all such
vouchers, invoices, notices, certifications and additional agreements, undertakings, conveyances, deeds of trust, mortgages, assignments,
financing statements or other assurances, and take any and all such other actions as Agent may from time to time deem reasonably
necessary or appropriate in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (i) to cure any defects in the Loan
Documents, or (ii) to evidence further or more fully describe, perfect or realize on the Collateral, or (iii) to perfect, protect
or preserve any liens pursuant to any of the Loan Documents.


 


7.17. 
Commodity Exchange Act Keepwell Provisions.


 


(a) 
Undertake, and cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor to undertake, unconditionally and irrevocably
to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by each Benefiting Guarantor in order for such Benefiting
Guarantor to honor its obligations (without giving effect to Section 7.17(b)) under the Guaranty and any Collateral Document
including obligations with respect to Swap Contracts (provided, however, that the Borrower shall only be liable under this Section
7.17(a) for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 7.17(a),
or otherwise under this Agreement or any Loan Document, as it relates to such Benefiting Guarantor, voidable under applicable law
relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of the Borrower under
this Section 7.17(a) shall remain in full force and effect until all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification
and expense obligations) are paid in full, and all of the Lenders’ Commitments are terminated. The Borrower intends that
this Section 7.17(a) constitute, and this Section 7.17(a) shall be deemed to constitute, a “keepwell, support,
or other agreement” for the benefit of each Benefiting Guarantor for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity
Exchange Act.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 73


     


    

 


(b) 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Obligations guaranteed by any Loan Party
or secured by the grant of any Lien by any Loan Party shall exclude all Excluded Swap Obligations of such Loan Party.


 


7.18. 
Unrestricted Subsidiaries.


 


(a) 
Cause the management, business and affairs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to be conducted in such a manner (including by
keeping separate books of account, furnishing separate financial statements of Unrestricted Subsidiaries to creditors and potential
creditors thereof and by not permitting properties of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to be commingled with those
of Unrestricted Subsidiaries) so that each Unrestricted Subsidiary that is a corporation or limited liability company will be treated
as an entity separate and distinct from the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.


 


(b) 
Cause each Unrestricted Subsidiary (i) to refrain from maintaining its assets in such a manner that would make it costly or difficult
to segregate, ascertain or identify as its individual assets from those of any other Loan Party and (ii) to observe all corporate,
limited liability company or partnership, as applicable, formalities.


 


7.19. 
Carve-Out.


 


(a) 
Upon the occurrence of the Trigger Notice Date, the Borrower shall deposit amounts into the applicable Carve-Out Accounts as set
forth in the DIP Order.


 


(b) 
The Secured Parties shall retain automatically perfected and continuing first priority security interests in any residual interest
in the Carve-Out Accounts available following satisfaction in full of all obligations benefiting from the Carve-Out. Promptly (but
in no event later than five (5) Business Days) following the satisfaction in full of obligations benefiting from the Carve-Out,
the Borrower shall deliver any residual interest in the Carve-Out Accounts, if any, to the Administrative Agent.


 


7.20. 
Cash Management. The Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries shall maintain their cash management system as it
existed prior to the Petition Date for the benefit of the entire DIP Facility, with such changes as may be required by an order
of the Bankruptcy Court (including the Cash Management Order) and/or made with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the
Majority Lenders.


 


7.21. 
Chapter 11 Milestones. Each Chapter 11 Milestone will be satisfied in accordance with the terms applicable to such Chapter
11 Milestone set forth in Schedule 7.21 hereto.


 


7.22. 
Marketing Activities. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to, engage in
marketing activities for any Hydrocarbons or enter into any contracts related thereto other than marketing activities and such
contracts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) as are in effect on the Petition Date and (ii) as entered into from time to
time in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on terms customary in the oil and gas business.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 74


     


    

 


7.23. 
Swap Contracts.


 


(a) 
As soon as reasonably practical following entry of the Hedging Order, the Borrower shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to use
commercially reasonable efforts to enter into Swap Contracts and constituting Acceptable Hedge Transactions with Swap Lenders to
hedge prices on natural gas expected to be produced by the Loan Parties based on the Reserve Report delivered to the Administrative
Agent on or before October 1, 2020, as required by the terms of the Prepetition Credit Agreement, covering notional volumes of
natural gas representing not less than (x) 80% of projected production from proved developed producing reserves for calendar year
2021 and (y) 60% of projected production from proved developed producing reserves for calendar year 2022 (collectively, the “Required
Swap Contracts”).


 


(b) 
Within five (5) Business Days of the Petition Date, the Borrower shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to enter into an Amended
ISDA (as defined in the Restructuring Support Agreement) with any Swap Lender willing to enter into such Amended ISDA within such
time period.


 


7.24. 
Restructuring Support Agreement. The Loan Parties party to the Restructuring Support Agreement shall remain in compliance
at all times with the Restructuring Support Agreement subject to the terms thereof, including all notice, cure or grace periods.


 


ARTICLE VIII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS


 


Until the Release Date,
Borrower agrees that it shall not, and, as applicable, shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:


 


8.01. 
Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned
or hereafter acquired, other than the following (collectively, the “Permitted Liens”):


 


(a) 
Liens securing the Obligations;


 


(b) 
Liens existing on the Petition Date and listed on Schedule 8.01, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is
not changed, (ii) the principal amount secured or benefited thereby is not extended, renewed, refunded, refinanced or increased,
and (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed;


 


(c) 
Liens for taxes not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted,
if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP or such
payment is excused by, or is otherwise prohibited by, the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code or order of the Bankruptcy Court, provided,
no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced, except to the extent subject to the automatic stay under the Chapter 11 Cases
or not consented to by the Borrower;


 


(d) 
carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, operator’s, landlord’s,
customs’ or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business each of which is in respect of
obligations, provided, no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced, except to the extent subject to the automatic
stay under the Chapter 11 Cases or not consented to by the Borrower;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 75


     


    

 


(e) 
pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and
other social security legislation which are not yet delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance
with GAAP, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA, provided, no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced, except to
the extent subject to the automatic stay under the Chapter 11 Cases or not consented to by the Borrower;


 


(f) 
Liens on cash deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;


 


(g) 
easements, rights-of-way, surface leases and other similar rights in respect of surface operations, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and are customary and usual in the
oil and gas industry, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value or operation of the property subject thereto
or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;


 


(h) 
Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default, provided that any appropriate legal
proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgments shall not have been fully terminated or the period
within which such proceeding may be initiated shall not have expired and no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced;


 


(i) 
Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.03(f); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber
any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and additions and accessions thereto and proceeds thereof and
(ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being
acquired on the date of acquisition;


 


(j) 
contracts, agreements, lease provisions, defects and irregularities which were in effect when the properties were acquired and
which were not such as to materially interfere with the operation, value or use thereof;


 


(k) 
royalties, overriding royalties, reversionary interests, production payments and similar lease burdens which are granted in the
ordinary course of business in the oil and gas industry and which are deducted in the calculation of discounted present value in
the Reserve Reports delivered to Agent hereunder;


 


(l) 
contractual Liens which arise in the ordinary course of business under sale contracts, joint operating agreements, or other arrangements
for the exploration, development, production, transportation, gathering, processing or sale of hydrocarbons which would not deprive
Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries of any material right in respect of their assets or properties, in each case which are
usual and customary in the oil and gas business, provided, no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced, except to
the extent subject to the automatic stay under the Chapter 11 Cases or not consented to by the Borrower;


 


(m) 
Gas Balancing Agreements in existence on the Petition Date; provided that the amount of all gas imbalances known to any
Responsible Officer of a Loan Party and the amount of all production which has been paid for but not delivered shall have been
disclosed or otherwise taken into account in the Reserve Reports delivered to the Agent hereunder;


 


(n) 
Liens to secure plugging and abandonment obligations, including the Texaco Lien;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 76


     


    

 


(o) 
Liens encumbering the Construction Collateral;


 


(p) 
Liens securing the financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount of such insurance
premiums and incurred in the ordinary course of business; provided that no such Lien may extend to or cover any assets or
property other than the insurance being acquired with such financing, the proceeds thereof and any unearned or refunded insurance
premiums related thereto;


 


(q) 
Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provision or customary deposit account terms relating to banker’s
liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies and burdening only deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor
depository institution, provided that no such deposit account is a dedicated cash collateral account or is subject to restrictions
against access by the depositor in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the FRB and no such deposit account
is intended by the Borrower or any other Loan Party to provide collateral to the depository institution, provided, further,
that no action to enforce such Lien has been commenced, except to the extent subject to the automatic stay under the Chapter 11
Cases or not consented to by the Borrower;


 


(r) 
[reserved];


 


(s) 
[reserved];


 


(t) 
[reserved];


 


(u) 
Liens, titles and interests of lessors of software and other intangible personal property licensed, and personal property leased,
by such lessors to the Loan Parties, restrictions and prohibitions on encumbrances and transferability with respect to such property
and such Loan Party’s interests therein imposed by such licenses or leases, and Liens and encumbrances encumbering such lessors’
titles and interests in such property, and to which such Loan Party’s license or leasehold interests may be subject or subordinate,
in each case, whether or not evidenced by UCC financing statement filings or other documents of record; provided that such
Liens do not secure Indebtedness and do not encumber property of the Loan Parties other than the property that is subject to such
licenses or leases;


 


(v) 
Liens in existence on the Petition Date that are perfected subsequent to the Petition Date as permitted by Section 546(b) of the
Bankruptcy Code;


 


(w) 
Liens securing Prepetition Credit Agreement Obligations; provided that such Liens are subject to the terms and conditions
of the DIP Order; and


 


(x) 
Adequate Protection Liens to the extent, and subject to the terms and conditions, set forth in the DIP Order;


 


provided that no intention to subordinate
the Liens granted in favor of the Secured Parties is to be hereby implied or expressed by the existence of any Lien permitted pursuant
to this Section 8.01.


 


8.02. 
Investments. Make or permit to remain outstanding any Investments, except:


 


(a) 
Investments held by Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the form of cash equivalents or short-term marketable debt securities;


 


(b) 
Investments of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Loan Party;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 77


     


    

 


(c) 
Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable, notes receivable, extensions of credit to
customers and suppliers, prepaid expenses, deposits and endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection arising in the ordinary
course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account
debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;


 


(d) 
Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.03;


 


(e) 
Investments consisting of (i) temporary investments in securities of the United States or Canada having maturities not in excess
of one (1) year, (ii) demand deposits and certificates of deposit issued by any Lender, (iii) readily marketable commercial
paper rated “A-1” by S&P Global Ratings (or similar rating by any similar organization which rates commercial paper),
(iv) readily marketable direct obligations of any state of the United States of America or any province of Canada or any political
subdivision of any such state or province given on the date of such investment a credit rating of at least AA by S&P Global
Ratings due within one year from the acquisition thereof, (v) repurchase agreements with respect to the investments referred
to in the preceding clauses (i) through (iv) with any bank or trust company organized under the Laws of the United States of America
or any province of Canada or any state or province thereof and having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less
than $500,000,000 (as of the date of its most recent financial statements) and having deposits that have received one of the two
highest ratings obtainable from S&P Global Ratings, (vi) eurodollar time accounts or eurodollar certificates of deposit
each with any bank or trust company organized under the Laws of the United States of America or any province of Canada or any state
or province thereof having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000 (as of the date of its
most recent financial statements) and having deposits that have received one of the two highest ratings obtainable from S&P
Global Ratings, and (vii) demand or time deposits not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time with
banks or other financial institutions in countries (other than the United States or Canada) where a Loan Party has assets or operations;


 


(f) 
solely to the extent in existence on the Petition Date, Investments in direct ownership interests in Mineral Interests, wells,
gas gathering systems or other field facilities including but not limited to crew boats and other vessels, shore facilities, storage
barges, seismic data and surveys, in each case related to such Mineral Interests or wells, or in the form of or pursuant to farm-out,
farm-in, participation agreements, joint operating agreements, or area of mutual interests agreements or other similar arrangements
which are usual and customary in the oil and gas exploration and production business;


 


(g) 
solely to the extent in existence on the Petition Date, Investments in the Designated Investment Entities listed on Schedule
8.02;


 


(h) 
[reserved];


 


(i) 
[reserved];


 


(j) 
solely to the extent in existence on the Petition Date, Investments in joint ventures formed to own and operate midstream assets;


 


(k) 
solely to the extent in existence on the Petition Date, Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries;


 


(l) 
Investments permitted under Section 8.09; and


 


(m) 
Investments in accordance with the Budget.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 78


     


    

 


8.03. 
Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:


 


(a) 
Indebtedness in respect of the Obligations;


 


(b) 
Indebtedness outstanding on the Petition Date and listed on Schedule 8.03;


 


(c) 
Guarantees of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder of Borrower or any
wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary;


 


(d) 
obligations (contingent or otherwise) of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided
that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly
mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such
Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation; and (ii) such Swap Contract
otherwise complies with the provisions of Section 8.09;


 


(e) 
[reserved];


 


(f) 
Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money obligations for fixed or capital assets
within the limitations set forth in Section 8.01(i) incurred prior to the Petition Date;


 


(g) 
Indebtedness associated with bonds or other surety obligations required in connection with the operation of the business of the
Loan Parties;


 


(h) 
endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business;


 


(i) 
Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the
ordinary course of business;


 


(j) 
Indebtedness consisting of Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of net services, overdraft protections
and similar arrangements, in each case (x) in connection with cash managing and deposit accounts and (y) incurred in
the ordinary course of business;


 


(k) 
unsecured intercompany Indebtedness arising out of an Investment permitted under Section 8.02 so long as such Investment
is in or with a Loan Party, provided that any such Indebtedness shall be subject to subordination terms reasonably satisfactory
to Agent;


 


(l) 
obligations under Advance Payment Contracts so long as the production covered thereby has not been included in the most recent
Reserve Report furnished to Agent;


 


(m) 
oil and gas balancing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and permitted pursuant to Section 8.14;


 


(n) 
Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount of such
insurance premiums and incurred in the ordinary course of business;


 


(o) 
Senior Notes outstanding as of the Petition Date;


 


(p) 
Indebtedness secured by Adequate Protection Liens to the extent, and subject to the conditions, set forth in the DIP Order; and


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 79


     


    

 


(q) 
Indebtedness under the Construction Loan outstanding on the Petition Date.


 


8.04. 
Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in
one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired)
to or in favor of any Person, except for Dispositions permitted under Section 8.05.


 


8.05. 
Dispositions. Make or permit any Disposition or Swap Termination Event, except:


 


(a) 
Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;


 


(b) 
Dispositions of equipment to the extent that (i) such equipment is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement
equipment of comparable value and utility or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of
such replacement equipment;


 


(c) 
Dispositions of property by Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to Borrower or a Guarantor;


 


(d) 
to the extent constituting Dispositions, Restricted Payments permitted by Section 8.06;


 


(e) 
Sales of hydrocarbons, including pursuant to Advance Payment Contracts permitted by this Agreement and Swap Contracts permitted
by this Agreement, in the ordinary course of business and at then-prevailing market prices as reasonably determined by such Loan
Party;


 


(f) 
Dispositions consisting of any compulsory pooling or unitization not subject to the automatic stay under the Chapter 11 Cases and
ordered by a Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over each Loan Party’s Mineral Interests in its oil and gas properties;


 


(g) 
Dispositions in connection with the expiration or termination of farm-outs, participations or other similar agreements in the ordinary
course of business of undeveloped acreage or undrilled depths and assignments in connection therewith, provided that the
aggregate fair market value for all such Dispositions shall not exceed $5,000,000 without the consent of Agent and the Majority
Lenders;


 


(h) 
[reserved];


 


(i) 
leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of property other than Mortgaged Properties in the ordinary course of business and which
do not materially interfere with the value of such property, provided that the aggregate fair market value for all such
Dispositions shall not exceed $5,000,000 without the consent of Agent and the Majority Lenders;


 


(j) 
transfers of property subject to any condemnation or eminent domain (or deed in lieu thereof) upon receipt of the casualty proceeds
of such event;


 


(k) 
Dispositions in the ordinary course of business consisting of the abandonment of intellectual property rights which, in the reasonable
good faith determination of Borrower, are not material to the conduct of the business of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 80


     


    

 


(l) Dispositions
of Investments in the Designated Investment Entities to the extent required by, or made pursuant to buy/sell arrangements between
joint venture parties set forth in, joint venture arrangements and similar binding agreements in existence on the Petition Date
and not subject to the automatic stay under the Chapter 11 Cases;


 


(m) [reserved];


 


(n) Dispositions
of cash equivalent Investments in the ordinary course of business in exchange for cash or other cash equivalent Investments of
fair market value;


 


(o) [reserved];


 


(p) any
Swap Termination Event, subject to the making of the mandatory prepayment required under Section 2.04(f);


 


(q) [reserved];


 


(r) [reserved];


 


(s) [reserved];
or


 


(t) Dispositions
pursuant to an order of the Bankruptcy Court; provided that the Bankruptcy Court order authorizing such Disposition shall
be subject to prior consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders.


 


provided,
however, that (1) any Disposition pursuant to clauses (e), (g), and (n) shall be for fair market value, and (2) no
Disposition pursuant to clauses (d), (f), (g), and (l) may be made if a Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition.


 


8.06. Restricted
Payments. Declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that, so long
as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom, each
Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to Borrower and Guarantors.


 


8.07. Change
of Operator. Cease for any reason to be the operator of (i) any of the Mortgaged Properties which it is operating as of
the Interim Facility Effective Date, and (ii) any properties that it subsequently acquires and takes over operations.


 


8.08. Letters of Credit.
Enter into any letter of credit facility or other accommodation for posting cash collateral and/or issuing letters of credit without
the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.


 


8.09. Swap Contracts. Enter
into any Swap Contract, except:


 


(a) Commodity
Contracts. Following entry of the Hedging Order, Swap Contracts entered into to hedge prices on oil, natural gas and natural
gas liquids expected to be produced by the Loan Parties, provided that at all times:


 


(i) no
such contract fixes a price for a term of more than 60 months from the date that such Swap Contract is executed;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 81


     


    

 


(ii) other than
basis differential swaps, basis hedging arrangements and any repurchases (whether effectuated via mutually agreeable close-out
or purchase of offsetting options) of sold call transactions entered into prior to the Petition Date (or expirations thereof),
the notional volumes for which (when aggregated with other Swap Contracts then in effect other than basis differential swaps) do
not exceed, as of the date such Swap Contract is executed, (A) 90% of the reasonably anticipated projected Oil and Gas Production
for each calendar month in the calendar year 2021 for each of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids, calculated separately
and (B) for any other time period, 80% of the reasonably anticipated projected Oil and Gas Production for each calendar month for
each of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids, calculated separately;


 


(iii) each
such Swap Contract is with a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;


 


(iv) no
such commodity Swap Contracts shall be permitted to be in a form other than (A) swap transactions covering identical volumes of
crude oil, natural gas or natural gas liquids and identical months, (B) deferred premium purchased puts for volumes of crude oil,
natural gas or natural gas liquids, (C) collars (other than three-way collars) covering identical volumes of crude oil, natural
gas or natural gas liquids and identical months, (D) sold call transactions entered into prior to the Petition Date, (E) mutually
negotiated close-out of, or purchase of offsetting options to terminate, (in whole or in part) sold call transactions entered into
prior to the Petition Date, other than on a deferred premium basis or (F) basis differential swaps or basis hedging arrangements;


 


(v) the
Loan Parties shall not novate, offset or otherwise terminate any Swap Contract entered into to hedge prices on oil, natural gas
and natural gas liquids expected to be produced by the Loan Parties if such action would have the effect of cancelling, offsetting
or otherwise reducing positions under Required Swap Contracts (x) without the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or delayed) or (y) pursuant to the Hedging Order; it being understood that options used to modify sold call
transactions in accordance with Section 8.09(a)(iv)(D) shall be permitted, and that this provisions shall not limit the
assignment or transfer or novation of any Swap Contract from one Lender or Affiliate of a Lender to another Lender or Affiliate
of a Lender; and


 


(vi) no such contract
(other than a Lender Swap Contract) requires Borrower to post, or otherwise pledge as collateral, any money, assets, or other security
against the event of its nonperformance prior to actual default by Borrower in performing its obligations thereunder.


 


(b) Interest
Rate Contracts. Swap Contracts entered into by Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary with the purpose and effect of fixing interest
rates on a principal amount of indebtedness of Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is accruing interest at a variable rate,
provided that (1) the term does not extend past the Maturity Date, (2) the aggregate notional amount of such contracts never
exceeds 75% of the anticipated outstanding principal balance of the indebtedness to be hedged by such contracts or an average of
such principal balances calculated by using a generally accepted method of matching interest swap contracts to declining principal
balances, (3) the floating rate index of each such contract generally matches the index used to determine the floating rates
of interest on the corresponding indebtedness to be hedged by such contract, (4) no such Swap Contract (other than a Lender
Swap Contract) requires Borrower to put up money, assets, or other security against the event of its nonperformance prior to actual
default by Borrower in performing its obligations thereunder, (5) each such contract is with (i) a Lender or an Affiliate
of a Lender or (ii) a counterparty who is unsecured who at the time the contract is entered into maintains a minimum debt rating
of BBB or Baa2 as determined either by S&P Global Ratings or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and (6) such Swap Contract
is otherwise acceptable to Agent.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 82


     


    

 


(c) Currency
Swaps. Swap Contracts entered into by Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary with the purpose and effect of fixing the rate of
exchange between two currencies with respect to the amount of the payments to be made or received by Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary
in one of such currencies pursuant to an agreement, provided that (1) the term does not extend past the Maturity Date, (2) no
such contract (other than a Lender Swap Contract) requires Borrower to put up money, assets, or other security against the event
of its nonperformance prior to actual default by Borrower in performing its obligations thereunder, (3) each such contract
is with (i) a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or (ii) a counterparty who is unsecured who at the time the contract
is entered into maintains a minimum debt rating of BBB or Baa2 as determined either by S&P Global Ratings or Moody’s
Investors Service, Inc. and (4) such Swap Contract is otherwise acceptable to Agent.


 


8.10. Change
in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted
by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.


 


8.11. Transactions
with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of Borrower (other than Borrower or any wholly-owned
Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower), whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms
that are substantially as favorable to Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Borrower or such Restricted
Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate.


 


8.12. Burdensome
Agreements. Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Prepetition
Credit Agreement and any other Prepetition Loan Document) that limits the ability (i) of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to
make Restricted Payments to Borrower or any Guarantor, or (ii) of any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness
of Borrower, in each case other than any such Contractual Obligation relating to, or arising or existing by reason of, (a) provisions
in corporate charters, bylaws, stockholders agreements, partnership agreements, limited liability agreement, and similar agreements,
(b) applicable Law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, (c) encumbrances and restrictions contained in contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate,
detract from the value of property or assets of Borrower or any Guarantor or the ability of Borrower or such Guarantor to realize
such value, or to make any distributions relating to such property or assets in each case in any material respect, (d) as
required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Borrower or any Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or any of the their
businesses.


 


8.13. Use of
Proceeds. (a) Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately,
incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit
to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose,
or (b) use the proceeds of any Credit Extension (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization
of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for
the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or
in any Sanctioned Country, in either case in violation of applicable Sanctions, or (iii) in any manner that would result
in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.


 


8.14. Gas Balancing
Agreements and Advance Payment Contracts. (a) Incur, become or remain liable for, or permit any other Loan Party
to incur, become or remain liable for, (i) any Material Gas Imbalance, or (ii) Advance Payments under Advance Payment Contracts
which are to be satisfied by delivery of production unless such Advance Payment Contract is permitted under Section 8.03(l), or
(b) include any production sold pursuant to an Advance Payment Contract in any Reserve Report furnished to Agent.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 83


     


    

 


8.15. Accounting
Changes. Make or permit any (a) material change in its accounting policies or reporting practices, except as may be required
or permitted by GAAP or (b) change to the fiscal year of any Loan Party or of any of its Subsidiaries.


 


8.16. Cash Management.
Establish or maintain a deposit account, securities account or commodity account except as may be permitted by an order of the
Bankruptcy Court (including the Cash Management Order) and/or with the consent of the Administrative Agent.


 


8.17. Unrestricted Subsidiaries.


 


(a) Incur,
assume, guarantee or be or become liable for any Indebtedness of any of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, other than guarantees of
Indebtedness of Mule Sky, LLC existing as of the Petition Date that constitute Investments made in compliance with Section 8.02.


 


(b) Permit
any Unrestricted Subsidiary to hold any Equity Interest in, or any Indebtedness of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.


 


8.18. Limitation on Modification
and Prepayment of Indebtedness.


 


(a) Make,
directly or indirectly, cancellations, terminations, prepayments, repayments, purchases, repurchases, or other Redemptions of or
in respect of any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than the Obligations or Swap Termination Events, or any payment or other
distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the
cancellation, termination prepayment, purchase, repurchase or other Redemption of any Indebtedness other than the Obligations or
Swap Termination Events, in each case, other than as permitted or required by the DIP Orders or approved by the Bankruptcy Court
and consented to by the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders.


 


(b) Amend,
restate, supplement, waive or otherwise modify, or permit the amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification
of, any provision of any documentation relating to any Indebtedness for borrowed money other than the Obligations, in each case,
other than as permitted or required by the DIP Orders or approved by the Bankruptcy Court and consented to by the Administrative
Agent and the Majority Lenders.


 


8.19. Key Employee Plans.


 


(a) Enter
into any key employee incentive plan or key employee retention plan, other than such plans as in effect as of the Petition Date.


 


(b) Amend
or modify any existing key employee incentive plan or key employee retention plan, unless such plan, amendment or modification
is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders.


 


8.20. Superpriority Claims and Bankruptcy
Orders.


 


(a) Create
or permit to exist any Superpriority Claim other than as permitted by the DIP Order (including the Carve-Out) or the Hedging Order.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 84


     


    

 





(b) Permit
any Subsidiary to (i) obtain or seek to obtain any stay from the Bankruptcy Court on the exercise of the Administrative Agent’s
or any Lender’s remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document, except as specifically provided in the DIP Order, (ii)
without the consent of the Majority Lenders, seek to change or otherwise modify any DIP Order or other order in the Bankruptcy
Court with respect to the DIP Facility or (iii) without the consent of the Majority Lenders, propose, file, consent, solicit votes
with respect to or support any chapter 11 plan or debtor in possession financing unless (x) such plan or financing would, on the
date of effectiveness, indefeasibly pay in full in cash all Obligations or (y) such plan is an Approved Plan of Reorganization.


 


8.21. Variance
Covenant. Fail to comply in any respect with the Budget Covenants set forth in the DIP Order.


 


8.22. Capital Expenditures.
Permit the aggregate amount of capital expenditures (exclusive of joint interest billing expenses owed by any Loan Party to a
third party) in any calendar month to exceed $25,000,000 (the “Capital Expenditure Cap”); provided that
any unused portion of the Capital Expenditure Cap in any calendar month may be applied towards capital expenditures in succeeding
calendar months; provided, further that the Capital Expenditure Cap may be increased subject to the consent of the Agent
and the Majority Lenders.


 


8.23. Subsidiaries. The Borrower
will not form any new Subsidiaries after the Petition Date.


 


ARTICLE IX. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES


 


9.01. Events of Default.
Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:


 


(a) Non-Payment.
Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or
any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation,
or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or
under any other Loan Document; or


 


(b) Specific
Covenants. Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 1.08,
7.01, 7.02(b), 7.02(d), 7.02(j), 7.02(k), 7.02(l), 7.02(m), 7.03, 7.05,
7.10, 7.11, 7.14, 7.15, 7.18, 7.19, 7.20, 7.21 or Article VIII;
or


 


(c) Other
Defaults. (i) Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or
(b) above) contained in this Agreement on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues unremedied for five (5)
Business Days after notice thereof from Agent or Agent is notified of such Default or should have been so notified pursuant to
the provisions of Section 7.03(a), whichever is earlier; or (ii) any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other
covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above or in the preceding clause (i) of this subsection (c)) contained
in any other Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues unremedied beyond any grace or cure
period therein provided; or


 


(d) Representations
and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of Borrower
or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall
be materially incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made; or


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 85


     


    

 


(e) Cross-Default.
Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment,
acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness incurred on or after the Petition Date or otherwise not subject
to the automatic stay in the Chapter 11 Cases or Guarantee thereof (in each case, other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness
under Swap Contracts), or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or
Guarantee thereof or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs,
the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary
or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries)
to cause, with the giving of notice if required, (i) such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased,
prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or (ii) an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such
Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or (iii) such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect
thereof to be demanded; or


 


(f) [Reserved];
or


 


(g) [Reserved];
or


 


(h) Judgments.
Unless subject to the automatic stay in the Chapter 11 Cases, there is entered against Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i)
one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding $1,000,000 (to the extent not covered
by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final
judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and,
in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period
of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not
in effect; or


 


(i) ERISA.
(i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected
to result in liability of Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the
PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000, or (ii) Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration
of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA
under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000; or


 


(j) Invalidity
of Loan Documents. Until the Release Date has occurred, any Loan Document or any provision thereof, at any time after its execution
and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder ceases to be in full force and effect;
or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any provision thereof (other than
manifest error); or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports
to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document or any provision thereof; or


 


(k) Swap
Contracts. There shall occur under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting
from (1) any event of default under such Swap Contract to which Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as
defined in such Swap Contract), or (2) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which Borrower or any
Restricted Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by Borrower or
such Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof exceeds $1,000,000; or


 


(l) [Reserved];
or


 


(m) Change
of Control. There occurs any Change of Control with respect to any Loan Party; or


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 86


     


    

 


(n) Chapter
11 Cases. The Chapter 11 Cases are dismissed or the Chapter 11 Cases are converted to cases under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy
Code, or any motion is filed by any of the Loan Parties seeking dismissal of the Chapter 11 Cases (provided that the foregoing
does not prohibit the Loan Parties from filing a motion to close or dismiss any of the Chapter 11 Cases to be effective on or after
the effective date of the Approved Plan of Reorganization) or conversion of the Chapter 11 Cases to cases under Chapter 7 of the
Bankruptcy Code; or


 


(o) Appointment
of Trustee. Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders, a trustee, a responsible
officer or an examiner with enlarged powers (other than a fee examiner) beyond those set forth in Section 1106(a)(3) and (4) of
the Bankruptcy Code is appointed in relation to the operation of the business of any Loan Party in the Chapter 11 Cases; or


 


(p) Termination
of Restructuring Support Agreement. The occurrence of the Termination Date (as defined in the Restructuring Support Agreement)
other than upon the occurrence of the Plan Effective Date; or


 


(q) Superpriority
Claim. The Bankruptcy Court grants a Superpriority Claim or Lien on the Collateral which is pari passu with or senior
to the DIP Superpriority Claims or DIP Liens of the Secured Parties, in each case other than with respect to the Carve-Out or as
permitted by the DIP Order or the Hedging Order; or


 


(r) Entry
of Orders. The Bankruptcy Court fails to enter (i) the Interim Order and Hedging Order within three (3) days (or a later date
consented to by the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders) after the Petition Date or (ii) the Final Order within thirty-five
(35) days (or a later date consented to by the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders) after the Petition Date; or


 


(s) Chapter
11 Orders. (i) Any material provision of the Interim Order, Hedging Order or Final Order, as applicable, fails to be in full
force and effect, (ii) the Interim Order, Hedging Order or Final Order, as applicable, is (A) vacated, stayed or reversed, or (B)
modified or amended in any respect without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders in their
reasonable discretion, (iii) any Loan Party fails to comply with any material provision of the Interim Order, Hedging Order or
Final Order, as applicable, (iv) any order is entered in the Chapter 11 Cases charging any of the Collateral, including under Section
506(c) or Section 552(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, (v) any action is commenced by any Loan Party which is adverse to the Secured
Parties or their rights and remedies under the DIP Facility in the Chapter 11 Cases, (vi) the exclusivity periods set forth in
Section 1121 of the Bankruptcy Code are modified (other than modifications to increase the exclusivity period) or terminated or
expire, (vii) the Final Order fails to provide that each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Prepetition Credit Agreement
Agent and the Prepetition Lenders are entitled to rights and benefits of Section 552(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and, following
the entry of the Final Order, the “equities of the case” shall not apply, or (viii) if the Final Order provides that
the Secured Parties shall be subject to the equitable doctrine of “marshaling” or any other similar doctrine with respect
to any Collateral; or


 


(t) Indebtedness
and other Payables. (i) Any Loan Party pays (by way of adequate protection or otherwise) any principal or interest or other
amount on account of any prepetition Indebtedness or payables other than as agreed herein or pursuant to the consent of the Administrative
Agent or as described in the DIP Order or pursuant to any order approving any “first day” motions or as permitted by
the Budget (subject to Permitted Variances) or (ii) any order or filing is entered which authorizes or approves (or seeks authorization
or approval of) any additional postpetition financing not otherwise permitted hereunder, or any Liens on the Collateral not otherwise
permitted hereunder, other than pursuant to the Carve-Out; or


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 87


     


    

 


(u) Relief
from Automatic Stay. The Bankruptcy Court enters any order or orders granting relief from any stay of proceeding (including,
without limitation, the automatic stay under the Chapter 11 Cases) so as to allow a third party or third parties to proceed against
assets of any Loan Party valued in excess of $5,000,000 or to permit other actions that would have a Material Adverse Effect on
any Loan Party or its estate; or


 


(v) Plan
of Reorganization. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Majority Lenders or pursuant to the terms of the DIP Order, (x)
any plan of reorganization or (y) any motion to approve any sale or other disposition of all or a material portion of the Collateral
securing the Loans pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code is, in each case of (x) and (y), filed by the Debtors or confirmed
by the Bankruptcy Court other than, in each case of (x) and (y), an Approved Plan of Reorganization; or


 


(w) Liens
and Obligations. (i) any Liens granted with respect to the DIP Facility or the Obligations shall cease to be valid, perfected
and enforceable in all respects with the priority set forth in the DIP Order (other than upon a release by reason of a transaction
that is expressly permitted under the Loan Documents) or any Loan Party contests in any manner the validity, perfection or enforceability
of any such Lien or its priority as set forth in the DIP Order; (ii) the Obligations shall cease to be valid and enforceable or
shall cease to have the superiority claims status set forth in the DIP Order (other than upon a release by reason of a transaction
that is expressly permitted under the Loan Documents) or any Loan party contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of
the Obligations or their priority as set forth in the DIP Order; (iii) the disallowance, expungement, extinguishment or impairment
of any portion of the Obligations or (iv) any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any such
Lien or in respect of the Obligations, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any such Lien or Obligation; or


 


(x) Chapter
11 Milestones. Any Chapter 11 Milestone is not satisfied in accordance with the terms relating to such Chapter 11 Milestone
set forth in Schedule 7.21 hereto; or


 


(y) Credit
Bidding. Any order is entered precluding or otherwise limiting the Prepetition Credit Agreement Agent or the Administrative
Agent from “credit bidding”.


 


9.02. Remedies Upon Event of Default.
If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Majority Lenders,
take any or all of the following actions without needing to obtain relief from the automatic stay under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy
Code:


 


(a) declare
the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated,
reduced or restricted, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated, reduced or restricted immediately (in the
case of restricted commitments, unless and until the Majority Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall reinstate the same in
writing);


 


(b) declare
the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable
hereunder (other than Indebtedness outstanding under Swap Contracts) or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and
payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower;


 


(c) require
that Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and


 


(d) exercise
on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents, at law or
in equity, or under the DIP Order, including all rights and remedies set forth in paragraph 14 of the Interim Order (and any corresponding
paragraph of the Final Order).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 88


     


    

 


9.03. Application
of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically
become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth
in the proviso to Section 9.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by Agent in the following
order:


 


First,
to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges
and disbursements of counsel to Agent (including fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of Agent)) payable to
Agent in its capacity as such;


 


Second,
to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest
and L/C Fees) payable to Lenders and the L/C Issuer (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders
and the L/C Issuer (including fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees of any Lender or the L/C Issuer) and amounts
payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second
payable to them;


 


Third,
to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid L/C Fees and interest on the Loans, L/C Borrowings
and other Obligations, ratably among Lenders and the L/C Issuer in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause
Third payable to them;


 


Fourth,
to payment of (i) that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and L/C Borrowings, (ii) Obligations
(including all Prepetition Hedge Obligations) related to any Lender Swap Contract or Secured Cash Management Agreement and (iii)
amounts to Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate
undrawn amount of Letters of Credit, ratably among Lenders, the L/C Issuer, and any Swap Lender and any Cash Management Party,
in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them; and


 


Last,
the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, held as required by the Bankruptcy
Court and/or at Law.


 


Notwithstanding the
foregoing, amounts received from Borrower or any Guarantor that is not an Eligible Contract Participant shall not be applied to
any Excluded Swap Obligations (it being understood, that in the event that any amount is applied to Obligations other than Excluded
Swap Obligations as a result of this clause, the Administrative Agent shall make such adjustments as it determines are appropriate
to distributions pursuant to clause “Fourth” above from amounts received from Eligible Contract Participants to ensure,
as nearly as possible, that the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to Excluded Swap Obligations described in such clause
“Fourth” are the same as the proportional aggregate recoveries with respect to other Obligations pursuant to such clause).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 89


     


    

 


Subject to Section
2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above
shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral
after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied in the order set forth
above.


 


Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Lender Swap Contracts shall be excluded from the application
described above if Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation as Agent may request,
from the applicable Cash Management Party or Swap Lender, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Party or Swap Lender not a party
to this Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged
and accepted the appointment of the Agent pursuant to the terms of Article X hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if
a “Lender” party hereto.


 


ARTICLE X. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT


 


10.01. Appointment and Authorization
of Administrative Agent.


 


(a) Each
of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Scotiabank to act on its behalf as Administrative Agent hereunder
and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated
to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Other than
the rights of the Loan Parties under Section 10.06, (i) the provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit
of Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and (ii) neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third
party beneficiary of any of such provisions. All benefits and amenities provided to Agent in this Article shall also apply to Arranger
in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole bookrunner. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent”
herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary
or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter
of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.


 


(b) The
Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including in its
capacities as a Swap Lender and Cash Management Party) and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent
to act as the agent of such Lender and the L/C Issuer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral
granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably
incidental thereto. In this connection, the Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact
appointed by the Agent pursuant to Section 10.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or
any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction
of the Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article X and Article XI (including
Section 11.04(c)), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent”
under the Loan Documents as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.


 


10.02. Rights
as a Lender. The Person serving as Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as
any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders”
shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Agent hereunder
in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor
or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other
Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders.


 


10.03. Exculpatory
Provisions. Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan
Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent:


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 90


     


    

 


(a) shall
not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;


 


(b) shall
not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers
expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing
by the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the
other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion
or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable
Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law
or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief
Law; and


 


(c) shall
not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for
the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the
Person serving as Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.


 


Agent shall not be
liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders or the Required Lenders,
as applicable (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as Agent shall believe in good faith
shall be necessary, under the circumstances provided in Sections 9.02 and 11.01), or (ii) in the absence of its own
gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment.
Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to
Agent by Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer.


 


Agent shall not be
responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection
with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder
or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or
other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness
or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction
of any condition set forth in Article V or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to
be delivered to Agent.


 


10.04. Reliance
by Administrative Agent. Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any
notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet
or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated
by the proper Person. Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been
made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition
hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must
be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such
Lender or the L/C Issuer unless Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the
making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower),
independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance
with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 91


     


    

 


10.05. Delegation
of Duties. Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other
Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by Agent. Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all
of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of
this Article shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to
their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities
as Agent. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court
of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct
in the selection of such sub-agents.


 


10.06. Resignation of Agent.


 


(a) Agent
may at any time give notice of its resignation to Lenders, the L/C Issuer and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation,
the Majority Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of Borrower (but no such consent shall be required if a Default
is then continuing), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any
such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and shall
have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as
shall be agreed by the Majority Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Agent
may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications
set forth above, subject to the consent of Borrower (but no such consent shall be required if a Default is then continuing). Whether
or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall nonetheless become effective (except that in the case of any collateral
security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold
such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective
Date.


 


(b) If
the Person serving as Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Majority Lenders may,
to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Agent and appoint
a successor, subject to the consent of Borrower (but no such consent shall be required if a Default is then continuing). If no
such successor shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or
such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Majority Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such
removal shall nonetheless become effective (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the
Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the removed Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a
successor Agent is appointed) in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.


 


(c) With
effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (1) the retiring or removed Agent shall
be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral
security held by Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the L/C Issuer under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Agent
shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (2) except for any indemnity
payments owed to the retiring or removed Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through
Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Majority Lenders and Borrower,
if applicable, appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment
as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of
the retiring or removed Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Agent), and the retiring
or removed Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not
already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the
same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed
Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section
11.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related
Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Agent was acting as
Agent.


 


(d) Any
resignation by Scotiabank as Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute its resignation as L/C Issuer, and additionally,
the L/C Issuer may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice to Agent, the Lenders and Borrower. After the resignation
of the L/C Issuer hereunder, the retiring L/C Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and
obligations of an L/C Issuer under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior
to such resignation, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit or to extend, renew or increase any existing
Letter of Credit, including, without limitation, any Letter of Credit with an auto-extend feature (for the avoidance of doubt,
the retiring L/C Issuer is authorized to notify each beneficiary of each Letter of Credit (in accordance with the terms of such
Letter of Credit) that any such Letter of Credit will not be renewed, extended or increased, automatically or otherwise). Upon
the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with
all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer, (b) the retiring L/C Issuer shall be discharged from
all of its respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (c) the successor L/C Issuer shall
issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other
arrangements satisfactory to the retiring L/C Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring L/C Issuer with respect
to such Letters of Credit.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 92


     


    

 


10.07. Non-Reliance
on Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance
upon Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that
it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents
and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action
under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.


 


10.08. No
Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no bookrunner, Arranger or other Lender holding a
title listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder.


 


10.09. Administrative
Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial
proceeding relative to any Loan Party, Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or L/C Obligation shall then be
due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any demand
on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:


 


(a) to
file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, L/C Obligations
and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order
to have the claims of Lenders, the L/C Issuer and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of Lenders, the L/C Issuer and Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due Lenders, the
L/C Issuer and Agent under Sections 2.03(i) and (j), 2.08 and 11.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding;
and


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 93


     


    

 


(b) to
collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;


 


and any custodian, receiver, assignee,
trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender
and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to Agent and, in the event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly
to Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Agent under Sections 2.09 and 11.04.


 


Nothing contained herein
shall be deemed to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize
Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.


 


10.10. Collateral and Guarantor Matters.


 


(a) Each
Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Agent to enter into the Collateral Documents for the benefit
of such Lender and the L/C Issuer. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance
thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth in Section 11.01, any action taken by the Majority
Lenders, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents, and the exercise by the Majority Lenders
of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized
and binding upon all of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer. Agent is hereby authorized (but not obligated) on behalf of all of the
Lenders and the L/C Issuer, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender or the L/C Issuer from time
to time prior to, an Event of Default, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Collateral Documents which may be necessary
to perfect and maintain perfected the Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.


 


(b) Each
Lender and the L/C Issuer (including in its capacities as a Cash Management Party and Swap Lender) hereby irrevocably authorize
Agent, at its option and in its discretion (and Agent hereby agrees in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) below),


 


(i) to
release any Lien on any property granted to or held by Agent under any Loan Document (A) upon (I) termination of the
Aggregate Commitments, (II) irrevocable payment in full in cash of all Obligations (other than (x) contingent indemnification
obligations and (y)  any other obligations or liabilities, which by their terms expressly survive the termination of the Loan
Documents), (III) the expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements
satisfactory to Agent and the L/C Issuer shall have been made) and (IV) the payment in full in cash of all Obligations arising
from the expiration, termination or unwinding of, or the novation to a financial institution which is not a Lender of, all then
existing Lender Swap Contracts (other than those as to which other arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Swap Lender shall
have been made) (the date upon which all of the matters described in the preceding subclauses (A)(I) through (A)(IV) of this
Section shall have occurred shall be herein called, the “Release Date”), (B) that is sold or to
be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (C) subject to Section 11.01,
if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders, (D) in connection with any foreclosure sale or other disposition
of Collateral after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or (E) which release is otherwise required by this Agreement;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 94


     


    

 


(ii) to
subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property
that is permitted by this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or if necessary, release such Lien; and


 


(iii) to
release any Guarantor from its obligation under any Guaranty of such Person if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result
of a transaction permitted hereunder.


 


Upon request by Agent at any time, each
Lender and the L/C Issuer will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular
types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 10.10.


 


(c) Subject
to (b) above, Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to) execute such documents as
may be necessary to evidence the release or subordination of the Liens granted to Agent for the benefit of Agent and Lenders and
the L/C Issuer herein or pursuant hereto upon the applicable Collateral; provided that (i) Agent shall not be required to execute
any such document on terms which, in Agent’s opinion, would expose Agent to or create any liability or entail any consequence
other than the release or subordination of such Liens without recourse or warranty and (ii) such release or subordination shall
not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Obligations or any Liens upon (or obligations of Borrower or any other Loan Party
in respect of) all interests retained by Borrower or any other Loan Party, including the proceeds of the sale, all of which shall
continue to constitute part of the Collateral. In the event of any sale or transfer of Collateral, or any foreclosure with respect
to any of the Collateral, Agent shall be authorized to deduct all expenses reasonably incurred by Agent from the proceeds of any
such sale, transfer or foreclosure.


 


(d) Agent
shall have no obligation whatsoever to any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other Person to assure that the Collateral exists or is
owned by Borrower or any other Loan Party or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to Agent herein or in
any of the Collateral Documents or pursuant hereto or thereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected,
protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner
or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent in this
Section 10.10 or in any of the Collateral Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or
any act, omission or event related thereto, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given
Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as one of Lenders and that Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to Lenders
or the L/C Issuer.


 


(e) Each
Lender and the L/C Issuer hereby appoints each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting Lenders’ and the L/C Issuer’s
security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC can be perfected only by possession. Should any Lender
or the L/C Issuer (other than Agent) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall notify Agent
thereof, and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Agent or in accordance with Agent’s
instructions.


 


(f) Agent
shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence,
value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate
prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to
monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 95


     


    

 


(g) The
Secured Parties further irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion, without the necessity
of any notice to or further consent from the Secured Parties, at the direction of the Majority Lenders, to credit bid and purchase
(either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) or Dispose of (or to consent to any such Disposition of) all or any
portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted by the Administrative Agent under the provisions of the UCC, including
pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the UCC, at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including
Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, or pursuant to any plan of reorganization, or at any sale or foreclosure conducted by the Administrative
Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with applicable Law.


 


10.11. Cash
Management Agreements and Swap Contracts. No Cash Management Party or Swap Lender that obtains the benefits of Section 9.03,
any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any
right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise
in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) or any amendment or waiver of this Agreement
or any other Loan Document, in each case other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly
provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X to the contrary, the Agent shall
not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations
arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Lender Swap Contracts unless the Agent has received written notice of such
Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Party or
Swap Lender, as the case may be.


 


10.12. Certain ERISA Matters.


 


(a) Each
Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date
such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, Agent
and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following
is and will be true:


 


(i) such
Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit
Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the
Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement,


 


(ii) the
transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by
independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company
general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts),
PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption
for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into,
participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,


 


(iii) (A)
such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI
of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into,
participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into,
participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies
the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements
of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration
of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 96


     


    

 


(iv) such
other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.


 


(b) In
addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender
has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause
(a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants,
from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit
of, Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that the Administrative
Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation
in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection
with the reservation or exercise of any rights by Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto
or thereto)


 


ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS


 


11.01. Amendments,
Etc. Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.07(a) or elsewhere in this Section 11.01, no
amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by
Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Borrower or the applicable
Loan Party, as the case may be, and the Majority Lenders and acknowledged by Agent, or signed by the Borrower or the
applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and the Agent with the consent of the Majority Lenders, and each such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided,
however, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:


 


(a) waive
any condition set forth in Section 5.01(a) without the written consent of each Lender; provided, however,
in the sole discretion of Agent, only a waiver by Agent shall be required with respect to immaterial matters or items specified
in Section 5.01(a)(iii) or (iv) with respect to which Borrower has given assurances satisfactory to Agent that such
items shall be delivered promptly following the Interim Facility Effective Date;


 


(b) extend
or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02) without the written
consent of such Lender;


 


(c) postpone
any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest,
fees or other amounts due to Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of
each Lender directly affected thereby;


 


(d) reduce
the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second
proviso to this Section 11.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the
written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of the Majority
Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of Borrower to
pay interest or L/C Fees at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein)
even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Borrowing or to reduce any fee
payable hereunder;


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 97


     


    

 


(e) change
Section 2.05, Section 2.12 or Section 9.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata terminations, reductions
or sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;


 


(f) change
any provision of this Section or the definition of “Majority Lenders” or “Required Lenders” or any other
provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder
or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; or


 


(g) release
any Guarantor from any Guaranty or release the Liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series
of related transactions except in accordance with the terms of any Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender;


 


and, provided further, that (i)
no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above,
affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any Issuer Document relating to any Letter of Credit issued
or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent in addition to the Lenders
required above, affect the rights or duties of Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iii) the Fee Letter
may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto; and (iv) nothing
contained in this Section 11.01 shall cause any waiver, amendment, modification or consent to any Lender Swap Contract or
Secured Cash Management Agreement to require the consent of the Majority Lenders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the
Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.


 


Notwithstanding the foregoing and any provision
in any Loan Document which requires the signatures of the Lenders, the Required Lenders or the Majority Lenders as a condition
to the effectiveness of an amendment or waiver with respect to such Loan Document, each Lender party hereto consents to the effectiveness
upon execution by Agent and the applicable Loan Party or Loan Parties of the Guaranty.


 


Notwithstanding anything herein or in any
Loan Document to the contrary, each Lender consents to each amendment, modification, supplement or waiver to (x) any Collateral
Document now or hereafter executed by the Borrower and Agent, which is executed and delivered in order to add Collateral pledged
pursuant to such Collateral Document, release any Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or update any schedules to such
Collateral Document, (y) any Loan Document now or hereafter executed by the Borrower and Agent which is executed and delivered
in order to cure an ambiguity, omission, mistake or defect in such Loan Document, or (z) Schedule 1.01 or Schedule 6.13
to the extent either schedule is delivered to Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.


 


Notwithstanding anything herein or in any
Loan Document to the contrary, the Majority Roll-Up Lenders may (without the consent of any other Lenders or the Agent), on behalf
of all Roll-Up Lenders, agree that the full amount of the Roll-Up Loans will not be required to be repaid in cash on the Termination
Date, but instead shall be treated in any manner approved by the Majority Roll-Up Lenders; provided that no such treatment shall
contradict the pro rata sharing provision of Section 2.12, or otherwise provide for any non-pro rata treatment without the
consent of all Roll-Up Lenders.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 98


     


    

 


If (1) conditions (I), (II) and (III) to
the Release Date have been satisfied other than payment in full of all Obligations arising under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of
the definition of the term “Obligations” and (2) no Loan Party has any outstanding Indebtedness, liability or obligations
in connection with a first lien revolving credit facility that are secured by a Lien on the Collateral (or any commitment relating
to any such revolving credit facility), other than (x) Obligations arising under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition
of the term “Obligations” and guaranties thereof and (y) contingent indemnification obligations under any such first
lien revolving credit facility, then (A) any reference to “Lenders” or “Majority Lenders” in this Agreement
or any other Loan Document with respect to rights to provide instructions to the Administrative Agent or other agents with respect
to enforcement against Collateral shall be deemed to be a reference to the Secured Parties to whom Obligations remain outstanding
and any voting shall be based upon the outstanding amount of such Obligations, and (B) any reference to “Events of Default”
as conditions precedent to such enforcement rights shall be deemed to be a reference to “events of default” or “termination
events,” howsoever described, under the outstanding Lender Swap Contracts or Secured Cash Management Agreements, as applicable.
The rights of the Secured Parties under Lender Swap Contracts and Secured Cash Management Agreements granted pursuant to clauses
(A) and (B) of the preceding sentence shall immediately terminate if (x) clause (1) of the preceding sentence is at any time not
true, or (y) both of the following conditions are fulfilled at any time: (I) clause (2) of the preceding sentence is at any time
not true, and (II) the Obligations owed to such Secured Parties are secured equally and ratably in the Collateral with the Indebtedness,
liabilities and obligations under such first lien revolving credit facility.


 


11.02. Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic
Communications.


 


(a) Notices
Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except
as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be
delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile or delivered by electronic
mail as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made
to the applicable telephone number, as follows:


 


(i) if
to Borrower, Agent or the L/C Issuer, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for
such Person on Schedule 11.02; and


 


(ii) if
to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative
Questionnaire.


 


Notices and other communications sent by
hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received;
notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during
normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day
for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection
(b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).


 


(b) Electronic
Communications. Notices and other communications to Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic
communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Agent, provided that the
foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the L/C Issuer pursuant to Article II if such Lender or the L/C Issuer,
as applicable has notified the Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication.
Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications
pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon
the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested”
function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet
or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described
in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address
therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice or other communication is not sent during the
normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business
on the next Business Day for the recipient.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 99


     


    

 


(c) The
Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW)
DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY
FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE
DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall Agent or any of
its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to Borrower, any Lender, the
L/C Issuer or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise)
arising out of Borrower’s or Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet and/or Platform, except
to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by
a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided,
however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to Borrower, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any other
Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).


 


(d) Change
of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrower, Agent and the L/C Issuer may change its address, facsimile or telephone number for notices
and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile or
telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to Borrower, Agent and the L/C Issuer. In addition,
each Lender agrees to notify Agent from time to time to ensure that Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name,
telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate
wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf
of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content
declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s
compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower
Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain
material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities
Laws.


 


(e) Reliance
by Agent. L/C Issuer and Lenders. Agent, the L/C Issuer and Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including
telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified
herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof,
as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. Borrower shall indemnify Agent, the L/C Issuer, each Lender
and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person
on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with
Agent may be recorded by Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 100


     


    

 


11.03. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies;
Enforcement. No failure by any Lender, the L/C Issuer or Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising,
any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of
any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right,
remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.


 


Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under
the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings
at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, Agent in accordance with Section 9.02
for the benefit of all the Lenders and the L/C Issuer; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) Agent from
exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents, (b) the L/C Issuer from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in
its capacity as L/C Issuer) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance
with Section 11.08 (subject to the terms of Section 2.12), or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing
and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law;
and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then
(i) the Majority Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 and (ii) in addition
to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.12, any Lender may,
with the consent of the Majority Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Majority Lenders.


 


11.04. Expenses; Indemnity; Damage
Waiver.


 


(a) Costs
and Expenses. Borrower shall pay, on a monthly basis (and in any event promptly following receipt of invoices in respect thereof),
without the requirement of prior Bankruptcy Court approval and whether incurred before or after the Petition Date, (i) all out
of pocket expenses incurred by Agent, Arranger and their Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of
counsel and the Financial Advisor for Agent and Arranger), in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases and the restructuring contemplated
by the Approved Plan of Reorganization, the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation,
execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers
of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii)
all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the L/C Issuer in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension
of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent, Arranger,
any Lender or the L/C Issuer (including engineering charges and the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel or the Financial
Advisor for Agent, Arranger, any Lender or the L/C Issuer), and shall pay all fees and time charges for attorneys who may be employees
of Agent, Arranger, any Lender or the L/C Issuer, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection
with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans
made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring
or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit. No attorney or advisor to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or
the L/C Issuer shall be required to file an application seeking compensation for services or reimbursement of expenses with the
Bankruptcy Court.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 101


     


    

 


(b) Indemnification
by the Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), Arranger, each Lender and the L/C Issuer, and
each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against,
and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees,
charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees
and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted
against any Indemnitee by any third party or by Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result
of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby
or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, or the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of Agent (and any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties
only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in Section
3.01), (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the
L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do
not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials
on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in
any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding
relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the
Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED
BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE; provided that
such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related
expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by Borrower or any other Loan Party
against an Indemnitee (other than the Agent) for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under
any other Loan Document, if Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim
as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Borrower shall also pay any civil penalty or fine assessed by OFAC against,
and all costs and expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof, by Agent and/or
the Lenders as a result of conduct by Borrower that violated a sanction enforced by OFAC. This Section 11.04(b). shall
not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.


 


(c) Reimbursement
by Lenders. To the extent that Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or
(b) of this Section to be paid by it to Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), Arranger, the L/C Issuer or any Related Party of any
of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to Agent (or any such sub-agent), Arranger, the L/C Issuer or such Related
Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed
expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted
by such Lender), provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense,
as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Agent (or any such sub-agent), Arranger or the L/C Issuer in its capacity
as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for Agent (or any such sub-agent) or L/C Issuer in connection
with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.11(c).


 


(d) Waiver
of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives,
any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed
to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or
any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit
or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from
the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee
through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 102


     


    

 


(e) Payments.
All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.


 


(f) Survival.
The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of Agent and the L/C Issuer, the replacement of any Lender, the termination
of the Aggregate Commitments and the occurrence of the Release Date.


 


11.05. Payments Set Aside.
To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Agent, the L/C Issuer or any Lender, or Agent, the L/C Issuer
or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently
invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into
by Agent, the L/C Issuer or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection
with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part
thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not
been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender and the L/C Issuer severally agrees to pay to Agent upon demand
its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by Agent, plus interest thereon from the
date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in
effect. The obligations of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment
in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.


 


11.06. Successors and Assigns.


 


(a) Successors
and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any
of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign
or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions
of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section,
or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and
any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or
implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted
hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby,
the Related Parties of each of the Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
by reason of this Agreement.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 103


     


    

 


(b) Assignments
by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations
in L/C Obligations) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:


 


(i) Minimum
Amounts.


 


(A) in
the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing
to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned;
and


 


(B) in
any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose
includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans
of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to
such assignment is delivered to Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the
Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless Agent otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld
or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments
from members of an Assignee Group to a single assignee (or to an assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as
a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met.


 


(ii) Proportionate
Amounts. (a) Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s
rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned and (b) each assignment of any
Lender’s Commitments and/or New Money Loans (including any partial assignment thereof) shall include an assignment in the
same proportion of such Lender’s Roll-Up Loans (and vice versa);


 


(iii) Required
Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section
and, in addition:


 


(A) [reserved];


 


(B) the
consent of Agent shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved
Fund with respect to such Lender; and


 


(C) the
consent of the L/C Issuer shall be required for any assignment that increases the obligation of the assignee to participate in
exposure under one or more Letters of Credit (whether or not then outstanding);


 


(iv) Assignment
and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with
a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that Agent may, in its sole discretion,
elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver
to Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.


 


(v) No
Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates
or Subsidiaries or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder,
would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B).


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 104


     


    

 


(vi) No
Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural person.


 


(vii) Certain
Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such
assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the
assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution
thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other
compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata
share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor
hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the
Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund
as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit in accordance with its Applicable
Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender
hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee
of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.


 


Subject to acceptance and recording thereof
by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each
Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest
assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning
Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations
under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and
obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits
of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, and 11.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to
the effective date of such assignment, provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties,
no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that
Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement
that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation
in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall
execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.


 


(c) Register.
The Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Agent’s office a copy of each
Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the
Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to
the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive
(absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register
pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.
The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 105


     


    

 


(d) Participations.
Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Agent, sell participations to any Person
(other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”)
in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment
and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s
obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties
hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer shall continue
to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.
For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 11.04(c) without regard to
the existence of any participation.


 


Any agreement or instrument
pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this
Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement
or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or
other modification described in the first proviso to Section 11.01 that would adversely affect the superpriority status
of the claims or Liens on the Collateral. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant
shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender
and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section and shall be subject to Section 11.07.
To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.08 as though it were
a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.12 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells
a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it
enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest
in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that
no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant
or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations
under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment,
loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.
The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose
name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding
any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent (in its capacity as Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining
a Participant Register.


 


(e) Limitations
upon Participant Rights. A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04
than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless
the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would
be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified
of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section
3.01(e) as though it were a Lender.


 


(f) Certain
Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement
(including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations
to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment
shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a
party hereto.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 106


     


    

 


(g) Reserved.


 


(h) Resignation
as L/C Issuer after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Scotiabank assigns
all of its Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Scotiabank may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower
and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint
from among the Lenders a successor L/C Issuer hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Borrower to appoint
any such successor shall affect the resignation of Scotiabank as L/C Issuer. If Scotiabank resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain
all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as
of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require
the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). Upon
the appointment of a successor L/C Issuer, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers,
privileges and duties of the retiring L/C Issuer, and (b) the successor L/C Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution
for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Scotiabank
to effectively assume the obligations of Scotiabank with respect to such Letters of Credit.


 


11.07. Treatment of Certain Information;
Confidentiality. Each of Agent, Lenders and the L/C Issuer agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as
defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood
that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed
to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, purporting to have jurisdiction
over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d)
to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any
action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder,
(f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section in favor of Borrower, to (i)
any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this
Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its Related Parties) to any swap or derivative or other transaction
under which payments are to be made by reference to Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (g) with
the consent of Borrower, (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach
of this Section or (y) becomes available to Agent, any Lender, the L/C Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates on a
nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrower, or (i) on a confidential basis to (x) any rating agency in connection
with rating Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Loans, or (y) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with
the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Loans. For purposes of this Section, “Information”
means all information received from or on behalf of Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary or any
of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to Agent, any Lender or the L/C Issuer on a
nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of Information received
after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
“Information” shall not include, and Agent and each Lender may disclose without limitation of any kind, any information
with respect to “tax treatment” and “tax structure” (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations
Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses)
that are provided to Agent or such Lender relating to such tax treatment and tax structure; provided that with respect to any
document or similar item that in either case contains information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction
as well as other information, this sentence shall apply only to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the
tax treatment or tax structure of the Loans, Letters of Credit and transactions contemplated hereby. Any Person required to maintain
the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do
so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would
accord to its own confidential information. Each of Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that (a) the Information
may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed
compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information
in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.


 


11.08. Right of Setoff. If
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the L/C Issuer and each of their respective Affiliates
is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of Agent, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final,
in whatever currency, but excluding deposits held in any account designated as a fiduciary account) at any time held and other
obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate to or for the credit
or the account of Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of Borrower or such Loan Party now or
hereafter existing under this Agreement (including without limitation obligations under Swap Contracts) or any other Loan Document
to such Lender or the L/C Issuer or any such Affiliate, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or the L/C Issuer shall have
made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of Borrower or such Loan Party may
be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or the L/C Issuer different from the branch or office
holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall
exercise any such right of set-off, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Agent for further application
in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting
Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Agent, the L/C Issuer, and the Lenders, and (y) the
Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such
Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of set-off. The rights of each Lender, the L/C Issuer and their respective
Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender,
the L/C Issuer or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer agrees to notify Borrower and Agent promptly
after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such
setoff and application.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 107


     


    

 


11.09. Interest Rate Limitation.
It is the intention of the parties hereto to conform strictly to Applicable Usury Laws regarding the use, forbearance or detention
of the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents, whether such Laws are now or hereafter
in effect, including the Laws of the United States of America or any other jurisdiction whose Laws are applicable, and including
any subsequent revisions to or judicial interpretations of those Laws, in each case to the extent they are applicable to this
Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan Documents (the “Applicable Usury Laws”). Accordingly, if any
acceleration of the maturity of the Notes or any payment by Borrower or any other Person produces a rate in excess of the Maximum
Amount or otherwise results in Borrower or such other Person being deemed to have paid any interest in excess of the Maximum Amount,
or if Agent or any of the Lenders shall for any reason receive any unearned interest in violation of any Applicable Usury Laws,
or if any transaction contemplated hereby would otherwise be usurious under any Applicable Usury Laws, then, in that event, regardless
of any provision contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or other agreement or instrument executed or delivered
in connection herewith, the provisions of this Section 11.09 shall govern and control, and neither Borrower nor any other
Person shall be obligated to pay, or apply in any manner to, any amount that would be excessive interest. Agent or the Lenders
shall never be deemed to have contracted for or be entitled to receive, collect, charge, reserve or apply as interest on any Loan
(whether termed interest therein or deemed to be interest by judicial determination or operation of law), any amount in excess
of the Maximum Amount, and, in the event that Agent or any of the Lenders ever receive, collect, or apply as interest any such
excess, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be applied as a partial prepayment of principal and treated hereunder
as such, and, if the principal amount of the applicable Loans are paid in full, any remaining excess shall forthwith be paid to
Borrower. In determining whether or not the interest contracted for, received, collected, charged reserved, paid or payable, including
under any specific contingency, exceeds the Maximum Amount, Borrower, Agent and the Lenders shall, to the maximum extent permitted
under applicable law, (i) characterize any non-principal payment (other than payments which are expressly designated as interest
payments hereunder) as an expense or fee rather than as interest, (ii) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effect thereof, and
(iii) amortize and spread the total amount of interest throughout the entire stated term of the Loans so that the interest rate
is uniform throughout such term; provided that if the Loans are paid in full prior to the end of the full contemplated term hereof,
and if the interest received for the actual period of existence thereof exceeds the Maximum Amount, if any, then Agent or the
Lenders shall refund to Borrower the amount of such excess, or credit the amount of such excess against the aggregate unpaid principal
balance of all Loans made by Agent or the Lenders. As used herein, the term “Maximum Amount” means the
maximum nonusurious amount of interest which may be lawfully contracted for, reserved, charged, collected or received by Agent
or such Lender in connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement, the Notes and other Loan Documents under all Applicable
Usury Laws, and the term “Maximum Rate” has a corresponding meaning. Texas Finance Code, Chapter 346,
which regulates certain revolving loan accounts and revolving tri-party accounts, shall not apply to any revolving loan accounts
created under, or apply in any manner to, the Notes, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.


 


11.10. Counterparts; Integration;
Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts),
each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement
and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede
any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any
conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall
control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders
in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation
of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with
the fair meaning thereof; provided further that in the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of the
Loan Documents and the DIP Order, the provisions of the DIP Order shall govern and control. Except as provided in Section 5.01,
this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Agent and when Agent shall have received counterparts
hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart
of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging means (including PDF) shall be effective as delivery
of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.


 


11.11. Survival of Representations
and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered
pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.
Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation
made by Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of
any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect until the Release Date.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 108


     


    

 


11.12. Severability. If any
provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity
and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired
thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions
with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable
provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision
in any other jurisdiction.


 


11.13. Legal Representation of Agent.
In connection with the negotiation, drafting and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or in connection with
future legal representation relating to loan administration, amendments, modifications, waivers, or enforcement of remedies, Winstead
PC only has represented and only shall represent Scotiabank in its capacity as Agent and as a Lender. Each other Lender hereby
acknowledges that Winstead PC does not represent it in connection with any such matters.


 


11.14. Replacement of Lenders.
If any Lender is a Defaulting Lender,


 


then Borrower may,
at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and/or Participant and the Agent, require such Lender and/or Participant
to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required
by, Section 11.06), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 3.01
or Section 3.04) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall
assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:


 


(a) Borrower
shall have paid to the Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 11.06(b);


 


(b) such
Lender and/or Participant shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and L/C Advances,
accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including
any amounts under Section 3.05) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and
fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);


 


(c) in
the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to
be made pursuant to Section 3.01, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
and


 


(d) such
assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.


 


A Lender or Participant
shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or Participant
or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, a Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if such Lender (or its Affiliate) is a Swap
Lender with any outstanding Lender Swap Contract, unless on the date thereof or prior thereto, all such Lender Swap Contracts have
been terminated or novated to another Person and such Lender (or its Affiliate) shall have received payment of all amounts, if
any, payable to it in connection with such termination or novation.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 109


     


    

 


11.15. Governing
Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.


 


(a) GOVERNING
LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


 


(b) SUBMISSION
TO JURISDICTION. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY,
TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT AND IF THE BANKRUPTCY COURT DOES NOT HAVE (OR ABSTAINS FROM) JURISDICTION,
THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT
OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT
OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY
AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR,
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT
IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY
OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT AGENT, ANY LENDER
OR THE L/C ISSUER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST
THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.


 


(c) WAIVER
OF VENUE. THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF
THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT
FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.


 


(d) SERVICE
OF PROCESS. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.02.
NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW.


 


11.16. Waiver
of Right to Trial by Jury. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY
OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND
(B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 110


     


    

 


11.17. USA PATRIOT
Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the PATRIOT Act (as hereinafter defined) and Agent (for itself and not on behalf
of any Lender) hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56
(signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “PATRIOT Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record
information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will
allow such Lender or Agent, as applicable, to identify Borrower in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. Borrower shall, promptly following
a request by Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that Agent or such Lender requests in order
to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer,” Beneficial Ownership Regulation
and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the PATRIOT Act.


 


11.18. No Advisory
or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection
with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges
and agrees that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by Agent and the Arranger, are arm’s-length
commercial transactions between Borrower and each other Loan Party, on the one hand, and Agent and the Arranger, on the other
hand, (B) each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to
the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) Borrower and each other Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and
accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A)
Agent and the Arranger, each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant
parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for Borrower, any other Loan Party, or
any other Person and (B) neither Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to Borrower and any other Loan Party with respect
to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and
(iii) Agent and the Arranger and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests
that differ from those of Borrower, the other Loan Parties, and neither Agent nor the Arranger has any obligation to disclose
any of such interests to Borrower or any other Loan Party. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Borrower and the other
Loan Parties hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against Agent and the Arranger with respect to any breach
or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.


 


11.19. Electronic
Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words
of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents)
shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same
legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as
the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global
and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state Laws based on
the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.


 


11.20. Concerning
Swap Contracts. Until the Release Date, the benefit of the Collateral Documents and of the provisions of this Agreement
relating to any collateral securing the Obligations shall also extend to and be available to any Swap Lenders which are counterparties
to any Lender Swap Contract on a pro rata basis in respect of any obligations of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
which arise under any such Lender Swap Contract; provided the benefits of this Agreement shall not apply to, and the Collateral
Documents shall not secure, trades, confirmations and swap transactions which are entered into after such Lender ceases to be
a Lender or such Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate of such Lender under this Agreement. No Swap Lender shall have any voting
rights under any Loan Document as a result of the existence of obligations owed to it under any such Lender Swap Contract, except
with respect to Collateral to the extent, and only to the extent, set forth in the final paragraph of Section 11.01. All
Lender Swap Contracts, if any, are independent agreements governed by the written provisions of said Lender Swap Contracts, which
will remain in full force and effect, unaffected by any repayment, prepayment, acceleration, reduction, increase or change in
the terms of the Loan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided in said Lender Swap Contract, and any payoff statement
from any Lender relating to this Agreement shall not apply to said Lender Swap Contracts except as otherwise expressly provided
in such payoff statement.


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 111


     


    

 


11.21. Concerning
Cash Management Agreements. Until the Release Date, the benefit of the Collateral Documents and the provisions of this
Agreement relating to any collateral securing the Obligations shall also extend to and be available to any Cash Management Party
which is a party to a Secured Cash Management Agreement on a pro rata basis in respect of any obligations of Borrower or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries which may arise thereunder. The benefits of this Agreement shall not apply to, and the Collateral
Documents shall not secure, the Cash Management Obligations of any Cash Management Party that ceases to be a Lender or an Affiliate
of a Lender under this Agreement. No Cash Management Party shall have any voting rights under any Loan Document as a result of
the existence of obligations owed to it under any Secured Cash Management Agreement, except with respect to Collateral to the
extent, and only to the extent, set forth in the final paragraph of Section 11.01. All Secured Cash Management Agreements,
if any, are independent agreements governed by the written provisions of said Secured Cash Management Agreement, which remain
in full force and effect, unaffected by any repayment, prepayment, acceleration, reduction, increase or change in the terms of
the Loan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided in said Secured Cash Management Agreement. Any payoff statement
from any Lender relating to this Agreement shall not apply to a Secured Cash Management Agreement, except as otherwise expressly
provided in said payoff statement.


 


11.22. Time
of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.


 


11.23. Entire
Agreement. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL
AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.


 


11.24. Excluded
Swap Obligations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Obligations guaranteed
by any Guarantor, or secured by the grant of any Lien by such Guarantor under any Collateral Document, shall exclude all Excluded
Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor.


 


11.25. Acknowledgement
and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document
or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability
of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject
to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and
agrees to be bound by:


 


(a) the
application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder
which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 112


     


    

 


(b) the
effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:


 


(i) a
reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;


 


(ii) a
conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution,
its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or
other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement
or any other Loan Document; or


 


(iii) the
variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable
Resolution Authority.


 


11.26. Acknowledgement
Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise,
for Swap Contracts or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”
and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the
resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special
Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable
notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of
New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):


 


In the event a Covered
Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under
a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest
and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC
or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under
the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights
in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a
BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under
the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such
Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special
Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the
United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect
to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit
Support.


 


11.27. Cashless
Settlement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may exchange, continue or
rollover all or a portion of its Loans in connection with any amendment, repayment, refinancing, incremental, extension, loan
modification or similar transaction permitted by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to a cashless settlement mechanism approved
by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender and such cashless settlement shall be deemed to comply with any requirement
hereunder or any other Loan Document or the DIP Order that such payment be made “in dollars,” “in immediately
available funds,” “in cash” or any similar concept.


 


[This space is left intentionally
blank. Signature pages follow.]


 






    CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 113


     


    

 


EXHIBIT
F


 


Exit
Facility Term Sheet


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Exhibit F to Restructuring Support Agreement


 






     


     


    

 


Summary of Indicative Terms and Conditions


Gulfport Energy Corporation


$1.5 Billion Senior Secured Credit Facilities


 


This Summary of Indicative Terms and
Conditions (“Summary”) is for convenience of reference, shall not be considered to be exhaustive as to the final
terms and conditions and does not attempt to describe all of the terms, conditions and requirements that would pertain to the transactions
described herein, but rather is intended to outline certain items around which the transactions will be structured. Terms and conditions
herein may be subject to change pending discussions with the Borrower. This Summary is for the confidential use of the Borrower
and is not to be disclosed to any other third party without the prior consent of The Bank of Nova Scotia. Any agreement to provide
the Facilities (as defined below) described herein will be subject to definitive documentation satisfactory to the Agent and the
Lenders, each acting in its sole discretion, and approval from each such person’s internal credit committees.


 


	Prepetition Facility:	 	The senior secured credit facility under that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Prepetition Facility”), dated as of December 27, 2013, by and among Gulfport Energy Corporation, as the borrower (together with its affiliate Chapter 11 debtors, the “Debtors”), the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “Prepetition Lenders”) and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
	 	 	 
	Plan:	 	The Debtors shall seek confirmation of a chapter 11 plan (the “Plan”) in connection with the voluntary cases to be commenced by the Debtors in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division (the “Bankruptcy Court”), which Plan shall (a) be consistent in all respects with this Summary and the Support Agreement, (b) give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Term Sheet and the Agreement, and (c) otherwise be in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Consenting Stakeholders (as defined below).
	 	 	 
	Restructuring Support Agreement:	 	The Debtors, the Consenting RBL Lenders and the Consenting Noteholders (each as defined therein) shall enter into a restructuring support agreement to which this term sheet is attached as an exhibit (including all exhibits thereto, the “Support Agreement”), which agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Consenting Stakeholders and consistent in all respects with the terms provided for herein.
	 	 	 
	Required Consenting Stakeholders:	 	“Required Consenting Stakeholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the Support Agreement.
	 	 	 
	DIP Facility:	 	The credit facility evidenced by that certain Senior Secured Super-Priority Debtor-In-Possession Credit Agreement (the “DIP Facility”), to be entered into by and among Gulfport Energy Corporation, as borrower, the lenders party thereto from time to time and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent, which agreement shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Required Consenting Stakeholders and consistent in all respects with the terms provided for herein.
	 	 	 
	Borrower:	 	Gulfport Energy Corporation, as reorganized pursuant to the Plan and the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan, which order shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Arrangers (the “Confirmation Order”).


 




    	 	1	 



     


    

 


	Guarantors:	 	All the direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries (as defined below) of the Borrower, including those, if any, that will exist at closing or that are formed or acquired during the term of the Facilities (hereafter defined) (the subsidiary guarantors of the Borrower and the Borrower are hereinafter referred to as the “Loan Parties”), subject to certain exceptions to be agreed, including exceptions for immaterial subsidiaries and unrestricted subsidiaries, including certain subsidiaries of Grizzly Holdings, Inc. (the “Grizzly Subsidiaries”).  All guarantees shall be guarantees of payment and not of collection. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Facilities will be secured by each subsidiary of the Borrower that provides a guarantee in respect of the Take-Back Notes (as defined below).
	 	 	 
	Joint Lead Arrangers & Book Runners:	 	The Bank of Nova Scotia (the “Lead Arranger”) and other joint lead arrangers and book runners to be mutually agreed (the “Arrangers”).
	 	 	 
	Administrative Agent:	 	The Bank of Nova Scotia (“Scotiabank” and in such capacity, the “Agent”).
	 	 	 
	LC Issuer:	 	Scotiabank and any other Lender so designated by the Borrower from time to time that agrees to act in such capacity and is reasonably acceptable to the Agent (in such capacity, the “LC Issuer”).
	 	 	 
	Lenders:	 	Initially, the lenders in the Revolving Credit Facility and the First-Out Term Loan Facility will be each DIP Lender and each Prepetition Lender holding Loans under the Prepetition Facility that elects to participate in the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) and the lenders in the Second-Out Term Loan Facility will be each Prepetition Lender holding Loans under the Prepetition Facility that does not elect to participate in the Revolving Credit Facility (collectively, and together with any party that becomes a lender by assignment, the “Lenders”).
	 	 	 
	Credit Facilities:	 	Three-Year Senior Secured Credit Facilities, consisting of (a) a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), in an initial amount equal to $400,000,000, under which availability is limited to the lesser of (i) $1.5 billion (the “Maximum Facility Amount”) minus the outstanding principal amount of the First-Out Term Loan Facility (as defined below) and the Second-Out Term Loan Facility (as defined below), (ii) the Borrowing Base (hereafter defined) in effect from time to time minus the outstanding principal amount of the First-Out Term Loan Facility and the Second-Out Term Loan Facility, and (iii) the aggregate elected commitment amounts of the lenders, which will be initially set at $400,000,000 (the “Aggregate Commitments”), (b) a senior secured term loan facility (the “First-Out Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate amount equal to $180,000,000 (the loans thereunder, the “First-Out Term Loans”) and (c) if necessary, a last-out senior secured term loan facility (the “Second-Out Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility and the First-Out Term Loan Facility, the “Facilities”).  The First-Out Term Loan Facility shall be secured on a pari passu basis with the Revolving Credit Facility and shall be pari passu in payment priority. The Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall be secured on a pari passu basis with the Revolving Credit Facility on a “last-out” basis of payment priority.
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Borrowing Base will be set initially at $580,000,000.  
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Revolving Credit Facility shall provide that the Borrower will have the right to increase the commitments of Lenders from time to time up to the full amount of the Borrowing Base then in effect minus the outstanding principal amount of the First-Out Term Loan Facility and the Second-Out Term Loan Facility, on terms and conditions to be mutually agreed; provided that no Lender’s commitment shall be increased without its consent. 



 



    	 	2	 



     


    

 


	 	 	Without limiting the payment priority set forth in the mandatory and optional prepayment provisions below, all proceeds of Collateral (as defined below) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be allocated first, to pay all amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, the First-Out Term Loan Facility (in each case including, without limitation, interest, principal, fees and cash-collateralization of Letters of Credit (as defined below)), Secured Hedging Transactions and Secured Cash Management Obligations, and, second, to pay amounts outstanding under the Second-Out Term Loan Facility.
	 	 	 
	 	 	Any assignment under the First-Out Term Loan Facility shall be required to include a proportional amount of the Revolving Credit Facility and vice versa.
	 	 	 
	Purpose:	 	All amounts due and owing to the Secured Parties under the Prepetition Facility and the DIP Facility (including, but not limited to, any principal, interest, fees, non-contingent expense reimbursement or indemnification obligations owed to the Secured Parties pursuant to the Prepetition Facility and the DIP Facility and related loan documents and any other “Obligations” under the Prepetition Facility and the DIP Facility, but excluding outstanding letters of credit under the Prepetition Facility or DIP Facility that will be deemed issued under the Revolving Credit Facility) shall be repaid (or deemed repaid) in full with the incurrence of loans under the Facilities on the Closing Date.
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Facilities will be available (a) to provide for the issuance of Letters of Credit, (b) to pay fees, commissions and expenses in connection with the Facilities, (c) to finance ongoing working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes (including financing permitted acquisitions of oil and gas properties and other assets related to the exploration, production and development of oil and gas properties) and (d) for permitted investments and other permitted payments; provided that the Borrower will not use any proceeds for the purpose of purchasing or carrying, directly or indirectly, any margin stock or for any other purpose which would constitute this transaction a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activity with any sanctioned person or in any sanctioned country.
	 	 	 
	Commitment Reduction:	 	The Aggregate Commitments may be reduced by the Borrower, in a minimum reduction amount (and integral multiple thereof) to be mutually agreed in accordance with the Documentation Principles.
	 	 	 
	Letters of Credit:	 	The Revolving Credit Facility shall include a sublimit for letters of credit issued by the LC Issuer (the “Letters of Credit”), which may be used for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, in an amount not to exceed $100 million; provided that such amount may be increased to $150 million with the consent of the Agent and the LC Issuer.  Availability under the Revolving Credit Facility shall be reduced by the amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding.  No Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date after the earlier of (a) one year after the date of issuance or last extension, unless satisfactorily collateralized or backstopped in the LC Issuer’s sole discretion and (b) five business days prior to the Maturity Date (defined herein) (or, if such day is not a business day, the next preceding business day), unless the LC Issuer has approved such expiry date; provided, that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (b) above); provided, further, that any such renewal must permit the LC Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.



 



    	 	3	 



     


    

 


	 	 	Drawings under any Letter of Credit shall be reimbursed by the Borrower (whether with its own funds or with the proceeds of loans) after notice of drawing pursuant to the Documentation Principles.  To the extent that the Borrower does not reimburse the LC Issuer by such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on such date of drawing in an amount equal to the unreimbursed amount.
	 	 	 
	 	 	Letters of credit issued under the Prepetition Facility or the DIP Facility that remain undrawn on the Closing Date shall be rolled into and automatically be deemed to be issued and outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility.
	 	 	 
	Pricing, Fees and Interest Rates:	 	As outlined in Addendum I.
	 	 	 
	Borrowing Base:	 	The Borrowing Base (“Borrowing Base”) shall be based on the loan value assigned by the Agent and the Lenders to the proved reserves attributable to the Loan Parties’ oil and gas properties. The Borrowing Base shall be redetermined (a) on May 1 of each year (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practical) based on the previous January 1 reserve report prepared by an independent engineering firm reasonably acceptable to the Agent (each an “Independent Engineering Firm”) and (b) on November 1 of each year (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practical) based on the previous July 1 reserve report prepared internally by petroleum engineers who are employees of the Borrower or its subsidiaries. The first scheduled Borrowing Base redetermination will be on November 1, 2021 (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practical), based on the reserve report required to be delivered on October 1, 2021. Following the first scheduled Borrowing Base redetermination, the Borrower and the Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) shall each have the right to request one additional Borrowing Base redetermination during each period between scheduled redeterminations.  Any increase in the Borrowing Base from a redetermination (including any unscheduled redetermination) shall require approval of all Lenders. Any decrease or reaffirmation of an existing Borrowing Base shall require approval of the Required Lenders including the Agent. The Borrower may also request an interim redetermination in connection with an acquisition or in advance of such acquisition (including in connection with the designation of an unrestricted subsidiary as a restricted subsidiary or transfer from a joint venture) of proved oil and gas reserves with an aggregate value exceeding five percent (5%) of the Borrowing Base then in effect (provided that the Borrower shall have the option to only provide a reserve report or other engineering data reasonably acceptable to the Agent in respect of the acquired properties (in which case the most recent reserve report shall be used for the existing properties)).  A Lender that fails to respond shall be deemed to disapprove of an increase to the Borrowing Base and approve the reaffirmation or reduction to the Borrowing Base.
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Borrowing Base shall be proposed by the Agent and approved or deemed approved by the requisite Lenders as provided above.  Each determination of the Borrowing Base shall be made by the Agent and each Lender in good faith in accordance with its respective usual and customary oil and gas lending criteria as it exists at the particular time as determined by the Agent or such Lender in its sole discretion, which shall include consideration of the most recent Reserve Report supplied by the Borrower, prepared according to the reporting covenants to be set forth in the Loan Documents (as defined below), and in compliance with each such persons’ usual and customary procedures for evaluating the collateral value of oil and gas interests and related assets and including adjustments to reflect the effect of the Loan Parties’ hedging activities as they exist at the time of redetermination.



 



    	 	4	 



     


    

 


	 	 	Additionally, the Borrowing Base will be automatically reduced, unless waived by the Required Lenders, if the Borrower or any subsidiary (i) sells, transfers or otherwise disposes of assets included in the most recent Borrowing Base or (ii) amends, terminates or unwinds commodity hedges and the value attributable to disposed assets or hedge amendments, terminations or unwinds exceeds, individually or in the aggregate when combined with all such other asset dispositions and amended, terminated, or unwound commodity hedges since the last redetermination, five percent (5.0%) of the then-effective Borrowing Base, then the Borrowing Base will be reduced by an amount equal to the Borrowing Base value contributed by such assets and/or such hedging agreements (in each case, as determined by the Agent and approved by the Required Lenders). 
	 	 	 
	Maturity Date and Amortization:	 	The Revolving Credit Facility shall mature on the date falling three years after the Closing Date. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	The First-Out Term Loan Facility shall mature on the date falling three years after the Closing Date and will amortize with quarterly installments in an amount equal to $15.0 million, commencing on the date that is numerically equivalent to the Closing Date and occurring three months after the Closing Date. Any amounts applied as a permitted prepayment of the First-Out Term Loans shall be applied as a credit against the immediately succeeding amortization installment, or installments (as the case may be) in direct order of maturity.
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall mature on the date falling 42 months after the Closing Date.
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Revolving Credit Facility and the Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall not be subject to amortization.
	 	 	 
	Closing:	 	The date upon which all conditions precedent to the closing of the Facilities are satisfied (the “Closing Date”).
	 	 	 
	Voluntary Prepayments:	 	Voluntary prepayments of loans under the Revolving Credit Facility are permitted (subject to payment of customary applicable breakage costs, if any) in minimum amounts and with prior notice to be mutually agreed.
	 	 	 
	 	 	Voluntary prepayments of the First-Out Term Loans are permitted (subject to payment of customary applicable breakage costs, if any); provided that (A) no Revolving Loans are outstanding and any Letters of Credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility have been cash collateralized in full, in each case on a pro forma basis for such prepayment, (B) the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with the applicable Financial Covenants after giving pro forma effect to such prepayment (unless such prepayment contemporaneously is a First-Out Payment in Full) and (C) no default or event of default exists or would result from such prepayment.
	 	 	 
	 	 	Voluntary prepayments of the Second-Out Term Loan Facility (if any) are permitted (subject to payment of customary applicable breakage costs, if any); provided that First-Out Payment in Full (as defined below) has occurred.



 



    	 	5	 



     


    

 


	Mandatory Repayment:	 	To the extent the total revolving credit exposures exceeds the Aggregate Commitment, then the Borrower shall immediately prepay the borrowings on such date in an aggregate principal amount equal to such excess.
	 	 	 
	 	 	To the extent the total credit exposures under the Revolving Credit Facility, the First-Out Term Loan Facility and the Second-Out Term Loan Facility exceed the Borrowing Base, a “Borrowing Base Deficiency” shall exist.  If a Borrowing Base Deficiency arises the Borrower shall, within 10 business days after being notified of the deficiency by the Agent, notify the Agent that it intends to take one or more of the following actions: (a) within 30 days after such election, prepay the Borrowing Base Deficiency in an aggregate principal amount equal to such excess, (b) prepay the Borrowing Base Deficiency in 6 equal monthly payments beginning on the 30th day after the Borrower’s receipt of notice of such Borrowing Base Deficiency from the Agent or (c) within 30 days after such election provide additional engineering information, subject to Required Lender approval, with respect to additional Borrowing Base Properties (as defined below) not previously included in a reserve report, and additional mortgages satisfactory to the Agent to the extent necessary to eliminate such Borrowing Base Deficiency; provided, in each case, that any such Borrowing Base Deficiency must be cured on or prior to the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility, and once a Borrowing Base Deficiency is cured, the Borrower shall not be required to continue to take such actions.  If the Borrower fails to deliver such election within 10 business days, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to take the actions set forth in clause (b) above.
	 	 	 
	 	 	If a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists as a result of a sale or other disposition of properties or pursuant to the termination of swap agreements or during an Event of Default (hereafter defined), the Borrower shall, to the extent of any Borrowing Base Deficiency arising on account thereof, to the extent applicable, immediately prepay the borrowings with (a) the net cash proceeds received from such sales or other dispositions of properties and (b) the proceeds received pursuant to the termination of such swap agreements.
	 	 	 
	 	 	If the Loan Parties and their subsidiaries have Excess Cash (as defined below) in excess of $30,000,000 in the aggregate (with an additional basket available for expenses projected in good faith to be paid in the following 5 business days, not to exceed $30,000,000) on Thursday of each week, then the Borrower shall immediately prepay the borrowings in an amount equal to such excess. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	Upon the issuance of permitted unsecured senior or senior subordinated indebtedness after the Closing Date, the Borrowing Base shall be automatically reduced by $0.25 for every $1.00 of such indebtedness, and to the extent a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists as a result thereof, the Borrower shall, to the extent of any Borrowing Base Deficiency arising on account thereof, prepay the borrowings with the net cash proceeds of such indebtedness.
	 	 	 
	 	 	Each prepayment described in this section shall be applied first to the Revolving Loans until the Revolving Loans have been repaid in full and any Letters of Credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility have been cash collateralized in full, and second to the First-Out Term Loans, without premium or penalty or LIBOR breakage costs, as mutually agreed.


 




    	 	6	 



     


    

 


	 	 	After (i) indefeasible payment or satisfaction in full, in cash, of the Revolving Loans and other obligations outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and the termination of commitments in respect thereof, (ii) cash collateralization (or other arrangement satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank) of Letters of Credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility, (iii)  cash collateralization (or other arrangement satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank) of Secured Hedging Obligations, (iv) cash collateralization (or other arrangement satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank) of Secured Cash Management Obligations and (v) the First-Out Term Loans under the First-Out Term Loan Facility (collectively the “First-Out Payment in Full”), the Second-Out Term Loans under the Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall be prepaid, without premium or penalty or LIBOR breakage costs, as mutually agreed.
	 	 	 
	 	 	“Excess Cash” means, as of any date of determination, cash and cash equivalents of the Loan Parties other than (a) any cash allocated for, reserved or otherwise set aside to pay royalty obligations, working interest obligations, vendor payments, suspense payments, similar payments as are customary in the oil and gas industry, severance and ad valorem taxes, payroll, payroll taxes, other taxes, and employee wage and benefit payment obligations of the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary then due and owing (or to be due and owing within five (5) business days of such date) and for which the Borrower or such restricted subsidiary either (x) has issued checks or has initiated wires or ACH transfers or (y) reasonably anticipates in good faith that it will issue checks or initiate wires or ACH transfers within five (5) business days of such date, (b) any cash allocated for, reserved or otherwise set aside to pay other amounts permitted to be paid by the Borrower or its restricted subsidiaries in accordance with the Revolving Credit Facility and other Loan Documents due and owing as of such date (or to be due and owing within five (5) business days of such date) to persons who are not affiliates of the Loan Parties and for which obligations the Borrower or any of its restricted subsidiaries have (x) issued checks or have initiated wires or ACH transfers or (y) reasonably anticipates in good faith that it will issue checks or initiate wires or ACH transfers within five (5) business days of such date,  (c) any cash of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries constituting pledges and/or deposits securing any binding and enforceable purchase and sale agreement with any persons who are not affiliates of the Loan Parties, in each case to the extent permitted by the Revolving Credit Facility, (d) cash deposited with the L/C Issuer to cash collateralize Letters of Credit, and (e) any amounts in an Excluded Account that is an Excluded Account solely because in the aggregate all such Excluded Accounts do not have a balance greater than $2,500,000.
	 	 	 
	Collateral:	 	Mortgages on not less than 95% of the discounted present value of proved reserves associated with the oil and gas properties included in the most recently delivered reserve report (such reserves and other applicable oil and gas properties of the Loan Parties, the “Borrowing Base Properties”), currently owned and thereafter acquired by the Loan Parties, and a first priority security interest (subject to permitted liens to be agreed upon) on (a) all of the capital stock, membership interest and partnership interest owned by a Loan Party, (b) all deposit accounts and securities accounts of the Loan Parties (excluding only accounts that are accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes or other employee wage and benefit payments, accounts exclusively holding assets subject to an escrow or purchase price adjustment mechanism, segregated accounts, the balance of which consists exclusively of funds due and owing to unaffiliated third parties in connection with royalty payment obligations owed to such third parties, or working interest payments received from unaffiliated third parties, solely to the extent such amounts constitute property of such third party held in trust, accounts having balances not greater than $2,500,000 in the aggregate for all such accounts, and the Professional Escrow Account (as defined in the Plan of Reorganization) (all such accounts, “Excluded Accounts”)) and (c) substantially all other personal property of the Loan Parties, including operating equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, contract rights, general intangibles and all products, proceeds and other interests relating to the ownership, operation and/or production of oil and gas properties (the “Collateral”). 



 



    	 	7	 



     


    

 


	 	 	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Collateral shall exclude the following: (i) any real property (owned or leased) other than oil and gas properties, (ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (in each case, except to the extent the security interest in such assets can be perfected by the filing of an “all assets” UCC-1), (iii) those assets over which the granting of security interests in such assets would be prohibited by contract (to the extent such assets are the subject of such contract) (including permitted liens, leases and licenses), applicable law or regulation (in each case, except to the extent such prohibition is unenforceable after giving effect to applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, other than proceeds thereof), (iv) except as required pursuant to clause (i) above, any foreign collateral or credit support, (v) those assets as to which the Agent and the Borrower reasonably determine that the cost of obtaining such a security interest or perfection thereof are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Lenders of the security to be afforded thereby, and (vi) other exceptions to be mutually agreed.  The foregoing described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) are, collectively, the “Excluded Assets”.
	 	 	 
	 	 	In addition to all obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents (hereafter defined), the Collateral will also secure, on a pari passu basis with the Revolving Credit Facility all commodity and interest rate hedging transactions entered into by the Borrower with a counterparty that was a Lender or affiliate of a Lender at the time such hedging transactions were entered into or thereafter (including outstanding hedging transactions under the Prepetition Facility entered into with a Lender or affiliate of a Lender), other than any hedging transactions entered into after such Lender or affiliate ceased to be a Lender or affiliate of a Lender (the “Secured Hedging Transactions”) and cash management obligations between the Borrower and a Lender or a Lender’s affiliate (the “Secured Cash Management Obligations”).  
	 	 	 
	 	 	Title to and the priority of liens and security interests in the Collateral will be subject to customary permitted liens and exceptions. 
	 	 	 
	Documentation:	 	The Facilities shall be evidenced by definitive loan documentation (the “Loan Documents”), which Loan Documents shall include, without limitation, a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”), guarantees and appropriate pledge, security, mortgage and other collateral documents, all customary for senior secured exit reserve based credit facilities and consistent with this Term Sheet; provided that the Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall be documented in a separate credit facility, subject to a collateral agency agreement whereby the Agent is appointed to act as secured party and hold collateral for the benefit of all Facilities (collectively, the “Documentation Principles”).
	 	 	 
	Conditions Precedent:	 	The closing of the Facilities will be subject to satisfaction of conditions precedent consistent with Documentation Principles, and including, without limitation:


 


	 	(a)	The Plan, the Confirmation Order, and any related order of the Bankruptcy Court (and any amendments or modifications to any of the foregoing) shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Arrangers, including approval of the Facilities and releases and exculpations.
	 	 	 
	 	(b)	The Confirmation Order shall be a Final Order (as defined below) and in full force and effect.




    	 	8	 



     


    

 


	 	(c)	The Support Agreement shall be in full force and effect and any Order approving the assumption of the same shall not have been stayed, reversed, vacated or otherwise modified in a manner materially adverse to interests of the Agent and the Lenders or otherwise contrary to this Summary or the Loan Documents and all conditions to effectiveness of the Loan Documents shall have occurred or been waived by the respective parties thereto having the authority to waive such conditions.
	 	 	 
	 	(d)	The Plan Effective Date shall have occurred, all conditions precedent to the confirmation and effectiveness of the Plan, as set forth in the Plan, shall have been fulfilled or waived as permitted therein, including, without limitation, all transactions contemplated in the Plan or in the Confirmation Order to occur on the Plan Effective Date shall have been substantially consummated in accordance with the terms thereof and the Confirmation Order and in compliance with applicable law, Bankruptcy Court and regulatory approvals.
	 	 	 
	 	(e)	There shall have been no material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties or financial condition of the Loan Parties taken as a whole (other than as a result of the events leading up to, directly arising from or direct effects of the commencement or continuance of the bankruptcy proceedings) from the date of the execution and delivery by the Lenders of the Support Agreement through the Closing Date.
	 	 	 
	 	(f)	The holders of claims against the Debtors arising under the Prepetition Facility, including, without limitation, the Obligations (as defined in the Prepetition Facility) (the “Prepetition Obligations”) shall receive the treatment outlined in this Summary, the Support Agreement, and the Plan, and the holders of claims against the Debtors under the DIP Facility shall have received the treatment under the Plan and the commitments thereunder shall have been terminated, and all security interests related thereto shall have either (a) been terminated or (b) been amended and restated to secure the Obligations under the Facilities, in either case concurrently with the Closing Date.
	 	 	 
	 	(g)	Debtors shall have paid to the Prepetition Lenders holding Loans all other payments as provided for in any final orders entered in connection with the Support Agreement and/or use of cash collateral, and the Plan, which amounts shall be applied to the repayment of the Prepetition Obligations in accordance with the Plan.
	 	 	 
	 	(h)	The Agent and the Lenders shall have received payment of all commitment, facility and agency fees and all other fees and amounts due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (including the fees and expenses of Latham & Watkins LLP, Opportune LLP and any other counsel or advisors to the Agent) and the Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence as to the payment in full on the Plan Effective Date of all material administrative expense claims, priority claims and other claims required to be paid upon the Plan Effective Date.
	 	 	 
	 	(i)	The Agent and the Lenders shall have received all KYC, beneficial ownership and PATRIOT Act documentation at least five business days prior to the Closing Date.



 



    	 	9	 



     


    

 


	 	(j)	The Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of each Loan Party setting forth (i) resolutions authorizing the execution of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) the officers who are authorized to sign the Loan Documents and who will act as its representative, (iii) specimen signatures of authorized officers, and (iv) the organizational documents.
	 	 	 
	 	(k)	The Agent shall have received certificates with respect to the existence, qualification, and good standing of each Loan Party.
	 	 	 
	 	(l)	The Agent shall have received a solvency certificate executed by an officer of the Borrower.
	 	 	 
	 	(m)	The Loan Parties shall have executed and delivered the Loan Documents with respect to the Facilities in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders, including documentation satisfactory for the creation and perfection of the liens and security interests contemplated thereby and any assignment with respect to the Agent. 
	 	 	 
	 	(n)	The Agent shall have received duly executed Notes (if requested by a Lender) payable to each Lender in a principal amount equal to its maximum credit amount.
	 	 	 
	 	(o)	The Agent shall be reasonably satisfied with title to, and the environmental condition of, the Loan Parties’ properties, which shall include, at a minimum, delivery of satisfactory title information on oil and gas properties of the Loan Parties comprising not less than 85% of the total value of the oil and gas properties included in the Borrowing Base.
	 	 	 
	 	(p)	The Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of the Borrower certifying that the Borrower has received all necessary consents and approvals.
	 	 	 
	 	(q)	The Agent shall have received customary UCC search certificates reflecting the absence of other liens and security interests encumbering the Loan Parties’ property other than those liens being assigned or released on or prior to the Closing Date or liens permitted by the Credit Agreement.
	 	 	 
	 	(r)	The Agent shall have received a customary certificate of insurance coverage of the Loan Parties evidencing that the Loan Parties are carrying insurance in accordance with the Credit Agreement, and the Agent shall be named additional insured and loss payee, in each case, as may be provided shortly after closing.
	 	 	 
	 	(s)	The Agent shall have received such legal opinions (including opinions of local counsel) as are consistent with Documentation Principles or as the Agent may reasonably request.
	 	 	 
	 	(t)	The Agent shall have received a schedule of Swap Contracts then in force and effect.
	 	 	 
	 	(u)	The Agent shall have received pro forma financial statements of the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis as of the most recently ended calendar month ending prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available.



 



    	 	10	 



     


    

 


	 	(v)	The Agent shall have received a certificate executed by an officer of the Borrower on the Closing Date certifying that on a pro forma basis for the closing of all transactions and payment of all fees on the Closing Date, (i) the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries do not have any Excess Cash in excess of $30,000,000, (ii) availability under the Borrowing Base is at least $80,000,000, (iii) the ratio of Net Funded Debt to EBITDAX for the most recently ended trailing twelve month period ending on the most recently ended calendar month ending prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available for the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries on a pro forma basis taking into account (A) the cost savings from rejection of midstream contracts with respect to which the orders authorizing the rejection of such midstream contracts are Final Orders and the entry into any replacement contracts, (B) the debt service with respect to the debt outstanding on the Closing Date, and (C) the add-back of customary expenses incurred as a result of the Chapter 11 Cases in accordance with Documentation Principles, shall not exceed 2.00:1.00, (iv) the representations and warranties are true in all material respects (except to the extent qualified by materiality) and (v) no default or event of default exists.
	 	 	 
	 	(w)	The Borrower shall have entered into swap agreements constituting Acceptable Hedge Transactions covering notional volumes of natural gas representing not less than (x) 80% of projected production from PDP reserves for calendar year 2021 and (y) 60% of projected production from PDP reserves for calendar year 2022, in each case as such projected production is set forth in the reserve report provided by the Borrower in October 2020 and such Acceptable Hedge Transactions shall continue in effect on the Closing Date.
	 	 	 
	 	(x)	Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan shall not be satisfactory to the Arrangers unless all outstanding obligations under the Borrower’s unsecured notes indentures shall be exchanged for (i) common equity interests and (ii) new senior unsecured notes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $550 million (the “Take-Back Notes”) and the Borrower shall have received the proceeds from the issuance of convertible preferred equity interests (the “Preferred Equity”) in a minimum amount of $50 million, in each case, consistent with the Support Agreement.
	 	 	 
	 	(y)	The Loan Parties shall not have sold any oil and gas properties (except as authorized pursuant to the De Minimis Asset Sale Order (as defined in the Support Agreement) in an aggregate amount not to exceed gross proceeds of $10.0 million for all such sales) or terminated any hedge transactions since the interim effective date of the DIP Facility such that the notional volumes of all remaining hedge transactions represents less than (x) 80% of projected production from PDP reserves for calendar year 2021 and (y) 60% of projected production from PDP reserves for calendar year 2020.
	 	 	 
	 	(z)	The Bankruptcy Court shall have entered a Final Order in form and substance satisfactory to the Arrangers by which the future firm transport demand reservation fees owed by the Loan Parties over the life of all the firm transportation agreements of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, shall be permanently reduced by at least 50% of the amount of all such fees owed on October 31, 2020, as calculated on a PV-10 basis and the future firm transportation average daily demand reservation volumes over the life of all the firm transportation agreements as of October 31, 2020, of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, shall be permanently reduced by at least 35%.



 



    	 	11	 



     


    

 


		 	“Final Order” means, as applicable, an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court, or other court of competent jurisdiction with respect to the relevant subject matter, that has not been reversed, stayed, modified, or amended, and as to which the time to appeal, seek certiorari, or move for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari, or other proceeding for a new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been timely taken; or as to which, any appeal that has been taken or any petition for certiorari that has been or may be filed has been withdrawn with prejudice, resolved by the highest court to which the order or judgment could be appealed or from which certiorari could be sought, or the new trial, reargument, or rehearing has been denied, resulted in no stay pending appeal or modification of such order, or has otherwise been dismissed with prejudice; provided that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be filed with respect to such order will not preclude such order from being a Final Order.



 


	On-Going
    Conditions:	 	The
    making of each extension of credit (including on the Closing Date) shall be conditioned upon (a) there being no default or
    Event of Default or Borrowing Base Deficiency in existence at the time of, or after giving effect to the making of, such extension
    of credit, (b) the accuracy of representations and warranties in all material respects (except to the extent qualified by
    materiality), (c) the receipt by the Agent of a borrowing request or a request for a Letter of Credit, and (d) the Borrower
    and its restricted subsidiaries will not have any Excess Cash in excess of $30,000,000 at the time of, or after giving effect
    to the making of, such extension of credit.
		 	 
	Representations and Warranties:	 	Usual and customary
    representations and warranties consistent with Documentation Principles applicable to the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries,
    including, but not limited to, the following: (a) organization, powers and good standing, (b) authorization and enforceability,
    (c) no conflicts and no governmental consents required, (d) financial condition and absence of material adverse change, (e)
    absence of litigation and contingent obligations, (f) compliance with environmental regulations, (g) compliance with laws
    and agreements and no defaults, (h) compliance with the Investment Company Act of 1940 and margin regulations, (i) taxes,
    (j) ERISA, (k) full disclosure and no material misstatements (including with respect to information contained in the beneficial
    ownership certificate required by 31 C.F.R. §1010.230), (l) insurance, (m) restrictions on liens, (n) subsidiaries, (o)
    location of business and offices, (p) ownership of properties and title, (q) maintenance of properties, (r) marketing of production,
    (s) swap agreements, (t) use of loans and Letters of Credit, (u) anti-corruption laws, sanctions and OFAC, (v) creation, perfection
    and priority of liens in the Collateral, (w) EEA financial institutions, (x) intellectual property, (y) engineering reports,
    (z) gas balancing agreements and advance payment contracts, minimum volume commitments and acreage dedications, (aa) warranties
    contained in collateral documents and (bb) solvency.  The representations and warranties will be subject to usual
    and customary materiality qualifications consistent with Documentation Principles.
	 	 	 
	 	 	Representations
    and warranties in the Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall be limited to the following, to be applicable to the Borrower and
    its restricted subsidiaries: organization, powers and good standing, authorization and enforceability, environmental, investment
    company act, taxes, ERISA, insurance, use of proceeds, anti-corruption laws, sanctions and OFAC.



 



    	 	12	 



     


    

 


	Financial Covenants:	 	The Credit Agreement shall have the following financial covenants with respect to the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries on a consolidated basis: 


 


	 	(a)	The ratio of Net Funded Debt (defined below) to EBITDAX shall be no more than 3.00:1.00, measured on a pro forma rolling twelve-month basis, beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date; provided that EBITDAX shall be annualized quarterly, building to trailing 12 months;
	 	 	 
	 	(b)	the ratio of Net Senior Secured Debt (defined below) to EBITDAX shall be no more than 2:00:1:00, measured on a pro forma rolling twelve-month basis; provided that EBITDAX shall be annualized quarterly, building to trailing 12 months; and
	 	 	 
	 	(c)	the ratio of consolidated current assets including unused amount of the total commitments, but excluding non-cash assets under FASB ASC 815, divided by consolidated current liabilities, excluding the current non-cash obligations under FASB ASC 815 and current maturities and amortization under the Facilities and current maturities under the Take-Back Notes, shall be not less than 1.00:1.00, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2021.
	 	 	 
	 	 	“Net Funded Debt” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, (i) the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including obligations under the Revolving Credit Facility) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (b) all purchase money Indebtedness, (c) all direct obligations arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, (d) all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business), (e) Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, (f) without duplication, all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (e) above of persons other than the Borrower or any restricted subsidiary, and (g) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of any partnership or other entity where owners of equity interests thereof have liability for the obligations of such entity in which the Borrower or a restricted subsidiary is a general partner or owner of such equity interests, unless (1) such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Borrower or such restricted subsidiary, or (2) such Indebtedness is owed by such entity to the owners of the equity interests thereof, minus (ii) the amount of cash and short-term investments of Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries at the end of the relevant fiscal quarter with respect to which the ratio of Net Funded Debt to EBITDAX is being calculated, not to exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate.  For avoidance of doubt, Net Funded Debt does not include Wexford ULC Obligations, as defined in the Prepetition Facility.


 




    	 	13	 



     


    

 


	 	 	“Net Senior Secured Debt” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the amount equal to the sum, without duplication, of (i) (x) the obligations in respect of the Facilities, (y) the face amount of all Letters of Credit, and (z) any other Net Funded Debt described in clause (i) of the definition thereof that constitutes senior indebtedness secured by a lien on assets or property of the Borrower or its restricted subsidiaries as of such date, minus, without duplication, (ii) the amount of cash and short-term investments of Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries at the end of the relevant fiscal quarter with respect to which the ratio of Net Senior Secured Debt to EBITDAX is being calculated, not to exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate.


 


	Affirmative Covenants:	 	Affirmative covenants consistent with Documentation Principles applicable to the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, the following:


 


	 	(a)	Receipt of unaudited quarterly and audited annual financial statements of the Borrower and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis to be delivered in accordance with applicable laws but in any event no later than 90 days after the end of the fiscal year, or 45 days after the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each year; provided that such deliveries for the first two fiscal quarters following the Closing Date may be made up to 60 days following each such quarter end. 
	 	 	 
	 	(b)	With the delivery of the annual financial statements for each year, receipt of a management prepared drilling budget for such fiscal year, capital expenditure budget for such fiscal year, forecast of cash flow on a monthly basis for such fiscal year and a quarterly forecast of production for the three-year period commencing the previous January 1 for Borrower and its subsidiaries, all in a form reasonably acceptable to Agent.
	 	 	 
	 	(c)	With the delivery of each financial statement delivered under clause (a) above, (i) a statement signed by an officer certifying as to whether a default has occurred, setting forth the calculation of the Financial Covenants, stating whether a change in GAAP has occurred and setting forth a consolidating spreadsheet of all consolidated subsidiaries, if any, and the eliminating entries and (ii) a statement signed by a financial officer setting forth a list of all swap agreements of each Loan Party.
	 	 	 
	 	(d)	Other documentation, including: (i) a certificate of insurance coverage; (ii) other accounting reports submitted to any Loan Party; (iii) all filings with the SEC or any national securities exchange and of reports distributed to shareholders; (iv) any financial statement or report furnished pursuant to the terms of any material instrument; and (v) a quarterly report of the volume of production, sales, income taxes and expenses attributable to the oil and gas properties.
	 	 	 
	 	(e)	Notice of: (i) sale of oil and gas properties with an aggregate value in excess of 3% of the then effective Borrowing Base; (ii) any change in a Loan Party’s organizational name, location, structure, jurisdiction of organization, identification number, federal taxpayer number, any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices, and any change of information in the beneficial ownership certification; (iii) material casualty events; (iv) amendments, modifications or supplements to any preferred stock or organizational documents; (v) a default, material litigation, and any development that could reasonably result in a material adverse effect; and (vi) occurrence of any ERISA event.
	 	 	 
	 	(f)	Preserve its legal existence and rights, licenses, permits, etc. material to the conduct of business.



 



    	 	14	 



     


    

 


	 	(g)	Payment of material obligations, including taxes.
	 	 	 
	 	(h)	Performance of obligations under the Loan Documents.
	 	 	 
	 	(i)	Operation and maintenance of properties. 
	 	 	 
	 	(j)	Furnish reserve reports and deliver title information (including a reserve report prepared by an independent engineering firm reasonably acceptable to the Agent as of January 1, 2021, to be delivered on or before April 1, 2021).
	 	 	 
	 	(k)	Maintenance of insurance, books and records and inspection rights.
	 	 	 
	 	(l)	Compliance with laws (including, but not limited to, anti-corruption laws, anti-money laundering laws and sanctions). 
	 	 	 
	 	(m)	Environmental matters.
	 	 	 
	 	(n)	Grant additional collateral as security for indebtedness and cause any newly acquired subsidiary to guarantee the indebtedness.
	 	 	 
	 	(o)	ERISA compliance.
	 	 	 
	 	(p)	Swap agreements.
	 	 	 
	 	(q)	Use of proceeds.
	 	 	 
	 	(r)	Unrestricted subsidiaries.


 


	 	 	The affirmative covenants shall be subject to customary materiality qualifications and exceptions and shall be applicable to the Loan Parties and their restricted subsidiaries. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	The affirmative covenants in the Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall apply to the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, and be no more restrictive or burdensome to such entities than those applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility.
	 	 	 
	 	 	Prior to First-Out Payment in Full, affirmative covenants applicable to the Second-Out Term Loan Facility will be limited to the following: (i) delivery of financial statements; (ii) notice of any default or event of default; (iii) insurance; and (iv) further assurances.  
	 	 	 
	 	 	After First-Out Payment in Full, the Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall contain affirmative covenants substantially similar to those in the Revolving Credit Facility immediately prior to the payment in full thereof.


 


	Negative Covenants:	 	Negative covenants consistent with Documentation Principles applicable to the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, the following:


 


	 	(a)	Limitation
on other debt, with exceptions for the Take-Back Notes and other unsecured notes subject to pro forma compliance with the financial
covenants and other customary parameters, and permitted refinancing debt of the foregoing.
	 	 	 
	 	(b)	Limitation on liens, including limitations
on acreage dedications.



  



    	 	15	 



     


    

 


	 	(c)	Limitation on dividends, distributions or redemptions in respect of equity interests, including a prohibition until First-Out Payment in Full.
	 	 	 
	 	(d)	Limitation on investments, loans and advances, including a prohibition on investments in the Grizzly Subsidiaries. 
	 	 	 
	 	(e)	Limitation on change of operator.
	 	 	 
	 	(f)	Limitation on sale or discount of any notes receivable or accounts receivable. 
	 	 	 
	 	(g)	Limitation on mergers and consolidations and divisions. 
	 	 	 
	 	(h)	Limitation on sale of properties. 
	 	 	 
	 	(i)	Limitations on transactions with affiliates.
	 	 	 
	 	(j)	Limitations on subsidiaries, including prohibition on foreign subsidiaries other than the Grizzly Subsidiaries. 
	 	 	 
	 	(k)	Limitations on negative pledge agreements and dividend restrictions.
	 	 	 
	 	(l)	Limitations on gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments, and minimum volume commitments.
	 	 	 
	 	(m)	Limitation on entering into swap agreements, as outlined below.
	 	 	 
	 	(n)	Limitations on deposit, securities and commodity accounts. 
	 	 	 
	 	(o)	Prohibition on sale and leasebacks. 
	 	 	 
	 	(p)	Limitation on nature of business (including a prohibition on foreign operations other than those in connection with the Grizzly Subsidiaries), amendments to organizational documents, change in fiscal year, accounting changes and use of proceeds.
	 	 	 
	 	(q)	Limitations on voluntary prepayments and amendments of other debt, including a prohibition on the foregoing until First-Out Payment in Full.
	 	 	 
	 	(r)	Limitations on marketing activities.


 


	 	 	The negative covenants shall be subject to customary materiality qualifications, exceptions and baskets to be agreed and shall be applicable to the Loan Parties and their restricted subsidiaries.
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall have no negative covenants (including financial covenants) until First-Out Payment in Full; thereafter the Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall contain negative covenants substantially similar to but no more restrictive to such entities than those in the Revolving Credit Facility immediately prior to payment in full thereof.


 




    	 	16	 



     


    

 


	Swap Agreements:	 	Loan Parties may not enter into any secured swap agreements with any person other than Lenders or their affiliates.  Swap agreements in respect of commodities will be prohibited if the effect would be to cause the notional volumes of all swap agreements and additional fixed-price physical off-take contracts, in the aggregate, to exceed 80% of the reasonably anticipated projected production from the Borrower’s oil and gas properties for the first 60 months following the effective date of each such swap agreement (the “Ongoing Hedges”); provided, that, for calendar year 2021, such cap shall be increased to 90% of reasonably anticipated projected production from the Borrower’s oil and gas properties; provided, further, that, in addition to the Ongoing Hedges, in connection with a proposed acquisition (each, a “Proposed Acquisition”) by a Loan Party of oil and gas properties, the Loan Parties may, upon consultation with and approval from the Agent (such approval not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (the date of such approval, the “Approval Date”), also enter into incremental hedging contracts with respect to the reasonably anticipated projected production of total proved oil and gas reserves to be acquired (the “acquired amount”) for notional volumes not in excess of 80% of the reasonably anticipated projected production from the Borrower’s proved reserves for the first 36 months following the effective date of each such swap agreement; provided, further, that all such incremental hedging contracts entered into with respect to a Proposed Acquisition shall be terminated or unwound within 30 days following the termination of such Proposed Acquisition (or the failure of any Loan Party to enter into a definitive acquisition agreement with respect to such Proposed Acquisition within 30 days of the Approval Date), as each such date may be extended by the Agent in its sole discretion.  To the extent that the volumes hedged exceed 100% of actual or projected production, the Loan Parties shall be required to unwind swap agreements pursuant to procedures and subject to thresholds and timeframes to be agreed. The above limitations shall in any event exclude basis differential swaps and basis hedging arrangements, and shall further exclude any repurchases (whether effectuated via mutually negotiated close-out or purchase of offsetting options) of sold call transactions (or the expirations thereof), which sold call transactions were entered into prior to the closing date of the Facilities.  Interest rate hedges converting rates from fixed to floating cannot exceed 75% of the then outstanding principal amount of debt for borrowed money which bears interest at a fixed rate.  Interest rate hedges converting rates from floating to fixed cannot exceed 100% of the then outstanding principal amount of debt for borrowed money which bears interest at a floating rate.  Without prejudice to the Borrower’s right to repurchase sold call transactions, which sold call transactions were entered into prior to the closing date of the Facilities, the Loan Parties shall be prohibited from entering or maintaining any commodity swap agreements other than (i) basis differential swaps and basis hedging arrangements, (ii) swap agreements covering identical volumes of crude oil, natural gas or natural gas liquids and identical months, and (iii) with respect to swap agreements entered into for calendar year 2022 and 2023, collars (other than three-way collars) covering identical volumes of crude oil, natural gas or natural gas liquids and identical months.
	 	 	 
	 	 	On or before November 1, 2022 the Borrower shall have entered into (and shall thereafter maintain) hedge transactions constituting Acceptable Hedge Transactions covering notional volumes of natural gas representing not less than 60% of projected production from PDP reserves for calendar year 2023, as such projected production is set forth in the reserve report provided by the Borrower on or about October 1, 2020 (the “Required Hedges”).
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Borrower may neither assign, terminate or unwind any swap agreements nor sell the Closing Date Hedges or the Required Hedges if such action would have the effect of cancelling, offsetting or otherwise reducing its positions under required swap agreements.



 



    	 	17	 



     


    

 


	 	 	“Acceptable Hedge Transactions” means, (i) with respect to swap agreements entered into for calendar year 2021, swap transactions covering identical volumes of natural gas and identical months with strike prices at the prevailing strip price quoted on the New York Mercantile Exchange (“NYMEX Strip”), and (ii) with respect to swap agreements entered into for calendar year 2022 and 2023, (A) swap transactions covering identical volumes of natural gas and identical months with strike prices at NYMEX Strip, (B) deferred premium purchased puts for volumes of natural gas with a strike price not less than 10% below NYMEX Strip or (C) collars covering identical volumes of natural gas and identical months with strike prices establishing a floor no lower than the lesser of (x) the most recent price deck established by the Agent in accordance with its customary lending criteria with respect to natural gas for the applicable month and (y) a price not less than 10% below NYMEX Strip.
	 	 	 
	Events of Default:	 	Consistent with Documentation Principles, events of Default (including customary notice and cure periods where appropriate) including, but not limited to, the following: (an “Event of Default”): 


 


	 	(a)	Failure to pay any required principal, interest, fees or other amounts when due. 
	 	 	 
	 	(b)	Any representation or warranty shall prove to be false, incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made. 
	 	 	 
	 	(c)	Violation of covenants.
	 	 	 
	 	(d)	Failure to make any payment in respect of any material indebtedness.
	 	 	 
	 	(e)	Occurrence of an event that results in any material indebtedness becoming due prior to its schedule maturity or enables or permits the holders of any material indebtedness to cause such material indebtedness to become due prior to its scheduled maturity.
	 	 	 
	 	(f)	Voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy.
	 	 	 
	 	(g)	Inability to pay debts when due.
	 	 	 
	 	(h)	An unsatisfied material judgment in excess of an amount to be agreed. 
	 	 	 
	 	(i)	Occurrence of a change of control.
	 	 	 
	 	(j)	Any of the loan documents shall cease to be in full force and effect and valid, binding and enforceable against the Loan Parties or cease to create a valid and perfected Lien of the priority required thereby on any of the collateral purported to be covered thereby.
	 	 	 
	 	(k)	ERISA events.


 


	Required Lenders:	 	Lenders having at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate commitments of the Revolving Credit Facility and First-Out Term Loan Facility.
	 	 	 
	Majority Lenders:	 	Lenders having at least a majority of the aggregate commitments of the Revolving Credit Facility and First-Out Term Loan Facility. 


 




    	 	18	 



     


    

 


	Amendments
    and Waivers:	 	Approval
    of the Majority Lenders, except that (a) an increase in the commitment or the maximum credit amount of any Lender requires
    the consent of such Lender, (b) an increase to the Borrowing Base requires approval of all Lenders; provided that a waiver
    of a reduction shall require only Required Lender approval, (c) Borrowing Base reaffirmations and decreases, or the postponement
    of a Borrowing Base redetermination to a date more than 90 days after the scheduled redetermination date require approval
    of the Required Lenders, (d) a reduction in or postponing of the principal amount or interest rate of any loan or payment
    made by the LC Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit, a reduction in or postponing of any fees payable, a reduction in or
    postponing of any other indebtedness under any Loan Document, or postponing the Maturity Date requires consent of each Lender
    affected thereby, (e) changes to the application of insufficient payments or sharing of payments by Lenders in a manner that
    would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby require the consent of all Lenders, (f) the consent of all Lenders
    will be required with respect to changes to any pro rata sharing provisions, (g) releases of all or substantially all of the
    value of a guarantee or releases or subordination of liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral (other than in connection
    with any sale of Collateral or the release or sale of the relevant guarantor permitted by the Facilities) require the consent
    of all Lenders or (h) a change in any of the requirements for amendments and waivers, a change in the definitions of “Majority
    Lenders” or “Required Lenders” or a change in any provision specifying the number or percentage of Lenders
    required to waive, amend or modify any rights under any Loan Document requires the consent of all Lenders (other than any
    Defaulting Lender); provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties
    of the Agent or the LC Issuer under any Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Agent or the LC Issuer.  
	 	 	 
	Assignments and Participations:	 	The Borrower may
    not assign any of its rights or obligations under the Credit Agreement without the prior written consent of each Lender. Any
    Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (including
    all or a portion of its commitment and the loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not
    to be unreasonably withheld) of (a) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required if such assignment
    is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an approved fund or, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an event
    of default, is to any other permitted assignee (provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment
    unless it shall object thereto by written notice to Agent within ten (10) business days after having received notice thereof);
    and (b) the Agent and LC Issuer, provided that no consent of the Agent or LC Issuer shall be required for an assignment to
    an assignee that is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an approved fund immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment.
    Except in the case of an assignment to another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an approved fund or an assignment of the
    entire portion of the loans at the time owing to the assigning Lender, the amount of the commitment or loans of the assigning
    Lender shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower, the Agent and the LC Issuer otherwise consent.  The
    assignor shall pay an assignment fee of $3,500 to the Agent upon the effectiveness of any assignment (including, but not limited
    to, an assignment by a Lender to another Lender). Any assignment under the First-Out Term Loan Facility shall be required
    to include a proportional amount of the Revolving Credit Facility and vice versa.


 




    	 	19	 



     


    

 


	 	 	The Loan Documents shall contain customary provisions for replacing a Lender’s outstanding loans with respect to (a) a non-consenting Lender in connection with amendments, modifications and waivers requiring the consent of all Lenders or of all Lenders directly and adversely affected thereby or borrowing base redeterminations so long as the Majority Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable, shall have consented thereto, (b) Lenders seeking yield protection as set forth below and (c) Defaulting Lenders.
	 	 	 
	Yield Protection, Etc.	 	The Loan Documents shall contain customary provisions (a) protecting the Lenders against increased costs or loss of yield resulting from changes in reserve, tax, capital adequacy or other requirements of law, and from the imposition of or changes in withholding or other taxes (subject to customary limitations) (including reflecting that both (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III shall, in the case of each of the foregoing clause (x) and clause (y), be deemed to be a change in law after the Closing Date regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued), (b) indemnifying the Lenders for “breakage costs” incurred in connection with, among other things, any prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan on a day other than the last day of an interest period with respect thereto, (c) concerning defaulting lenders, (d) concerning UK and EU “Bail-In” requirements, (e) alternative LIBOR provisions and (f) concerning divisions.
	 	 	 
	Expenses:	 	The reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Agent and its affiliates, whether incurred prior to or subsequent to closing of the Facilities, in investigation, preparation, negotiation, documentation, syndication and administration will be for the account of Borrower, including reasonable expenses of and fees for attorneys for the Agent and other advisors and professionals engaged by the Agent, regardless of whether or not the Facilities are closed.  The Borrower shall pay all costs, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, taxes, assessments, and other charges incurred by the Agent or any Lender in connection with any filing, registration, recording, or perfection of any security interest contemplated by any Loan Document.
	 	 	 
	Indemnification:	 	Loan Parties shall indemnify the Agent and Lenders from and against all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses relating to their commitments, loans and the Borrower’s use of loan proceeds and any enforcement or collection actions (except to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party), including, but not limited to reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of one firm of counsel for the Agent and all Lenders and, if necessary, one firm of local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction and settlements costs, provided that none of the Agent or any Lender will be indemnified for any cost, expense or liability to the extent determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision to have resulted from (a) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such person or any of its affiliates or controlling persons or any of the officers, directors, employees, agents or members of any of the foregoing, (b) a material breach in bad faith of the obligations under the Loan Documents by such Lender (in the case of each preceding clauses (a) or (b), as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment) or (c) disputes between and among indemnified persons and not involving any act or omission of the Borrower other than any claims against an indemnified person in its capacity or fulling its role as an agent or arranger with respect to the Facilities. This indemnification shall survive and continue for the benefit of the Agent and Lenders at all times after the Borrower’s acceptance of such Lenders’ commitment for the Facilities, notwithstanding any failure of the Facilities to close. 



 



    	 	20	 



     


    

 


	Lender ERISA Representations; Qualified Financial Contract Stay Rules:	 	Consistent with Documentation Principles.
	 	 	 
	Governing Law:	 	State of New York.
	 	 	 
	Counsel to the Agent  and the Arrangers:	 	Latham & Watkins LLP
	 	 	 
	Certain Waivers:	 	The Borrower and each other Loan Party shall waive their right to a trial by jury.  All parties shall waive the right to claim or recover special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages other than actual damages, in any action related to the Facilities.
	 	 	 
	Other:	 	The Loan Documents will reflect operational, agency, assignment and related provisions, changes and updates thereto not specifically set forth in this Term Sheet that are customarily included in credit agreements with respect to which the Agent acts as administrative agent.  This Summary is intended as an outline of certain of the material terms of the Facilities and does not purport to summarize all of the conditions, covenants, representations, warranties and other provisions which would be contained in Loan Documents.



 



    	 	21	 



     


    

 


Addendum I - Pricing, Fees and
Interest Rates


 


	Interest Rates:	 	At Borrower’s option: 
	 	 	 
	 	 	• ABR plus the Applicable Margin determined in accordance with the Pricing Grid below. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	• LIBO Rate plus the Applicable Margin determined in accordance with the Pricing Grid below. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	“ABR” means a fluctuating rate of interest equal to the highest of (a) the US Prime Rate of interest in effect on such day, (b) 30-day LIBO Rate plus 1.0% per annum and (c) the sum of the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.5% per annum. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum determined by Scotiabank from time to time as its prime commercial lending rate for United States Dollar loans in the United States for such day. The Prime Rate is not necessarily the lowest rate that Scotiabank is charging any corporate customer.
	 	 	 
	 	 	“LIBO Rate” means, for any interest period with respect to any LIBO Rate loan: (a) the rate of interest per annum, expressed on the basis of a year of 360 days, determined by the Agent, which is equal to the offered rate that appears on the page of the Reuters LIBOR01 screen (or any successor thereto as may be selected by the Agent) for deposits in Dollars with a term equivalent to such interest period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) business days prior to the first day of such interest period, or (b) if the rates referenced in the preceding subsection (a) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Agent as the rate of interest, expressed on a basis of 360 days at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such interest period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBO Rate loan being made, continued or converted by the Agent and with a term and amount comparable to such interest period and principal amount of such LIBO Rate loan as would be offered by the Agent’s London Branch to major banks in the offshore Dollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) business days prior to the first day of such interest period.
	 	 	 
	 	 	“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, an interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal Funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or if such rate is not so published for such day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	LIBO Rate interest periods shall be one, two, three, six or twelve months.  Interest on ABR loans shall be payable on the last day of each quarter, upon any prepayment (whether due to acceleration or otherwise) and at final maturity. Interest on LIBO Rate loans shall be payable in arrears on the last day of each interest period, in the case of an interest period longer than three months, quarterly, upon any prepayment (whether due to acceleration or otherwise) and at final maturity. All interest shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year, unless such calculation would exceed the highest lawful rate, in which case interest shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 365, or when appropriate 366, day year.



 



    	 	22	 



     


    

 


	 		In no event shall LIBOR be
    less than one percent (1.0%).
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Loan Documents
    shall include customary provisions relating to a replacement rate for LIBOR.
	 	 	 
	 	 	The Loan Documents
    shall include provisions consistent with Documentation Principles including, without limitation, in respect of breakage or
    redeployment costs incurred in connection with prepayments, reallocation and cash collateralization for Letters of Credit
    in the event any Lender under any Facility becomes a Defaulting Lender, changes in capital adequacy and capital requirements
    or their interpretation, illegality, unavailability, reserves without proration or offset and payments free and clear of withholding
    or other taxes (unless required by applicable law) but in any event excluding liability for taxes associated with the Foreign
    Account Tax Compliance Act. 
	 	 	 
	 	 	Automatically during
    any payment or bankruptcy event of default or upon notice by the Majority Lenders in the event of any other event of default,
    the interest rate will be equal to ABR or LIBOR, as applicable, plus the Applicable Margin, plus 2% per annum. 
	 	 	 
	Letter of Credit Fees:	 	Letter of Credit fees are due quarterly
    in arrears and on the Maturity Date to be shared proportionately by the Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders). Letter of
    Credit fees shall accrue at the same rate as set forth in the Pricing Grid for applicable margin for LIBO Rate loans. In addition,
    the Borrower shall pay the Agent for the account of the LC Issuer a fronting fee equal to 0.20% of the aggregate face amount
    of outstanding Letter of Credits.  Letter of Credit fees will be calculated on the stated amount of each Letter
    of Credit for the duration thereof.
	 	 	 
	Commitment Fees:	 	The Borrower agrees to pay a commitment
    fee, which shall accrue at a rate per annum determined based on the Pricing Grid below on the average daily unused amount
    of the commitment of each Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the Maturity Date.  Accrued
    commitment fees shall be payable quarterly in arrears and on the Termination Date, commencing on the first quarter after the
    Closing Date.  All commitment fees shall be calculated for actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year, unless
    such calculation would exceed the highest lawful rate, in which case interest shall be calculated for actual days elapsed
    on the basis of a 365, or when appropriate 366, day year.
	 	 	 
	Upfront Fees:	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative
    Agent, for the pro rata account of each of the Lenders, upfront fees in an aggregate amount equal to 75.0 bps of the aggregate
    amount of the Facilities, which shall be fully earned and will be due and payable in full in cash on the Closing Date.
	 	 	 
	Pricing Grid:	 	The Applicable Margin
    and Applicable Commitment Fee for Revolving Loans will be determined in accordance with the following table:


 


	 	 	Borrowing
    Base Utilization		LIBOR 
Margin	 	ABR
 Margin	 	Commitment Fee
	Level 1	 	≤ 25%	 	300.0 bps	 	200.0 bps	 	50.0 bps
	Level 2	 	> 25% but ≤ 50%	 	325.0 bps	 	225.0 bps	 	50.0 bps
	Level 3	 	> 50% but ≤ 75%	 	350.0 bps	 	250.0 bps	 	50.0 bps
	Level 4	 	> 75% but ≤ 90%	 	375.0 bps	 	275.0 bps	 	50.0 bps
	Level 5	 	> 90%	 	400.0 bps	 	300.0 bps	 	50.0 bps



 




    	 	23	 



     


    

 


	 	 	The First-Out Term Loans shall accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 4.50% or, at the option of the Borrower, ABR (subject to a 2.00% floor) plus 3.50%.
	 	 	 
	 	 	The term loans outstanding under the Second-Out Term Loan Facility shall accrue interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR (subject to a 1.00% floor) plus 3.00% or, at the option of the Borrower, ABR (subject to a 2.00% floor) plus 2.00%. 


 




    	 	24	 



     


    

 



Exhibit
G


 


Form
of Joinder Agreement


 


The
undersigned (“Joinder Party”) hereby acknowledges that it has read and understands the Restructuring
Support Agreement, dated as of __________, 2020 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”),1
by and among Gulfport Energy Corporation and its Affiliates and subsidiaries bound thereto and the Consenting Stakeholders,
and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions thereof and shall be deemed a “Consenting Stakeholder” and a [“Consenting
RBL Lender”] [“Consenting Noteholder”] under the terms of the Agreement.


 


The
Joinder Party hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement and makes all representations and warranties
contained therein to each other Party to the Agreement.


 


Date
Executed:


 


	 	 



Name:

Title:

Address:

E-mail address(es):


 


	Aggregate
    Amounts Beneficially Owned or Managed on Account of:
	2023
    Notes	 
	2024
    Notes	 
	2025
    Notes	 
	2026
    Notes	 
	RBL
    Loans	 
	Interests	 


 


 


 





 









		1	Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall having the meaning ascribed to such
terms in the Agreement.


 


Exhibit G to Restructuring Support Agreement

 






     


     


    

 





EXHIBIT
H


 


New
Preferred Stock Term Sheet


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Exhibit H to Restructuring Support Agreement


 






     


     


    

 


	Summary
    Term Sheet for New Senior Unsecured Notes
	 

        Issuer
	■
     Gulfport Energy Corporation
	Principal	■
    $550mm
	Maturity
    (1)	■
    5 years from issuance date
	Interest	■
    8.0% per annum, paid in cash on a semi-annual basis
	Guarantees	■
    Same guarantor entities as under New Exit Facility
	Ranking	■
    Equivalent to existing Senior Unsecured Notes
	 

        Optional
        Redemption
	■
        Non-call for first 3 years

        ■
        Callable in year 4 for 104%

        ■
        Callable in year 5 for 100%

	Change
    in Control	 

        ■
        Standard CIC put at 101

	 

        Other
	■
        Standard debt and lien incurrence limitations, usual and customary covenants and voting thresholds for similar unsecured
        notes (2)

        ■
        Covenants to prevent effective and structural priming (2)

        ■
        No financial covenants

        ■
        Shall be rated and DTC issued



 


	(1)	Bullet
                                         maturity, no amortization
	(2)	Common
                                         terms shall be limited to levels set forth in Exit Facility



 




     


     


    

 



EXHIBIT
I


 


New
Unsecured Notes Term Sheet


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Exhibit I to Restructuring Support Agreement


 



     


     


    

 


	Summary
    Term Sheet for New Convertible Preferred Stock
	Amount	■
    Initial Liquidation Preference of $55mm ($50.0mm of new money proceeds plus $5mm on account of
    Backstop Fee)
	 

        Ranking
	■
    Senior to all existing and future equity securities of the Company (including with respect to dividend rights, redemption
    rights, and rights upon liquidation / wind up / dissolution)
	 

         

        Dividends
	■
        10% per annum (if cash) / 15% per annum (if PIK) (1)

        ■
        Limited to PIK (which amount shall be added to the Liquidation Preference) unless Net Debt / LTM EBITDAX is < 1.50x
        (2)

        ■
        Cumulative and compounded quarterly

	 

         

        Conversion
	■
        Convertible into Common Shares at any time at holder’s option; no mandatory conversion

        ■
        Common Shares issued upon conversion shall be equal to (i) the Liquidation Preference (at the time of conversion) plus
        any accrued and unpaid dividends (at the time of conversion) (the “Liquidation Value”) divided by (ii) the
        Conversion Price

	Conversion
    Price	■
    The Conversion Price shall be established based on (i) a 30.0% discount to Plan Equity Value (calculated on
    a post-money basis) and (ii) a fully-diluted share count (including all shares related to MIP, Warrants, or otherwise reserved)
	 

         

        Redemption
	■
        Redeemable (in full) in cash by the Company concurrently with, or subsequent to, the repayment / refinancing / retirement
        of the Exit Facility, at the Redemption Price

        ■
        Subject to the right of each holder to convert, prior to such redemption, its Convertible Preferred into Common Shares

        ■
        Mandatorily redeemable (in full) in cash by the Company at the Redemption Price in the event of a change of control, sale
        of substantially all assets, and other standard ‘put triggers’

	 

         

        Redemption
        Price (3)
	■
        Any redemption shall be made at a price equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate value of the Convertible Preferred Stock
        on an ‘as-converted’ basis at the time of such redemption or (ii):

        ■
        If redeemed within 3 years: Liquidation Value + sum of remaining dividends through the 3rd anniversary
        (assuming all PIK)

        ■
        If redeemed after 3 years: Liquidation Value

	 

         

        Other
	■
        Backstopped by AHG, 10.0% Backstop Fee if Rights Offering is consummated (payable in Convertible Preferred
        Stock)

        ■
        10% break-up fee, payable in cash

        ■
        Voting on an ‘as-converted’ basis

        ■
        Conversion price adjusted for standard anti-dilution protections

        ■
        Other standard protections and rights

        ■
        DTC issued, freely tradeable (4)



 


	(1)	To
                                         include provision that dividends will be equal to the greater of (i) the stated rates
                                         (10% / 15%) or (ii) Common dividends on an ‘as converted’ basis (if applicable)
	(2)	Ability
                                         to pay cash dividends subject to the terms of the Exit Facility; if such terms preclude
                                         the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends (where otherwise required), the Company
                                         shall pay the PIK dividend (at 15%), and failure to pay the cash dividend would not give
                                         rise to any remedies
	(3)	Implies
                                         minimum Redemption Price of ~ $86mm (assuming all dividends paid in PIK prior to redemption);
                                         identical ‘greater of’ concept applicable upon liquidation as well
	(4)	Freely
                                         tradeable to the extent section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code is applicable, and if not,
                                         the securities will be issued pursuant to another available securities exemption.



 






     


     


    

 


EXHIBIT
J


 


Form
of Transfer Agreement


 


The
undersigned (“Transferee”) hereby acknowledges that it has read and understands the Restructuring Support
Agreement, dated as of __________, 2020 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Agreement”),4
by and among Gulfport Energy Corporation and its Affiliates and subsidiaries bound thereto and the Consenting Stakeholders,
including the transferor to the Transferee of any Company Claims (each such transferor, a “Transferor”),
and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions thereof to the extent the Transferor was thereby bound, and shall be deemed
a “Consenting Stakeholder” and a [“Consenting RBL Lender”] [“Consenting Noteholder”] under
the terms of the Agreement.


 


The
Transferee specifically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement and makes all representations and warranties
contained therein as of the date of the Transfer, including the agreement to be bound by the vote of the Transferor if such vote
was cast before the effectiveness of the Transfer discussed herein.


 


Date
Executed:


 





	 	 


Name:

Title:

Address:

E-mail address(es):


 


	Aggregate
    Amounts Beneficially Owned or Managed on Account of:
	2023
    Notes	 
	2024
    Notes	 
	2025
    Notes	 
	2026
    Notes	 
	RBL
    Loans	 
	Interests	 


 


 





 






		4	Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall having the meaning ascribed to such
terms in the Agreement.



 


Exhibit J to Restructuring Support Agreement